Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1986-1987

SW ARTHM ORE
College Bulletin, 1986-87

ii

ODD
■

1

m

I IF¡«1

Swarthmore
College Bulletin 1986-1987
Volume L X X X IV Number 1
Catalogue Issue September 1986

D ire c tio n s fo r
C o rre sp o n d e n c e
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081
g en eral

D a vid W . F ra s e r

COLLEGE POLICY

President

J a m e s W . England

ACADEMIC POLICY

Provost
ADMISSIONS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND CATALOGUES

R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r .
Dean o f Admissions

J a n e H . M u llin s

RECORDS AND TRANSCRIPTS

Registrar

Lo re n H a rt

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Vice President

L e w is T. C o o k , J r .
Associate Vice President—
Business Affairs

Lu th e r Van U m m e rs e n
Controller

H . T h o m a s Fra n c is

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Director

ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION

K e nda ll La n d is
Vice President

P a tric ia A . W hitm an
Equal Opportunity Officer

M a ra ly n O rb iso n Gillesp ie
Associate Vice President

Swarthmore College is committed to the prin­
ciple o f equal opportunity for all qualified
persons without discrimination against any
person by reason o f sex, race, color, age,
religion, national origin, handicap, or sexual
preference. This policy is consistent with rele­

vant governmental statutes and regulations,
including those pursuant to Title IX o f the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 5 0 4 o f the Federal Rehabilitation Act
o f 1973.

The Swarthmore College Bulletin (ISSN 08845468), o f which this is Volume LXXXIV ,
number 1, is published twice in September and
in November, December, March, and June by
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA
19081 and additional mailing offices. Post­
master: Send address changes to Swarthmore
College Bulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Printed in U.S.A.

Table o f C o n te n ts

CALENDAR 5
INTRODUCTION 7
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 9
ADMISSION 17
EXPENSES 20
FINANCIAL AID 21

III
IV

V

COLLEGE LIFE 34
STUDENT COMMUNITY 40
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 45
FACULTY REGULATIONS 56
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 59
AWARDS AND PRIZES 61
FELLOWSHIPS 64
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 66
Art 68
Asian Studies 74
Astronomy 76
Biology 77
Black Studies 83
Chemistry 85
Classics 89
Computer Science 94
Economics 98
Education 105
Engineering 108
English Literature 115
History 128
International Relations 139
Linguistics 141

VI

Literature 144
Mathematics 146
Medieval Studies 155
Modem Languages and Literatures 156
Music 169
Philosophy 177
Physical Education and Athletics 182
Physics and Astronomy 184
Political Science 192
Psychology 200
Public Policy 206
Religion 208
Sociology and Anthropology 214
Women’s Studies 222

THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 224
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 228
THE FACULTY 232
ADMINISTRATION 247
VISITING EXAMINERS 256
DEGREES CONFERRED 258
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 262
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 265
INDEX 266
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 270
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 272
3

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
2I I *
4
1
10
11
8
7
9
16
18
14
15
17
25
23
21 , 22
24
30
28
29

Fri Sat
'.'5 1 6
12
13
19 20
26 27

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
3
10
17
24
31

5
12
19
26

4
11
18
25

OCTOBER
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
2
1
8
9
5
6
15
16
13
14
22
23
21
19 20
28
29 30
26 27

MB

im

Fri
TO
17
24
31

Sat
4
U
18
25

Fri

Sat
1

7
14
21
28

8
15
22
29

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri
2
3 • 4 : 5
1
11
12
10
8
9
7
18
19
15
16
17
14
25
22 23
24
26
21
29 30
31
28

Sat
6
13
20
27

2 •' 310
9
16
17
23
24
30

4
11
18
25

5 , 6
13
12
19 20
26
27

Fri
2
9
16
23
30

Sat
3
10
17
24
31

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
i 2 3: 4
10
11
8
9
7
18
16
15
17
14
22
25
21
23
24
28
29

Fri
3
10
17
24
31

Sat
4
11
18
25

Sun Mon Tue Wed rhu
T •' 2 : 3
9
10
6 M m V8
16
14
15
17
13
21
22
24
20
30 31
29
28
27

Fri

Sat
j
8
15
22
29

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu

w b

1Ó
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
3
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

12
Ì9
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Fri Sat
1 l:\28 : 9
15
16
22 23
29 30

Fri Sat
5 16
12 U f i
19 120
26 27

M ARCH

JU LY
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
6
8
9
5
7
16
13
15
12
14
22
23
19 20 21
30
28 29
26 27

2
9
16
23
30

5

FEB R U A R Y

6
13
20
27

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
10
8
9
6
7
16
15
17
13
14
22
23
24
20 21
28
29 30
27

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
8
6
5
7
4
15
11
12
13
14
22
18
19 20 21
26
28 29
25
27

Fri
6
13
20
27

Sat
7
14
21
28

Fri
6
13
20
27

Sat
7
14
21
28

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
5
1
2
3
4
12
10
11
8
9
18
19
15
16
17
25
26
22
23
24
30
29

Fri
3
10
17
24

Sat
4
11
18
25

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
2
3
1
8
9
10
6
7
15
16
17
13
14
24
22
23
21
20
30
31
28 29
27

Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat

15
|Ì21
19
IP-

A P R IL
7
14
21
28

3
10
17
24

4
11
18
25

5
1219
26

6
13
20
27

Fri Sat
1 . 2
;v7>: 8 | 9
15 m
14
21
22 w
28
29 •30

M AY
Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
5
3
4
1
2
12
IO 11
8
9
18
19
15
16
17
26
25
22
23
24
30
31
29

Fri
6
13
20
27

i

Sat
7
14
21
28

JU N E
Fri
2
9
16
23
30

Sat
3
10
17
24
31

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1 2
8
9
5
6 m ?
16
13
15
12
14
22
23
21
19 20
30
28 29
26 27

Fri
3
10
17
24

Sat
W rA

11
18
25

JU LY

N O VEM B ER

A P R IL

4

Sat
6
13
20
27

OCTOBER

M ARC H

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
8
9
5
6
7
16
15
12
13
14
23
21
22
19 20
30
28
29
26 27

Fri
5
12
19
26

S EP TEM B ER

FEB R U A R Y

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
5
2
3
4
1
11
12
10
8
9
18
19
15
16
17
26
25
22
23
24
30
31
29

Sat
2
9
16
23
30

AUGUST

1987
JA N U A R Y

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
3
4
5
1
2
12
11
8
9
10
18
19
16
15
17
25
26
22
23
24

7
14
21
28

Sun Won Tue Wed Thu

Fri
1
8
15
22
29

JU N E

D ECEM B ER

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
8
5
6
7
4
15
12
13
14
11
21
22
18
19 20
28
29
25 26
27

6
13
20
27

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
4
11
10
8
9
7
16
18
15
17
14
25
21
22
23
24
30
28
29

NO VEM B ER
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu

1988
JA N U A R Y

1987
M AY

1986
S EP T EM B ER

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
Fri
6
13
20
27

Sat
7
14
21
28

Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

3
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

6
5
12 ; 13
19 20
26
27

7
14
21
28

Fri Sat
1 •- 2
8 : 9
16
15
23
22
30
29

AUGUST

DECEM B ER

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
2 :
4
1
11
10
8
9
;7
18
15
16
17
14
23
25
22
24
21
31
30
28
29

Fri
5
12
19
26

Sat
6
13
20
27

College C a le n d a r

1986

Fall Semester

August 27
August 29
August 27-31
August 29
August 30
September 1
September 26-27
October 10

December 1
December 5-6
December 9
December 10
December 11
December 12
December 15
December 20

Dormitories open for new students
Dormitories open for returning students
Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October Holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October Holiday ends, 8:30 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Meeting of the Board o f Managers
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Meeting o f Honors students
Seminars end
Midyear examinations begin
Midyear examinations end

1987

Spring Semester

January 18
January 19
February 27-28
M arch 6
March 7
M arch 15
March 16
April 10 -12
April 27-M ay 1
May 1
May 1-2
May 4
May 7
May 7
May 16
May 18
May 19, 20
May 21-23
May 31
June 1
June 5, 6, 7

Dormitories open 9:00 a.m.
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
Dormitories close 9:00 a.m.
Dormitories open 9:00 a.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Parents Weekend
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend

October 20
November 26

5

I

Introduction to
Swarthmore College

6

Educational Resources

In trodu ction to
S w a rth m o re College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as
a coeducational institution, occupies a campus
of more than 300 acres o f rolling wooded land
in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore
in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small
college by deliberate policy. Its present enroll­
ment is about 1,300 men and women students.
The borough of Swarthmore is a residential

suburb within half an hour’s commuting
distance o f Philadelphia. College students are
able to enjoy both the advantages o f a semirural setting and the opportunities offered by
Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes
possible cooperation with three nearby institu­
tions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and
the University o f Pennsylvania.

OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­
uals and as responsible citizens through exact­
ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.

institutions, each school, college, and univer­
sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way.
Each must select those tasks it can do best. By
such selection it contributes to the diversity
and richness o f educational opportunity which
is part o f the American heritage.

The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make
its students more valuable human beings and
more useful members o f society. While it
shares this purpose with other educational

Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize
their fullest intellectual and personal potential
combined with a deep sense o f ethical and
social concern.

VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for no
two students are exactly alike. The Course and
External Examination (Honors) Programs are
designed to give recognition to this fact. They
provide alternative systems o f instruction
for students during their last two years. Both
seek to evoke the maximum effort and devel­
opment from each student, the choice of
method being determined by individual pref­
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association

with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development o f
individual responsibility. Within the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide range
o f individual goals. These opportunities typ­
ically include considerable flexibility o f pro­
gram choices from semester to semester, so that
academic planning may be responsive to the
emerging needs o f students.

THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although it
has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the student
body, the faculty, and the administration, the
College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its
students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.

Foremost among these principles is the individ­
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way o f life,
Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple
living, and generous giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any

7

Introduction to
S w a rth m o re College

other specific set o f convictions about the
nature o f things and the duties o f human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and

religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination o f any view which may
be held regarding them.

I

change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard o f excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.

!

<
.

TRADITION AND CHANGE
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity o f change. Its
purposes and policies must respond to new
conditions and new demands. By being open to

'
■(
t
t

1

I

1

l

1

1

I

I

«

8

Ed u cational R e s o u rc e s

The primary educational resources o f any
college are die quality o f its faculty and the
spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as

physical resources play an important support
tive role,

THE ENDOWMENT

I

The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and
bequests from many alumni, foundations,
■corporations, parents and friends. In addition
to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for
buildings, equipment, collections o f art and
literature, and permanendy endowed profes­
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and
lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have
not only provided the physical plant, but also
have created an endowment fund o f approxi­
mately $230,000,000 at market value on June
30, 1986. Income from the endowment during
the academic year 1985-86 contributed ap­
proximately $5,800 to meet the total expense
of educating each student and accounted for
almost 23% o f the College’s educational and

general income.
The College’s ability to continue to offer a high
quality o f education at a reasonable level of
tuition depends on continuing voluntary sup­
port. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and
bequests for its current operations, its perma­
nent endowment, and its capital development
programs to maintain and strengthen its re­
sources. The Vice President in charge of
development will be pleased to provide in­
formation about various forms o f gifts: be­
quests, outright gifts o f cash or securities, real
estate or other property, and deferred gifts
through charitable remainder trusts and life
income contracts in which the donor reserves
the right to the annual income during his or her
lifetime.

LIBRARIES
The College Library is an active participant in
the instructional and research program o f the
College. It seeks to instruct students in the
effective and efficient use of the library, and to
encourage them to develop the habit o f selfeducation so that books and libraries may
contribute to their intellectual development in
future years. To this end the Library acquires
and organizes books, journals, audivisuals, and
other library materials for the use o f students
and faculty. While the Library’s collections are
geared primarily towards undergraduate in­
struction, the demands o f student and faculty
research make necessary the provision of
source material in quantity not usually found
in undergraduate libraries. Further needs are
met through interlibrary loan or other coop­
erative arrangements. The Thomas B. and
Jeanette E. L. M cCabe Library, situated on the
front campus, is the center o f the College
Library system housing reading and seminar
rooms, administrative offices, and the major
portion o f the College Library collections.

Total College Library holdings amount to
620,000 volumes with some 20,000 volumes
added annually. About 2,700 periodical titles
are received regularly. The Cornell Library o f
Science and Engineering (completed in 1982)
houses some 56,000 volumes. T he D aniel
Underhill Music Library contains around 14,000
books and scores, 12,000 recordings and
listening equipment. A small collection o f rel­
evant material is located in the Black Cultural
Center.
Special Library Collections
The Library contains certain special collec­
tions: British Am ericana, accounts o f British
travellers in the United States; the works o f the
English poets Wordsworth and Thomson
bequeathed to the Library by Edwin H. W ells;
the W . H. Auden Collection commemorating
the English poet who taught at Swarthmore in
the mid-forties; the Bathe Collection o f the
history o f technology donated by Greville
Bathe; the Private Press Collection representing

9

Educational Resources

the work o f over 600 presses. The Audiovisual
Collection has a variety o f recordings on disc,
tape, and videotape. It includes contemporary
writers reading from and discussing their
works; full length versions o f Shakespearean
plays (both videocassettes and discs) and other
dramatic literature; the literature o f earlier
periods read both in modem English and in the
pronunciation o f the time; recordings o f
literary programs held at Swarthmore, and
videocassettes o f U .S. and foreign film classics.
These materials are used as adjuncts to the
study o f literature, art, and history and are
housed in the McCabe Library. Their acquisi­
tion is partially funded with income from the
W illiam Plummer Potter Public Speaking Fund
(1950) and the Betty Dougherty Spock ’52
M emorial Fund.
Within the McCabe Library building are two
special libraries which enrich the academic
background o f the College:
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the
history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is
a depository for records o f Friends Meetings
belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and other
Yearly Meetings. More than 3,200 record
books, dating from the 1680’s until the
present, have been deposited. Additional rec­
ords are available on microfilm. The William
Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting
Records lists material o f genealogical interest.
Special collecitons include materials on various
subjects o f Quaker concern such as abolition,
Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history
o f women’s rights. Notable among the other
holdings are the Whittier Collection (first
editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf
Whittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott manu­
scripts (over 500 autographed letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights
leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more than
300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker
minister). The library’s collection o f books and

pamphlets by and about Friends numbers more
than 36 ,0 0 0 volumes. Over 200 Quaker
periodicals are currently received. There is also
an extensive collection of photographs of
meetinghouses and pictures o f representative
Friends, as well as a number o f oil paintings,
including two versions of "The Peaceable
Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is hoped that
Friends and others will consider the advantages
o f giving to this library any books and family
papers which may throw light on the history of
the Society o f Friends.
T he Swarthmore College Peace Collection is of
special interest to research students seeking the
records o f the peace movement. The records of
the Women’s International League for Peace
and Freedom and the personal papers o f Jane
Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago, formed the
original nucleus o f the Collection (1930). Over
the years other major collections have been
added including the papers o f Devere Allen,
Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cornell, Homer
Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A. J. Muste, Lawrence
Scott, John Nevin Sayre, William Sollmann,
E. Raymond Wilson, and others, as well as the
records o f the American Peace Society, A
Quaker Action Group, Business Executives
Move, CCCO, Fellowship o f Reconciliation,
Friends Committee on National Legislation,
Lake Mohonk Conferences on International
Arbitration, National Interreligious Service
Board for Conscientious Objectors, National
Council for Prevention o f War, National
Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE, War
Resisters League, Women Strike for Peace,
World Conference o f Religion for Peace, and
many others. The Peace Collection serves as the
official repository for the archives o f many of
these organizations, incorporated here in 7,000
document boxes. The Collection also houses
over 12,000 books and pamphlets and about
2,0 0 0 periodical titles. Three hundred periodi­
cals are currently received from 22 countries.
The comprehensive Guide to the Swarthmore
C ollege Peace Collection, published in 1981,
describes the archival holdings.

PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergraduate
instrucdon and in most cases for research, exist

10

in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology, astronomy, and engineering. The

Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual
refracting telescope, is the center o f much
fundamental research in multiple star systems.
A 24-inch reflecting telescope on Papazian Hall
is used for solar and stellar spectroscopy. The
Edward Martin Biological Laboratory provides
facilities for work in zoology, botany, and
premedical studies. The Pierre S. DuPont
Science Building provides accommodations for
chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Hicks
Hall contains the engineering laboratories,
including a computer laboratory equipped with
a DEC P D P11/40 system with disc storage and
laboratory peripherals. Papazian Hall provides
facilities for work in psychology, and for the
engineering shops.
Pearson H all contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theatre and studios for various
arts and crafts.
The Florence W ilcox Gallery for art exhibitions is
located in Room 303 on the third floor of
Beardsley Hall.
The Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music Building,
opened in 1973, contains an auditorium seating
approximately 500, the Daniel Underhill Music
Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal
rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central
facility for the program o f the Music Depart­
ment and for musical activities at the College.
The Computing Center is located on the first
floor o f Beardsley Hall. A Prime 9950 with
twelve megabytes o f main memory and 1,600
megabytes o f on-line disk storage is available to
students and faculty for instruction and re­
search. Many computer languages such as APL,

BASIC, FORTRAN, and Pascal are available,
as well as graphics, statistical, and simulation
packages and instructional programs for var­
ious academic disciplines. Apple Macintosh
computers are also widely used, for word
processing and other tasks. Software for use on
Macintoshes can be obtained in the College
Bookstore. Macintosh and terminal clusters are
maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont, Martin, and
Trotter Halls, and also McCabe and Cornell
Libraries. Terminals may also be found in
virtually all academic departments. Some de­
partments also have microcomputers, and the
Engineering Department has a DEC PDP
11/40 and three APOLLO graphics worksta­
tions. A Prime Information 750 and a Prime
2250 are used for the College’s administrative
data processing. In addition, through EDUNET,
an international computer network, faculty
and students have access to computing facilities
at a number o f major research institutions such
as Stanford and M IT for special projects and
research.
The Center for Social and Policy Studies in Trotter
Hall serves as a laboratory for the social
sciences. The Center has a social science data
archive available for empirical research on
social and policy issues, and it provides
statistical consulting for faculty and students.
The Center also supports the concentration in
Public Policy through its physical facilities,
data archives and program o f events.
The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in 1982. It provides stations for
27 students and has equipment for both audio
and video instruction.

SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College. The
Foundation was established by William J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose
wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a
member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882
to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College
the sum o f $ 100,000 and provided that the
income should be used "in bringing to the
college from time to time eminent citizens of
this and other countries who are leaders in

statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that
the faculty, students and the college community
may be broadened by a closer acquaintance
with matters o f world interest.” Admission to
all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works
with the departments and with student organi­
zations in arranging single lectures and con­
certs, and also in bringing to the College
speakers o f note who remain in residence for a

11

Educational Resources

long enough period to enter into the life o f the
community. Some o f these speakers have been
invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the aus­
pices o f the Foundation. This arrangement has
so far produced eighteen volumes.
The Promise Fund, established anonymously by
an alumnus on the occasion o f his graduation,
is administered by the Cooper Foundation
Committee. Income fom the Promise Fund
brings guest speakers and performers in music,
film, and theatre who show promise o f distin­
guished achievement.
The W illiam I. Hull Fund was established in
1958 by Mrs. Hannah Clothier Hull, Class o f
1891, in memory o f her late husband. Dr. Hull
was Professor o f History and International
Law at Swarthmore College for 48 years. The
Fund enables the College to bring a noted
lecturer on peace to the campus each year in
memory o f Dr. and Mrs. Hull who were peace
activists.
The Scott Arboretum. About three hundred
twenty-five acres are contained in the College
property, including a large tract o f woodland
and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this
tract has been developed as a horticultural and
botanical collection o f trees, shrubs, and
herbaceous plants through the provisions of
the Scott Arboretum, established in 1929 by
Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and
Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt
Scott o f the Class ofl895.T heplant collections
are designed both to afford examples o f the
better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are
hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania
and suitable for planting by the average
gardener, and to beautify the campus. All
collections are labeled and recorded. There are
exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese
cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias, and
tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs,
rhododendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many
interested donors have contributed generously
to the collections.
The Arboretum conducts applied research on
ornamental plants, and serves as a test site for
two plant evaluation programs: the Styer
Award o f Garden Merit through the Pennsyl­
vania Horticultural Society and the Plant
Introduction scheme o f the University of

12

British Columbia Botanic Garden.
The Arboretum offers horticultural educa­
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­
tures, and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening. Tours
are conducted throughout the year for college
people and interested public groups.
Aiding the Arboretum’s staff, in all o f its
efforts, are the "Associates o f the Scott
Arboretum.” This organization provides not
only financial support but also assistance in
carrying out the myriad operations which make
up the Arboretum’s total program, such as
plant propagation, public lectures, and bus
tours to other gardens. The Associates’
newsletter, Hybrid, serves to publicize their
activities and provides up-to-date information
on seasonal gardening topics. Maps o f the
Arboretum’s plant collections and self-guided
brochures are available at the Scott Offices
(215-328-8025) located in the Cunningham
House.
The Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year
class gifts from the classes of 1917 and 1919, and
other friends. The income from the fund may
be used for any activity that contributes to the
advancement o f music at the College. It has
been used, for example, for concerts on the
campus, for the purchase of vocal and orches­
tral scores and other musical literature, and to
provide scholarships for students in the Depart­
ment o f Music who show unusual promise as
instrumentalists or vocalists.
The Gene D. Overstreet M emorial Fund, given by
friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member o f the Political Science
Department, 1957-1964, provides income to
bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss
problems o f developing or modernizing nations
and cultures.
T he Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin West Society which built up a
collection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,

which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name to
the American artist, who was born in a house
which stands on the campus and who became
president o f the Royal Academy.
The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma Xi lecture series
brings eminent scientists to the campus under
its auspices throughout the year. Local mem­
bers present colloquia on their own research.
The Lee Frank Memorial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a

scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
The M arjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­
tice o f art, on campus.
The Suzanne Belkin M emorial Reading, estab­
lished by her family in memory o f Suzanne
Belkin, Class o f 1978, makes possible an
annual appearance on campus o f a distin­
guished writer.

13

Endow ed P ro fe s s o rs h ip s

T he Edmund A llen Professorship o f Chemistry was
established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college and
cousin o f Manager Rachel Hillbom.
The Albert L. and Edna Poumall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest from
Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in
honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington,
Class o f 1898.
Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un­
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds
raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign.
The Isaac H. Clothier Professorship o f History and
International Relations was created in 1888 by
Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board of
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
beingachair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
T h elsaacH . Clothier, Jr., Professorship o f Biology
was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. as a
tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr. Spencer
Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 1888-1926.
The Morris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class of
1890, in 1905.
The Julien and Virginia Cornell Visiting Profes­
sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30,
former member o f the Board o f Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every comer o f the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective o f both students and
faculty.

The Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor­
ship o f Q uaker History and Research was en­
dowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon. ’26
and member o f the Board o f Managers, on
behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member o f the Board o f Managers, to increase
the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library
and to stimulate interest in American and
Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall Taylor
’04.
The W illiam R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the
William R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to
"support and encourage a scholar-teacher
whose enthusiasm for learning, commitment to
teaching and sincere personal interest in stu­
dents will enhance the learning process and
make an effective contribution to the under­
graduate community.”
The Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang *38,
member o f the Board o f Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f the
Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrichment
or writing. It carries an annual discretionary
grant for research expenses, books and mate­
rials.
The Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period of
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area o f significant
change.

The A lexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins, Class
o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f 1890.

T he Susan W . Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W . Lippincott, member o f the Board of
Managers, a contribution from her niece
Caroline Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts by
other family members.

The Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor­
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by a
trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose hus­
band graduated in 1895.

T he Edward H icks M agill Professorship o f M athe­
matics and Astronomy was created in 1888
largely by contributions o f interested friends of
Edward H. Magill, President o f the College

14

1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
The Charles and H arriet Cox M cDowell Professor­
ship o f Philosophy and Religion was established in
1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell, Class o f 1887
and member o f the Board o f Managers, in her
name and that o f her husband, Dr. Charles
McDowell, Class o f 1877.
The Richter Professorship o f Political Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L.
Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50.
The Henry C. and ]. Archer Turner Professorship
o f Engineering was established with their con­
tributions and gifts from members o f the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the

devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the
Board o f Managers.
The D aniel U nderhill Professorship o f Music was
established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha
Underhill to honor her husband, Class o f 1894
and member o f the Board o f Managers.
T he Joseph W harton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
o f the Board o f Managers.
The Isaiah V. W illiam son Professorship o f Civil
and M echanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.

15

Il

Admission
Expenses

Financial Aid

A d m is s io n

Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the Dean o f

Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore,
Pennsylvania 19081.

GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsibil­
ity, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily
concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in
isolation, but as essential elements in the whole
personality o f candidates for admission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise of distinction in the
quality o f their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective realiza­
tion o f the purpose of the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different parts
of the United States but many foreign countries,
both public and private secondary schools, and
various economic, social, religious, and racial
groups. The College is also concerned to
include in each class sons and daughters o f
alumni and o f members o f the Society of
Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion o f a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have vir­
tually completed the normal four-year program

in three years will be considered for admission,
provided they meet the competition o f other
candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school princi­
pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor, and
from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school and
out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and
strong intellectual interests. Other factors of
interest to the College include strength of
character, promise o f growth, initiative, ser­
iousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back­
grounds can bring to the community.

PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan of
secondary school courses as preparation for its
program. The election o f specific subjects is left
to the student and school advisers. In general,
however, preparation should include:
IS Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College encour­

ages students to study at least one language
for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art, and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is
recommended.
Those planning to major In engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra, geo­
metry, and trigonometry.

17

Ad m issio n

APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admission,
Fall Early Decision, or Winter Early Decision.
Applicants follow the same procedures, submit
the same supporting materials, and are evalu­
ated by the same criteria under each plan.
The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open several
different options for their undergraduate edu­
cation throughout the admissions process.
Applications under this plan will be accepted at
any time up to the February 1 deadline.
The two Early D ecision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought­
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­
leges and found Swarthmore to be an unequivo­
cal first choice. The Winter Early Decision plan
differs from the Fall Early Decision plan only in
recognizing that some candidates may arrive at
a final choice o f college later than others. Early
Decision candidates under either plan may file
regular applications at other colleges with the
understanding that these applications will be
withdrawn upon admission to Swarthmore;
however, one benefit o f the Early Decision
plans is the reduction o f cost, effort, and
anxiety inherent in multiple application proce­
dures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­
tion fee o f $30. Timetables for the three plans
are:
Fall Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

November 15
November 30
on or before
December 15

W inter Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

18

January 1
January 15
on or before
February 1

Regular Admission
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
Candidates reply date

February 1
February 15
on or before
April 15
May 1

Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or Winter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En­
trance Examination Board. English Composi­
tion is required, and the other two Achieve­
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­
matics.
Application to take these tests should be made
directly to the College Entrance Examination
Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
A bulletin o f information may be obtained
without charge from the Board. Students who
wish to be examined in any o f the following
western states, provinces, and Pacific areas —
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii,
Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Ore­
gon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta,
British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan,
Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands
including Formosa and Japan — should address
their inquiries and send their applications to
the College Entrance Examination Board, Box
1025, Berkeley, California 94701. Application
should be made to the Board at least a month
before the date on which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would like
to be considered for any o f our scholarships
should complete their applications at the
earliest possible date. Information concerning
financial aid will be found on pages 21-32.

THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
of the College is a recommended part of the
application process. Applicants should take the
initiative in arranging for this interview. Those
who can reach Swarthmore with no more than
a half day’s trip are urged to make an
appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request a
meeting with an alumni representative in their
own area. Interviews with alumni representa­

tives take longer to arrange than interviews on
campus. Applicants must make alumni inter­
view arrangements well in advance o f the final
dates for receipt o f supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­
views can be made by writing the Office of
Admissions or calling 215-328-8300.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Exam­
ination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made to
place students in the most advanced courses for
which they are qualified.

taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution attended
as well as written work (papers, examinations),
syllabi, and reading lists in order that the course
work may be evaluated by the department
concerned. Such requests for credit must be
made within the freshman year at Swarthmore.

Those freshmen who wish to have courses

APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have had
a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including a
statement o f honorable dismissal. They must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the
College Entrance Examination Board if this test
has not been taken previously.

Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College
constitute the minimum requirement for a
degree, two o f which must be those o f the
senior year. Applications for transfer must be
filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance is
desired. Decisions on these applications are
announced by June 1. Application for transfer
at mid-year must be received by November 15.
Financial assistance is available for transfer
students.

See page 37 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons.

* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover o f this catalogue.

19

Expenses

STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1986-87 academic year
(two semesters) are as follows:
Tuition
Room
Board
Student Activities Fee

$11,200
2,150
2,150
150
$15,650

These are the only charges billed by the College.
Students and their parents, however, should
plan for expenditures associated with books,
travel, and other personal items.
Students engaged in independent projects away
from the College for which regular academic
credit is anticipated are expected to register in
advance in the usual way and pay normal
tuition. If the student is away from the College

for a full semester, no charge for room and
board will be made; but, if a student is away
only for a part o f a semester the above charges
may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program o f four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few as
three courses. Students who elect to carry more
than five courses incur a unit charge for the
additional course ($ 1 ,4 0 0 ) or half course
($700), although they may within the regular
tuition, vary their programs to average as many
as five courses in the two semesters o f any
academic year. College policy does not permit
programs o f fewer than three courses for degree
candidates in their first eight semesters of
enrollment.

PAYMENT POLICY
A deposit o f $100, due before enrollment for
each semester, is required o f all new and
continuing students. This is credited against the
College bill. Semester bills are mailed on July
14 and December 15. Payment for the first
semester is due by August 11 and for the
second semester by January 12. A late fee may
be assessed on payments received after the due
date.

Many parents have indicated a preference to
pay college charges on a monthly basis rather
than in two installments. For this reason,
Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan,
which provides for payment in installments
without interest charges. Information on the
AMS Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in
April.

WITHDRAWAL POLICY
Total charges will be reduced for students who,
for reasons approved by the Dean, withdraw on
or after the first day o f classes.
Tuition, fees, and room charges will be reduced
as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week o f classes
Prior to the 4th week o f classes

80%
60%
40%

Prior to the 5th week o f classes
None thereafter.

Board charges will be reduced by $ 50 for each
week the student is absent from the dining
room.
No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal.

INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment of
student charges should be addressed to:

20

20%

Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar.

Fin a n cial A id

The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless o f their financial circum­
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Forty-seven percent o f the total student body
currently receive aid from the College. Most
financial aid awarded by the College is based
upon demonstrated financial need and is
usually a combination of grant, loan, and
student employment.
A prospective student must apply for College
as well as outside assistance at the time of
application for admission: admission and finan­
cial aid decisions are, however, made separately.
Instructions for obtaining and filing a Financial
Aid Form, the required aid application, with
the College Scholarship Service are included on
the admissions application. An admitted stu­
dent seeking aid must submit to the Finanical
Aid Office a photocopy o f the parents’ 1986
federal income tax return (and business returns
if income or losses are derived from parents’
involvements in corporations or partnerships).
Information from both parents is needed
despite divorce or separation. Financial assist­
ance will be offered if family resources are not
sufficient to meet College costs. The amount a
family is expected to contribute is determined
by weighing the family’s income and assets
against such demands as taxes, living expenses,
medical expenses, and siblings’ tuition ex­
penses. It also includes the expectation of
$ 9 0 0 -$ 1 ,1 0 0 from the student’s summer
earnings as well as a portion o f his or her
personal savings and assets.
For 1986-87 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $15,650.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services — health, library, labora­
tory fees, for example — but admission to all

social, cultural, and athletic events on campus.
The total budget figure against which aid is
computed is $16,800. This allows $1,150 for
books and personal expenses. A travel allow­
ance is added to the budget for those who live
beyond 100 miles from the College.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each
student’s award annually. Mid-year each stu­
dent who has aid must submit a new financial
aid application for the next academic year. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is no
longer demonstrated. Assistance is available
only for the duration of a normal-length
undergraduate program (8 semesters) and
while a student makes satisfactory academic
progress. These limitations are applied in our
consideration o f a sibling’s educational ex­
penses also. Students who choose to live off
campus may not receive College assistance in
excess o f their College bill, although the cost of
living o ff campus will be recognized in the
calculation o f a student’s financial need and
outside sources o f aid may be used to help meet
off-campus living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstances
have arisen. A student who marries may
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution
from the parents is expected equal to the
contribution made were the student single.
Eligibility for federal aid funds is now limited
to those who are able to complete and submit
to us the Statement of Registration Compliance.
The College has recently reaffirmed its needblind admission policy and the related practice
o f meeting the demonstrated financial need of
all admitted or enrolled students by action of
our Board. Additional funds have been made
available for those who are unable to accept
need-based federal aid because they have not
registered with the Selective Service.

GRANTS
For the academic year 1986-87 the College
awarded almost $5,000,000 in grants. About
one half o f that sum was provided through the
generosity o f alumni and friends by special gifts
and the endowed scholarships listed on pp.

23-32. The Federal government also makes Pell
Grants and Supplemental Educational Oppor­
tunity Grants available. It is not necessary to
apply for a specific College scholarship; the
College decides who is to receive endowed

21

Financial A id

scholarships and others are helped from general
scholarship funds. Although some endowed
scholarships are restricted by locality, sex,
religion or physical vigor, the College’s system

o f awarding aid makes it possible to meet need
without regard to these restrictions. Financial
need is a requirement for a ll scholarships unless
otherwise indicated.

LOAN FUNDS
Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen­
erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College
to meet the needs o f each student. Although
most offers o f support from the College
include elements o f self-help (work and bor­
rowing opportunities), the College strives to
keep a student’s debt at a manageable level.
Aided students will be expected to meet a
portion o f their demonstrated need (from
$800 to about $ 1 ,6 5 0 ) through the National
Direct Student Loan (NDSL), the Swarthmore
College Loan (SCL), or the Guaranteed Student
Loan (GSL) Programs (the College will deter­
mine which source is appropriate for the
student). Each o f these programs allows the
borrower to delay repayment until after leaving
school, and each allows deferment o f the debt if
the borrower goes on to graduate school. Up to
10 years may be taken to repay NDSL, SCL, or
GSL Loans. No separate application is needed
for the NDSL or SCL loans since the College
administers these funds. GSL applications
must be initiated by the student with the
lender, the student’s local bank. Interest on
these loans (5% for the NDSL and SCL loans
and 8% for GSL loans) does not accrue for an
enrolled student although interest does accrue
on the unpaid balance once the student is no
longer in school.
Students whose families do not receive College
support may wish to borrow to help meet
College expenses. The GSL, and the PLUS,
FamilyEd and SHARE loan programs are
available for this purpose.
Most students whose family income does not
exceed $75,000 will be allowed to borrow up
to $2,5 0 0 per year through the GSL Program
(up to $12,500 for the full undegraduate
program). Parents may borrow up to $3,000
per year through the PLUS Loan Program.
Although a 10-year repayment schedule is
possible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must

22

begin soon after the lender (the student’s local
bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan
currently carries a 12% interest rate.
FamilyEd Financing, through Sallie Mae Inc.,
offers up to $ 10,000 per child each year to
credit-worthy parents in the following states:
CA, DE, DC, FL, GA, IL, MD, MA, MI, MO,
NJ, NY, OH, PA, and VA. The variable interest
rate is the 91-day Treasury Bill rate + 3.5%
(about 10% as o f 6/86) and parents may take
10 years to repay. If parents borrow $10,000
and if the interest rate is about 10%, the
monthly payment would be about $ 200.
The Share Loan is offered by Swarthmore
College through the Consortium on Financing
Higher Education, the Educational Research
Institute, and Nellie Mae—the New England
Student Loan Marketing Association. The
Share Loan program offers up to $15,000 per
child each year to credit-worthy parents. The
variable-rate interest loan ( 10% as o f 6/86)
may be repaid over a period o f 15 years and
borrowers may choose variable or equal
monthly payments. For example, those who
borrow $15,000 should expect to repay about
$160 each month and those who borrow
$60,000 should expect to repay about $660
each month over a 15-year period.
Students who would like more information
abut these loan programs should read our
Financial Aid Brochure.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
The Class o f 1916 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1920 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1936 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1937 Loan Fund
The John A. M iller Loan Fund
The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
The Thatcher Family Loan Fund
The Ellis D. W illiam s Fund
The Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan Fund

The Joseph W. Conard M emorial Fund, established by friends o f the late Professor Conard,
provides short-term loans without interest to

meet student emergencies. Income earned by
The Alphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices, and the post
office, and placements can be arranged when
students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f
pay run from $3.35 to $3.55 per hour.
Students receiving financial aid are usually
offered the opportunity to earn up to $800
during the year and are given hiring priority,
but there are usually jobs available for others
who wish employment.
The Student Employment Office publicizes

local off-campus and temporary employment
opportunities. Students are generally able to
carry a moderate working schedule without
detriment to their academic performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most aided
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year
or nation-wide during the summer. Among
suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse­
ums, social service agencies and local, state or
federal government agencies.

Swarthmore College
National Scholarships
On occasion Swarthmore College awards fouryear National Scholarships to the outstanding
men and women entering the freshman class.
The awards are made to those candidates who,
in the opinion o f Committee on Admission

rank highest in scholarship, leadership, charac­
ter, and personality. The amount o f the annual
award varies from $3,000, the minimum
stipend, or enough to cover all expenses,
depending on the financial need o f the winner.

Other Scholarships
(Financial need is a requirement for a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated.
No separate application is needed.)
The Aetna L ife and Casualty Foundation Scholar­
ship provides assistance to qualified students
with financial need.

students.

The Lisa P. Albert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis o f scholar­
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humanities.

The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in
memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974 by
Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded, on the
recommendation o f the Department o f Art, to
a junior who has a strong interest in the studio
arts. It is held during the senior year.

The Vivian B. A llen Foundation provides schol­
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda­
tion’s interest in the international exchange of

The Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each
year to a worthy student with financial need in
recognition o f the long-standing and affection­
ate connection between the Armington family

23

Financial Aid

and Swarthmore College.

scholarship is renewable until graduation.

The Frank and M arie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded to a new student who shows promise
o f distinguished intellectual attainment based
upon sound character and effective personality.
The award is made in honor o f Frank Aydelotte,
President o f the College from 1921-1940, and
originator o f the Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood Aydelotte, his
wife.

The Book and Key Scholarship, established by the
Book and Key men’s senior honorary society in
1965 when the Society dissolved itself, is
awarded each year to a senior man who has
shown quality o f leadership and has demon­
strated through past performance his eagerness
to give service to college and community. He
should rank high in scholarship, character and
personality.

The W . Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was
established in 1982 in memory o f W . Herman
Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a
meritorious student who has financial need.

The Edward S. Bower M emorial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in
memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who ranks
high in scholarship, character, and personality.

The Philip H. Barley M emorial Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley, ’66 ,
by his family and friends and the Class o f 1966,
which he served as president, provides financial
assistance for a junior or senior who has
demonstrated outstanding leadership qualities
at Swarthmore.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are
awarded by the Department o f Music to stu­
dents at the College who show unusual promise
as instrumentalists or vocalists and who need
help to pay for private instruction.
The Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’48 Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student who has broad
academic and extracurricular interests and who
shows promise o f developing these abilities for
the betterment o f society. This scholarship is
based on need and is renewable for four years.

The D aniel W alter Brenner M emorial Scholarship,
established by family and friends in memory of
Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is awarded to
a senior majoring in biology who is distin­
guished for scholarship and an interest in plant
ecology, or wildlife preservation, or animal
behavior research. The recipient is chosen with
the approval o f biology and classics faculty.
The Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Ina Carey Diller in honor
o f Leon Willard Briggs T7, to be awarded to
worthy engineering students with financial
need. In the event there are no engineering
students who need the scholarships, they shall
be awarded to students engaged primarily in the
study o f classics and belles lettres.
The John S. Brod ’34 Scholarship is awarded to a
deserving student on the basis o f merit and
financial need.

The B elville Scholarship has been endowed in
memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and
Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually
to an incoming student o f particular promise
and is renewable for his or her years at Swarth­
more.

The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship was established
as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a number
his former students. It is available to a major in
Political o f Science in the junior or senior year.

The Curtis B ok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor of
the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary
alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is
assigned annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students in
any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The

The Edna Pownall Buffington Fund was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial Year of
1964. The income from this Fund is used to
provide scholarships for a student or students
attending Swarthmore College who are concen­
trating their studies in the field o f the social
sciences and who indicate an interest in the
objects or purposes o f the American Friends
Service Committee and a desire to serve in
those fields following their graduation and
post-graduate work. Awards are made to
students in any o f the four classes.

24

The C hi Omega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons of
members o f the fraternity.
The Eleanor Stabler C larke Scholarship, estab­
lished in her honor by Cornelia Clarke Schmidt
’46 and W . Marshall Schmidt ’47, is awarded
to a worthy freshman student with need.
Preference is to be accorded to members o f the
Society o f Friends. The scholarship is re­
newable for four years.
The Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig­
nated by the Classics Department.
The Cochran M em orial Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Marie Cochran in
memory o f the Cochran family. It is given
annually to a student matriculating at Swarth­
more College.
The Sarah Antrim C ole Scholarship was founded
by her parents in memory o f Sarah Antrim
Cole o f the Class o f 1934. Preference is given to
a graduate o f the Worthington High School,
Worthington, Ohio.
The Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund, is
awarded every year to a deserving student who
is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance
with the donor’s will.
T he N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Charit­
able Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson of
the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man
or woman. Selection will place emphasis on
character, personality, and ability.
The Stephanie Cooley ’70 Scholarship, established
in loving memory by her parents, is awarded on
the basis o f financial need to a worthy student
from Kifissia, Greece.
The D avid S. Cou/den Scholarship was estab­
lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class of
1942, who taught English Literature at Swarth­
more from 1949 until his death in May 1983. It
is awarded on the basis o f financial need.
The Ellsworth F. Curtin M emorial Scholarship
was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin,
Class o f 1918, in memory o f her husband, Class

of 1916, to benefit an engineering student with
financial need.
The Marion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in personality, character, and schol­
arship. This endowment is in memory o f Mrs.
Dannenberg who was mother and grandmother
of six students who attended Swarthmore.
The D elta Gamma Scholarship is to be awarded
to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In
any year in which there is no such candidate the
fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality, and ability.
The Howard S. and Gertrude P. Evans Scholarship
Fund provides scholarships for worthy stu­
dents, preference being given to students with
highest scholarship from high schools o f
Delaware County, Pa.
The J. H orace Ervien Scholarships are awarded
annually, with preference given to students who
plan to major in engineering. Consideration
will be given to academic qualifications, finan­
cial need, character, and qualities o f leadership.
The scholarship is renewable for qualified
students. These scholarships were named in a
bequest by Mrs. Elsa G. Giele Ervien in honor
o f her husband, J. Horace Ervien, B.S. ’03, C.E.
’ 10.
The Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship is
established as an expression o f respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar­
ship will be awarded each year on the basis o f
need to a worthy student.
The Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis of
mental vigor, Concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was estab­
lished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’26 in memory
o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a member of
the class o f 1951.
The Barbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund

25

Financial Aid

was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref­
erence to a black candidate.
The Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is given
to a woman student with financial need, who
ranks high in character, personality, and schol­
arship. Preference is given to a member o f the
Society o f Friends.
The Stella and Charles Guttman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant
from the Foundation to provide scholarships
to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and
fees for students who require financial assis­
tance. Preference is given to students o f recog­
nized ability who have completed two academic
years o f college and who are contemplating
graduate or professional study. The scholar­
ships are renewable for a second year.
The J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship is awarded to
an entering freshman on the basis o f merit and
need and is renewable annually to graduation.
This award was established by Katharine F.
Herrmann ’ 14 and by Margaret Herrmann Ball
’24 in honor o f their father.
The A . Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class of
1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from the
Middle West. Preference is given to a pre­
medical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in
team activities, as well as academic standing.
The Rachel W. H illbom Scholarship was founded
by Anne Hillbom Philips of the Class o f 1892
in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the
junior or senior class who is studying for
service in the international field. Preference is
given to a Friend or to one who intends to
contribute to world understanding through
diplomatic service, participation in some inter­
national government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­
ties.
The H adassah M.L. Holcombe Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for four years at the discretion of
the College. Preference will be given to mem­

26

bers o f the Society o f Friends.
T he C arl R. Horten ’47 Scholarship was created
by the Ingersoll-Rand Company. Preference in
the awarding is given to students planning to
major in engineering or pre-law.
T he Richard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro­
vides assistance to a student (or students) of
African descent.
The Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by the
Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an un­
restricted scholarship to be awarded annually
by the College.
T he Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first Black
students to attend Swarthmore College, estab­
lished this fund through a bequest "to provide
scholarship aid to needy students.”
The W illiam Y. Inouye ’4 4 Scholarship, estab­
lished in loving memory by his family, friends,
and colleagues in recognition o f his life of
service as a physician, is awarded to a worthy
junior premedical student with need. The
scholarship is renewable in the senior year.
The A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man o f the graduating class
o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­
delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the
faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject
to the approval o f Swarthmore College.
The George B. Jackson '21 Scholarship has been
endowed by Gene Lang ’38 in honor o f the man
who guided him to Swarthmore. It is to be
awarded on the basis o f need and merit with
preference given to a student from the New
York metropolitan area.
The George K. and S allie K . Johnson Fund
provides aid during the senior year for young
women who are fitted to become desirable
teachers.
The Howard Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement
to a male undergraduate who is a member o f the
Society o f Friends.
T he Richard Kahn Scholarship is given in mem­
ory o f Richard G. Kahn ’45 by his wife.
K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship, established by

Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student.
The K appa K appa Gamma Scholarship provides
an award to a member o f the freshman class,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members o f the fraternity.
The Kennedy Scholarship is given in honor o f the
parents and with thanks to the children of
Christopher and Jane Kennedy. The scholar­
ship is awarded on the basis o f need and merit
and is renewable for four years.
The Paul and Mary ]an e Kopsch Scholarship
Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J.
Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each year
to a junior premedical student(s) with financial
need. The scholarship is renewable in the
senior year.
The Jessie Stevenson Kovalenko Scholarship Fund,
the gift o f Michel Kovalenko in memory o f his
wife, is awarded to a student, preferably a
woman, in her junior or senior year and a major
in astronomy, or to a Swarthmore graduate,
preferably a woman, for graduate work in
astronomy at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
The W alter W. Krider Scholarship was estab­
lished by his wife and daughter for a young man
who ranks high in scholarship, character, and
personality.
The L afore Scholarship is awarded in memory of
John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives pref­
erence to qualified candidates who are des­
cendants o f Amand and Margaret White
Lafore.
The Laurence L afore ’38 Scholarship was estab­
lished in his memory in 1986 by family,
friends, classmates, and former students. Pro­
fessor Lafore, author o f numerous books and
essays, taught history at Swarthmore from
1945 until 1969. This scholarship is awarded to
a needy student showing unusual promise and
is renewable for four years.
The B arbara Lang Scholarship is awarded to a
student in the junior class whose major is in the
arts, preferably in music, who ranks high in
scholarship and has financial need. It is
renewable in the senior year. This scholarship
was established by Eugene M. Lang ’38 in
honor o f his sister.

Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded
each year to as many as four entering students.
Selection by a special committee on the basis o f
distinguished academic and extra-curricular
achievement and demonstrable interest in social
service. Stipends are based on financial need
and take the form o f full grants up to the
amount o f total college charges. Each Lang
Scholar is also eligible for summer or academic
year research or community service support,
while an undergraduate, up to a maximum of
$5,000 and for a $2,000 fellowship for gradu­
ate study. The program is made possible by the
gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Ida and D aniel Lang Scholarship established
by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the Class of
1938, provides financial assistance for a man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter, and personality.
The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides
for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man
or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates of
Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis of
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob
T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore
College, was offered for the first time in 1950.
This scholarship is in honor o f a former
distinguished Professor of Engineering and,
therefore, students who plan to major in engi­
neering are given preference. An award is made
annually.
The Christian R. and Mary F. L indback Founda­
tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu­
dents from the States o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware, or Maryland.
The Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y., Schol­
arship, is awarded annually by a committee of
that Quarterly Meeting.
The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded
by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory o f her
mother and is awarded annually to assist a
young woman student to pursue her studies in
the College.

27

Financial Aid

The D avid Laurent Low M emorial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory o f their son and brother,
is awarded to a man or woman who gives the
great promise that David himself did. The
award assumes both need and academic ex­
cellence, and places emphasis, in order, on
qualities o f leadership, a concern for others,
character, and/or outstanding and unusual
promise. The scholarship is awarded to a
freshman and is renewable for the undergrad­
uate years.
The Leland S. M acPhail, Jr. Scholarship, given by
Major League Baseball in recognition o f 48
years o f dedicated service by Leland S. MacPhail, Jr. ’39, will be awarded annually to a
deserving student on the basis o f need and
merit.
The D avid M andelbaum Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in scholarship and character with
preference to residents o f the States o f Penn­
sylvania and New Jersey.
The C lara B. M arshall Scholarship, established
by the will o f Dr. Clara B. Marshall, is awarded
to a woman at Swarthmore College with pref­
erence given to descendants o f her grandfathers,
Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillips.
The Edward M artin Scholarships, established by
a bequest o f Edward Martin, friend o f Swarth­
more College, provides financial aid to juniors
and seniors majoring in Biology, or pre-medical
students taking substantial work in this field.
Awards are made in consultation with the
Department o f Biology.
T he Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established by
the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student
from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor of
its founder. It provides a grant for the full
amount o f need and for music lessons. The
awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School o f the Arts and selected by Swarthmore
College on the basis o f all-around qualifica­
tions.
The Thomas B. M cCabe Achievement Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe ’15, are
awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn­
sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In

28

making selections, the Committee places em­
phasis on ability, character, personality, and
service to school and community. These awards
provide a minimum annual grant o f tuition, or
a maximum to cover tuition, fees, room and
board, depending on need. Candidates for the
McCabe Awards must apply for admission to
the College by January 15.
The Peter Mertz Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spending
these talents for the good o f the college com­
munity and o f the larger community outside.
The award was established in 1955 by Harold,
LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory o f Peter
Mertz, who was a member of the class o f 1957.
It is renewable for the undergraduate years.
The Jam es E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will
o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents o f Nether Prov­
idence Township).
The M argaret M oore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­
ence given to students o f South Asian origin.
The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship, named
in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an alumna of
the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a student
whose past performance gives evidence o f
intellectual attainment, leadership, and charac­
ter, and who shows potential for future intellec­
tual growth, creativity, and scholarship, and for
being a contributor to the College and ulti­
mately to society.
The John H. Nixon Scholarship was established
by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third
World students, especially those who plan to
return to their country of origin.
The Howard Osborn Scholarships, established by
Howard Osborn in memory o f his mother and
father, Viola L. Osborn and Frank Osborn, are
awarded to worthy students o f good character
who maintain satisfactory grades and who
require financial assistance.
T he H arriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­
ship for a young woman who is a member o f the
Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly Meet­
ing)-

The Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926, are
awarded to members o f the freshman class who
show promise o f leadership and who have need
of financial assistance. The scholarships are
renewable for a total o f four years at the
discretion o f the College.
The J. Roland Pennock Scholarships were estab­
lished by Ann and Guerin Todd ’38 in honor of
J. Roland Pennock ’27, Richter Professor Emer­
itus o f Political Science. Income from this
endowment is to be used to award four scholar­
ships on the basis o f merit and need, preferably
to one scholar in each class.
The T. H. Dudley Perkins M emorial Scholarship is
awarded annually to an entering freshman on
the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force o f
character, and leadership; literary and scholastic
ability; physical vigor as shown by participating
in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.
The Cornelia Chapm an and N icholas O . Pittenger
Scholarship established by family and friends is
awarded to an incoming freshman man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter, and personality and who has need for
financial assistance.
The Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh­
man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class
o f 1959.
The Presses Foundation Scholarship is awarded
annually to one or more students, selected by
the President and the Department o f Music,
who plan to become teachers o f music.
The Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund. A
sum o f money has been left by the will of
Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which
provides a scholarship to a young woman
student in Swarthmore College. Preference is
given to a relative o f the donor.
The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by
his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff,
in memory o f Robert Pyle o f the Class o f 1897
and for many years a member o f the Board of
Managers. Applicants who show promise of
intellectual attainment based upon sound char­
acter and effective personality and who reside
in Chester County are given preference.

The George G. and H elen G askill Rathje ’ 18
Scholarship is awarded to students with charac­
ter, outstanding academic record, and financial
need.
The Raruay.Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvarnist ’47 in memory of
his parents. They are given in alternate years:
the Ruruay-Chandra Scholarship to a woman
for her senior year, and the Niyomsit Scholar­
ship to a man for his senior year, who has high
academic standing and real need for financial
aid. Preference is given to a candidate who has
divorced or deceased parents or a deceased
mother or father.
The Fred C. and Jessie M. Reynolds Scholarship
Fund, created through a testamentary gift of
Jean Reynolds ’32, is awarded each year to a
worthy student based on need.
The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship,
character, personality, and physical vigor.
The A dele M ills Riley M emorial Scholarship,
founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was
awarded for the first time for the academic year
1964-65. An annual award subject to renewal is
made to a deserving student, man or woman.
Selection stresses the candidate’s capacity for
significant development o f his or her interests
and talents during the college years. Qualities
o f intellectual promise as well as potential for
service are sought in making this appointment.
T he Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, T2,
is awarded annually to an incoming student and
is renewable for his or her years o f study at
Swarthmore.
The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member of
the Swarthmore College faculty and founder of
the Economics Discussion Group. A member
o f the junior or senior class who has demon­
strated interest and ability in the study of
Economics is chosen for this award.
The Alexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation,
provides aid for a freshman student. It is

29

Financial Aid

awarded annually to a worthy student who
could not attend the College without such
assistance.
T he Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the Class
o f 1938, provides assistance annually to stu­
dents who have need o f financial aid.
The D avid Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rushmore
Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a worthy
student who plans to major in Engineering or
Economics.
The Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in thé arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter­
ests, however, will not be excluded from con­
sideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable
for the full period o f undergraduate study.
The W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan o f the
Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given
to men who are residents o f Abington Town­
ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside,
Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, of
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con­
siders character, personality, and leadership.
T he Jo e and Terry Shane Scholarship, created in
honor o f Joe Shane ’25, who was Vice
President o f Swarthmore College’s Alumni,
Development, and Public Relations from
1950-1972, and his wife, Terry, who assisted
him in coundess ways in serving the College,
was established by their son, Larry Shane ’56,
and his wife, Marty Porter Shane ’57, in
remembrance o f Joe and Terry’s warm friend­
ship with generations o f Swarthmore alumni.
This award is made to a freshman student on
the basis o f merit and need. It is renewable for
four years.
The Annie Shoem aker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating

30

class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College.
The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds
o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter, and personality.
The W illiam C. and Barbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities and extra-curricular activities and
who indicates an interest in a career in business.
T he Haney Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband and children, is awarded
to an incoming freshman with financial need. It
is renewable for up to four years.
The W illiam W . Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund
established in 1981 by a member o f the Class of
1943 is awarded to a deserving student on the
basis o f merit and need.
The W . W . Smith Charitable Trust provides
scholarships to students who qualify on the
basis o f need and merit.
The Cindy Solomon M emorial Scholarship is
awarded by preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
The Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f 1933,
is awarded to a student showing very great
promise as a creative writer (in any literary
form) who has need o f financial assistance. The
Department o f English determines those eligi­
ble.
The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was established
in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell ’32,
and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion. It is
awarded to a junior or senior with financial
need who has a special interest in law or music.
The Clarence K . Streit Scholarship is awarded to a
student entering the junior or senior year and
majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar­
ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in
American pre-Revolutionary War History. This
scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit, author

of Union Now: A Proposal For An Atlantic
Federal Union o f the Free, whose seminal ideas
were made public in three Cooper Foundation
lectures at Swarthmore.
The K atharine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
M emorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­
ship is renewable for four years at the dis­
cretion o f the College. Preference is given to a
resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
The Newton E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
of leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­
acter, and personality, and resides west o f the
Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in the
State o f Illinois.
The Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accor­
dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of
Friends; then to others.
The Phehe Anna Thom e Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated their earnest­
ness and ability. This gift includes a clause of
preference to those students who are members
o f the New York Monthly Meeting o f Friends.
The Titus Scholarships established by the will o f
Georgians Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are to
young awarded women in order that they may
pursue their studies in the College.
The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable for four years at the
discretion o f the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to the
ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from
a Swarthmore education, and to be a contribu­
tor to the College and ultimately to society.
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest from Edward Clarkson
Wilson ’91, and a gift from Daniel Underhill
’94, in memory o f this member o f the first
Board o f Managers. The award is made at the
discretion o f the College.

The W illiam H illes W ard Scholarships, in mem­
ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class of
1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving of
financial assistance.
The Stanley and Corinne W eithom Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial
assistance on the basis o f need and merit.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship is
awarded annually by the Music Department to
a student o f music.
The Samuel W illets Fund. This fund provides an
annual income for scholarships. A portion of
the fund is assigned for scholarships in the
name o f Mr. W illets’ children, Frederick
Willets, Edward Willets, Walter Willets, and
Caroline W. Frame.
The I. V. W illiam son Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates o f Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, Wilmington Friends School,
Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy
at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School, and
Brooklyn Friends School.
The Edward Clarkson W ilson Scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends of
Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly Prin­
cipal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is
awarded each year to a former student of the
Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap­
proved by the faculty o f the school, on the basis
o f high character and high standing in scholar­
ship.
The Elmer L. W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished in 1980 by a member o f the class of
1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
student on the basis o f merit and need.
The Letitia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund, given
by Letitia M. Wolverton of the Class o f 1913,
provides scholarships for members o f the j unior
and senior classes who have proved to be
capable students and have need for financial
assistance to complete their education at
Swarthmore College.
The Mary W ood Fund provides a scholarship
which may be awarded to a young woman who
is preparing to become a teacher.

31

Financial Aid

The Roselynd Acherholt W ood ’23 Fund provides
a scholarship for a young man or woman with
financial need who is distinguished for intel­
lectual promise as well as potential for service.
The M ichael M. and Zelma K . Wynn Scholarship
was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn
’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is
awarded annually to a student on the basis o f
need and merit.
The income from each o f the following funds is
awarded at the discretion of the College.
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund
T he W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund
The George Ellsler Scholarship Fund

32

The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
The Thom as L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
The D avid L. Price Scholarship
The Reader’s Digest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Caroline Shero Scholarship Fund
The Frank Solomon M emorial Scholarship
Fund
The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
The Helen Squier Scholarship Fund
The W alter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
The Helen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund
The Francis Holmes Strozier M emorial
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship Fund
The Thomas H. W hite Scholarship Fund
The Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth
T. W ilson Scholarship Fund
The Thomas Woodnutt Scholarship Fund

College Life

Student Community

C o lle ge Life

HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. Most students
live in College dormitories, which include

coeducational housing as well as single sex
dormitories and sections. Many members of
the faculty live on or near the campus, and are
readily accessible to students.

Residence Halls
Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity
from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity o f
housing styles. These dormitories include:
Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls,
which were opened in 1967; the upper floors in
the wings o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall,
named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton,
at one time President o f the Board o f Managers;
Palmer, Pittinger, and Roberts Halls on South
Chester Road; one building on the Mary Lyon
School property; Worth Hall, the gift of
William P. and J. Sharpies Worth, as a
memorial to their parents; Willets Hall, made
possible largely by a bequest from Phebe
Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother
and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift o f Harold
and Esther Mertz.
About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are
designated as coeducational housing either by
floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­
ences indicated, and to accommodate special
needs, such as physical handicaps. Other
students choose their rooms in an order
determined by lot or by invoking special
options—among these are block housing, allow­
ing friends to apply as a group for a section o f a
particular hall or dorm; and language hall
inclusion in which occupants are expected to

conduct conversations in a language other than
English to provide an immersion experience of
learning. There is also the opportunity to reside
at neighboring Bryn Mawr and Haverford
Colleges in a cross-campus housing exchange
that proceeds on a matched one-for-one basis.
All students are expected to occupy the rooms
to which they are assigned or which they have
selected through the regular room choosing
process unless authorized by the Deans to
move. Permission must also be obtained from
the Deans to reside outside college housing.
Resident Assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.
Dormitories remain open during October and
Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student
occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca­
tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester
only are expected to vacate their dormitory
rooms within twenty-four hours after their last
scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho­
mores, and juniors are expected to leave
immediately after their last examination in the
spring so that their rooms may be prepared for
use by Commencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property of
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.

Sharpies Dining H all
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals in
the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The board
plan covers 19 meals a week. Although an effort
is made to meet the dietary needs o f all
students, not all special requirements can be

34

accommodated; permission to reside o ff cam­
pus will be extended to any student not able to
participate in the board plan. The dining hall is
closed during the Christmas and Spring vaca­
tions.

I SOCIAL CENTERS
I Tarble Social Center
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Through the original generosity o f Newton E.
Tarble o f the Class o f 1913 and his widow,
Louise A. Tarble, the newly reconstructed
Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial
opened in April of 1986. The facility includes
recreational areas, a snack bar, lounge, student
activities offices, and a multi-purpose per-

formance space as well as the bookstore. Under
the leadership o f a Director o f Student Activi­
ties and student co-directors, many major
social activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.)
are held in Tarble. The Club, a student-run
coffeehouse, is currently housed in Sharpies II.

I Other Centers
The A lice Paul W omen’s Center, housed in
J Sharpies I, was established to draw all women
I o f the Swarthmore community together
I through common concerns. The Center, which
I serves faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and
I alumnae, maintains a library o f resource books,
I pamphlets and periodicals, provides informaI tion, and sponsors a variety o f programs,
I lectures, discussions and symposia for all
I members o f the college community about
I issues relating to women.

I

I
I
I
I
I

A Black Cultural Center, located in the Caroline
Hadley Robinson House, provides a library
and facilities for various cultural activities of
special interest to black students. The Center
and its program are guided by a director and a

committee o f black students, faculty, and
administrators. Programs planned by the Cen­
ter are open to all members o f the College
community.
There are three fraternities at Swarthmore;
Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are
affiliated with national organizations, while Phi
Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities
are adjuncts to the college social program and
maintain separate lodges on campus. The
lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda­
tions or eating facilities. New members are
pledged during late fell of their first year at the
College. In recent years about ten per cent of
the freshman men have decided to affiliate with
one o f the fraternities.

RELIGIOUS LIFE
Religious life at the College is a matter of
individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker
principles. The Society o f Friends is committed
to the belief that religion is best expressed in the
quality o f everyday living. There are accord­
ingly no compulsory religious exercises. Stu­
dents are encouraged to attend the churches of
their choice. Seven churches are located in the
borough o f Swarthmore; other churches and
synagogues may be found in the nearby towns
o f Morton, Media, Chester, and Springfield.

The Swarthmore Friends Meeting House is
located on the campus. Students are cordially
invited to attend its meeting for worship on
Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty
cooperation exist for the study o f the Bible and
the exploration o f common concerns o f reli­
gion. They include: The Christian Fellowship
and Charitas, both Christian groups; Young
Friends, Ruach (Jewish Collective), Newman
Club, and Ba’hai.

STUDENT SERVICES
Health Services
The W orth Health Center, a gift o f the W orth

family in memory o f William Penn Worth and

35

College Life

Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, outpatient
treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychological
Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care. Registered
nurses are on duty under die direction o f the
college physicians.
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians, but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor if
they prefer to do so.
As a part o f the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family
physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes,
severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances will
be especially valuable to the college Health
Service in assisting each student. All this
information will be kept confidential.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely with
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics. Recommendations for limited activ­
ity may be made for those students with

physical handicaps. In occasional cases a
student may be excused entirely from the
requirements o f the Physical Education De­
partment, although adaptive programs are
offered.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient care
in the Health Center per term without charge
unless the services o f a special nurse are
required. After ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per
day is made. Students suffering from a com­
municable disease or from illness which makes
it necessary for them to remain in bed must stay
in the Health Center for the period o f their
illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished with­
out cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
The medical facilities o f the College are
available to students injured in athletic activ­
ities or otherwise, but the College cannot
assume additional financial responsibility for
medical and surgical expenses arising from
accidents. Insurance coverage for all students
participating in athletics, however, is included
in the mandatory health insurance package as is
supplementary coverage for all accident in­
juries.

Psychological Services
A program o f psychological services for stu­
dents with personal or emotional problems is
coordinated by a director, who also sees
students for individual or group consultations.
The director and the staff o f psychological
counselors hold office hours by appointment
each week, and a consulting psychiatrist is
available as necessary. Brief psychotherapy
within the limits o f available time will be given
to students without charge. In instances where
longer treatment is indicated, the student may
be referred to an outside psychiatrist or

psychologist.
Special educational seminars and workshops
on issues o f concern to the entire college
community are also sponsored by the coun­
selors, usually with the support o f or in
conjunction with student organizations or
interest groups and the Deans. The counselors
are also available to consult with faculty
members, Resident Assistants, and other mem­
bers o f the college’s supportive staff.

Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this responsi­
bility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change o f advisor should be

36

addressed to the Dean and will be freely
granted, subject only to equity in the number of
advisees assigned to individual faculty mem­
bers.

The Deans hold overall responsibility for the
advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or
personal matters, and for assistance with
special needs, such as those arising from
physical handicaps.

A consultant for testing and guidance is
available to assist students with special prob­
lems o f academic adjustment, study skills and
reading proficiency. In addition, aptitude and
interest tests may be given on request.

Career Planning and Placement
The Career Planning and Placement Office
helps students evaluate themselves and their
goals in order to plan future career and life style
alternatives. Individual counseling sessions and
group workshops are conducted to facilitate
this planning.
The programs are open to students in all classes
and are developmental in nature. Workshops
are designed to help students expand their
career options through exploration o f their
values, skills, interests, abilities, and experi­
ences. SIGI Plus (Educational Testing Service’s
System o f Interactive Guidance Information), a
computerized source o f extensive career in­
formation, is available as well.
Sophomore and junior students in particular
are encouraged to test options by participating
in the Extern Program. This program provides
on-site experience in a variety o f career fields
by pairing students with an alumnus/a to work
on a mutually planned task during one or more
weeks o f vacation. Career exploration and
experiential education is also encouraged during
summer internships and jobs, during a semester
or year off, and during the school year.

Assistance is provided in helping students
locate and secure appropriate jobs, internships,
and volunteer opportunities, and efforts are
made to help students learn the most they can
from these experiences.
Additional help is provided through career
information panels, on-site field trips, work­
shops on topics such as resume writing and
cover letter writing, interviewing skills, and job
search techniques. The office cooperates with
the Alumni Office, the Alumni Association,
and the Parents Council to help put students in
touch with a wide network o f people that can
be o f assistance to them. The Career Resources
Library includes many publications concerning
all stages o f the job search process. The office
hosts on-campus recruiting by representatives
from business, industry, government, non­
profit organizations, and graduate and profes­
sional schools. Notices o f job vacancies are
collected, posted, and included in the office’s
newsletter. Credential files are compiled for
interested students and alumni to be sent to
prospective employers and graduate admissions
committees.

Academic Support
A program o f academic support includes indi­
vidual tutorial services; special review sections
attached to introductory courses in the natural
sciences; a mathematics lab; an expository
writing workshop; and a pre-freshman Sum­
mer Program for selected entering students

which is sponsored conjoindy with Haverford
and Bryn Mawr Colleges. The Academic
Support Program is overseen by the Deans and
a faculty committee in cooperation with the
academic departments. There are no fees
required for any o f these supportive services.

W ithdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons
Students may withdraw voluntarily because of
health problems. Where health problems o f a
physical or psychological nature substantially
interfere with a student’s academic perform­
ance or safety, or the safety o f others, the

student may be withdrawn at the discretion of
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment of
either the Director o f Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s

37

College Life

functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.
A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. Although
application for readmission may be made at any
time, the College expects that ordinarily readmission will not be effective except at the
beginning o f a semester.
A student applying to the College for readmis­
sion must provide evidence from his or her

physician or psychotherapist o f increased abil­
ity to function academically or o f decreased
hazard to health or safety. After such evidence
has been provided, the student will ordinarily
be required to be evaluated in person by a
physician employed by the College Health
Services and/or the Director o f Psychological
Services, as appropriate. Recommendations
for readmission are made to the Dean o f the
College, who makes the final decision.

ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS
Alumni Relations is the communication chan­
nel between the College and its alumni,
enabling them to maintain an on-going rela­
tionship with each other. Some o f the office’s
programs and activities include Alumni Day in
the spring, Homecoming Day in the fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings o ff campus all
over the country, and alumni travel tours. It
also plans the annual Parents’ Day/Student
Arts Festival. The Alumni Office hires students
as events intern, vocational intern, and intern
for minority affairs each year to help coordinate
these various programs. Students also work as
staff for most o f the campus events.
The Alumni Office also works closely with the
Rapport and Support Committee o f Student
Council, a liaison group which promotes
understanding between students and alumni
and supports the College in whatever ways
seem appropriate. The annual Oktoberfest
weekend originated in the Rapport and Sup­
port Committee. The Alumni Office also helps
officers o f the senior class plan special events.

Every other year the Alumni Office and the
Office o f Career Planning and Placement spon­
sor a Career Day at which students meet alumni
to exchange career and graduate school infor­
mation.
The Alumni Office gives staff support to the
Alumni Association, which celebrated its 100th
anniversary in 1981-82, and to the Alumni
Council, the forty-two-person elected gov­
erning body of the Alumni Association. The
Alumni Office gives staff support also to the
ten regional alumni organizations, called Con­
nections, in Philadelphia, New York, Boston,
Washington, D.C., south Florida, Chicago,
Boulder, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and
Seattle.
There are 14,848 alumni: 7,708 men, 7,140
women, and 2,136 married to each other,
giving substance to the traditional appellation
for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.” The
College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who
has completed one semester.

College Publications
All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac­
ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni
Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available
to all students. Other complimentary publica­

tions sent to alumni, parents, and if iends are an
annual engagement calendar, the President’s and
Treasurer’s Report, and the Garnet Letter.

PUBLIC RELATIONS
The Public Relations Office works with the
print and broadcasting media to provide news
and information about the College to its

various publics. It responds to requests from
the media for information on a variety of
subjects by calling on the resources and ex­

pertise o f the faculty and professional staff. The
Public Relations Office prepares two publica­
tions: On Campus, a monthly schedule of
activities at the College that are open to the
public, distributed on request to more than

2,000 households in the Philadelphia area, and
the W eekly News, a newsletter o f events and
announcements distributed to faculty, staff,
and students.

S tu d e n t C o m m u n ity

Student Conduct
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are accept­
ing social and academic standards which, while
subject to periodic review, are essential to the
well-being o f the community. In general, the life
o f students should be governed by good taste
and accepted practice rather than elaborate
rules. Certain regulations, however, are of
particular importance and are listed below.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever­
ages on the campus is regulated by State law and
limited to those areas o f the campus which are
specified by the Student Council and the Dean.
The observance o f moderation and decorum in
respect to drink is a student obligation.
Disorderly conduct is regarded as a serious
offense.
2. The use or possession of injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommendation
o f a physician and knowledge o f the Deans
subjects a student to possible suspension or
expulsion.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside of restricted areas is
a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
alarms or fire prevention equipment.
4. The participation by any student in any

disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.

I ^
I ^
I

tl

s

5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected to
show consideration for other residents. Stu­
dents are held responsible for the behavior of
visiting guests.

i A

6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto­

n

mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization
Committee, a student-faculty group. This per­
mission is not extended to freshmen. Day
students may use cars for commuting to Col­
lege, but special arrangements for stickers must
be made for campus parking. More detailed
information may be obtained from the Office
o f the Deans.

al

T

I E
I
I

I.
S
P

Penalties for violations of College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regulations
may be modified and new rules may be added at
any time upon notice to the student body.

I a<

The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any of
its officers shall be under any liability whatso­
ever for such exclusion.

1
E

I

ii

1

1

S'
e
s

Judicial Bodies
There are two judicial committees with distinct
jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Committee,
elected by the entire student body, acts on cases
of alleged violations o f students’ rules and
campus regulations except as they fall within
the sphere o f the College Judiciary Committee.
The C ollege Judiciary Committee is composed of

student, faculty, and administration members. 1 -|
It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may I
involve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon I ^
cases referred by or appealed from the Student I
Judiciary Committee. A more complete de- I ^
scription o f the judicial system is available from I J
the Office o f the Dean.
I t

I1
I1

.
I I

Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu­
nity and is the chief body o f student govern­
ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordina­
tion o f student activities and the expression of

40

student opinion.

1

Committees o f the Council include the Appointments Committee, which selects qualified
applicants for student positions on student/

I
]

1

i

faculty/administration committees, Board o f
Managers committees, and student committees;
the Budget Committee, which regulates distri-

bution o f funds to student groups, and the
Elections Committee, which supervises procedures in campus elections.

Social Committee

An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee which is
appointed by the Appointment Committee.
The program is designed to appeal to a wide

variety o f interests and is open to all students.
There is no charge for Social Committee
functions and for most other campus events.

I EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
I In addition to the foregoing organizations,
I Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
I participate in a program of extracurricular
I activities wide enough to meet every kind of
I interest. There are dozens o f formal and in­

formal organizations.They vary as greatly as the
interests o f the students vary. The College
encourages students to participate in whatever
activities best fit their personal talents and
inclinations.

I The Studio Arts Program
I The Studio Arts Program, administered by the
I Department o f Art, is an academic program.
I The Department, however, encourages that
I students organize and carry out independent
I extracurricular activities with or without the
I supervision o f its staff, and provides assistance
I and advice as requested. There are in existence

at present the following student-organized
groups in art: Photography Club, Student Art
Association, Griffin, and Student Life Drawing
Class. The Griffin, in Parrish Hall, and Wilcox
Gallery, in Beardsley Hall, often display student
work.

I Music
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
College Chorus, directed by Peter Gram Swing,
rehearses three hours per week. T he College
Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the
membership o f the Chorus and conducted by
Ann McNamee, rehearses an additional two
hours per week. The C ollege Orchestra, directed
by Geoffrey Michaels, rehearses twice a week.
The Chamber Orchestra, directed by James
Freeman, gives two concerts each semester; its
rehearsals closely precede the concerts and its
members are drawn from The College Orchestra. The W ind Ensemble, which rehearses one
night weekly and gives two major concerts each
year in addition to several outdoor perform­

ance, is under the direction o f Gerald Levinson.
The Early M usic Ensemble, directed by Karen
Meyers, meets each week and gives several
concerts during the year.
Instrumentalists and singers can also participate
in the chamber music coaching program coor­
dinated by Dorothy Freeman. The Orchestra
(Chamber Orchestra) and Chorus (Singers)
both require auditions for membership. Several
student chamber music concerts (in which all
interested students have an opportunity to
perform) are given each semester. These con­
certs also provide an opportunity for student
composers to have their works performed. The
Swarthmore C ollege String Quartet, composed of

41

Student Com m unity

four top-notch student string players who also
serve as principal players in the College
Orchestra and Chamber Orchestra, performs
frequently at the College and at other institu­
tions.
The Department each year sponsors a Concerto
Competition, open to all Swarthmore College
students. Auditions for the competition are
normally held the first Thursday after winter
vacation. The winner performs later with the
Orchestra.
Practice and performance facilities in the Lang
Music Building include sixteen practice rooms
(each with at least one piano), a concert and a
rehearsal hall (each with its own concert

grand), one organ, two harpsichords, and an
electronic studio. The D aniel U nderhill Mtisic
Library has excellent collections o f scores,
books, and records.
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis­
ters a separate series o f public concerts.
The Swarthmore Music and Dance Festival takes
place on campus during the first three weeks of
the fall semester. It presents concerts, master
classes, and symposia, focusing on contempo­
rary American works performed and discussed
by eminent artists.

ta
lit
C
st

cc

In

V
cl
Si

P
T

at
cc

Dance
The Swarthmore College Dancers perform
public concerts with works choreographed by
students, the dance faculty, and other pro­
fessional choreographers.

For the past few years Swarthmore College has
been the recipient o f National Endowment for
the Arts grants which have enabled the College,
in conjunction with the William J. Cooper

These residencies typically last from one to
three weeks, and include master classes, lec­
tures, performances, and sometimes, the crea­
tion o f a new work by a guest artist for student
performers.
Each year the Swarthmore Music and Dance
Festival brings together guest artists, faculty
members, and students in a series o f perform­
ances and symposia focused on specific themes.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perform­
ance group in Folk Dance.

42

t;

n

si

s

0
P
r
student-directed projects each semester. Inter­
ested students should consult the departmental
statement in English Literature.

Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the

s

s

Drama
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre.
He supervises the drama program, which in­
cludes course work, workshops with guest
directors, invited speakers, and a number of

c

hun-

Each year there are a series o f formal concerts at
the end o f each semester, as well as informal
performances throughout the year. A series of
exchange concerts with other area colleges will
begin in 1986-87. Lecture demonstrations for
public schools and for organizations within the
surrounding communities are also a regular
part of the yearly dance performance schedule.

ti
Foundation, to bring outstanding professional
dance companies for short term residencies.

individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to

1
c

take part in a wide range o f sports. Within the
j limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the
College feels that it is desirable to have as many
students as possible competing on its inter1 collegiate or club teams, or in intramural

sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for
several o f the varsity athletic teams. They work
closely with the teams, attending practices and
many o f the scheduled contests.

Interest Clubs
There are a great variety o f special interest
clubs, listed more fully in the Student Handbook.
Since the interests o f our students change

frequendy, new clubs are often formed by
student groups.

Publications and M edia
The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper,
and W SRN , the campus radio station, are both
I completely student-run organizations. In addi1 tion, there are a variety o f other student

publications, including literary magazines,
newsletters, and an alternative magazine. The
current list can be found in the Handbook.

OUTREACH PROGRAMS
1 Swarthmore College Upward Bound
1
1
I
I

The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simultaneously a valuable experience for Swarth1 more students and a service to members o f
1 surrounding communities. It offers both a six-

week residential summer school in which
Swarthmore students may serve as counselors,
and a series o f activities during the academic
year in which Swarthmore students serve as
tutors. The program is administered by Edwin
A. Collins, Project Director.

1 Swarthmore College Volunteer Program
I Swarthmore students may work as volunteers
1 or paid Interns in community agencies that
1 provide a variety o f services including housing
1 rehabilitation, legal assistance, and counseling.
I The localities serviced include the nearby City
1 of Chester, Delaware County, and Philadelphia.

The program was begun by students in 1983
and is now overseen by Cynthia Jetter, Coor­
dinator, and a committee of faculty members,
alumni, and Chester community leaders.

IV
Educational Program
Faculty Regulations
Degree Requirements

44

Awards and Prizes
Fellowships

Educational P ro g ra m

I GENERAL STATEMENT

I
I
I
I
‘ I
I
I
]
|
I

I

Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor of
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sciences,
and the Natural Sciences. Four years o f resident
study are normally required for a Bachelor’s
degree (see page 59), but variation in this term,
particularly as a result o f Advanced Placement
credit, is possible (see page 19).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is
not primarily to provide vocational instruction,
even though it provides the best foundation for
one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help
students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens
and grow into cultivated and versatile individ­
uals. A liberal education is concerned with the
cultural inheritance o f the past, with the
cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aesthetic
values, with the development o f analytical
abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance
resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-minded­
ness, perspective, logical coherence, insight,
discrimination.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

1
I
I
I
I

One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (C ritique o f a College, 1967) suggested two principles for a liberal education.
"O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most o f a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him a
genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so that
he can use them to generate new discoveries on
his own. . . . He must go far enough to grasp
systematic connections within a field, to see
how fundamental principles combine to make
intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or
phenomena. . . . The other principle is that of
Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal
education, each student must have enough
breadth and variety in his studies so that he can
compare and contrast different methods of
inquiry . . . , and so that he can have the
experience o f making the bright spark of
connection leap across wide gaps. It .is this
breadth that gives point to the two senses of
'relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal
education . . . perception o f the relevance o f
one part o f learning to another, even across the

boundaries o f fields and subjects (and) . . .
perception o f the relevance o f learning to the
exigencies o f life .. . . ” To these two principles
the study added that the curriculum should aim
to encourage resourcefulness and self-reliance
and develop the personal conditions o f intellec­
tual progress by placing substantial responsi­
bility upon the student for his or her education,
amply allowing individuality o f programs and
requiring important choices about the com­
position o f programs. "W hat we are pro­
posing,” the study concluded, "is a curriculum
that leans rather sharply toward specialized di­
versity, and away from uniform generality— .
Our emphasis is on serious encounters with
special topics and problems at a comparatively
high level o f competence, and on student
programs that reflect individual constellations
o f diversified interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­
quires o f the student both a diversity of
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently
intensive to develop a serious understanding of
problems and methods and a sense o f the
conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal
education are reflected in requirements for
distribution and for the major.
During the first half o f their college program all
students are expected to satisfy some if not all
o f the distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists o f four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords a
choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors candi­
date concentrates on two or three fields, the
major and one or more minors; studies are
intensive and will occupy three-fourths o f the
student’s working time during the last two
years. In addition, the student takes four

45

Educational Pro g ra m

courses, or the equivalent, which provide
opportunities for further exploration outside
the Honors program. At the close o f the senior
year, the Honors candidate takes a series o f six
examinations given by visiting examiners.
A student in the Course program has wider
freedom o f election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
four semesters. Before the end o f the senior
year, students are required to pass a compre­
hensive examination given by the major depart­
ment. Students in the Course program are
admitted to seminars when space is available;

but work in colloquia as well as independent
work is part o f the Course program.
The program for engineering students follows a
similar basic plan, with certain variations which
are explained on page 108. Courses outside the
technical fields are distribute over all four
years.

1

]

1

!

I

The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­
mores are members o f the faculty appointed by
the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisors
are the chairs o f their major departments or
their representatives.

PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
The major goals o f the first two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to introduce stu­
dents to a broad range o f intellectual pursuits,
to equip them with the analytic and expressive
skills required to engage in those pursuits, and
to foster a critical stance towards learning and
knowing. The College distribution require­
ments are designed to aid students in achieving
these goals.
To meet the distribution requirements, a
student must take at least three credits in each
o f the three divisions of the College and
complete at least 20 credits outside the major
before graduation. A t least two credits in each
division must be in different departments and
must also be earned in courses designated as
Primary Distribution courses.
The three divisions o f the College are consti­
tuted as follows:
Humanities: Art, Classics, English Literature,
Modern Languages and Literatures, Music,
Philosophy, Religion.
N atural Sciences and Engineering: Astronomy,
Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics,
Physics.
Social Sciences: Economics, Education, History,
Linguistics, Political Science, Psychology, Soci­
ology and Anthropology.
Courses which count for Primary Distribution
are to be designated in the departmental
listings. All six Primary Distribution courses
must be satisfied by courses taken at Swarth­
more and, with the exception o f literature

46

courses taught in a language other than English,
will normally be completed before the student
enters the junior year. Extensions in the time
allowed to complete the remaining Primary
Distribution courses may be granted by the
Committee on Academic Requirements to
students who study for a semester or more
away from Swarthmore.

I
I
I
I
I
]
I
I (

Any course in a division (with the exception o f
Music courses numbered 40-49 and Dance
courses numbered 40-49) may be chosen as the
third Distribution course in that division.
Some courses may be designated as qualifying
for distribution (including Primary Distribution) within more than one division. Onecredit courses so designated can be counted in
only one o f those divisions; multi-credit courses
so designated may be counted for distribution
in two or more divisions. A course cross-listed
between departments, within or across divisions, will fulfill the distribution requirement
only for the department and division o f the
professor who offers the course.

I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Students who have been granted credit and
advanced placement by two departments in the
same division for work done prior to matriculation at Swarthmore will be exempted from
one Primary Distribution requirement in that
division on the condition that they take an
additional course in one o f those departments.
They will be exempted from both Primary
Distribution requirements in that division on
the condition that they take an additional
course in each o f those departments. Students

1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

;

'
'
.
‘

who enter Swarthmore with four semesters
I remaining to complete their degree will be
I exempted from the Primary Distribution comI ponent o f the distribution requirement.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign language, beyond the basic language requirement
(see p. 59). A student who intends to major in
one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate mathematics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to major in one of the social sciences
should be aware o f the increasing importance
of mathematical background for these subjects.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

In addition to the requirements listed above,
prerequisites must be completed for the work
of the last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives
must be taken to make up a full program,
bearing in mind the requirement that at least 20
credits must be taken outside the major
department.

Early in the sophomore year, the student
should identify two or three subjects as
possible majors, paying particular attention to
departmental requirements and recommenda­
tions.
W hile faculty advisors assist students in pre­
paring their academic programs, it is empha­
sized that students themselves are individually
responsible for planning and adhering to
programs and for the completion o f graduation
requirements. Faculty advisors, department
chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans,
and the Registrar are available for information
and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 58.

COURSE PROGRAM FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

The work o f juniors and seniors in the Course
program includes some intensive, specialized
study within a general area o f interest. This
comprises enough work in a single department
(designated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equivalent o f at least eight courses before graduation.
There is no upper limit to the number of
courses a student may take in the major field,
provided that at least twenty credits be taken
outside the major field. Before graduation the
student must pass a comprehensive examination in his or her major subject.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Students must determine a major subject by the
end o f their sophomore year, and apply
formally through the Registrar to be accepted
by the department or division concerned.
Acceptance will be based upon the student’s
record and an estimate o f his or her capabilities
in the designated major. Students who fail to
secure approval o f a major cannot be admitted
to the junior class.

I With departmental permission it is possible for
I a student to plan a Special Major that includes
I closely related work in one or more departI ments outside the major department. This

work (up to four courses normally) is part of
the major program for the comprehensive
examination; some o f it may consist o f a thesis
or other written research p rojects) designed to
integrate the work across departmental bound­
aries. In any case, the program o f the Special
Major is expected to be integral in the sense that
it specifies a field o f learning (not necessarily
conventional) or topic or problems for sus­
tained inquiry that crosses departmental
boundaries and can be treated as a sub-field
within the normal departmental major. Special
Majors consist o f at least 10 credits and
normally o f no more than 12 credits. Occa­
sionally, where regular departmental require­
ments unduly constrain the possibilities o f a
Special Major, these requirements may be
relaxed to a minimum o f six courses in the
primary department or by the omission of
certain courses in that department normally
required for the sake o f breadth o f experience
o f the major field; but course requirements
central to systematic understanding o f the
major field will not be waived. By extension,
Special Majors may be formulated as joint
majors between two departments, normally

47

Educational P ro g ra m

with at least five credits in each department and
11 in both departments, which, in such pro­
grams, collaborate in advising and in the
comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (or a member o f the depart­
ment designated by the chairman) whose

approval must be secured for the choice of
courses each semester.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program and
have achieved the grade average established for
this degree.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS)
FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1977, is a distinctive
part of Swarthmore’s educational life. While
the program is designedly flexible and respon­
sive to new needs, it has been characterized
from the beginning by three basic elements,
which taken together may be said to be the
essence o f the system.
(1) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­
tion o f the student’s attention during the junior
and senior year upon a limited field o f studies.
Normally, the student pursues only two sub­
jects each semester, avoiding fragmentation of
interests. Content o f studies is correspondingly
broader and deeper, permitting a wide range of
reading and investigation and demanding of the
student correlations o f an independent and
searching nature.
(2 ) While Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny from both
classmates and instructors. In this program,
students are prepared for examinations in six
subjects, given at the close o f the senior year. In
these, the student is expected to demonstrate
competence in a field o f knowledge rather than
mere mastery o f those facts and interpretations
which the instructor has presented. These
examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper
in each field, are set by examiners from other
institutions who also come to the campus to
conduct an oral examination o f each student.
(3 ) Reading for Honors is customarily carried
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
classes which have been approved as prepara­
tions for external examinations. Seminars meet
once a week, in many cases in the home o f the

48

instructor, for sessions lasting three hours or
more. The exact technique o f the seminar
varies with the subject matter, but its essence is
a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by
papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment.
While students preparing for external examina­
tions may under unusual circumstances elect to
take as many as eight seminars, an Honors
candidate will usually take no more than six
seminars; if over six are taken, those six which
constitute commitment to be considered for
Honors must be designated at the time o f entry
into the External Examination program. Once a
seminar in a designated subject has been taken,
the student must stand for the external examina­
tion as part o f his or her Honors program.
Seminars not so designated will be foreclosed
from consideration for Honors. Fewer than six
seminars may be taken, since it is possible to
prepare in other ways for Honors examinations.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors
degree are open:
(1) The normal program o f reading for Honors
consists o f six subjects studied during the last
two years in preparation for papers, i.e.,
examinations, given by the visiting examiners at
the close o f the senior year. The usual pattern is
four papers in the major department and two in
a minor department, but other combinations of
major and minor fields are possible. No student
is allowed more than four papers in the major;
in those cases where three subjects are offered
in each o f two fields, one of them is designated
as the major. A major includes enough work in
a single department to make an equivalent o f at
least eight courses before graduation. While
there is a general belief that two papers in a
minor field are desirable because o f the mutual

Educational P ro g ra m

reinforcement they provide, there are by
custom certain subjects which are allowed to
stand alone. Thus there is a considerable
flexibility in Honors programs, each being
subject to the scrutiny o f the departments and
divisions in which the work is done.
(2) Students who have a special reason to
study for one or two semesters abroad or
inanother American institution must take the
normal number o f examinations. Such pro­
grams must be worked out in advance, since it
may not be possible to provide special visiting
examiners for work taken elsewhere and since
instruction in some fields o f the student’s
choice , may not be available in the other
institution. In general the student following
this avenue to an Honors degree should weigh
carefully the advantage of working independ­
ently or under tutorial guidance against the loss
incurred by missing both the stimulus and
criticism provided in seminar.
(3) Students who at the end o f the sophomore
year did not elect or were not permitted to read
for Honors, but whose work has subsequently
shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter
the External Examination program as late as the
middle o f the senior year. They shall receive no
remission o f the number o f examinations. They
must petition the appropriate division before
the beginning o f the second semester of the
senior year for permission to take the external
examinations and must submit an acceptable
list o f examinations which they are prepared to
take.
A candidate for admission to the External
Examination program should consult the chair­
men of his or her prospective major and minor
departments during the second semester of the
sophomore year and work out a program for
the junior and senior years. This proposed
program must be filed in the office o f the
Registrar who will forward it to the divisions

concerned. The acceptance o f the candidate by
the divisions depends in part upon the quality
o f the student’s previous work as indicated by
the grades received but mainly upon the
student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
responsibility o f reading for Honors. The
major department is responsible for the origi­
nal plan o f work and for keeping in touch with
the candidate’s progress from semester to
semester. The division is responsible for ap­
proval o f the original program and o f any later
changes in that program.
At the end o f the junior year, Honors candi­
dates are required to take the external examina­
tions set at that time for the fields they have
studied. These trial papers are read by Swarthmore instructors, not by the visiting examiners.
On the basis of the showing made in these
examinations, the student may be advised or
required to leave the External Examination
program. Those students who move to the
Course program under these circumstances or
for other reasons will receive grades for the
work accomplished while reading for Honors,
but in no case without taking examinations in
the field covered. I f a student wishes to reapply
at a later date for readmission to the External
Examination program, the new program must
include all seminars already taken as part o f the
original approved program (see #3, p. 48).
At the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision o f the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands o f the visiting examiners. Upon
their recommendation, successful candidates
are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors,
with High Honors, or with Highest Honors.
W hen the work o f a candidate does not in the
opinion o f the examiners merit Honors o f any
grade, Swarthmore faculty members review the
student’s examination papers and assign grades.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor
of Science degrees is four years, graduation in
three years is freely permitted when a student
can take advantage o f Advanced Placement
credits, perhaps combining them with extra

work by special permission. When circum­
stances warrant, a student may lengthen the
continuous route to graduation to five years by
carrying fewer courses than the norm o f four:
this may be appropriate for students who enter
Swarthmore lacking some elements o f the usual

49

Educational P ro g ra m

preparation for college, who are physically
handicapped, or who wish to free time for
activities relating to their curricular work
although not done for academic credit. Such
five-year programs are possible in Music and
Studio Arts for students who are taking
instruction o ff campus or who wish to pursue
studio or instrumental work without full credit
but with instruction and critical supervision;
but such programs are possible only on
application to and selection by the department
concerned, which will look for exceptional

accomplishment or promise. In all cases where
it is proposed to reduce academic credit and
lengthen the period before graduation the
College looks particularly to personal circum­
stances and to careful advising and necessarily
charges the regular annual tuition (see the
provisions for overloads, p. 20). Full-time
leaves o f absence for a semester or a year or
more are freely permitted and in some cases
encouraged, subject also to careful planning
and academic advising.

NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree of
Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of Science is made
by eight semesters’ work o f four courses or the
equivalent each semester, students may and
frequently do vary this by programs of five
courses or three courses if it is desirable for
them to do so. The object o f progress toward
the degree is not primarily, however, the mere

accumulation o f 32 credits. College policy does
not permit programs o f fewer than three
courses within the normal eight semester en­
rollment. Programs o f more than five courses
or fewer than four courses require special per­
mission (see p. 20 on tuition and p. 57 on
registration).

FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
While classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty
regulations encourage other modes as well.
These include various forms o f individual
study, student-run courses, and a limited
amount o f "practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach­
ments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission o f the instruc­
tor, a project o f additional reading, research,
and writing. If this attachment is taken concur­
rently with the course it is normally done for
half credit. If it is taken in a later semester
(preferably the semester immediately follow­
ing), it may be done for either half or full credit.
This kind o f work can be done on either a
small-group or individual basis. It is not
possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative to

50

seminars as a preparation for papers. Students
who decide before the middle o f the semester
to do a half-credit attachment may commonly,
with permission, withdraw from a regular
course and carry three and a half credits in that
term to be balanced by four and a half credits in
another term. Students may do as many as two
attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more biblio­
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, opportuni­
ties for directed reading are more frequent in
most departments than are opportunities for
tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con­
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­
able that the work be more specialized or more
sharply focussed than is usually the case in
courses or seminars; the work may range from a
course o f reading to a specific research project.
Such work is available primarily to juniors and
seniors in accordance with their curricular
interests and as faculty time permits.

The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to
run their own course with a reading list
approved by the instructor and a final examina­
tion or equivalent administered by him or her,
but normally with no further involvement of
faculty. In organizing such a course students
obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor from a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring term)
or May 1st (for the fell term) on the basis o f an
initial memorandum emphasizing the principal
subject matter to be studied, the questions to
be asked about it, the methods o f investigation,
and providing a preliminary bibliography. The
course is then registered by its organizers with
the Provost, who has administrative supervi­
sion of such work, and who may waive the
foregoing deadlines to recognize problems in
the organization o f such courses. The course
supervisor consults his or her department, and
in the case o f an interdepartmental course, any
other department concerned, whose represent­
atives together with the Provost will decide
whether to approve the course. The supervisor
also reviews the course oudine and bibliog­
raphy and qualifications and general eligibility
o f students proposing to participate in the
course. After a student-run course has been
found acceptable by the appropriate depart­
ment (or departments) and the Provost, the
course supervisor’s final approval is due ten
days before the term begins, following which a
revised reading list and class list are given to the
Librarian and the course title and class list are
filed with the Registrar. At the end o f the course
the supervisor evaluates and grades the stu­
dents’ work in the usual way or arranges for an
outside examiner to do so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provisional­
ly proposed for half credit to run in the first
half o f the semester, and at midterm, may be
either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full

credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester
(up to midsemester) for half credit and then be
continued, on the same basis, into the follow­
ing term. Or they may be taken for half credit
over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to
occasional or regular participation. The only
essentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both analyti­
cal and bibliographical, are also regarded as
important ends in themselves, to be empha­
sized in the review o f proposals before ap­
proval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant up
to one course credit for practical work, which
may be done o ff campus, when it can be shown
to lend itself to intellectual analysis and is likely
to contribute to a student’s progress in regular
course work, and subject to four conditions:
( 1) agreement o f an instructor to supervise the
project; ( 2 ) sponsorship by the instructor’s
department, and in the case o f an interdisci­
plinary project, any other department con­
cerned, whose representatives together with
the Provost will decide whether to grant
permission for the applied or practical work
before that work is undertaken; (3) a basis for
the project in some prior course work; and (4)
normally, the examination o f pertinent litera­
ture and production o f a written report as parts
o f the project. This option is intended to apply
to work in which direct experience o f the offcampus world or responsible applications of
academic learning or imaginative aspects o f the
practice o f an art are the primary elements.
Because such work is likely to bear a loose
relation to organized instruction and the regu­
lar curriculum, the College limits academic
credit for it while recognizing its special
importance for some students’ programs.

INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK
The requirements o f the major typically leave

room for significant flexibility in students

51

Educational P ro g ra m

programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety of
interests and to emphasize intellectual diversity;
it may also be used for the practical integration
o f individual programs around interests or
principles supplementing the major. The Col­
lege offers interdepartmental majors in Medi­
eval Studies, Literature, and Linguistics-Psy­
chology, and formal interdisciplinary programs
short o f the major in Asian Studies, Black
Studies, Computer Science, International Rela­
tions, Public Policy, and Women’s Studies..
The programs in Education and in Linguistics
have departmental status as to staff. It should
be recognized that some departments are
themselves interdisciplinary in nature; that a
considerable number o f courses are cross-listed
between departments; that each year some
courses are taught jointly by members o f two or
more departments; that departments common­
ly recommend or require supporting work for their
major in other departments; and that students

can organize their work into personally selected
concentrations in addition to or as extensions
o f their majors, particularly in Special Majors.
Such concentration is formally provided in
Asian Studies, Black Studies, Computer
Science, International Relations, Public Policy,
and Women’s Studies. Many other opportu­
nities exist informally—e.g., in comparative
literature, in African studies, in American
studies, in religion and sociology-anthropology,
in engineering and social sciences, in bio­
chemistry, or in chemical physics. Students are
encouraged to seek the advice o f faculty
members on such possibilities with respect to
their particular interests. In some cases faculty
members o f several departments have planned
and scheduled their course offerings with some
consultation so as to afford a de facto concentra­
tion in addition to the major, and students may
wish to know and take advantage o f these cases
o f overlapping faculty interests.

HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function of the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter­
ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters o f recommendation for profes­
sional schools to which students apply. The
letters are based on faculty evaluations re­
quested by the student, the student’s academic
record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the
necessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for stu­
dents entering medical or dental schools: Biol­
ogy 1, 2 (students who have earned advanced
placement credit for Biology 1, 2 should take
two other biology courses); Chemistry 10,22,
32, 36; Physics 1, 2, or 3, 4; Math 5 and one
additional math course; and English Literature,
two semester courses. Students should note the
physics and math prerequisites for Chemistry
36 and plan their sequence o f courses accord­
ingly. In addition to the minimal requirements,
some medical schools require and many rec­
ommend the following courses: Cell Biology,

52

Developmental Biology, Genetics, and one year
o f calculus. However, the student should bear
in mind that requirements change, and should
remain in touch with those professional schools
in which he or she is interested. The work o f the
junior and senior years may be completed in
either the Course or the Honors Program, and
in any major department o f the student’s
choice. However, professional schools in the
health sciences generally require a demonstrated
proficiency in the basic sciences. All required
courses should therefore be taken on a graded
basis after the first semester o f the freshman
year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the New Medical College Admission
Test which is given in April and September each
year. It is recommended that students take the
test in the Spring o f the year that they apply for
admission to medical schools. The Student
M anual for the New MCAT should be reviewed
as early as practical and may be purchased in
the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is a
testing center for the New MCAT. Corollary
tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and the Veteri­
nary Aptitude Test, are often required by dental
and veterinary schools.

Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications which
are available in the College bookstore or the
Health Sciences Advisory Office: M edical Sclwol
Admission Requirements and Admission Require­
ments of Am erican D ental Schools. Catalogs for
most medical and veterinary schools are also on
file in the Advisory Office.

ly with students interested in health careers and
is available to assist students in planning their
programs in cooperation with students’ own
academic advisors. Further information on
opportunities, requirements and procedures
can be obtained from the Health Sciences
Advisor but it is the student’s responsibility to
make his or her intentions known to the
Advisor at the earliest possible date.

The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodical­

CREATIVE ARTS
Work in the creative arts is available both in the
curriculum o f certain departments and on an
extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements in

Art, English Literature, and Music. A total of
not more than five courses in the creative arts
may be counted toward the degrees o f Bachelor
o f Arts and Bachelor of Science.

COOPERATION WITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS
W ith the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College or
the University o f Pennsylvania without the

payment of extra tuition. This arrangement
does not apply to the summer sessions o f the
University o f Pennsylvania and Bryn Mawr
College.

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS
To provide variety and a broadened outlook for
interested students, the College has student
exchange arrangements with Brandeis Univer­
sity, Howard University, Middlebury College,
Mills College, Pomona College, Rice Univer­
sity, and Tufts University. Selection is made by
a committee o f the home institution from
among applicants who will be sophomores or

juniors at the time o f the exchange. W ith each
institution there is a limited and matched
number o f exchanges. Students settle financially
with the home institution, thus retaining
during the exchange any financial aid for which
they are eligible. Exchange arrangements do not
permit transfer o f participants to the institution
with which the exchange takes place.

EDUCATION ABROAD
The College recognizes the general educational
value o f travel and study abroad and cooperates
as far as possible in enabling interested students
to take advantage o f such opportunities. It
distinguishes, however, between those foreign
study plans which may be taken for credit as
part o f a Swarthmore educational program, and
those which must be regarded as supplemen­
tary. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study

must meet Swarthmore academic standards,
and must form a coherent part o f the student’s
four-year plan of study. The External Examina­
tion (Honors) Program in particular demands a
concentration o f study which is not easily
adapted to the very different educational
systems o f foreign universities. Therefore,
while some o f the programs listed below may
normally be taken as substitutes for a semester

53

Educational P ro g ra m

or a year o f work at Swarthmore, each case is
judged individually, and the College may
withhold its approval o f a particular program,
or may insist that the program be carried out as
an extra college year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Registrar and the chairmen o f
departments concerned, if credit is to be given
for courses taken. Students may be asked to
take examinations upon their return to the
College. Requests for credit must be made
within the academic year following return to
Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as
Art and Modem Languages and Literatures,
publish separate instructions for transfer of
credits from other institutions. These are
available from the respective department
offices.
1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University o f Grenoble, where
their course o f study is the equivalent o f one or
two semesters at Swarthmore. This program,
under the auspices o f the Department of
Modem Languages and Literatures, is open to
students from any department, but especially
those in the humanities and social sciences.
Should there be places available, applications
from students at other institutions are accepted.
The number o f participants in limited to
twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life at
the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence al­
lows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation o f External Examination papers is
possible in certain fields. The program is
designed primarily for juniors and second
semester sophomores, but seniors can be
accommodated in special cases.
A member o f the Department o f Modem
Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program and
the living arrangements o f the students, and
advises on all educational or personal prob­
lems. A coordinator o f the program at Swarth­
more handles such matters as admissions to the

54

program (in consultation with the Deans),
financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to
departments within the College and to institu­
tions whose students participate in the pro­
gram. Applications for the fall semester must
be submitted by March 15 and for the spring
semester by October 15.
2. A cadem ic Year in M adrid, Spain. This pro­
gram is administered by the Romance Language
Department o f Hamilton College, in coopera­
tion with faculty members o f Williams, Mount
Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges. Students
many enroll either for the full academic year or
for the fall semester only. (Credit at Swarth­
more must be obtained through the depart­
ments concerned.) The program attempts to
take full advantage o f the best facilities and
teaching staff o f the Spanish community, while
adhering to the code o f intellectual perform­
ance characteristic o f the most demanding
American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1) the efforts that
are made to find homes well suited for student
lodging, and ( 2 ) the activities which are
planned to insure ample contact with Spanish
students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited for
study and research, and it sponsors a series o f
lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance o f a
committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth­
more Colleges, serve also as directors-inresidence in Madrid.
Applications and further information are avail­
able from the Department o f Modem Lan­
guages and Literatures.
3. Sw arthm ore-supported Program s o f Study
A broad. Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study

abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.
1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
2) Hamilton College Academic Year in Madrid
(Spain) for the fall semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
3) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany, either
at the University o f Freiburg or the Univer­
sity o f Munich (West Germany) for the
entire academic year;
4) Smith College Junior Year at the University
o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire
academic year;
5) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;

6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester
or the entire academic year. (See also
announcement o f the Art Department, p.
68, and o f the Classics Department, p. 8 9.)
7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris).

8 ) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational (ISLE)
Program at the University o f Peradeniya for
the fall (August-November) semester.
9) China Educational Tours program (CET)
in Beijing, the People’s Republic o f China.
Students who wish to apply scholarship funds
to the above programs should consult with the

Financial Aid officer o f the College.
4. O ther Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam­
ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai University
the College is also affiliated, Smith College, or
Sweet Briar College. These are full-year pro­
grams o f study at foreign universities, under the
supervision o f American college personnel.
Interested students should consult the Associ­
ate Provost.
5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for admis­
sion as a special student. This should be done
only after consultation with the Registrar and
the appropriate department head. Care must be
taken to assure in advance that courses taken
abroad will be acceptable for Swarthmore
credit. Most foreign universities severely limit
the number o f students they accept for short
periods.
The O lga Lam bert M emorial Fund. Income from
a fund established in 1979 by students of Olga
Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore
College from 1949 to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need who
wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Leningrad
or Moscow semester programs in the U SSR.
Awards based on merit and financial need will
be made on the recommendation o f the
Russian section o f the Department o f Modem
Languages and Literatures.

55

Fa c u lty R e g u la tio n s

ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below. With
this exception, students are responsible for
regular attendance. Faculty members will re­
port to the Dean the name of any student whose
repeated absence is in their opinion impairing
the student’s work. The number o f cuts
allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact
which places a heavy responsibility on all
students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since freshmen
must exercise particular care in this respect,
and since the Faculty recognizes its greater
responsibility toward freshmen in the matter of
class attendance, it is expected that freshmen,
especially, will attend a ll classes.

A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading the
material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a
final examination, under the following condi­
tions:

When illness necessitates absence from classes,
the student should report at once to the Health
Center.

4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.

1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2 ) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the instruc­
tor’s approval must be obtained.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examination,
as the instructor deems necessary for adequate
evaluation o f his or her performance.

GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Registrar’s
offices at intervals during the year upon the
work o f students in courses. Informal reports
during the semester take the form o f comments
on unsatisfactory work. At the end o f each
semester formal grades are given in each course
under the letter system, by which A means
excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory
work, D passing but below the average required
for graduation, and NC (no credit) for uncom­
pleted or unsatisfactory work. Letter grades are
qualified by pluses and minuses. W signifies
that the student has been permitted to with­
draw from the course by the Committee on
Academic Requirements. X designates a condi­
tion; this means that a student has done
unsatisfactory work in the first half o f a year
course, but by creditable work during the
second half may earn a passing grade for the full
course and thereby remove the condition. R is
used to designate an auditor or to indicate cases
in which the work o f a foreign student cannot
be evaluated because o f deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete

with respect to specific assignments or exami­
nations. The Faculty has voted that a student’s
final grade in a course should incorporate a zero
for any part o f the course not completed by the
date o f the final examination, or the end o f the
examination period. However, if circumstances
beyond the student’s control preclude the
completion o f the work by this date, a grade of
Incom plete (Inc.) may be assigned with the
permission o f the Registrar. In such cases
incomplete work must normally be made up
and graded and the final grade recorded within
five weeks after the start o f the following term.
Except by special permission o f the Registrar
(on consultation with the Committee on
Academic Requirements) all grades o f Inc. still
outstanding after that date will be replaced on
the student’s permanent record by NC (no
credit). Waiver o f this provision by special
permission shall in no case extend beyond one
year from the time the Inc. grade was incurred.
The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester of
the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no

credit). In the balance o f their work at
Swarthmore, students may select up to four
courses for Credit/No Credit by informing the
Registrar’s Office within the first two weeks of
the term in which the course is taken, except
that repeated courses may not be taken
Credit/No Credit. For freshmen and soph­
omores CR will be recorded for work that
would earn a grade o f D or higher; for juniors
and seniors the minimum equivalent letter
grade for CR will be C. Instructors are asked to
provide the student and the faculty adviser with
evaluation o f the student’s Credit/No Credit
work. The evaluation for first-semester fresh­
men includes a letter-grade equivalent; for
other students the evaluation may be either a

letter-grade equivalent, or a comment. Such
evaluations are not a part o f the student’s grade
record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first
semester freshmen courses only, may be pro­
vided to other institutions if requested by the
student and absolutely required by the other
institution.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end
of each semester. They are not routinely sent to
parents or guardians, but such information
may be released when students request it.
A C (2.0) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.

REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semester.
If more than five or fewer than four courses
seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be
consulted and a petition filed with the Commit­
tee on Academic Requirements.

Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received not
later than the middle o f the semester, or the
mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their enrollment in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.

EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examina­
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement with
the instructor in charge of the course.

No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super­
vision.

ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examinations
or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most
serious offense, and one which strikes at the
foundations o f academic life.

The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem
to those they teach (the Faculty’s statement
concerning plagiarism may be found in The
Student H andbook), to minimize temptation,
and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean
for action by the College Judiciary Committee.

57

Fa cu lty Regulations

The College Judiciary Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f magni­
tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious­
ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f the
Faculty that for the first offense failure in the

course and, as appropriate, suspension for a
semester or deprivation o f the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial procedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.

STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by the
date o f enrollment and the student is in good
standing. If a student has not enrolled and has
not arranged for a leave o f absence for the
subsequent semester, it is assumed that he or

she is withdrawing. Such students must apply
to the Dean for re~admission in order to return
to College after an interval. The purpose o f this
policy is to assist the College in planning its
enrollments.

SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chairman
o f the Swarthmore department concerned
before doing the work. Prior approval is not
automatic: it depends upon adequate informa­
tion about the content and instruction o f the
work to be undertaken. Validation o f the work
for credit depends upon evaluation o f the
materials o f the course including syllabus,
reading lists, written papers, and examinations,

by the Swarthmore department concerned
after the work has been done. Validation may
include an examination, written or oral, admin­
istered at Swarthmore. An official transcript
from the summer school must be presented to
the Office o f the Registrar before the work can
be validated for credit. Requests for credit
must be made within the academic year
following the term in which the course is taken.
One course credit at Swarthmore is regarded as
equivalent to 4 semester hours.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all nonveteran students not excused for medical
reasons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming test
or take up to one quarter o f swimming

instruction. (See the departmental statement of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.

EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE
The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning

any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.

WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS
(see p. 37)

58

D e g re e R e q u ire m e n ts

BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for graduation.
The candidate must have:
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their equi­
valent.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
3. Complied with the distribution require­
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 46-47.)
4. Beginning with the Class of 1987, either: a)
passed at least three years’ study o f one foreign
language while in high school; or, b) achieved a
score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent in a foreign
language on a standard achievement test; or, c)

passed one year o f a foreign language while at
Swarthmore.
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.

6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive
examinations in his or her major field, or met
the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with Honors.
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.

8 . Completed the physical education require­
ment set forth on page 42 and in statements of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.

MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master of
Science may be conferred subject to the
following requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction,
either at Swarthmore or at another institution
of satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as
candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarth­
more.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim of the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con­
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If
accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall
include the equivalent o f a full year’s work of
*"A n average o f C” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average o f at
least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A - = 3.67, B + = 3.33,
B = 3 .0 , B - = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 , C = 2 .0 ,
C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D— 0.67).

graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular
conferences with members o f the faculty, or
research. The work may be done in one
department or in two related departments.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be ex­
amined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, excep­
tions may be made by the Curriculum Commit­
tee. The department or departments concerned,
on the basis o f the reports o f the outside
examiners, together with the reports o f the
student’s resident instructors, shall make rec­
ommendations to the faculty for the award of
the degree.
At the option o f the department or depart­
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part o f the work for the degree.
Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the
record for work not taken at Swarthmore
College are not included in computing this
average.

59

Degree Requirem ents

A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field o f research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the

60

announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $11,200.

A w a r d s and P r iz e s

The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man of the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.
The O ak L ea f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman of the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.
The M cCabe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty of the department of
Engineering.
The F lack Achievement Award, presented by the
Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders is
Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f 1938,
is made to a deserving student who, during the
first two years at Swarthmore College, has
demonstrated a good record o f achievements in
both academic and extracurricular activities
while showing leadership potential as a con­
structive member o f the College. The donor
hopes these awards will go to students o f
demonstrated achievement and high potential
who are dedicated to the basic principles of
American democracy and o f academic free­
dom. The awards are not related to need.
The Academy o f American Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group of
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department o f English Litera­
ture.
The Adams Prize o f $100 is awarded each year
by the Department o f Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry
who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives
most promise o f excellence and dedication in
the field.
The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974
by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded by the
Department o f Art to a junior who has strong
interest and potential in the studio arts. It
provides up to $ 2,000 to support purposeful

work in the studio arts during the summer
between the junior and senior years.
American C hem ical Society Award is given to the
student who is judged by the Department of
Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.
American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department of
Chemistry to have the second best record in
chemistry and overall academic performance.
The Boyd Barnard Award is awarded annually to
one or more students, selected by the Depart­
ment of Music, in recognition o f musical
excellence and achievement.
The Paul H. B eik Prize in History o f $100 to be
awarded each May for the best thesis or
extended paper on a historical subject by a
History major during the previous academic
year.
The B lack Alumni Prize is awarded annually to
honor the sophomore or junior minority
student who has shown exemplary academic
performance and community service.
The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth­
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class of 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion o f the Department,
submits the best essay on any philosophical
topic.
The W illiam and Sophie Bramson Prize in
Sociology and Anthropology is awarded each
year on the basis o f outstanding academic
performance, with special emphasis placed
upon senior thesis.
The Heinrich W. Brinkmann M athematics Prize,
honoring Heinrich Brinkmann, Professor of
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her
grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper,
is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class

61

A w a rd s and P riz e s

who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar­
ship, character, and influence.
The A lice L . Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.
The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the
direction o f the Literature Committee.
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
The Philip M. H icks Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor o f
English and Chairman o f the Department o f
English Literature. They are awarded to the two
students who in the opinion o f the Department
submit the best critical essay on any topic in the
field o f literature.
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $150,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class o f
1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso­
phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion of
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.
The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by the
campus managerial organization known as the
Society o f Kwink, is presented by the faculty of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics to the senior man who best exempli­
fies the Society’s five principles: Service, Spirit,
Scholarship, Society, and Sportsmanship.

for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for
visiting poets and writers.
T he Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the Class
o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best original
poem in the annual competition for the award.
The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the
year.
The A . Edward Newton Library Prize o f $50,
endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make
permanent the Library Prize first established by
W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that
undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the
Committee o f Award, shows the best and most
intelligently chosen collection o f books upon
any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not
merely upon the size o f the collection but also
upon the skill with which the books are
selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of
their subject-matter.
The May E. Parry M em orial Award, donated by
the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member, is
presented by the faculty o f the Department o f
Physical Education and Athletics to the senior
woman who by her loyalty, sportsmanship, and
skill in athletics has made a valuable contribu­
tion to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
the editors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each
staff academic year to a member o f The Phoenix
for excellence in journalism. The prize was
established by the directors o f The Drew
Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew
Pearson, Class o f 1919.
The John W . Perdue M emorial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student of
the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the Depart­
ment o f Engineering to the outstanding student
entering the junior class with a major in
engineering.

The Leo M. Leva M emorial Prize, established by
his family and friends, is awarded by the
Biology Department to a graduating senior
whose major is Biology and whose work in the
field shows unusual promise.

T he W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 14, sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major source
o f funds for campus appearances by poets and
writers.

The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income

Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay is an award for
a paper on politics or public policy written

62

during the junior or senior year. The paper may
be in satisfaction o f a course, a seminar, or an
independent project, including a thesis. The
paper is nominated by a faculty member and
judged by a committee o f the Department of
Political Science to be o f outstanding merit
based upon originality, power o f analysis and
written exposition, and depth o f understanding
of goals as well as technique.

for the College one or two o f the most
outstanding student works from the year’s
student art exhibitions.

The Rosita S am off Prize for Playwriting is
awarded for the best full-length or one-act play
as judged by external reviewers in a competition
conducted by the Department o f English
Literature.

The M elvin B. Troy Award o f $250 is given each
year for the best, most insightful paper in
Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­
raphy by a student, judged by the Department
o f Music and Dance. The prize was established
by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy,
Class o f 1948.

The Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize Purchase
Fund permits the Art Department to purchase

The Peter Oram Swing Prize of $1,000 is awarded
each year at commencement to an outstanding
student whose plans for graduate study in
music indicate special promise and need. The
endowment for the prize was established in the
name of Ruth Cross Barnard ’ 19.

FACULTY AWARD
The Flack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to
a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to help
meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave devoted
to research and self-improvement. This award
acknowledges the particularly strong link that
exists at Swarthmore between teaching and

original scholarly work. The award itself is to
be made by the President upon the recommen­
dation o f the Provost and the candidate’s
academic department. This award is made
possible by an endowment established by
James M. Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger Flack
’38.

63

Fe llo w s h ip s

Three fellowships (the Leedom, Lippincotc, and
Lockwood Fellowships—see below) are awarded
annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships
(the Mott and Tyson Fellowships—see below)
are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society,
to seniors or graduates o f the College for the
pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are
made on recommendation o f the Committee
on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed
program o f study which has the approval o f the
Faculty. Applications must be in the hands of
the Committee by March 31. The Committee
considers applicants for all o f these fellowships
for which they are eligible and makes recom­
mendations which overall do not discriminate
on the basis o f sex. These fellowships are:
T he H annah A . Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in
memory o f his father.
T he Joh n L ockw ood M em orial F ellow ship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood,
New York, in memory o f her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that
the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the
Society o f Friends.
The Lucretia M ott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is
awarded each year to a woman senior who is to
pursue advanced study in an institution ap­
proved by the Committee.
The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sus­
tained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­
tary or secondary school work. The recipient of
the award is to pursue a course o f study in an
institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the
conditions described below:
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs, is
awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow­
ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for

64

the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be a
United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in the
United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department
chosen for graduate work.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships, endowed by Frank W . Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’5 6 and Ellen
Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P. Fetter
’25, subsidize the private instrumental lessons
o f four top-notch student string players at the
College. Interested applicants should write to
the Chairman of the Department o f Music and
should plan to play an audition at the College
when coming for an interview.
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships
provide stipends for attendance at summer
workshops in music and dance. Recipients are
selected by the Department o f Music and
Dance on the basis o f written proposals.
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn­
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a program
o f advanced study in some branch o f the liberal
arts.
T he Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­
ship. All Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who
have completed their Opportunity Project (see
Financial Aid) and who have academic achieve­
ment at Swarthmore sufficient to earn Distinc­
tion or Honors may apply for these fellow­
ships. Applicants should submit to the Com­
mittee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan o f
graduate study with high potential for service
to society. This fellowship is made possible by
the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Thom as B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cCabe Memorial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study at
the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time

residents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and
Mr. McCabe received the M.B. A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships
and Prizes follows the standards that determine
the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving
Special consideration to applicants who have
demonstrated superior qualities o f leadership.
, Young alumni and graduating seniors are
eligible to apply.
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship
in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by

friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennnock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition of his
many years o f distinguished teaching o f Political
Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as
much as $2,500 to support a substantial
research project (which could include inquiry
through responsible participation) in public
affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore under­
graduates, would normally be held off-campus
during the summer. Preference is given to
applicants from the Junior Class.

FACULTY FELLOWSHIP
¡The Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is
designed to enhance the educational program
of Swarthmore College by contributing to
faculty development, by promoting original or
innovative scholarly achievement o f faculty
members, and by encouraging the use of such
achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange
among scholars. The Fellowship will provide
financial support for faculty leaves through a
grant of about one half the recipient’s salary
¡during the grant year. Upon recommendation
I of the Selection Committee, there may be a
• small additional grant for travel and project
I expenses and for library book purchases. The
I Selection Committee shall consist o f the
I Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three
I other persons selected by the President, o f
I whom at least two must be Swarthmore
I alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave
I may apply, and up to four may be chosen.
I Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or
I papers resulting from the work o f their leave
I year, presented publicly for the College and
I wider community. The Selection Committee

may support wholly or in part the cost of
publishing any o f these papers. These fellow­
ships are made possible by an endowment
established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Brand Blanshard Faculty Fellowship is an
endowed Faculty fellowship in the humanities
established in the name of philosopher and
former faculty member Brand Blanshard. Blan­
shard taught philosophy at Swarthmore from
1925 to 1944. The Fellowship will provide a
semester leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and to write.
Upon recommendation o f the Selection Com­
mittee, there may be a small additional grant for
travel and project expenses. Any humanities
faculty member eligible for leave may apply.
Fellows will prepare a paper about the work of
their leave year and present it publicly to the
College and wider community. The Blanshard
Fellowship is made possible by an anonymous
donor who was Blanshard’s student at Swarth­
more, and a challenge grant from the National
Endowment for the Humanities.

Courses o f Instruction

The course (semester course) is the unit of
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given
for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for half-course
credit.

Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2 ) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for the
first semester if the student fails the second
semester.

Courses are numbered as follows:

Although the course listings in this catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two-year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.

1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 99 — other courses (Some o f these
courses are not open to fresh­
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for Honors candidates
and graduate students.

67

A rt

T. K A O R I K IT A O , Professor o f Art History12
M IC H A E L W . C O T H R E N , Associate Professor o f Art History1 and Chairman, Spring, 1987
C O N S T A N C E C A IN H U N G E R F O R D , Associate Professor o f Art History and Chairman, Fall, 1986
R R IA N A . M E U N IE R , Associate Professor o f Studio Arts 3
R A N D A L L L . E X O N , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts
J O Y C E J . N A G A T A , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (part-time)
D IA N E M . O ’ D O N O G H U E , Assistant Professor o f Art History
C H R IS T IN A S T A D E L M E IE R , Lecturer in Studio Arts (part-time)

cor
dot
req
che
es»
ma;
on<
fou
Ari
Rei
anc

li

The Department o f Art offers historical,
critical, and practical instruction in the visual
arts. Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions,
meaning, and historical context o f works o f art
and architecture; studio arts courses explore
problems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation o f
objects in various media.

Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work of
anc
the invited artist is exhibited in the W ilcox Art
47:
Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he or she gives wil
critiques in the studios and also meets and talks
fill
with students, both majors and non-majors, on
|Co
an informal basis.
the
Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 13.

W ilcox Gallery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal­
lery, located in Room 303, Beardsley Hall,
provides seven to nine exhibitions a year, which
are an integral part o f the Studio Arts Program.
The works o f nationally known artists as well as
those o f younger artists, in various media, are
exhibited in group and one-person shows.
Randall Exon is in charge o f the Gallery.

Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship: See p. 23.

Heilman Artist: Each year the Department o f
Art selects an artist to visit the College to serve
as a visiting artist and critic under the Marjorie

Benjamin W est Lecture: See p. 12.
Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant: See p. 61.
Study A broad: Swarthmore is one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities also for the study o f Art
History. Art majors, recommended by the
Department, are eligible to study at the Center
during the junior year, for one semester or two.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 or 2 is the prerequisite
for all other art history courses in the Depart­
ment, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly
recommended that the appropriate segment of
Introduction be taken before an advanced
course in a particular subject. STUA 1 is the
usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it
may be waived by presenting a portfolio. All
majors and minors must take ARTH 1 and 2; in
addition, majors in the External Examination
and Course Programs alike must take one

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.
3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

68

studio course. It is strongly recommended that
these requirements be fulfilled before the
junior year. Students are also advised that
graduate work in art history requires a reading
knowledge o f at least German and French.
Course M ajors in Art History: The program
consists o f at least eight courses in Art History
(including ARTH 1 and 2), plus one Studio
Arts course and Theory and Methodology
(ARTH 97, required for graduation). The

A

1.
At
du
tir
Et
an
Fa

2.

A
Et
St
P*
bi
oi
St
o

i;
T
ci
tl
N

i:
A
b
ai
d
t<
S
si

comprehensive consists o f a lengthy examina­
tion, in preparation for which students are
g I required ( 1 ) to study a group o f carefully
I chosen works o f art and ( 2 ) to prepare a list of
I essay questions on broad topics. The Course
I major in Art History is required to take at least
I one course (at Swarthmore) from each o f the
I four core groups: (a) Ancient and Medieval
I Art—courses 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, and 18; (b)
I Renaissance and Baroque Art—courses 2 3 ,2 6 ,
I and 28; and (c) Modern Art—courses 30 (only
, I if preceded by ARTH 1 or 2), 32, 35, and 37;
' I and (d) Non-Western Art—courses 2 9 ,4 4 ,4 5 ,
I 47, and 49. Course majors may take Seminars
I with the consent o f the instructor; these also
s I fulfill core requirements,
aI
I Course M ajors in Art: The combined program o f
I the Course Major in Art consists o f a minimum

o f five courses in Art History, including ARTH
1 and 2 , and at least one course in a period
before 1800; and five courses in Studio Arts
including Drawing and one course in a 3-D
medium for 2-D specialist and vice versa. In
lieu o f an examination, the Comprehensive,
consisting o f a Senior Exhibition and Catalog,
is a requirement for graduation.
M ajors and Minors in The External Examination
Program: In addition to ARTH 1 and 2 (and one
studio course for majors), majors in the
External Examination Program should take
four seminars in the Department; minors
should take two. A corresponding course with
an attachment may be substituted for a seminar
if that seminar will not be offered during the
period o f the student’s preparation for External
Examinations.

I A rt History
• 1 1. In tro ductio n to A r t H is to ry , I.

» I An archaeological, historical, and critical intro- 1 duction to art and architecture from prehistoric
1 1 times to the fourteenth century in Africa, Asia,
1 1 Europe, and the Islamic world. Two lectures
: I and one conference section per week,
r 1 Fall semester. Clucas and O ’Donoghue.

I 2. In tro ductio n to A r t H is to ry , II.
I A survey o f art and architecture in Africa, Asia,
I Europe, the Islamic world, and the United
I States from the fourteenth century to the
I present. ARTH 1 is not required for ARTH 2,
I but is strongly recommended. Two lectures and
I one conference section per week.
I Spring semester. Clucas, Hungerford, and
I O ’Donoghue.

I 12. G re e k A r t .
I The art, architecture and archaeology o f anI cient Greece from the Minoan period through
I the Hellenistic age.
I Not offered 1986-87.
1
I
I
I
I
I

13. Rom an A r t .

A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula
before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium
and the subsequent spread o f Roman art
throughout the empire to the establishment of
tetrarchic rule at the end of the third century.
I Special attention will be given to the relationI ship between the social order and artistic

production.
N ot offered 1986-87. Cothren.

15 . E a rly C h ristia n and B y za n tin e A r t .
An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris­
tian form o f artistic expression from the
heritage o f late antique art, followed by a sur­
vey o f its international development through
the sixth century and its progression in the
Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople
until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman
Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to
architecture, its monumental mosaic and fresco
decoration, manuscript illumination, iconic
devotional images, and the small-scale arts of
ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels.
Not offered 1986-87. Cothren.

16 . E a rly M e d ie v a l A r t in the W est.
A survey o f the art and architecture o f Western
Europe from the migration o f the barbarian
tribes through the establishment o f a mature
Romanesque style in the twelfth century. The
political implications o f the Carolingian revival
o f the classical heritage, monasticism and art,
the Book o f Kells and Celtic tradition, apoca­
lyptic anxiety around the year 1000, and
Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propa­
ganda.
N ot offered 1986-87. Cothren.

A rt

17 . G o th ic A r t.

28 . B a ro q u e A r t .

The course will emphasize the formation of
Gothic art around the year 1140 and its
development and codification in France during
the thirteenth century. Topics will include the
role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the
establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, Saint
Louis’ "court style” as a statement o f political
ideology, the inspiration for and effectiveness
o f structural systems in Gothic architecture,
and Gothic humanism around the year 1200.
Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and
manuscript illustration will be considered.
Not offered 1986-87. Cothren.

European art o f the 17th century. Special
problems considered include: the impact o f the
Catholic Reformation on art and artists, the
question o f reality and illusion, the nature of
allegory and propaganda in art, the rise of
academies and the art market, and the spread of
the Baroque style through the Low Countries,
France, and Spain. Artists considered include
Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin, Ru­
bens, and Rembrandt.
Spring semester. Clucas.

18. A rc h ite c tu re o f th e M id d le A g e s .
The development o f secular and ecclesiastical
architecture in the Later Roman, Byzantine,
and Islamic empires and the feudal kingdoms of
Western Europe from 312 to 1453. Attention
is given to pertinent technological issues such
as classicism in medieval architecture, the
medieval idea o f the copy, and the notion o f the
Christian church as a diagram o f the cosmos.
Architectural developments are also considered
in relationship to such phenomena as liturgical
requirements, monasticism, pilgrimage, and
empire-building.
Fall semester. Clucas.

2 3 . R e m b ra n d t and H is T im e s .
Study o f Rembrandt’s art, especially toward
the understanding o f the nature o f picture
making. Works in painting, drawing, and
etching are examined. Topics considered in­
clude Holland’s mercantile and Protestant
milieu, Rembrandt’s relation to Italy, his
Dutch contemporaries, the development o f the
genres, the print as a medium, the loose style,
optics and painting, popular imagery, and,
above all, the general questions concerning
portraiture, self-portraiture, theatricality, real­
ism, narrative art, landscape, marketing, and
the late style.
Not offered 1986-87. Kitao.

2 6 . M ich e la n g e lo and H is T im e s .
Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance contempo­
raries. Topics include classicism, art as prob­
lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea o f the
canon in art, the rise o f art criticism, and
Mannerism.
Not offered 1986-87. Kitao.

70

29 . A r t s o f A fr ic a .
A historical survey, this course explores African
political, religious, and social systems o f dif­
ferent epochs through the visual arts. The
purpose is to define the role o f art in a
traditional African context. Topics include arts
o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary arts,
rites o f passage, and masquerade as total art.
Emphasis is placed on the relationship between
social structure, artistic expression, and sym­
bolic thought. Also considered are the role of
the artist in African society, the aesthetic values
o f different cultures, canons o f form, and
stylistic change.
Not offered 1986-87. O ’Donoghue.

30. M o d e rn A rc h ite c tu re .
Architecture in Europe and the United States
1750 to the present. The prerequisite is waived
for students in Engineering.
Not offered 1986-87.

3 2 . N in e te e n th C e n tu ry A r t .
Developments in European painting and sculp­
ture from the late 18th century through the
Post-Impressionist generation o f Cezanne, van
Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, political,
economic, and cultural contexts are considered.
Fall semester. Hungerford.

3 5 . tw e n tie th C e n tu ry A r t .
Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­
sionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak of
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Spring semester. Hungerford.

3 7 . A m e ric a n A r t .
Painting and sculpture in the United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with

special attention to the relationship between

1 developments in American art and those in
E Western European art.
Not offered 1986-87. Hungerford.

f 44. Im age and Id e o lo g y; Th e A r t o f
f Asian R u le rs .

f A historical analysis o f the creation and use of
1 art within various Asian state structures.
: Material discussed includes the ritual and
- funerary objects o f China’s early kings, as well
as the art produced for India’s Mughal emperors
and the Japanese shogun. Issues are also con­
sidered in the context o f the modern Asian
state, with particular attention to the role of
visual culture during China’s Maoist era.
; Spring semester. O ’Donoghue.

■ 45. Iss u e s in C hin e se A r t and
s A rc h a e o lo g y .
1 An introduction to China’s artistic traditions

• from their origins in the localized cultures of
I the Neolithic period to the founding o f the
- People’s Republic. Principal emphasis is on
f objects and the reconstruction, using excava>I tion reports and historical and literary texts, of
II the conditions surrounding their production.
I Fall semester. O ’Donoghue.

4 7 . A r ts o f Ja p a n .

;

I
I
I
I
I

This course is intended to introduce the arts of
Japan from ca. 6000 BCE through the present
era. Topics will include the arts o f Shinto and
Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, painting,
sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the
traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong
emphasis will be placed on viewing art in
relation to its larger historical context.
Not offered 1986-87. O ’Donoghue.

49. Colloquium on Islam ic Painting.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

After a brief introduction to the nature of
Islamic art, this course surveys the historical
evolution o f Islamic painting from A.D. 691 to
A.D. 1548. Emphasis is on the development o f a
narrative tradition for the illustration of Persian
poetic and historical texts from the 14th to the
16th centuries, culminating in a detailed study of
the lavish Shahnama o f Shah Tahmasp, a project
which occupied the most important painters of
the period (c. 1522-35).
Not offered 1986-87. Cothren.

I 52. M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t and
I Lite ra tu re , 18 70 -19 3 0 .
I (Also listed as English 85.) An interdisciplinary

study o f the origins, ideology, and development
of modernism and anti-modernism in American
culture between 1870 and 1930, using ap­
proaches from the fields of art history, American
studies, and literary criticism. Artists include
Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Ashcan school, the
"2 9 1 ” group, Hopper, and Wood; writers
include James, Wilkins Freeman, Crane, Fitz­
gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Nathanael
West.
Prerequisites: one introductory course in English
and one in Art History.
Not offered 1986-87. Hungerford and Schmidt.

55. Philadelphia; C ity and
A rc h ite c tu re .
Architecture and urban forms, focusing on
Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe of
Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian London,
Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago School,
the International Style, and Post-Modernism;
topics include orthogonal planning, Penn’s
idealism, the row house phenomenon, the
Centennial Exhibition, urban renewal and his­
toric preservation.
Fall semester. Kitao.

56. Rom e’s Le g a c y .
History o f architecture and urban planning
focusing on the classical tradition in the cities
and buildings in the major cities of Europe. The
topics for discussion include die Classical Order;
the castrum and the axial plan; the agora, the
forum, and the piazza; Italian hill towns; scientific
methods; the aesthetics o f regularity; the ideal
church and the ideal city; the palazzo and the
villa; fortifications; streets and vistas; Baroque
Rome; the rhetoric of the facade; and town
houses and town planning.
Not offered 1986-87. Kitao.

74 . H is to ry o f P h o to g ra p h y
Origins and development of photography as a
form of artistic expression and cultural com­
munication, with emphasis on the 19th and early
20th centuries.
Not offered 1986-87. Hungerford.

7 5 . Cinem a a s Iconic D isco u rse.
Cinema as visual and narrative art; close analysis
of a few selected works (Blue Angel, Thirty-nine
Steps, Rules o f the Game, Citizen K ane) in the first
half, followed by a historical survey and study of
principal critical and semiotic theories. Em­
phasis on Bergman. Screening, lectures, discus-

A rt

sions, papers, and filming exercises. Class
limited to twenty, primarily advanced students.
Fall semester. Kitao.

80. Yan ke e In g e n u ity: Te c h n o lo g y,
D e s ig n , and M a te ria l C ultu re.
Discussion o f machine-made objects as cultural
artifacts. The course examines industrial tech­
nology in American design in relation to the
history o f material culture, focusing on selected
designs, large and small, extending from house­
hold appliances to mass transit, and considers
such topics as the theory o f design and
craftsmanship, tools and machines, standardi­
zation, electricity and electronics, the cult of
speed and efficiency, the computer world, and
observations on the "history o f things.”
Fall semester. Kitao.

85. A rc h ite c tu ra l T h e o ry : Design,
Th ou gh t, and C ulture.
Topics discussed include functionalism, classi­
cism, theory o f structure and decoration; build­
ings as objects and environmental constructs;
architecture in relation to urban planning and
systems design; architecture and behavioral
sciences; architecture as metalanguage; archi­
tectural semiotics; architecture in relation to
history and culture. Readings cover Sullivan,

Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Alberti, and Vitruvius
as well as more recent theories by Lynch,
Alexander, Norberg-Schulz, Venturi, Eco, and
Tafuri.
Instructor’s consent.
Not offered 1986-87. Kitao.

95. Special Topic: Visual S e m io tics .
Theory o f signs as applied to artifacts and visual
phenomena,including clothing, gestures, art and
architecture, everyday objects, and advertising.
O ffered occasionally. Kitao.

96. Directed Reading.
Staff.

9 7 . T h e o ry and M ethodology.
This one-credit seminar, which is required for all
course majors in art history and is normally
taken in the senior year, focuses on the process
o f art historical inquiry. Non-majors are ad­
mitted only with the permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Cothren.

99. S e n io r T h e s is .
Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis may be written in the fall semester
o f the senior year. For Course majors in Art
History only.
Fall semester. Staff.

SE M IN A R S
Seminars are open to all majors with the consent
o f the instructor; for students preparing for
External Examination an appropriate course
with an attachment may be substituted for a
seminar in the event that seminar is not offered
during the two years in which the student is
eligible to take seminars.

135. Ito en tieth C en tury A r t
Fall semester 1986 and spring semester 1987.
Hungerford.

146. C hinese A r t.
Spring semester 1988. O ’Donoghue.

149. Islam ic Painting.
Not offered 1986-87. Cothren.

117. Gothic A r t.

191. Special Topics.

Spring semester 1987. Cothren.

Staff.

126. M ichelangelo.

195. T h e s is.

Fall semester 1987. Kitao.

Staff.

132. N ineteenth C en tury A r t

19 7. T h e o ry and M eth odology.

Fall semester 1986. Hungerford.

Spring semester 1987. Cothren.

Studio A rts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in

72

two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full

course credit unless otherwise noted. Studio
Arts courses are subject to the College’s limit
on Creative Arts courses (see p. 53). Studio
Arts I is the usual prerequisite for studio arts
courses; it may be waived by presenting a
portfolio.

7 . C e ra m ic s II.

1. In tro d u ctio n to S tu dio A r ts .

8 . Pa in tin g .

Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems in
drawing, color, and three-dimensional form.
Attention will be given both to the theoretical
aspects o f the work and to the development o f
studio techniques.
Each semester. Exon and Stadelmeier.

Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it can
define surface, space, light, temperature and
mood.
Each semester. Exon.

2. C e ra m ic S c u lp tu re .
This class examines the concepts o f form and
mass in three-dimensional structures. Clay is
the primary medium. Students should have a
familiarity with hand-forming methods in clay,
basic two- and three-dimensional dasswork,
or consent o f instructor.
Spring semester. Nagata.

3. D ra w in g .
W ork in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f space, light and form. A
course for all levels o f ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
Spring semester. Exon.

4 . S c u lp tu re .
This course will cover a wide range o f sculptural
concepts and techniques, from traditional to
contemporary. These techniques will include:
clay modeling, casting, multi-media assemblage,
and wood construction.
Not offered 1986-87. Meunier.

5. C e ra m ic s I.
Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand­
building and wheel techniques, and artistic use
of these techniques.
Fall semester. Nagata.

6. Ph o tog rap h y.
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photography,
both as a unique medium and as it relates to
other forms o f non-photographic composition.
Each semester. Stadelmeier.

Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing and
firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware and some
porcelain).
Prerequisite: StuA 5 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Nagata.

9 . P rin tm a k in g .
Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut, and
the aesthetic possibilities o f these techniques
singly and in combination.
Not offered 1986-87. Exon.

10 . Life D ra w in g .
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f the human form in nature
and in art. Although the course centers on
drawing from the model, many other natural
forms are utilized in order fully to establish a
student’s appreciation o f the visual world.
Not offered 1986-87. Exon.

13. A d v a n c e d D ra w in g .
Spring semester. Exon.

14 . A d v a n c e d S c u lp tu re .
Not offered 1986-87. Meunier.

15 . A d v a n c e d C e ra m ic s .
Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on
personal development in explorative glazing;
decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex­
tures; and understanding o f firing processes.
Admission by consent o f the instructor.
Each semester. Nagata.

16 . A d v a n c e d P h o tog rap h y.
Each semester. Stadelmeier.

18. A d v a n c e d Pa in tin g .
Each semester. Exon.

19 . A d v a n c e d P rin tm a k in g .
Not offered 1986-87. Exon.

20 . S p e cial S tu d ie s .
Staff.

73

A s ia n S tu d ie s

Coordinator: L IL L IA N L I (fall)
S T E V E N P IK E R (spring)
Committee: G e ra ld LevillS On (Music)
K enn eth L u k (Modern Languages and Literatures)
Diane O ’ Donoghue (Art)
Donald S w e a r e r (Religion)
L a r r y W estph al (Economics)
T y re n e W h ite (Political Science)

The Asian Studies Program provides an oppor­
tunity for students to become familiar with the
traditions and cultures o f East, South, and
Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the requirements
indicated below students may graduate with a
Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to a
regular major. A concentration may focus on
East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alternatively, it
may apply the approaches o f one or two
disciplines to more than one o f these areas. The
concentration is open to majors in all depart­
ments.

Finally, in the senior year each student must
either write a major research paper on a topic
approved by the Asian Studies Committee
followed by an oral examination administered
by the Committee, or take a comprehensive
examination administered by the Committee
on the program he or she has set out. A thesis or
major paper written for another department
may, with the approval o f the Committee, and
with an oral examination administered by the
Committee, be substituted for this require­
ment.

A student intending to concentrate in Asian
Studies should submit a program proposal for
approval by the Asian Studies faculty by the
end o f the Sophomore year. The proposal
should be the result o f discussion with a
member o f the Asian Studies faculty drawn,
whenever possible, from the student’s major
department. It will explain what the student
intends to undertake and how the Asian
Studies Concentration will relate to his or her
departmental major. Insofar as possible the
courses or seminars required for the major and
those for the Concentration should be chosen
in a way that will comprise a well integrated and
focussed program.

Courses and seminars presently offered that
count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies
Concentration:

Each concentration must include at least five
Asian Studies credits. At least three o f them
must be outside the major department and
must be chosen from at least two other
departments. In order to provide students with
a common experience, a shared basis for
identification and discussion, and a basic
preparation for continuing study in the Asian
area, each candidate in addition will normally
be required to include in his or her program
two o f the following courses: History 9
(Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese
Civilization), Religion 10 (Religions o f India),
Religion 11 (Religions o f China and Japan).

74

D e p a rtm e n t o f A r t
44. Image and Ideology: The Art o f Asian
Rulers
45. Issues in Chinese Art and Archaeology
47. Arts o f Japan
146. Chinese Art

D e p a rtm e n t o f H is to ry
9.
72.
74.
75.
77.
144.

Chinese Civilization
Japanese Civilization
Modem China
Modem Japan
China: the Politics o f History
Modem China

D e p a rtm e n t o f M o d e rn Lan g u ag e s
1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese
3B, 4B Second-year Mandarin Chinese
11. Third-year Chinese
12. Advanced Chinese
15. The Chinese Language
16. Chinese Literature in Translation
93. Directed Reading
One credit o f first-year Chinese and one credit o f
second-year Chinese may be counted toward the
concentration. A ll work at the third-year level or
above may be counted.

D e p a rtm e n t o f M u s ic
8. Music o f the Orient
D e p a rtm e n t o f P o litic a l S cie n ce
19.
20.
40.
107.

Comparative Communist Politics
Politics o f China
The Vietnam War
Comparative Communist Politics

D e p a rtm e n t o f Religion
10.
11.
103.
104.

The Religions o f India
The Religions o f China and Japan
Asian Religious Thought
Buddhism in Southeast Asia

A s ia n S tu d ie s
93. Directed Reading
96. Concentration Paper
Other courses and seminars which include
Asian materials (see departmental listings for
year offered):

D e p a rtm e n t o f Ec on o m ics
11.
31.
106.
109.

Economic Development
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative Economic Systems
Economic Development

D e p a rtm e n t o f Religion
13. Comparative Religious Mysticism
29. Religious Belief and Moral Action
101. Religious Perspectives East and West

D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y

In planning their programs, students may wish
to consult one o f the following Asian Studies
faculty members: Diane O ’Donoghue (Art),
T. Kaori Kitao (A rt), Gerald Levinson (Music),
Lillian M. Li (History), Kenneth C. Luk
(Modem Languages), Steven I. Piker (Sociol­
ogy-Anthropology), Donald K. Swearer (Re­
ligion), Larry W estphal (Econom ics), or
Tyrene White (Political Science).
Students concentrating in Asian Studies should
be aware o f the opportunities which exist
outside o f Swarthmore for Asian language and
Asian area studies: cross-registration at Bryn
Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f Penn­
sylvania during the regular academic year;
study at institutes such as the Middlebury
College Summer Language School during the
summer; and overseas programs in India, Sri
Lanka, Japan, Hongkong, the People’s Republic
o f China, and the Republic o f China (Taiwan).
Overseas programs will normally be under­
taken during the junior year and presuppose
work in Asian Studies. Students who are
interested in participating should plan well in
advance so that they can take the necessary
prior work as well as fulfill their other academic
obligations while at Swarthmore. W ork done
abroad, as well as Asian languages studied
outside o f Swarthmore, may (with the pro­
visions stated for Chinese language above) be
counted toward the concentration.

30. Religion as a Cultural Institution
107. Religion as a Cultural Institution

75

A s tr o n o m y

J O H N E . G A U S T A D , Professor
W U L F F D. H E IN T Z , Professor

See P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y for major
requirements and full descriptions o f courses.

1.

In tro d u c to ry A s tro n o m y .

5 ,6 .
9.

G e n e ra l A s tro n o m y I, II.
In tro d u ctio n to M e te o ro lo g y .

2 1 ,2 2 . T h e o re tic a l A s tr o p h y s ic s I, II.
2 3 . M e th o d s o f O b se rva tio n a l
A s tr o n o m y .
5 1 . C e le stia l M e c h a n ic s.
5 2. C o n ce p ts o f th e C o s m o s.
55. P la n e ta ry S c ie n c e .
56 . C o s m o lo g y .
59.
6 1.

P o sitio n a l A s tro n o m y .
C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tr o p h y s ic s .

9 3. D ire cte d Reading.
9 4 . R e se a rc h P ro je c t.

76

B iology

J O H N B . J E N K I N S , Professor
R O B ER T E . S A V A G E , Professor3
T IM O T H Y C . W IL L IA M S , Professor and Chair
G R EG O R Y L . F L O R A N T , Associate Professor
S C O n F. G ILB E R T , Associate Professor
N A N C Y V . H A M L E T T , Associate Professor
M A R K J A C O B S , Associate Professor3
B A R B A R A Y. S T E W A R T , Associate Professor and Associate Chair
J A C O B W E IN E R , Associate Professor
J O N A T H A N C O P E L A N D , Assistant Professor
R A C H E L A . M E R Z , Assistant Professor
T ED D R . G O U N D IE , Lecturer
A L A N J . T E S S IE R , Lecturer
ROBIN H A S T IE , Assistant
G L O R IA U . R O S E N , Assistant

The student may be introduced to biology by
enrolling in Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either
course may be taken first. A diversity of
intermediate and advanced courses, some o f­
fered in alternate years, affords the student the
opportunity o f building a broad biological
background while concentrating, if desired, in
some specialized areas such as cellular and

molecular biology, or organismal and popula­
tion biology. Intermediate courses are num­
bered 10-50; courses numbered beyond 50 are
advanced. A special major in biochemistry is
offered in cooperation with the Department of
Chemistry (cf. Chemist»}). A special major in
psychobiology is offered in cooperation with
the Department o f Psychology (cf. Psychology).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting sub­
jects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major: introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college math­
ematics. One semester o f statistics (Math 2) is
strongly recommended. These courses should
be completed before the senior year. Introduc­
tory physics is strongly recommended, and is
prerequisite to some departmental offerings.
Further, it should be noted that medical schools
and graduate schools in biology require intro­

ductory physics for admission.
Students majoring in Biology must take at least
one course in each o f the following three
groups: I, cell and molecular biology (i.e. 20,
21 , 32, 34, 38, 51, 53, 56, 58, 74); II,
organismal biology (i.e., 1 2 ,2 9 ,3 1 ,3 6 ,3 7 ,5 2 ,
57, 62, 66, 73, 78); III, populational biology
(i.e., 1 7 ,2 5 ,3 9 ,4 9 , 5 0 ,6 8 , 7 0 ,1 6 0 ).
Specific recommendations and options for
biology are published each year in T he Biology
H andbook, which is presented to students who
have been accepted as majors in the department.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External

Examinations in areas such as animal behavior,

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

77

cell or developmental biology, ecology, evolu­
tion, genetics, microbiology, plant or animal
physiology via seminars or combinations of
courses. Admission to the External Examina­
tion Program is based on academic record
(average o f B or better in the natural sciences)
and completion o f prerequisites for the courses
or seminars used in preparation for external
examination. Departmental requirements in
chemistry and mathematics must also be
fulfilled. Students majoring in Biology include
Thesis, Biology 180, as part o f their external
examination program.

1. C e llu la r and M o le c u la r Biology.
An introductory study o f phenomena funda­
mental to living systems illustrated by examples
drawn from the fields o f microbiology, cell
biology, genetics, and developmental biology.
Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists
have attempted to elucidate these phenomena
rather than upon a survey o f them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Fall semester. Staff.

2 . O rg a n ism a l and Pop u lation Biology.
An introduction to the study o f whole organ­
isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals.
Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the
morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Spring semester. Staff.

identification o f the major families o f vascular
plants. Emphasis is upon the flora o f the
northeastern United States. The course is open
to biology majors and interested non-majors.
Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instructor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Alternate years, spring semester. Weiner.

20 . G e n e tic s .
An examination o f the transmission, structure,
and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment of
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the identi­
fication, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial and
viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene
activity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Enrollment limited to 34.
Fall semester. Jenkins.

2 1 . Ceil Biology.
A study o f the ultrastructure and function of
cell components, cell division, biosynthesis of
macromolecules, and intermediary metabolism.
Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate
the variety o f approaches to findings in cell
biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Savage.

12 . T h e V e rte b ra te s .

25 . A n im a l B e h a vio r.

A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­
ture and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra­
tions, films, an introduction to basic histology,
and when possible, radiographic presentations.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Spring semester. Florant.

An introduction to the biological study o f
animal behavior in field and laboratory. Both
vertebrate and invertebrate animals are covered
and emphasis is placed on the evolutionary
importance o f social behavior (Ethology and
Behavioral Ecology) and the physiological
mechanisms that mediate behavior (Neuro­
biology and Behavior). Laboratory experience
includes field trips, individual research proj­
ects, and electrophysiological recording o f
nerve cells.
One laboratory or field period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2; Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.

17. S y s te m a tic Botany.
Principles and methods of plant systematics
approached through the classification and

78

29. N e u ro p h y s io lo g y .

36. In v e rte b ra te Zo o lo g y.

Properties o f nerve, muscle, synapse, neuronal
networks, and intact nervous systems in inver­
tebrates and vertebrates. Sensory processing,
developmental specificity, and learning will
also be discussed. The laboratory will provide
students experience with a number o f prepara­
tions demonstrating functional aspects o f the
activity o f nerve cells.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 30.
Fall semester. Copeland.

The evolution and adaptive biology o f inver­
tebrate animals. Consideration is given to
adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology, and
physiology o f invertebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.

3 1 . En d o c rin o lo g y .
This sophomore/junior level course will cover
the endocrine system in moderate detail. Each
o f the major endocrine glands will be discussed
with regard to histology, structure, and func­
tion. Students will be asked to write papers on
specific endocrine topics or participate in on­
going endocrine research in the department
(Laboratory Projects).
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; 12, 21, or 32
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Florant.

3 2. M e m b ra n e M o le c u la r Biology.
An examination o f the structure and function
of biological membranes. Topics include struc­
tural organization, lipid metabolism, energy
transduction, transport systems, and mech­
anisms for the recognition and control of
cellular activity. Students are required to
present a major report on a selected area of
contemporary research in any area o f molecular
biology.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Alternate years, sirring semester. Stewart.

3 4. Im m u n o lo gy.
A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies. Special
attention will be given to the cellular interac­
tions leading to immunocompetency and to the
strategies whereby certain microorganisms,
tumors, and fetal cells avoid immune detection.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

3 7. P la n t P h ysio lo g y.
A study o f the principal physiological processes
o f higher plants, including photosynthesis, gas
exchange, water and nutrient transport, miner­
al metabolism, plant hormone action, and
environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , and Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Not offered 1986-87.

3 8 . M ic ro b io lo g y .
Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics
include microbial cell structure, metabolism,
physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory
exercises include techniques for detecting, iso­
lating, cultivating, quantifying, and identifying
bacteria.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 36.
Fall semester. Hamlett.

39. Ec o lo g y .
The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance of
organisms. Topics covered include interactions
between organisms and their environments,
population dynamics, species interactions,
community ecology, and nutrient cycles.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Weiner.
.

49 . F re s h w a te r Ec o lo g y .
Limnology is the study of all freshwater
environments: lakes, streams, and groundwater.
This course will cover all aspects (physical,
chemical, and biological) o f limnology and
several topics o f ecotoxicology (pollution
ecology). Topics include; the origin o f lake
basins, stream geomorphology, aquatic chemis­
try, biogeochemistry (nutrient cycling), food
webs o f lakes and streams, benthic ecology,

79

Biology

planktonic adaptations, fish ecology, aquatic
community ecology, aquatic toxicology, and
contemporary topics in applied ecology—
eutrophication and acidification o f lakes and
streams.
One laboratory period per week.
One winter and one spring (weekend) field
trip.
Prerequisite: Biology 2.
Spring semester 1987 only. Tessier.

50. M a rin e Biology.
Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and
micro-organisms.
One laboratory period per week; several all-day
field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.

5 1. C e lls in C u ltu re .
The biology o f plant and animal cells as
revealed through studies on eukaryotic cells in
culturo. Discussions focus on cell surfaces,
growth, locomotion, transformation, and on
somatic cell hybridization studies. In the
laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant cell
culture and o f somatic cell fusion are intro­
duced. Students then undertake independent
investigative projects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc­
tor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Not offered 1986-87.

5 2 . D e ve lo p m e n ta l Biology.
An integration o f molecular and organismal
aspects o f animal development. Topics include
fertilization and embryonic cleavage, the for­
mation o f representative organs, cell migration,
developmental genetics, pattern formation,
and the roles o f the cell surface in development.
Laboratory exercises investigate the develop­
mental anatomy o f selected organisms in
normal and manipulated conditions, and mo­
lecular aspects o f differential gene expression.
One laboratory per week; seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 0 or 21.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

80

53. V iro lo g y.
A study o f viruses with emphasis on their
molecular biology. Topics include techniques
for studying and cultivating viruses, virus
structure and replication, the interactions of
viruses and their hosts, and properties of
selected groups o f viruses. Laboratory exercises
use bacteriophage to demonstrate techniques
for studying viruses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or 38. Biology 20
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett.

56. H u m an G e n e tic s .
An examination o f human inheritance patterns
using techniques o f genetic analysis that are
appropriate to humans. Research into the
structure, function, organization, and regula­
tion o f the human genome will be discussed,
along with applications o f current research.
Laboratory project.
Prerequisites: Biology 20 or permission o f the
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semestr. Jenkins.

5 7 . A n im a l P h ysio lo g y.
A comparison o f major physiological systems
among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­
cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous
systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also
placed on physiological control processes in­
volved in the various adaptations to unusual
environments. Laboratory exercises include
investigation o f physiological responses to
different stimuli in various species, including
humans.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 12; Physics 2 or 4
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Florant.

5 8. B io lo g ical C h e m is try .
Cross-listed with Chemistry 58. (cf. Chemistry).

6 2 . B io m e ch a n ics .
This course is designed to introduce biologists
to engineering theory and techniques for
application to the study o f the design o f
organisms. The basic principles o f solid and
fluid mechanics will be explored as they apply
to the morphology, ecology, and evolution o f

plants and animals. Lectures, discussions of
recent papers, and laboratory and field experi­
ments will be held.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and some other
biology course, or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semester. Merz.

66. C on tro l o f P la n t D e ve lo p m e n t.
An examination o f cellular, intercellular, and
environmental control mechanisms operating
in plant growth and development. An area of
primary interest will be the role and action o f
plant hormones, both as agents o f internal
control and as mediators o f external factors.
Particular examples will be studied in depth,
with an emphasis upon critical evaluation of
original research literature.
One seminar meeting each week and continuing
laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Not offered 1986-87.

68. M ic ro b ia l Ec o lo g y .
A study o f the interrelationships o f micro­
organisms and their environment with em­
phasis on the biological, biochemical, and
physiological elements affecting microbial
populations and communities.
Seminar format and investigative laboratory
projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 38.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett.

7 0 . P la n t Ec olo gy.
An advanced course which considers plant
individuals, populations and communities in
their relationships with their physical and
biological environments. Areas developed in­
clude climatology, soil science, plant population
biology, competition, herbivory, plant com­
munities and ecosystem analysis. Laboratory
and field work emphasize hypothesis formation
and the collection, analysis, and interpretation
o f data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
All Saturdays during the first half o f the
semester must be reserved for field work.
Prerequisites: Concurrent or previous enroll­
ment in Biology 3 9 and consent o f instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Weiner.

7 3 . A n im a l O rie n ta tio n and M ig ra tio n .
An investigation o f the long distance move­
ments o f animals, the sensory systems that
guide those movements and the physiological
mechanisms that stimulate and support migra­
tion. Laboratory consists of field observations
and original research projects. The course is
conducted in seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 25 or permission
o f the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.

7 4 . D e ve lo p m e n ta l G e n etics.
An investigation o f the various mechanisms
governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­
trating on gene activity in early development
and on specific cases of differential gene
expression.
Seminar format.
Prerequisite: Biology 21, 52, or permission of
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

7 8 . N e u ro b io lo g y and D eh avior.
A consideration o f the mechanisms underlying
animal behavior. Areas o f primary interest are
simple systems, neuroethology, sensory physi­
ology, and animal communication. Material is
presented in both lecture and seminar format.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 2 ,2 5 ,2 9 or permission
o f the instructor; Physics recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semester. Copeland.

9 3. D ire c te d Reading.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included in the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
Fall or spring semester. Staff.

9 4. R e se a rc h P ro je c t.
W ith the permission o f the Department,
qualified students may elect to pursue a re­
search program.
Fall or spring semester. Stewart, Staff.

9 7 . S e n io r Evo lu tio n S e m in a r.
Participation in the evolution seminar is
required o f all majors in Biology. For course
students, this satisfies the comprehensive

81

Biology

examination requirement. Students are not
required to enroll in Biology 97 while participating in the seminar. Graded Credit/No Credit

for all students enrolled in Biology 97. The
course does not count as a course for the major,

SEMINARS
160. B e h a vio ra l Ec o lo g y .
The study o f the evolution o f behavior as an
adaptation to an environment. Topics include,
but are not limited to, environmental factors
affecting social structure, optimal foraging
strategies, mating systems, coevolution and sex
roles. Topics covered will vary depending on
student interest but usually include a consid­
eration o f primate social systems and their
relevance to human evolution.
Prerequisites: Biology 25 or 39. Students with
preparation outside biology should seek

82

permission o f the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.

180. T h e s is .
A research project is required o f Biology
majors who participate in the external examina­
tion program. Students minoring in Biology
may elect to present a research thesis as part of
their external examination program.

B la c k S tu d ie s

Coordinator: J E R O M E H . W O O P , J R .
Committee:

Jo h n H a S S e tt (Spanish)
C h a rle s Ja n ie s (English Literature)
A s m a ro m Le g e s s e (Anthropology)
P e te r S c h m id t (English Literature)

The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is
( 1 ) to introduce students to the history,
culture, society, and political and economic
conditions o f Black people in Africa, the
Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2)
to explore new approaches—in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study of the Black experience.
Students in any department may add a Concen­
tration in Black Studies to their departmental
major by fulfilling the requirements stated
below. Applications for admission to the
Concentration should be made in the spring
semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordi­
nator o f the Program. All programs must be
approved by the Committee on Black Studies.
All Concentrators in Black Studies are required
to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black
Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester o f the
senior year. They must take a minimum o f five
courses in Black Studies. These must include at
least three courses (which may include Black
Studies 91) outside the departmental major,
from at least two departments other than the
major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or
more students), with all senior Concentrators
participating. The topics selected for reading,
class discussions, and the writing o f seminar
papers will be drawn from a list o f representa­
tive works in Black Studies from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives and will depend on
the interests and backgrounds o f the partici­
pants. The tutorial or seminar will normally be
taken in the spring semester o f the senior year,
and will culminate in a comprehensive exami­
nation administered by the Black Studies
Committee.

Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration are
listed below. Courses o f independent study,
special attachments on subjects relevant to
Black Studies, and courses offered by visiting
faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the
College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the
Black Studies Committee, be included in the
Program. Students who wish to pursue these
possibilities should consult with the appropri­
ate department and with the Black Studies
Committee.

Ec o n o m ic s 16 . W om en and M in o ritie s
in th e Ec o n o m y .
Ec o n o m ic s 26 . S o c ia l Ec o n o m ic s .
En g lish L ite ra tu re 1 1 . Fig u re s
in th e Veil.
En g lish L ite ra tu re 5 9 . Th e B la ck
A m e ric a n W riter.
En g lish L ite ra tu re 60. The
C o n te m p o ra ry B la c k W rite r o f the
U nite d S ta te s .
En g lish Lite ra tu re 7 6 . Th e B la ck
A fric a n W rite r.
En g lish L ite ra tu re 1 2 1 . M o d e rn
B la c k Fic tio n .
H is to ry 7 . T h e H is to ry o f the
A fric a n A m e ric a n Pe o p le .
H is to ry 8 . A fr ic a .
H is to ry 5 3 . B la c k C u ltu re and
B la c k C o n sc io u sn e ss.
H is to ry 5 6 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .
H is to ry 5 8. T h e W orld o f D u B o is,
R o g e rs , and D iop.
H is to ry 6 3. S o uth A fric a .
H is to ry 6 6. T o p ic s in La tin A m e ric a n
H is to ry : T h e C arib b ea n Ba sin .
H is to ry 6 7. T h e A fric a n in La tin
A m e ric a .

B lack Studies

H is to ry 14 0 . M o d e rn A fric a .
H is to ry 14 1. S o uth A fric a .
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 2 1. P o litic s o f A fr ic a .
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 4 4 . R a ce , Eth n ic ity ,
and P u b lic P o lic y .
Religion 2 1 . R la c k Religion and S la c k
Lib e ra tio n .

84

S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 2 7 . A f r o A m e ric a n C u ltu re and S o c ie ty.
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 36. P e o p le s
and C u ltu re s o f A fr ic a .
R la ck S tu d ie s 9 1. Sp e cial To p ic s in
R la c k S tu d ie s (s e n io r th e s is ).

C h e m is try

ED W AR D A . F E H N E L , Professor Emeritus and Lecturer*5
J A M E S H . H A M M O N S , Professor
R O R ER T F. P A S T E R N A C K , Professor and Chairman
P E T E R T. T H O M P S O N , Professor
J U D IT H G . V O ET, Associate Professor3
J E F F R E Y A . C H A R O N N A T , Assistant Professor
A N N E. S H IN N A R , Assistant Professor
T H O M A S A . S T E P H E N S O N , Assistant Professor
R O R ER T 0 . F IS H E R , Lecturer
U R S U L A M . D A V IS , Assistant
M A R G A R E T M . L E H M A N , Assistant
N IT A H . S IC IL IA N O , Assistant

The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science

and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines o f modern chemistry.

R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed
by 22, 32, and 36. Students with especially
strong pre-college background in chemistry
may be advised to begin with Chemistry 22.
Such students will normally be asked to take a
placement examination. Students seeking Ad­
vanced Placement credit may also be required
to take this examination. Consult with the
Department Chairman.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses in the Department.
These must include Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36,
44,45, and three additional courses o f which a
minimum o f two must have a laboratory. At
least one o f these courses should be selected
from Chemistry 52, 57k or 78 (Chemistry 58
beginning 1987-88). The second laboratory
course may be Chemistry 94 or 96. Students
should note the Mathematics and Physics
prerequisites for Chemistry 36, 44, and 45.
Those considering a major in Chemistry are
strongly urged to complete these prerequisites
by the end o f the Sophomore year.
Those students planning professional work in

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.
5 Spring semester, 1987.

Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester o f mathematics and at least two
additional courses in chemistry. Those wishing
to obtain a degree accredited by the American
Chemical Society should include both Chem­
istry 76 and either Chemistry 52 or 57 in their
programs. ACS accreditation is useful for those
who intend to pursue a career in chemical
industry. Further, proficiency in reading scien­
tific German, Russian, or French is an asset to
the practicing chemist.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94,
96 and 180- Majors are encouraged to consult
the staff about current research problems
under investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­
istry and Physics provide for a Special Major in
Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special
Major, page 47 ), which offers students the
opportunity to gain strong background in the
study o f chemical processes from a micro­
scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
students should consult the Chairmen o f both
departments.

C h e m istry

BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR
In collaboration with the Department o f
Biology, the Department of Chemistry also
offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to
gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application o f chemis­
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis­
try 2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 ,4 4 ,4 5 ,5 8 , and 78; Biology 21 or

38, 53 or 74, and one other Biology course
chosen with the assistance o f the biochemistry
advisor. Students should note the Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry, and Biology prerequisites
for these courses. Research opportunities are
available in both Biology and Chemistry De­
partments. Interested students should consult
the Chairmen o f the two departments.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Students preparing for the External Examina­
tion program in Chemistry should complete
Chemistry 10, 22, 32 and 36, two years o f
college mathematics, and two semesters of
physics by the end o f the sophomore year.
Preparation for each paper consists o f a
combination o f one course and one seminarcourse as follows: Organic Chemistry (62+ 72
or 6 2 + 7 3 ); Quantum Chemistry (44+ 74);
Physical Chemistry (4 5+ 75); Inorganic Chem­
istry (36+ 76); Biological Chemistry (58+ 78).
A research thesis (180) must be included as one
o f the Papers. Interested students should
consult with the Chairman o f the Department.

1 . M o le c u le s and L ife .
This course deals with the biological chemistry
o f nutrition. Emphasis is placed on the major
pathways for the metabolism o f fats, carbo­
hydrates, and proteins. Historic experiments
leading to the elucidation of the pathways will
be discussed. Other topics may include the
molecular basis o f metabolic diseases and o f
drug action.
One laboratory period every second week.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Hammons.

10 . G e n e ra l C h e m is try.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of
chemical properties and reactions on the basis
o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials,
free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc­
ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates
and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Pasternack and Staff.

86

2 2 . O rg a n ic C h e m is try I.
An introduction to the chemistry o f some o f
the more important classes o f organic com­
pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and
spectroscopic properties, methods o f prepara­
tion and reactions o f aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides and several types of
monofunctional oxygen compounds, with an
emphasis on ionic reaction mechanisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Hammons.

3 2 . O rg a n ic C h e m is try II.
A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with emphasis
on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry of
monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis,
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22.
Fall semester. Charonnat.

36. In o rg an ic C h e m is try .
A study o f the main group elements, acid-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­
trochemistry, and an introduction to transition
metal chemistry. Laboratory will emphasize the
preparation and analysis o f inorganic com­
pounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6 ,
and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 2).
Spring semester. Pasternack.

4 4 . Qu antu m C h e m is try .
An introduction to some basic physical chemitry concepts at the atomic and molecular level
including particles and waves, elementary quan-

turn theory, atomic and molecular structure,
valence bond and molecular orbital theory,
symmetry and group theory, spectroscopy,
statistical mechanics, and reaction rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, 36, Mathematics
18, Physics 4 (or 2).
Spring semester. Stephenson.

45 . T h e rm o d y n a m ic s .
An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states o f matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam­
ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions,
and solid state structure.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, 36, Mathematics
18, Physics 4 (or 2).
Fall semester. Thompson.

5 2. O rg a n ic S tru c tu re D e te rm in a tio n .
Classroom and laboratory study o f the prin­
ciples and techniques involved in the elucida­
tion o f the structures o f organic compounds.
Emphasis is placed on the correlation o f
structure and properties of organic molecules
and on the theoretical principles underlying
various chemical and spectroscopic methods of
identification and structure determination.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 2 ,3 2 .
Spring semester. Fehnel.

5 7. In stru m e n ta l C hem ical A n a ly s is .
A study o f the principles and techniques o f
modern instrumental analysis in chemistry.
Elementary electronics with emphasis on digital
logic and computer applications o f data collec­
tion and control in chemical analysis are
studied.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 44.
Spring semester. Thompson.

58. B iolog ical C h e m is try.
An introduction to the chemistry o f living
systems: protein conformation, principles o f
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32, 36 and Biology 1
(Biology 21 or 38 recommended).
Fall semester. (Spring semester starting 1987-88.)
Shinnar.

6 2. O rg a n ic R e a ctio n M e c h a n is m s I.
A variety o f topics in physical organic chemis­
try including valence bond theory, stereo­
chemistry, linear free-energy relationships,
thermochemistry, kinetics and mechanisms,
acid-base theory, nucleophilic aliphatic substi­
tution, ionic addition and elimination reac­
tions, and ionic reactions o f carbonyl com­
pounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 32.
Fall semester. Hammons.

SEMINAR COURSES
The following single credit courses taught in
seminar style may be taken for course credit or
combined with other courses to prepare for
Papers in the External Examination Program.
All seminar courses require prior or concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, 44,
and 45.

7 2 . O rg a n ic R e a ctio n M e c h a n ism s II.
Topics will include symmetry, molecular orbital
theory, and free-radical, pericyclic, and photo­
chemical reactions.
Additional prerequisite: Chemistry 62 (prior
or concurrent enrollment).
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87.

7 3 . O rg a n ic S y n th e s is .
Modern organic synthetic methodology will be
studied, with an emphasis on carbon-carbon
bond formation, control o f relative stereo­
chemistry, and asymmetric synthesis. The
utility o f these techniques will be illustrated by
various total syntheses o f biologically impor­
tant natural products.
Additional prerequisite: Chemistry 62 or per­
mission o f die instructor.
Spring semester. Charonnat.
Not offered 1987-88.

7 4 . A d v a n c e d Qu antu m C h e m is try .
Topics to be studied will be selected from laser
chemistry, molecular orbital calculations, spec-

87

C h e m istry

troscopy, quantum theory o f light, scattering
theory, group theory, and time-dependent
perturbation theory.
Additional prerequisite: Mathematics 16.
Fall semester. Stephenson.
Not offered 1987-88.

7 5 . A d va n c e d P h y s ic a l C h e m is try.
Topics to be studied will be selected from more
advanced aspects o f thermodynamics and sta­
tistical mechanics including interactions in the
gaseous and liquid states, the theory o f solu­
tions, and chemical reaction dynamics.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87.

7 6 . A d v a n c e d In o rg an ic C h e m is try .
The study o f topics to be selected from
applications o f symmetry and group theory;
transition metal chemistry; bonding; reaction
mechanisms; spectroscopy; organometallic

chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; and solid
state chemistry.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87.

7 8 . A d v a n c e d B io lo g ical C h e m is try.
Reading and laboratory projects in a few
important areas o f current biochemistry, such
as enzyme structure and function, spectro­
scopic methods, receptor biochemistry, mech­
anisms o f transcriptional and translational
control in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, chro­
mosomal organization in eukaryotes, immunochemistry, and membrane-associated phenom­
ena.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Additional prerequisite: Chemistry 58. (Biol­
ogy 20 or 21 recommended.)
Spring semester. (F all semester starting 1987-88.)
Staff.

STUDENT RESEARCH
All students who enroll in one or more research
course during the academic year are required to
attend weekly colloquium meetings and to
present the results o f their work during the
spring semester.

9 4 . R e se a rc h P ro je c t.
This course provides the opportunity for
qualified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Periodic group
meetings o f all participants will allow inter­
change o f ideas on research plans, progress, and
results. Students who propose to take this
course should consult with the staff during the
preceding semester concerning problem areas
under study. This course may be elected more
than once.
Each semester. Staff.

96. R e se a rc h T h e s is .
Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be
provided with an option o f writing a senior
research thesis in lieu of taking comprehensive
examinations. Students must apply for the
thesis option by the beginning o f the second
semester o f the junior year and are strongly
urged to participate in on-campus research
during the summer between their junior and
senior years. The student will form an advisory
committee to consist o f (but not be limited to)
two members o f the Chemistry Department,

88

one o f whom is to act as the student’s research
mentor. Whereas the details o f the research
thesis program will be determined by the
committee and the student, certain minimum
requirements must be met by all students
selecting this option:
i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chemistry
96 to be taken during the last three
semesters o f the student’s residence at
Swarthmore.
ii) A minimum o f eight Chemistry courses
other than Chemistry 9 4 and/or Chem­
istry 96.
iii) A thesis based upon the student’s research
activity to be submitted prior to the last
week o f classes o f the final semester.
Guidelines for the preparation o f the thesis
will be provided to the student.
Each semester. Staff.

180. R e se a rc h T h e s is .
An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in research
with individual staff members. The thesis topic
must be chosen in consultation with some
member o f the staff and approved early in the
semester preceding the one in which the work is
to be done.
Each semester. Staff.

C la s s ic s

T H O M A S N . M IT C H E L L , Cornell Visiting Professor4
H E L E N F . N O R T H , Professor and Chairman
M A R T IN O S T W A LD , Professor3
6 IL R E R T P . R O S E , Professor1
R A R R A R A B U R R E L L , Assistant Professor
W IL L IA M N . T U R P IN , Assistant Professor

The Department o f Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the study
o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses num­
bered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek
and Latin languages and literatures. Courses
numbered from 21 onwards presuppose no
knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and
are open (except for 42 and 44) without
prerequisite to all students; they deal with the
history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and
other aspects o f the ancient world and include
the study o f classical literature in translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­
can Academy in Rome and the American

School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its
students have the privileges accorded to under­
graduates from contributing institutions (use
o f the library at both schools and consultation
with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities for the study o f Classics,
Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics
majors, recommended by the Department, are
eligible to study at the Center, usually during
their junior year, either for one semester or for
two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the
Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P.
Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 25 and 64).

R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be of­
fered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination Pro­
gram, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.

A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist o f at least 8 courses in the
appropriate language above the introductory
level.

A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the
External Examination (Honors) Program or in
the Course Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.

Students majoring in either the Honors Pro­
gram or the Course Program are required to
take for at least one semester a course in prose
composition (Greek 9 ,1 0 , or Latin 9, 10).

In the Honors Program, a student majoring in
Greek is also expected to study Latin through
the intermediate level and a student majoring in
Latin is expected to study Greek through the
intermediate level before graduation.
Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in
the Honors Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.

In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or all but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 93), a thesis, or a course
supplemented by additional independent work
(i.e., an "attachment”) may be used to prepare
for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two
papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin,

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.
4 Fall semester, 1986.

89

C lassics

at least one o f which must be prepared for by a
seminar.
A major in Ancient History will consist o f (1)
Classics 42, with attachments, (2) Classics 44,
with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f the
following: Greek 113, Latin 102. The prerequi­
sites for Classics 42 and 44 are Classics 21 or

31, and Classics 32. For Greek 113 the
prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek;
for Latin 102, one year o f Intermediate Latin.
A minor in Ancient History will normally
consist o f ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) above, with the specified
prerequisites.

Greek
1 - 2 . In te n sive F ir s t-y e a r G re e k .

12 . H o m e r.

Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of
Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip the
student to begin reading after one semester. It
meets four days per week and carries 1!4
credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to
Greek literature. A major work o f the Classical
period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato. It
meets four days per week and carries 1 Vi
credits.
Year course. Turpin.

Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is
read in translation.
Spring semester. Rose.

9 ,1 0 . G re e k P ro s e C o m p o sitio n .
Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H alf course, one semester each year. Not offered
1986-87. Staff.

1 1 . In te rm e d ia te G re e k Reading.
The main reading is Plato’s Apology.
Fall semester. Burrell.

9 1 . S p e cial T o p ic s.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

9 3. D ire cte d Re a ding .
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. A tta c h m e n t.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 50 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

Latin
1 - 2 . In te n sive F ir s t-y e a r La tin .
An intensive course in the essentials o f Latin
grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­
edge o f the language to make possible the study
and appreciation o f Latin literature.
The course meets four times a week and carries
V/t credits each semester.
Year course. North.

9 ,1 0 . La tin P ro s e C o m p o sitio n .
The development o f Latin prose style is
studied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and

90

extensive translation o f English into Latin. A
requirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The
course meets one hour a week.
H alf course. Mitchell.

11. In te rm e d ia te La tin : C atu llu s.
The study o f Catullus is preceded by an
intensive, three-week review o f the funda­
mentals o f the language, accompanied by
readings in Latin prose.
Fall semester. Turpin.

12 . In te rm e d ia te La tin : C ic e ro .

9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s.

An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure o f the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a
careful analysis o f his prose style.
Spring semester. Staff.

Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

13. L ite ra tu re o f th e A u g u s ta n A g e .
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87.

9 3. D ire cte d Re a ding .
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

14 . M e d ia e va l La tin .

9 5 . A tta c h m e n t

Works chosen from the principal types of
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,
saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances)
are studied in this course.
Spring semester. North.

Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 50 (Formats of Instruction).
Staff.

Ancient H istory and Civilization
2 1 . A n c ie n t S re e c e .
Greek thought, literature, and history from the
Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon the
interrelationships between the intellectual cur­
rents and the social, economic, and political
systems. Readings (in translation) include
Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek trag­
edy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures and
one discussion session per week. Two credits,
one in distribution group 2, one in group 3.
Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics
42, for a major or minor in Ancient History,
and for advanced courses in the Department of
History. Counts as part of a major in History.
Fail semester. Not offered 1986-87. Burrell, Rose.

3 1. H is to ry o f G re e c e .
The course is devoted to the study o f the
political and social history o f the Greek states
to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Special
attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries
B.C. Considerable reading is done in the
primary sources in translation. Classics 31
meets die distribution requirement for Group
3. Satisfies same prerequisite requirements as
Classics 21.
Fall semester. Burrell.

the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14). The
following subjects will be considered in detail:
(1) The evolution o f the republican constitu­
tion, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion, (3 ) The
accompanying changes in Roman Society and
economy, (4 ) The Roman Revolution, (5) The
Augustan Principate.
Students will read the pertinent original sources
in translation as well as a selection o f modem
viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. This
course meets the distribution requirement for
Group 3; it satisfies the prerequisite require­
ment for Classics 44, for a major or minor in
Ancient History, and for advanced courses in
the Department o f History. Counts as part o f a
major in History.
Spring semester. Turpin.

33. G re e k L ite ra tu re in Tra n s la tio n .
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristode and include
selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac,
and dramatic poetry, history, and philosophy.
Lectures on the historical and cultural context
supplement class discussion.
Not offered 1986-87.

3 2. Th e R om an Republic and
A u g u s tu s .

35. La tin L ite ra tu re in T r a n s la t io n C la ss ic a l and M e d ia e v a l.

A study o f Rome from its foundation through

The works studied in this course range in time

91

C la ssics

from the age o f the Roman Republic to the
twelfth century after Christ. They include the
major authors o f the classical period, St.
Jerome and St. Augustine from the Latin
Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius,
Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian
Renaissance, and the writers o f Mediaeval
Latin hymns and secular poetry.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. North.

36. C la ss ic a l M y th o lo g y in Lite ra tu re
and A r t .
A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the Metamorphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
o f art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with them.
Given in alternate years.
Fall semester. North.

3 7 . T o p ic s in G re e k and R o m a n R e lig io n .
A study o f selected issues basic to the under­
standing o f religion in ancient society: the gods,
representative cults, festivals, and rituals, beliefs
about the afterlife, types o f sacrifice, oracles
and prophecy, the interaction o f philosophy
and religion, and the social context o f early
Christianity. There are no prerequisites. Read­
ings are in translation. Cross-listed as Religion
37.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. North.

4 2 . G re e c e in th e Fifth C e n tu ry 6 .C .
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special empha­
sis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­
racy and on the problems o f the Delian League,
both internal and in its relation to the Greek
and non-Greek world. W ith an attachment
Classics 4 2 prepares for an honors paper in
Ancient History. It counts toward a major in
History.
The course is normally given in alternate years.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Ostwald.

4 4 . Th e E a r ly R om an Em p ire .
A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the
political, economic, social, and cultural history
o f the Roman world from the fall o f the
Republic through the Antonine Age (5 0 B.C.-

92

A.D. 192). W ith an attachment Classics 44
prepares for an honors paper in Ancient
History. It counts toward a major in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. Mitchell.

4 5 . G re e k P o litic a l T h e o ry .
A study o f Greek political concepts and
institutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle, on
which the major attention o f this course is
focused.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87. Ostwald.

5 1 . A n In tro d u ctio n to A rch a e o lo g y .
This course focuses on the discipline of
archaeology and its place in the wider fields of
the humanities and social sciences. Among the
topics covered will be field techniques, methods
o f dating, analysis o f archaeological data and
problems o f interpretation.
Cross-listed as Sociology and Anthropology 51.
Fall semester. Burrell.

5 2 . G re e k A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course traces the development o f Greek
civilization as documented by archaeology, and
includes data ranging from monumental art and
architecture to coins and potsherds. There is
special emphasis on such important sites as
Knossos, Mycenae, Delphi, Olympia, and
Athens. There are no prerequisites.
Spring semester. Burrell.

53. R om an A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course focuses on the monuments and
material remains o f the ancient city o f Rome.
Its chief aim is to trace Rome’s growth from a
village o f huts on the Tiber River to the capital
and showpiace o f a great empire, while also
observing the interaction between Roman
society and the urban framework which the
Romans built to accommodate, symbolize, and
glorify that society. There are no prerequisites.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87. Burrell.

5 4 . T h e A r t and S c ie n ce o f
A n c ie n t C oin s.
W ith the assistance o f actual coins from the
Swarthmore collections, students learn numis­
matic techniques and how to apply them to
problems o f history, economy, and stylistic
development. They are also encouraged to
choose a special topic to present in class.
Because o f the difficulties in presenting such

small objects, enrollment will be limited to 10.
Spring semester. Burrell.

8 2. T h e A n c ie n t T h e a tre .
A representative selection o f Greek and Roman
drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read
in translation, together with the Poetics of
Aristotle, and there will be a study o f ancient
dramatic production and the physical remains
o f Greek and Roman theatres.
Given in alternate years.
Spring semester. North.

9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive

examination in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. D ire c te d Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision of the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

9 5 . A tta c h m e n t.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 50 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

S E M IN A R S

102. Th e A g e o f N e ro .

111. G re e k P h ilo so p h e rs.

This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin
authors writing about the reign o f Nero
(Tacitus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value of the
works as historical evidence and their literary
merits will be considered.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1986-87. Burrell.

This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and
the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the
seminar is primarily philosophical, although
the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers
receive consideration.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Ostwald.

103. La tin Ep ic .
This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ De Return N atura, Virgil’s
Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses.
Spring semester. Rose.

105. T h e A g e o f C ic e ro .
This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s
speeches, letters, and philosophical works in
the context o f the history and thought of the
final years of the Republic. In addition, works
o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their
historical evidence and their differing prose
styles.
Fall semester. Mitchell.

10 7. H o ra c e : L y r ic and H e x a m e te r
P o e try .
The seminar emphasizes the O des and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve­
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. North.

112 . G re e k Ep ic .
This seminar will study primarily Homer’s
Odyssey. Selections from Hesiod and Apol­
lonius will also be read, with some attention to
the development o f Greek epic.
Spring semester. North.

1 1 3 . G re e k H is to ria n s .
This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodotus
and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek
historiography and as sources for Greek history.
Fall semester. Turpin.

114 . G re e k D ra m a .
The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each o f the
major dramatists.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rose.

115 . G re e k Ele g ia c and L y r ic P o e try .
The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and lyric
is studied, with attention to the political and
social background, and to the relation o f these
literary types to epic and dramatic poetry.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Ostwald.

93

C o m p u te r S c ie n c e

C H A R L E S F . K E L E M E N , Professor and Program Director 12
M A R G A R E T C H R IS T E N S E N , Instructor
Committee: T h o m a s B la ckb u rn (English)
NelSOII M a c k e n (Engineering)
J . E d w a rd S k e a th (Mathematics)

a stu d e n t to be appointed

Computer Science is the study o f algorithms
and the issues involved in implementing them.
This includes the study o f computer systems,
methods to specify algorithms (for people and
computer systems), and the formulation of
theories and models to aid in the understanding
and analysis o f the properties o f algorithms,
computing systems, and their interrelationship.
The Computer Science Program is designed to
provide students with a flexible set o f offerings
in computing that can be tailored to satisfy
interests in various areas and at several levels of
depth. All the courses emphasize the under­
lying, fundamental concepts o f computer
science, treating today’s languages and systems
as current examples o f the underlying concepts.

Students from any discipline who are interested
in an introduction to computer science should
take CS 15: Introduction to Computer Science.
For a deeper, more formal introduction, they
should continue with M ath 9: D iscrete
Mathematics, and CS 35: Fundamental Struc­
tures o f Computer Science. Students with
sufficient previous experience in computer
science may skip CS 15 by passing a placement
exam. The concentration in computer science
is designed for students who desire a coherent
introduction to the core topics in the field.
Students completing the concentration will
possess a number o f intellectual skills useful in
many disciplines.

CONCENTRATION IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
The concentration in computer science can be
combined with any major in the college. It will
provide students with a well-rounded back­
ground in computer science sufficient to allow
them to develop significant, creative applica­
tions in their major area o f interest and to keep
up with the rapid changes in the field o f
computer science. Students interested in a
Concentration in Computer Science should
submit a concentration proposal for approval
by the Computer Science Committee by the
end o f their sophomore year. Both the student’s
major advisor and the Director o f the Com­
puter Science Program should be consulted
when writing such a proposal. While some
flexibility is possible, the requirements for the
concentration in computer science will usually
consist o f six courses selected as follows:

Fundamental Structures o f Computer Science.
Two of: Engin 22: Computer Organization; CS
41: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS 43:
Foundations o f Programming Language Design;

Each of: CS 15: Introduction to Computer
Science; Math 9: Discrete Mathematics; CS 35:

Note: In certain cases, especialy well-prepared
Engineering students may be permitted to

12 Joint appointment with mathematics.

CS 46: Theory o f Computation.
One of: the remaining courses from the
category above (i.e., CS 41, 43, 46, or Engin
22); Engin 25: Laboratory Computer Applica­
tions; CS 56: Foundations o f Concurrent
Programming and Operating System Design;
CS 63: Artificial Intelligence; Math 67: Nu­
merical Methods; Math 73: Mathematical
Algorithms; CS 75: Principles o f Compiler
Design and Construction; CS 91: Special
Topics in Computer Science; CS 93: Directed
Reading or Project.

substitute Engin 11 and Math 16 for C S 15 and
Math 9.
A comprehensive experience is also required.
This requirement may be satisfied by passing a
comprehensive examination administered by
the Computer Science Committee or by com­
pleting a senior paper and/or project relating

computer science and the student’s major.
W ith the approval o f appropriate committees,
such a project may be used to satisfy more than
one comprehensive requirement. For example,
appropriate Engineering 90 projects may be
used to satisfy the comprehensive requirements
for both an Engineering major and a Computer
Science concentration.

SPECIAL MAJORS
Students desiring to integrate computer science
with another discipline or with several disci­
plines in a more formal manner are encouraged
to develop a Special Major combining com­
puter science and the other area(s). Such
Special Majors are subject to the approval of
both the student’s major department and the
Computer Science Committee and should be
developed in consultation with the director of
the computer science program and the chair­

man o f the other department envolved. These
consultations should be carried out as early in
the student’s program as possible. While
considerable flexibility is possible, in most
cases the computer science part o f such a
Special Major will have the same requirements
as the concentration except that the senior
paper and/or project will be taken for one or
two credits.

MINORS FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATION
For students electing to take a minor in
Computer Science under the external examina­
tion requirements, the Computer Science Com­

mittee may, in some cases, approve certain
combinations o f two computer science courses
to constitute a two-credit paper.

GRADUATE STUDY
Students interested in graduate study in Com­
puter Science will be well prepared by majoring
in Mathematics or Engineering and completing
selected Computer Science courses. The choice
o f the appropriate major and computing
courses will depend on the student’s interests
and should be made in consultation with the
director o f the Computer Science Program.
Other majors are also reasonable for students

with special interests. For example, a major in
Linguistics or Psychology might be appropriate
for a student interested in artificial intelligence.
In such cases, students should consult as early
as possible with the director o f the program in
order to be sure o f taking the mathematics and
computing courses necessary to be prepared
for graduate work in Computer Science.

COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES
(Courses numbered above 40 will be offered in
alternate years.)

15 .

In tro d u ctio n to C o m p u te r S c ie n c e .

This course is an introduction to computer
science for students from all disciplines. The

major emphasis o f the course is on problem
solving and algorithm development. Students
are introduced to the Pascal programming

95

Com puter Science

language and gain proficiency in it by writing
programs to solve a number o f illustrative
problems. Students are also informally intro­
duced to many topics in computer science
including: hardware organization; system soft­
ware; programming style and documentation;
program testing and verification; fundamental
data structures such as arrays, records, and
linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and
sorting; analysis o f algorithms; computability;
and artificial intelligence.
Prerequisite: Computing from the User’s End
(Physics 2) or its equivalent.
Each semester. Staff.

35. Fun da m e n ta l S tru c tu re s o f
C o m p u te r S c ie n c e .
This course completes the broad introduction
to computer science begun in CS 15 and
provides a general background for further
study in the field. Topics to be covered include:
data structures (linked lists, trees, etc.) and
algorithms, organization o f computer systems
and assembly language programming, an intro­
duction to the theory o f computation and
formal languages, and alternative programming
languages. A brief survey o f areas o f research
interest in computer science will also be
presented. Students will be expected to com­
plete a number o f programming projects
illustrating the concepts presented.
Prerequisites: CS 15 and Math 9. In some cases,
with the permission o f the instructor, Engin 11
and Math 16 can be substituted.
Each semester.
Christensen, fall. Kelemen, spring.

40 . C o m p u te r G ra p h ic s
Cross-listed with Physics 40 (cf. Physics).

4 1 . D ata S tru c tu re s and A lg o rith m s .
This course is a continuation o f the study o f the
basic data structures and algorithms found to
be useful in many diverse areas. This study was
begun informally in CS 15 and continued in CS
35. The approach here is more formal both
with respect to the correctness o f the al­
gorithms and with respect to the time and space
resources required for the various algorithms
and their associated data structures. Topics to
be covered include: abstract data types, arrays,
pointers, linked lists, stacks, queues, trees
(including balanced trees), graphs, searching
and sorting, and algorithms and data structures
appropriate for external storage media like

96

magnetic disks and tapes. The impact o f several
models o f parallel computation on the design
o f algorithms and data structures will be
presented. Students will be expected to com­
plete several programming projects in the
course.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Alternate years. Fall semester. Kelemen.

4 3 . Fou n d atio n s o f P ro g ra m m in g
Lan g u ag e D e sig n .
A study o f the organization and structure of
modern programming languages with an em­
phasis on semantic issues. Topics include:
specifying syntax and semantics, conventional
and abstract data types, control structures,
procedural languages, functional languages,
other classes o f languages, program correct­
ness, concurrency and synchronization, lan­
guage design and evaluation, implementation
issues.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Alternate years. Next offered fa ll 1987.

46 . T h e o ry o f C om p utatio n .
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds o f
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with respect
to how difficult they are to solve. Topics to be
covered include: formal languages and finite
state devices, Turing machines and other
models o f computation, computability, and
complexity.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Alternate years. Next offered spring 1988.

56. C o n c u rre n t P ro g ra m m in g and
O p e ra tin g S y s te m Design .
This course introduces the issues involved in
programming and synchronizing several proc­
esses that will run concurrently. It also presents
the concepts found to be important in the
design o f modern operating systems. A small
operating system will be designed in the course
and students will have the opportunity to
modify the design and implement the operating
system using appropriate high level tools.
Topics to be covered include: specification of
concurrency, synchronization and communi­
cation primitives, monitors, memory manage­
ment (including virtual memory), scheduling,
process management, and file systems. A brief
survey o f concurrent programming languages

and current operating systems will be presented.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Alternate years beginning fa ll semester 1987.

63. A rtific ia l Intelligence.
This course will emphasize many o f the basic
abstractions and algorithms found to be useful
in the field o f Artificial Intelligence. Topics will
include: production systems; search strategies
including heuristic searching and applications
to game playing; the predicate calculus and
automated reasoning including applications to
[robot planning and expert systems; an introduction to some o f the computational ap­
proaches to knowledge representation, natural
language understanding, and learning. While
the emphasis o f the course will be on ideas and
algorithms, students will be exposed to the
programming languages LISP and PROLOG
nd expected to implement several Artificial
ntelligence programs in these languages,
trerequisite: CS 35.
A lternate years. Spring semester. Christensen.

i

175. P rin c ip le s o f C om p ile r Design
land C o n stru c tio n .
[This course presents an introduction to the
liesign and construction o f language translators

for procedure oriented programming languages.
Topics include: formal grammars, lexical anal­
ysis and finite automata, syntax analysis and
pushdown automata, LL and LR parsing,
semantic analysis and table handling, error
detection and recovery, code generation and
optimization, compiler writing tools. There
will be an ongoing programming project that
will culminate in a compiler for a small but not
trivial programming language.
Prerequisite: CS 35 and permission o f the
instructor.
Alternate years. Fall semester. Kelemen.

9 1 . S p e cial To p ic s in C om p u te r S c ie n c e .
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and only offered when staff
interests and availability make it practicable to
do so.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.

93. D ire c te d Reading o r P ro je c t.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f extra reading and/or a
project in an area o f computer science as an
extension o f one of his or her courses.

97

Ec o n o m ie s

R O B IN S O N G . H O L L IS T E R , J R ., Professor and Chair
F R ED ER IC L . P R Y O R , Professor (part-time)
B E R N A R D S A F F R A N , Professor
F . M . S C H E R E R , Professor
L A R R Y W E S T P H A L , Professor
S T E F A N O F E N O A L T E A , Visiting Professor5
M A R K K U P E R B E R G , Associate Professor1
S T E P H E N S . G O L U B , Assistant Professor
E L L E N M A G E N H E IM , Assistant Professor
R A D W A N S H A B A N , Visiting Lecturer4
L E A H S M IT H , Lecturer4
C H A R L E S F. S T O N E III, Lecturer4
J A C K T O P IO L , Visiting Lecturer5
The courses in economics have three main
goals: ( 1 ) to provide insight into the processes
and accompanying institutions through which
productive activity is organized; ( 2 ) to develop
a set o f tools for analyzing economic processes
and institutions; and (3) to build a foundation
for reaching informed judgments on issues o f
public policy.
Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prerequisite
to all other work in the Department. Both
semesters must be successfully completed for
credit to be obtained.
All majors in economics must take Economics
4 (Statistics for Economists) or its equivalent
such as Mathematics 13 or 23 (Mathematics
1-2 does not meet the requirement). The
Statistics for Economists course focuses mainly
upon the application o f statistical tools to
economic problems; the Mathematics Depart­
ment statistics courses emphasize the properties
o f statistical estimators.
In order to read the literature in economics
critically, a knowledge o f elementary calculus is
extremely helpful. We strongly recommend
that students take Mathematics 5 and 6
(differential and integral calculus) or equiv­
alent. Math 16 and 18 are useful for persons
intending to focus on the more technical
aspects o f economics.
Students contemplating careers in interna­
tional economics or business are also strongly
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
4 Fall semester, 1986.
5 Spring semester, 1987.

98

advised to have a mastery o f at least one
modem foreign language.
To graduate as a major in course, students must
have at least eight credits in economics, must
meet the statistics requirement, and must pass
the comprehensive examination given in the
Spring semester o f their senior year. To be
prepared for the comprehensive, course stu­
dents must complete Economics 2 0 and Eco­
nomics 59 before the second semester o f their
senior year.

1 -:
Th
get
pre
for

Th
zati

allc

inc
Fal

Th
pr<
tar
nat
rel
pri

Spi

Sti
pri
do
ser
as ;

Sti
ere
coi

3.
For students who wish to seek secondary
teaching certification in the social sciences
there are two normal routes. One o f these is
through a major in the social sciences, plus four
to six semesters o f courses in other social
sciences. Students majoring in history, political
science, and sociology-anthropology are re­
quired to take at least four courses outside their
major; students majoring in economics and
psychology are required to take six. The other
route to certification is by taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which six
must normally be in one discipline and at least
two more must be in a single other discipline.
All students seeking social studies certification
are required to take two courses in history. As
o f 1987, at least one course in American
history and one social science course focusing
on Third W orld or non-Anglo subject matter
are required.

Th
stu
nei
bai
coi
me
Spi

4.

T!
un
ref
in
tes
Tl
sai
N<
alf
of
tiv

co

so
mi
tal

1 -2 . In tro ductio n to Ec o n o m ic s .
This course is designed both to afford the
general student a comprehensive survey and to
provide students doing further work with a
foundation on which to build.
The first semester course describes the organi­
zation o f the economic system and analyzes the
allocation o f resources and the distribution of
income.
Fall semester.
The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­
tary and fiscal policy, the determination of
national income, and international economic
relations. Some or all sections will count for
primary distribution credit.
Spring semester.
Students will be able to take Economics 2 as a
primary distribution course. Those wishing to
do so must inform the department in the Fall
semester o f their intention to take Economics 2
as a primary distribution course.
Students must take Economics 2 to receive
credit for Economics 1. Only Economics 2 will
count for primary distribution credit.

3. Acc ou n tin g
The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments o f accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This
course does not satisfy the distribution require­
ments as outlined previously in this catalogue.)
Spring semester. Topiol.

4 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ec o n o m is ts .
The primary focus o f this course is on the
understanding o f how simple and multiple
regression can be used to estimate magnitudes
in economic relationships, e.g. elasticities, and
tests o f hypotheses about these magnitudes.
The course also covers elements o f probability,
sampling distributions, and decision theory.
No mathematics prerequisite except high school
algebra. An introduction to selected elements
o f calculus and linear algebra used for quantita­
tive methods in economics is contained iti the
course. As this course will include problem
solving using the computer, students taking it
must also take Economics 5 (unless they have
taken or are taking the equivalent course in

other disciplines).
Fall semester. Hollister.

5 . C om putin g fro m th e U s e r’ s
P o in t o f V ie w .
(Also listed as Physics 2.) This will be offered
as a Vi credit workshop. Participants will attend
the lectures given under Physics 2 and one
weekly workshop applying computing proce­
dures direcdy to problems o f economic analy­
sis. Computing topics introduced are: text and
file creation and editing, runoff, graphics,
simple programming techniques, statistical
packages, bibliographic search, and data base
handling. Yi unit.
Fall semester. Hollister.

6 . G ra p h ic s , M od elin g and S im u la tio n .
This course is designed to introduce students to
the use o f sophisticated graphics, modeling,
and simulation software. Included in topics
covered are: FORTRAN 77, techniques of
graphics for modeling and simulating complex
economic, biological, environmental, societal,
and physical systems. Use will be made o f the
graphics software subroutine package DISSPLA, the modeling/simulation software pack­
age DYNAMO, and color graphics terminals.
Not offered 1986-87.

1 1 . Ec o n o m ic D e ve lo p m e n t.
A survey o f development economics covering
both the principal theories o f economic devel­
opment and the dominant issues o f public
policy. Within a perspective that emphasizes
the role o f technological change, particular
emphasis is given to agricultural and industrial
development, to interactions among sectors,
and to international trade and capital flows
(including foreign aid). On the basis o f mono­
graphs selected by the instructor, students
write a short paper surveying one country’s
contemporary development performance.
Spring semester. Westphal.

12. Ec o n o m e tric s .
A survey o f fundamental econometric methods
emphasizing application. Some empirical work
will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 4.
Not offered 1986-87.

14 . C u rre n t Iss u e s in Ec on o m ic P o lic y .
For students who have taken Economics 1 and

99

Econo m ics

2 and would like to see further applications of financial markets and their connection to real
these principles to issues of current economic
policy. Topics will be drawn from both micro
and macro in the areas o f budget and tax policy,
stabilization policy, energy policy, interna­
tional economics policy, industrial policy.
Specific issues might include natural gas de­
regulation, tax reforms, U S international com­
petitiveness, the international debt crisis, the
budget deficit dilemma, the choice o f an
exchange rate regime, and the monetary/fiscal
policy mix.
Fall semester. Stone.

15 . In ve s tm e n ts .
This course will deal with the operation of
financial markets from three different perspec­
tives. First, from the viewpoint o f the individual
investor, investment alternatives and strategies
will be studied, with special emphasis on the
stock market. The second perspective will be
that o f a business enterprise. Key topics here
are the capital budgeting decision and alterna­
tive sources o f capital. Third, from a public
policy viewpoint certain issues concerning the
link between financial markets and resource
allocation will be studied. Two specific issues
in this category are ( 1 ) the connection between
the stock market and capital formation, ( 2 )
housing and financial.
Spring semester. Magenheim.

16 . W om en and M in o ritie s in
the Ec o n o m y .

economic activity, using a combination of
analytical and institutional perspectives. Among
the topics to be considered are ( 1 ) the structure
o f U .S. financial markets: the banking system,
the bond and stock markets, etc.; ( 2 ) the
Federal Reserve System and the conduct of
monetary policy; (3) monetarism; (4 ) interest I
rates, monetary policy, and inflation; (5) I
rationality and irrationality in financial mar- !
kets; ( 6 ) international financial relations; the
Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange mar­
ket, and international lending.
Not offered 1986-87.

19 . Ec o n o m ic s o f the En v iro n m e n t and
N a tu ra l R e s o u rc e s .
Micro and macroeconomic theory applied to I
problems o f the environment and natural
resources. Long run implications o f resource
use for economic growth, evaluation o f alterna­
tive uses o f natural environment and methods
o f pollution control. Government response to
situations involving externalities, public goods
and common property resources. Case studies
o f air pollution, recreation versus mineral or
fuel development on public lands, the fishing
industry and offshore petroleum development.
Not offered 1986-87.

20 . Ec o n o m ic T h e o ry .
Provides a thorough grounding in intermediatelevel microeconomics, both theory and appli­
cation. The standard topics are covered (order
indicates sequence): behavior o f the consumer
and the firm, product market structure and
performance, factor markets and income dis­
tribution, general equilibrium and welfare
analysis, public economics. Students do exten­
sive problem solving to facilitate the learning of
theory and to see practical applications.
Fall semester. Westphal.

This course will explore the experience of
women and minorities in the U S economy,
using a variety o f analytical and institutional
approaches. Topics will include: historical
context, labor force participation decisions,
economic theories o f the labor market, ex­
planations o f differences in wages (discrimina­
tion, human capital, occupational segregation),
and macroeconomic issues (unemployment,
income distribution, and government taxation
and transfer programs as they relate to women
and minorities). Students will analyze differ­
ences among groups in the economy using
SPSSX routines. No prior knowledge o f SPSSX
is assumed. (Cross-listed with Black Studies,
Women’s Studies).
Fall semester. Smith.

This course focuses on government expendi­
ture, tax, and debt policy. A major part o f the
course is devoted to an analysis o f current
policy issues in their institutional and theoreti­
cal contexts. The course will be o f most interest
to students with an interest in economic policy
and its interaction with politics.
Spring semester. Saffran.

18 . M o n e y , B a n kin g , and th e Ec o n o m y .

2 4 . T h e Ec o n o m ic s o f In d u s try .

This course will examine the behavior of

Through a series o f case studies, the strategic

100

2 2 . P u b lic Fin a n c e .

responses o f firms and industries to their
market and policy environments are analyzed.
Emphasis is on the pricing, technological
innovation, and marketing behavior o f firms
and on such government policy instruments as
import restrictions, price controls and sub­
sidies, antitrust, and patent policy.
Fall semester. Scherer.

25. La b o r Ec o n o m ic s .
This course will address the functioning of
labor markets and how they are affected by
institutions, social attitudes, and changing
structure o f the national and international
economy. Among the topics dealt with are: the
causes and effects o f the changing supply o f
labor by Women, youth, older persons; the
changing role o f unions; the determinants of
levels o f employment and unemployment; the
determinants o f wage levels and wage differen­
tials; extent and effects o f discrimination; the
role o f education and training; how government
regulations and training and employment pro­
grams have and should affect labor markets.
Some contrasts are drawn between U .S. and
European experience and between labor prob­
lems in developed and developing countries.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87.

26. S o cial Ec o n o m ic s .
The extent, consequences, and causes o f pov­
erty and economic inequality; an appraisal of
reforms in income support programs, medical
care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto
development; the economics o f discrimination.
Spring semester. Hollister.

2 7 . G o v e rn m e n t Regulation o f In d u s try.
This course analyzes the logic and effectiveness
o f various regulatory instruments by which the
government seeks to affect the structure and
performance o f major industries. The principal
topics will be antitrust policy, economic regula­
tion o f natural monopoly industries, regulation
and deregulation o f industries blending mo­
nopoly and competitive elements, and the
"social” regulation o f pollution, occupational
safety, and consumer information.
Not offered 1986-87.

28. T e ch n o lo g ic al Change and
Ec on o m ic G ro w th
An exploration o f how technological change
affects economic growth, with emphasis on
such institutions as academic science and

industrial research and development. Covers
production function analysis, induced innova­
tion, the patent system, government R & D
program conduct, and macrodynamic phe­
nomena.
Spring semester. Scherer.

30. Th e In terna tio n a l Ec o n o m y .
The course consists o f a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure o f the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­
cial policy, and balance of payments adjust­
ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­
porary international economic problems; tariffs
and non-tariff barriers, common markets,
multinational corporations, international oil,
gold, inflation, and the future o f the interna­
tional monetary system.
Fall semester. Golub.

3 1. C o m p a ra tiv e Ec on o m ic S y s te m s .
This course focuses on the methods by which
different economic systems can be analyzed.
Considerable attention is paid to the structure
and performance o f nations with different
economic systems and on the origins of
selected economic institutions. Particular em­
phasis is placed on the study o f the Soviet
Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods of
drawing inferences using the comparative
method are explored.
Fall semester. Pryor.

4 1 . U rb a n Ec o n o m ic s .
This course analyzes the structure and evolution
o f urban economies in the United States. It
takes the representative American city as the
primary unit o f analysis and shows how it has
evolved through time as a result o f the
interaction o f socioeconomic forces, techno­
logical change, and public policy. The role of
government in this process is examined in
depth, with emphasis on the policy areas o f
housing, land use control, transportation, and
public finance. Particular attention will be paid
throughout the course to the historical experi­
ence o f Philadelphia.
. Not offered 1986-87.

4 2 . H e alth P o lic y .
(Also listed as Political Science 42 .) Analysis of
government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for

101

Econom ics

action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester. Smith.

4 7 . P o litic a l Ec on o m y.
This course .examines non-neoclassical ap­
proaches to political economy, with emphasis
on the Marxian approach. It also compares the
Marxian and neoclassical approaches to the
study o f the economy, the state, and the
relationship between the economy and the
state. Topics include: the basic concepts of
Marxian analysis (e.g., historical materialism,
modes o f production, theories o f value and
exploitation), social classes in contemporary
capitalism, the organization o f work, income
distribution, the behavior o f the state, business
cycles, inflation and unemployment, economic
growth and economic crises in advanced
capitalist economies, and the relationship be­
tween the United States and world economies.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or equivalent
courses on Marxian analysis in other dis­
ciplines.
Not offered 1986-87.

4 8 . Ec o n o m ic s , J u s tic e , and L a w .
The purpose o f this course is to explore the
premises behind the use o f utilitarian con­
structs in the analysis o f public policy issues. In
particular, the appropriateness o f the growing
utilization o f economic methodology will be
examined through an intensive study o f issues
in law and distributive justice. The necessary
background in welfare economics will be
developed as needed.
Not offered 1986-87.

49 . A m e ric a n Ec on o m ic H is to ry .
Survey o f American economic development
from the colonial settlement to the New Deal.
Explores the transition from a colonial system,
based on agricultural exports within the mer­

102

cantile system, to an advanced, industrialized
economy supported by a vast internal market.
Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture in the
process o f economic development, in particu­
lar a comparative analysis o f the plantation
system o f the South and the system o f family
farming in the North, ii) the changing industrial
structure after the Civil War as a consequence
o f the growth o f the large-scale, vertically
integrated corporation, and iii) the political
and social bases o f economic development,
with particular attention to the American Revolution, the Civil War, the New Deal and the
evolution o f the legal system, and the political
responses to industrialization.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6 ,
or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87.

6;
Pi

i V
pi
I dc
I ec
I °1
I S<
I ui
I fc
I
I
I
I

o<
se

al
C
P<
I cc
Pi
d<
Pi
si
50. W e ste rn Ec o n o m ic H is to ry .
P'
This course examines the evolution o f the I cc
economy from prehistory to our own time. It I 01
surveys demographic, agricultural, industrial, I N
commercial, technological, and organizational I
developments; and it uses economic analysis to I
71
explore their interconnections.
A
Spring semester. Fenoaltea.

(S

5 7 . O p e ra tio n s R e se a rc h .
(Also listed as Engineering 57.) The principles
o f operations research as applicable to defining
optimum solutions o f engineering and financial
problems as an aid to managerial decision
making. Probability and probability distribu­
tions, reliability, random number simulation,
queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic
programming, allocation and transportation
theory. The working principles of engineering
economy are introduced and combined with
operations research topics. Normally for junior
and senior students.
Fall semester. McGarity.

5 9 . M a c ro e c o n o m ic T h e o ry and
S ta b iliza tio n Po licy.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy.
Spring semester. Golub.

s:

11

T
et
Si

II

a
(f
T
ai
rr
c<
it

rc
tc
n

Si

II
T
gi
d

6 7. S o cial In su ra n ce and W elfare
Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 67.) The
principal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics include:
Social Security, national health insurance,
unemployment compensation, and welfare re­
form. The various public objectives and meth­
ods o f income support and related social
services, as well as certain contextual or
alternative programs and regulatory policies.
Conceptions o f "welfare” ; economic, social,
political, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com­
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the
Public Policy Concentration and open for
single credit to others who have taken appro­
priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which
consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions,
one o f the instructors.
Not offered 1986- 87.

7 3 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t.
An examination o f classical political economy
(Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis

on the origins o f economic analysis in the
tradition o f political theory and the structure
and development o f classical thought.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or permission of
the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87.

8 t. Ec o n o m ic s o f th e M iddle E a s t
Study o f selected Middle Eastern economies.
Focus on different economic development
strategies o f countries, some with limited and
others with substantial natural resource bases.
Investigation of agricultural and industrial
policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and
technology absorption problems.
N ot offered 1986-87.

9 1 . P o litic a l Ec o n o m y o f
M a c ro e c o n o m ic Po licy.
(Also listed as Political Science 69 .) Focus on
the congressional and administrative processes
by which macroeconomic policy is formulated,
approved, and implemented.
Not offered 1986-87.

93. D ire c te d Reading.
W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor,
individual or group study in fields o f interest
not covered by regular course offerings.
Fall or spring. Staff.

SEMINARS
101. P u b lic Fin a n c e .
This seminar focuses on the analysis o f gov­
ernment expenditure, tax, and debt policy.
Spring semester. Safffan.

102. M a c ro e c o n o m ic T h e o ry
and S ta b iliza tio n P o lic y .
(formerly Economic Stability and Growth)
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis o f
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy. Special
topics include microfoundations o f macroeco­
nomics and economic growth.
Spring semester. Golub.

103. Ec o n o m ic T h e o ry .
This seminar provides the theoretical back­
ground for the more advanced economic
theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8

weeks) and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are
covered.
Fall and spring semester. Saffian.

10 4 . T h e o ry and M o d e ls fo r
P o lic y A n a ly s is .
Provides in-depth appreciation o f modern
economic theory. Useful as "prep” course for
advanced studies in economics, but designed
for anyone wanting greater understanding of
theory and o f uses in policy and descriptive
analyses. Topics: a) computable general equi­
librium models which emphasize allocative
efficiency—for evaluation tax/trade and dis­
tributional issues; b) evolutionary models
which focus on long-run dynamics—for under­
standing sources o f economic growth and
causes o f economic backwardness.
Prerequisites: Econ 103 (can be waived on
professor’s approval).
Spring semester. Westphal

103

Econom ics

105. In tern a tio n a l Ec o n o m ic s .
Theory and policy o f international economic
relations. The theory o f international trade and
balance o f payments adjustment. Commercial
policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers. Com­
mon markets, customs unions, and regional
economic integration. Multinational enterprise
and economic imperialism. The world mone­
tary system, international inflation, and the
international economics of oil.
Fall semester. Golub.

106. C o m p a ra tiv e Ec on o m ic S y s te m s .
This seminar focuses on the methods by which
economic systems can be analyzed. Consider­
able attention is paid to the structure and
performance o f nations with particular eco­
nomic systems. Special case studies are made o f
the U .S.S.R ., China, and Yugoslavia; briefer
case studies are made of several capitalist
economies o f Western Europe. Causal forces
underlying the origins and development of
particular economic institutions are also dis­
cussed. The seminar also covers questions o f
convergence o f important economic institu­
tions, influences o f ideology on the operation
o f the system, and forces underlying changes in
both capitalist, market and socialist, centrally
administered economies.
Fall semester. Pryor.

10 7. La b o r and S o c ia l Ec o n o m ic s .
Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants o f wages
and income inequality, government policies
with respect to labor relations, health, educa­
tion, and welfare.
Spring semester. Hollister.

Students write several short papers surveying
opposing original contributions to the identiflcation and analysis o f selected issues. A longer
paper analyzing one country’s contemporary
development experience is also required.
Fall semester. Shaban.

110 . U rb a n Ec o n o m ic s .
This seminar will deal in depth with the I
structure and development o f American urban 1
economies. Topics covered will include hous- J
ing, transportation, urban renewal, local gov- I
emment finance, and pollution. Methodologi- [
cal as well as substantive issues will be
discussed.
Not offered 1986-87.

111. In d u s trial O rg a n iza tio n and
P u b lic Po licy.
Applications o f theoretical and empirical analysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories o f the
firm; market structure; the causes o f market
failure and alternative policy responses.
Fall semester. Scherer.

115 . Ec o n o m ic H is to ry .
This seminar surveys demographic, agricul­
tural, industrial, commercial, and organiza­
tional developments in the Western economy
from prehistory to our own time. Special
attention is devoted to topics exemplifying the
methodological contributions o f the "new
economic history.”
Spring semester. Fenoaltea.

104

!
i

j

1 1 4 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t.
A survey o f the development o f economic
science from post-Mercantilist writers (Steuart
and Quesnay) to Keynes. Permission o f instructor required.
N ot offered 1986-87.

108. Ec o n o m e tric s .

109. Ec o n o m ic D e ve lo p m e n t.

I
|

112 . M a th e m a tic a l Ec o n o m ic s .
Review o f static optimization theory; theory of
consumption and production from a dual point
of view; elementary approaches to the existence,
stability, and optimality o f general equilibrium;
additional topics o f student interest as time
permits.
Not offered 1986-87.

Econometric theory and empirical studies. An
empirical research paper is required.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 6 and Economics
103.
Fall semester. Hollister.
A survey o f the principal issues in economic
development. Topic coverage is similar to that
in Econ 11. Here more emphasis is given to the
theoretical underpinnings o f distinct ap­
proaches to isolating and understanding the
"stylized facts” and to formulating prescrip­
tions for enhanced development performance.

|
I
]
I

180 . T h e s is .
With the consent o f a supervising instructor,
honors majors may undertake a senior thesis
for double credit.
Fall and spring semesters. Staff.

I

Education

EV A F. T R A V E R S , Associate Professor and Program Director I3
K . A N N R E N N IN G E R , Assistant Professor
L IS A S M U L Y A N , Assistant Professor
U S H A R A L A M O R E , Lecturer

The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from a
variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to provide
a range o f field experiences for students who
wish to explore their aptitude and interest in
teaching, counseling or research in an educa­
tional setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s academic
offerings. The Program’s most important goal
is to help students learn to think critically and
creatively about the process o f education and
the place o f education in society. To this end,
both its introductory and upper level courses
necessarily draw on the distinctive approaches
o f Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, Polit­
ical Science, Philosophy, and History. Because
students major in one o f the traditional
disciplines, courses in Education offer both an
opportunity to apply the particular skills of

one’s chosen field to a new domain and
interaction with other students whose discipli­
nary approaches may differ significantly from
their own.
A competency-based program for preparing
secondary teachers is offered for students who
seek public school certification from the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Competency
is judged by an interdisciplinary committee of
the faculty whose members have established
criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry,
English, French, German, Mathematics, Span­
ish, and Social Studies. Individual programs are
developed in conjunction with departmental
representatives and members o f the Education
staff. There is no major in Education. All
students seeking certification must meet
Swarthmore College’s general requirements for
course distribution and a major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica­
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than the
Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In addition,
they must complete the following sequence of
courses:
■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
■ Child Development, Psychology 39, or
Adolescence, Educ. 23
I

An additional course from the following:
a. Adolescence, Educ. 23

b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Women and Education, Educ. 31
d. Education and Society, Educ. 47
e. Education in America, Educ. 52
f. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ.
64
g. Urban Education, Educ. 68
g. Special Topics, Educ. 91
h. Special Topics, Educ. 91
Students preparing for certification must attain
at least a grade point average o fC in courses in
their major field o f certification and a grade of
C + or better in Introduction to Education in
order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addi­
tion, students must be recommended by their
major department and by their cooperating

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

105

Education

Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify

elementary teachers. However, students taking
courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.
Placements for students who do not desire
certification are also available in a variety of
special education or counseling settings.

teacher in Introduction to Education. Place­
ment o f students in schools for Practice
Teaching is contingent on successful interviews
with members o f the Education Program staff
and appropriate secondary school personnel.

14 . In tro d u ctio n to Ed uca tion .

2 3 . A d o le s c e n c e .

A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact o f individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical, and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity to
determine their own interest in preparing to
teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand
experience in current elementary and second­
ary school practice. Field work is required.
Each semester. Staff.

(Also listed as Psychology 23.) A develop­
mental perspective is employed to examine
salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal
is to obtain a theoretical understanding of
adolescence and an overview o f major research.
During the first part o f the term, various
aspects o f individual development (e.g., cogni­
tive, affective, physiological, etc.) will be
addressed. The second part o f the semester will
focus on the adolescent’s adaptation in major
contexts (e.g., family, peer group, school, etc.).
Spring semester. Smulyan.

16. P ra c tic e Teaching.

25 . C ou n se lin g : P rin c ip le s and
P ra c tic e .

Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Edu­
cation 17 concurrently. (Single credit practice
teaching may be arranged for individuals not
seeking secondary certification.)
Each semester. Staff.

1 7 . C u rric u lu m and M e th o d s S e m in a r.
This course will consider theoretical and
applied issues related to effective classroom
instruction. It must be taken concurrently with
Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified
and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16.
Each semester. Staff.

2 1. Ed uca tion a l P s yc h o lo g y.
(Also listed as Psychology 21.) This course
provides a representataive sampling o f general
psychological theories which have special rel­
evance to sound pedagogical practice. The first
part o f the course serves as an introduction to
theory; the second part considers issues such
as: motivation, intelligence, creativity, mainstreaming, etc. Students will also be involved in
field research which through use o f a multi­
method approach addresses topics o f concern
to local schools. '
Fall semester. Renninger.

106

(Also listed as Psychology 22.) An introductory
course focusing on theories, techniques, and
issues in school and agency counseling. Field
work, guest lectures, role playing, and analysis
o f case studies will provide practical informa­
tion and experience. Recommended for stu­
dents considering graduate programs in educa­
tional counseling or those planning to teach or
do youth work in an agency setting. Enrollment
limited.
Not offered 1986-87. Vanni.

3 1 . W om en and Ed uca tion .
This course uses historical, psychological, and
social frameworks to examine the roles women
take in the educational process. Areas to be
explored include the feminization o f the
teaching profession; equity in educational
programs, curriculum, and materials; sex dif­
ferences in student-teacher interaction and
student achievement; and current programs
designed to meet the needs o f all students and
teachers. Students in the course will draw on
their own experience as well as field work in
relating the theories examined to educational
practice.
Fall semester. Smulyan.

4 7 . Ed uca tion and S o ciety.
(Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology 47.)
The course will explore the social and cultural
functions and consequences o f formal and
informal education in both Western and nonWestern societies. Modes o f intended and
unintended socialization within the school and
outside will be examined. A range o f factors
which can promote or inhibit learning will be
explored and linked to educational perform­
ance. Topics include: school as an agent of
social mobility and its relationship with the
community; the school as a social system and
the dynamics o f classroom life; and the behavorial and academic outcomes o f curricular
innovation. Students will be required to con­
duct weekly field work in an educational
setting.
Not offered 1986-87.

52. Ed uca tion in A m e ric a .
(Also listed as History 52.) A history of
primary, secondary, and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
orgins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context of
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: Introductory level History course.
Not offered 1986-87. Bannister.

64. P o litic a l S o c ia liza tio n and S c h o o ls .
(Also listed as Political Science 64 .) This
course will consider models used to explain the
development o f political concepts, attitudes,
and behavior from the period o f early child­
hood through young adulthood. The inter­
related but often inconsistent influences of
family, school, peers, media, and critical events
in the sociopolitical system will be examined.
Special emphasis will be given to the role of
education, including formal and informal mes­
sages o f schooling. Material from nonwestern
societies suh as China and Nicaragua will
provide cross-cultural perspectives on the

political socialization process. Field research
will be required.
Not offered 1986-87. Travers.

66. Child D e ve lo p m e n t and
S o c ia l P o lic y .
Issues relating to social policy (e.g., mainstreaming, child care) will be explored in a
seminar format. Case studies will be employed
to provide a socio-historical context for under­
standing both ways in which research and
policy have interacted in the past and the
methodological problems such intersections
pose. This course is designed to provide
students with a realistic understanding o f the
process o f policy formation and their roles as
potential contributors to this process.
Prerequisites: Child Development, Introduction
to Education, or Educational Psychology.
Limited enrollment.
Spring semester. Renninger.

68. U rb a n Ed u ca tio n .
(Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68.)
This course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensatory
education, curricular innovation, community
control, bilingual education, and standardized
testing. The special problems and challenges
faced by urban schools in meeting the needs of
individuals and groups in a pluralistic society
will be examined using the approaches of
psychology, sociology, anthropology, and po­
litical science. Current issues will also be
viewed in historical perspective. Field work is
required.
Not offered 1986-87. Travers.

9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s.
With the permission o f the instructor, qualified
students may choose to pursue a topic of
special interest, which for thorough investiga­
tion will usually require field work as well as
research.
Each semester. Staff.

107

En g in e e rin g

DAVID L . B O W LER , Professor
H . S E A R L D Ü N N , Professor
N E L S O N A . M A C K E N , Professor and Chairman
A R T H U R E . M c G A R IT Y , Associate Professor
F R E D E R IC K L . O R T H L IE B , Associate Professor3
S T E P H E N M . P L A T T , Assistant Professor
F A R U Q M . A . S ID D IQ U I, Assistant Professor
E R IK C H E E V E R , Instructor

The professional practice o f engineering re­
quires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­
ods to the solution o f technical problems of
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
o f engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding o f social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural and
humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi­
neering majors to take almost forty percent o f
their course work at the College in the
humanities and social sciences. W ith careful
planning it is possible for a student to acquire a
double major with two degrees, the Bachelor of
Science in Engineering and the Bachelor o f Arts
in a second academic area in a four-year course

I
I
I
I

I

o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­
tion and individual student projects in the areas
o f electronics, system control, communica­
tions, instrumentation, strength o f materials,
solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­
mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­
tories is a wide range o f modern measurement
equipment with the capability o f on-line data
acquisition and process control via micro­
computers. A computer laboratory with high
resolution color and black-and-white graphics
capability is also part o f our facilities. An
excellent shop for both metal- and woodwork­
ing is available for student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering
is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission o f the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology.

Courses Available to Non-Majors
Students interested in computer engineering
may wish to consider Digital Logic (21),
Computer Organization (22), or Laboratory
Computer Applications (25). Although Me­
chanics ( 6 ) is primarily for prospective majors,
other interested students, particularly those
interested in preparing for a career in architec­
ture, are encouraged to enroll. Problems in
Technology (3,4) is designed chiefly for stu­
dents not contemplating further work in

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

108

.
j

engineering or the natural sciences. Operations
Research (5 7 ) and Environmental Engineering
(6 3 ) will also appeal to many students majoring
in other departments. Students majoring in the
physical sciences or mathematics may also
enroll in advanced engineering courses.
Students may minor in the External Examina­
tion (Honors) Program in the Engineering
Department by taking appropriately related

i

1

,

advanced engineering courses as preparation
for external examinations. Generally the ad­
vanced engineering courses require one or
more introductory courses as prerequisites.

Program for Engineering Majors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion of
at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four
courses in the sciences including Physics 3 and
4 , to be taken in the freshman year, and (iii)
four courses in mathematics, including Math 5
and 6 to be taken in the freshman year and
Math 18, normally taken in the sophomore
year. The two unspecified science courses in
category (ii) and the mathematics course in
category (iii) may be chosen to complement the
student’s overall program o f study; in general,
the Department recommends Chemistry (10)
and Linear Algebra and Differential Equations
(16 A). Certain science and mathematics courses
are not acceptable. Students should consult
their faculty advisors on this issue.
Within the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis 1 and II, Experimen­
tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid
Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first
four courses are normally taken in the freshman
and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second
semester o f the freshman year, Physical Systems
Analysis I in the first semester o f the sopho­
more year, and the remaining two in the second
semester o f the sophomore year. In special
circumstances, however, students with ade­
quate preparation in mathematics and physics
can begin the engineering curriculum as late as
the second semester o f the sophomore year and
still complete all o f the core requirements and
elective work in the Department. Thermofluid
Mechanics is normally taken in the fall o f the
junior year, and Engineering Design, the cul­
minating experience for engineering majors, is
taken in the second semester o f the senior year.
In consultation with his or her advisor, each
student constructs a program o f advanced

work in the Department. These programs,
normally consisting o f six courses, are sub­
mitted to the Department when the student
formally applies for a major in engineering
during the spring semester o f the sophomore
year.
The program that constitutes the student’s
elected courses may or may not conform
closely to the traditional areas o f engineering
specialization, e.g., electrical or mechanical.
For non-traditional plans for advanced work,
the Department requires a coherent program
that, in its judgment, meets the student’s
educational objectives.
Observe that the following courses cannot be
counted in the minimum number o f twelve
engineering courses required o f each major:
Problems in Technology I, II, Values and Ethics
in Science and Technology, Energy Policy, and
Environmental Policy.
Suggested elective program plans include:
(1) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory, Communication
Systems, and Control Theory and Design.
Students having an interest in digital
systems might replace one or more o f these
courses with Digital Logic, Computer
Organization, Computer Systems, or
Laboratory Computer Applications.
(2) General mechanical/civil engineering.
Six courses from the following: Mechanics
o f Solids, Engineering Materials, Fluid
Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Control Theory
and Design, Soil and Rock Mechanics,
Structural Theory and Design, Operations
Research, and Environmental Engineering.
(3) Computer engineering: Digital Logic, Com­
puter Organization, Computer Systems,
and Laboratory Computer Applications.
Students with an interest in computer
hardware may include Electronic Circuit
Analysis and Design I and II, or Control
Theory and Design. Courses in mathe­
matics can be used to broaden the theo­
retical foundation o f the program.

109

Engineering

ENGINEERING
3 ,4 . P ro b le m s in Te ch no lo g y I and II.
Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth o f understand­
ing o f technology and its impact by examining
in each semester a particular technology.
Technical considerations underlying policy
issues will be stressed. Examples o f semester
topics are: aspects o f the energy problem,
satellite communications, managing environ­
mental hazards, and developments in data
processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­
ratory. Credit may be given for either semester,
or both.

6 . M e c h a n ic s ..
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion,
and stress transformations. Laboratory work is
related to experiments on deformable bodies,
and includes a four-week FORTRAN 77
workshop.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Spring semester.

1 1 ,1 2 . P h y s ic a l S y s te m s A n a ly s is I
and li.
These courses are devoted to the study o f
physical phenomena which may be represented
to a good degree o f approximation by a linear,
lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester) is
oriented mainly toward electrical devices and
the development o f mathematical techniques
for the analysis o f their linear behavior. E12
(spring semester) is more concerned with
mechanical, thermal, and fluid systems, but
emphasis throughout both courses will be
placed upon the unity resulting from the
common mathematical representation and an­
alysis o f diverse physical systems. The content
o f E ll is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural
and forced transient response, steady-state
harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active de­
vices, operational amplifiers, and their use in
circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier
series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­
cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consider­
ations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree o f
freedom mechanical, electromechanical, ther­
mal and fluid systems. Transfer function and

110

matrix descriptions o f compound systems, the
eigenvalue problem and state space techniques.
Mechanical systems in two and three dimen­
sions, energy methods, coupled modes of
motion. Transition from many degree o f
freedom systems to continuous systems; the
Fourier integral with applications to wave
motion.
Laboratory sessions include modeling with
electrical and electro-mechanical devices, an
independent project, and an introduction to
numerical and graphical methods o f dynamic
system analysis through the use o f micro­
computers.
Credit may be given for either semester, or
both.

14 . Ex p e rim e n ta tio n fo r En g in ee rin g
D e sig n .
Theories o f experimentation and measurement
are presented and are related to engineering
design and research projects. Lectures present
probability theory and its applications in
experimentation. Topics include random vari­
ables, probability distributions, measurement
errors, random noise, system reliability, statis­
tical analysis o f experiments and simulated
experiments, and decision making with experi­
mental results. The laboratory sessions treat
the analysis o f measurement systems and
include an introduction to the use o f computers
for data acquisition and process control.
Prerequisites: E l l andE12(takenconcurrently).
Spring semester.

2 1 . D ig ital Lo g ic .
An introduction to the theory and design of
digital logic circuits. Following a discussion of
number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­
zation and realization techniques are studied for
combinational systems. The latter part o f the
course will be concerned with the treatment of
sequential systems. Switching devices will be
characterized only as to their terminal behavior
and no consideration will be given to the
physical basis for their operation. The course is
intended for students with a good background
in basic mathematics through algebra. Includes
laboratory.
Fail semester. Not open to freshmen.

2 2 . C o m p u te r O rg a n iza tio n .
A study o f the ways in which the functional

units o f a typical digital computer may be
interconnected. Hardware implementation of
registers, counters, adders, and the functional
units themselves. Micro-programmed control.
Characteristics o f the several types o f memory.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E21.
Spring semester.

25. L a b o ra to ry C o m p u te r A p p lic a tio n s .
This course surveys the utilization of computing
equipment in the laboratory environment.
Basic instrument interfacing methods (serial,
parallel, A/D, D/A) and measurement tech­
niques (analog signals such as temperature and
pressure, position, etc.), signal conditioning,
real-time processing, and digital techniques of
experiment control are discussed. The labora­
tory portion o f this course allows experimenta­
tion with each o f these approaches. This course
is o f interest to anyone who wishes to use a
computer to automate a laboratory.
Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor.
Fall semester.

2 7 . N u m e ric a l M e th o d s.
This course will deal with the numerical
solution o f various mathematical problems,
pure and applied. The computer will be used
extensively.
Prerequisite: Math 6 and E23 or equivalent.
Fall semester.

3 4. V alu e s and Eth ic s in S c ie n c e and
Te ch no lo gy
(Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course
deals with topics such as the following: his­
torical and current attitudes toward tech­
nology; the nature o f ethics; origins and impact
o f professional ethics (chiefly in the engineer­
ing professions); ethical dilemmas faced by
engineers and scientists; values in the techno­
logical society; forecasting and assessment of
technological growth; how policy decisions
about technology are made; the role o f personal
ethics o f the engineer or scientist.
Open to all who have, or will have concur­
rently, completed the science distribution
requirement.
Spring semester.

35. S o la r E n e rg y S y s te m s .
Fundamental principles in the analysis and
design o f systems which collect, store, and use
the direct and indirect forms o f solar energy.

Examples o f current solar technology are used
as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic
mathematical models are used to describe the
performance o f components and systems. Cost
functions are developed for use in economic
assessments. Techniques for system optimiza­
tion are discussed. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 ; Physics 3, 4.
Fall semester, alternate years.

4 1 . T h e rm o flu id M e c h a n ic s.
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics;
first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, applications using system and
control volume formulation. Introduction to
fluid mechanics; development of conservation
theorems, hydrostatics, dynamics o f one-di­
mensional fluid motion with and without
friction. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
Fall semester.

5 7 . O p e ra tio n s R e se a rc h .
(Also listed as Economics 57). The principal
mathematical tools for optimal decision making
are presented and applied through case studies
from the private and public sectors. Topics
include assignment and transportation prob­
lems, linear and dynamic programming, deci­
sion making under uncertainty, game theory,
stochastic processes, and queuing theory. Also,
the working principles o f engineering economy
are introduced and combined with operations
research topics. This course may precede or
follow Mathematics 28 (Mathematical Pro­
gramming) for a strong introduction to the
theory and practice o f optimization. Normally
for sophomore and junior students.
Fall semester.

5 8. C o n tro l T h e o ry and D e sig n .
An introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re­
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters, and
numerical control algorithms. Laboratory in­
cludes design o f both analog and digital
controllers.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester.

Ill

Engineering

59 . M e c h a n ic s o f S o lid s .
This course deals with the internal stresses and
changes o f form when forces act on solid
bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas­
ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
Fall semester.

60. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and D esig n I.
An introduction to the fundamental principles
o f structural mechanics. Statically determinate
analysis o f frames and trusses. Approximate
analysis o f indeterminate structures. Virtual
work principles. Elements o f design o f steel and
concrete structural members. Includes labora­
tory.
Prerequisite: E59.
Spring semester.

6 1 . S o il and R o ck M e c h a n ic s: T h e o ry
and D e sign .
Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Topics
include soil and rock formation, soil mineral­
ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics,
consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope
stability, and bearing capacity. These topics are
applied to engineering design problems. In­
cludes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E59 or equivalent.
Fall semester; alternate years.

6 2. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and D esig n II.
Advanced structural analysis. Classical and
matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer
applications. Design o f steel and concrete
structures. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E60.
Fall semester; alternate years.

63. En viro n m e n ta l En g in ee rin g .
An introduction to the elements o f water
quality managment. Effects o f human activities
on water quality and quantity. Environmental
impact assessment. Analysis and treatment of
natural and wastewaters. Introduction to water
quality models. Laboratory and field studies o f
local water quality problems.
Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or
engineering.
Fall semester.

6 4. W a te r R e s o u rc e s .
An introduction to the fundamentals o f water
resources engineering. Pertinent areas o f hy­

112

drology, hydraulics, and systems analysis are
included. Fundamentals are related to engi­
neering aspects o f planning and designing water
resources projects. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12; E83 recommended.
Spring semester.

68. En v iro n m e n ta l Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require an understanding o f environmental
processes, including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. (Does not
satisfy distribution requirement.)

7 1 . C irc u its and S y s te m s .
Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and
other dynamic systems. Properties o f linear
system functions and their application to
system design, active systems and stability,
response to random signals, energy functions
and theorems, digital filters, state variable
analysis o f linear and non-linear systems,
optimization. Application o f theory to engi­
neering design. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Fall semester. O ffered when demand and staffing
permit.

7 3 ,7 4 . Ele c tro n ic C irc u it A n a ly s is and
D esig n I and II.
This course begins with an introduction to the
physics o f semiconductor devices and modem
device technology. The remainder o f the year is
devoted to the study o f analog and digital
circuits and includes an introduction to digital
logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar
and field effect devices are considered. Use of
the circuit simulation program SPICE is empha­
sized. Laboratory work is oriented toward
design problems.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a pre­
requisite for E74.

7 5 . Ele c tro m a g n e tic T h e o ry.
Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­
tions. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic,
dielectric and conducting materials. Forces.

motion, and energy storage. Field basis of
circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­
guides, transmission lines, and antennas. In­
cludes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics
18.
Fall semester.

7 8 . C om m u nica tion S y s te m s .
Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such topics
as information theory, coding, analog and
digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­
ing, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety of
practical systems such as television relay,
facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data
communications. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester, alternate years.

81. T h e rm a l En e rg y C o n v e rs io n .
Development and application o f the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conversion
systems. Brief examination o f world energy
supplies. Review o f the principles o f the first
and second laws o f thermodynamics. Develop­
ment o f the concepts of availability, reacting
and non-reacting mixtures, chemical and nu­
clear reactions. Applications investigated in­
clude: Rankine cycles, gas turbines, internal
combustion engines, heat pumps, and solar
energy systems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 1986-

substantial individual project.
Prerequisite: E 59 (may be taken concurrendy)
or permission o f instructor.
F all semester; alternate years. N ot offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

83. Fluid M e c h a n ic s.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case of
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the
conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy
are derived. These are then applied to the study
of flows o f inviscid and viscous, incompressible
and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent.
Spring semester; alternate years.

8 4 . H e a t Tra n s fe r.
A basic introduction to the physical phenomena
involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques
are presented together with empirical results to
develop tools for solving problems in heat
transfer by conduction, forced and free convec­
tion, and radiation. Numerical techniques are
discussed for the solution o f conduction
problems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14.
Fall semester; alternate years. N ot offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

90. En g in ee rin g D e sig n .

8 7.

This project-oriented course serves as a cul­
minating exercise for all Engineering majors.
Under the guidance o f a faculty member,
students investigate a problem o f their choice
in an area o f interest to them. In some cases,
group projects are possible. At the end o f the
semester students prepare a written report and
make an oral presentation.

8 2. En g in ee rin g M a te ria ls .

Spring semester.

Study o f the physical structure and properties
o f a wide variety of engineering materials, and
the processes by which they are transformed
into useful products. The course includes
analysis o f material microstructures, macro­
scopic physical properties, and in-service per­
formance with regard to mechanical, thermal,
electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plastics,
concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and structural
composites are considered, both with regard to
industrial processing and property modifica­
tion and to materials selection in engineering
design. Laboratory work includes exercises in
property testing and material selection, field
trips to materials-processing plants, and a

9 1. S p e cial T o p ic s.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable to
do so.

9 3. D ire c te d Reading o r P ro je c t.
W ith the permission o f the Department and a
faculty member who is willing to supervise it,
qualified students may do special work with
either theoretical, experimental, or design
emphasis in areas not covered by the regular
courses.

113

Engineering

96. T h e s is .
W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part o f his or her program in
the senior year. The student is expected to

submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.

P R E P A R A T IO N F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M IN A T IO N S
The Department will arrange External Examina­
tions in the following areas to be prepared for
by the combinations o f courses indicated.

Ele c tro n ic s

En e rg y C o n ve rsio n

Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II

Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy Conversion

Digital S y s te m s
Digital Logic,
Computer Organization, or Laboratory Computer Applications

W a te r R e s o u rc e s Engineering
Environmental Engineering
Water Resources

S y s te m s and C on tro l

S tru c tu ra l M e c h a n ic s

Circuits and Systems
Control Theory and Design

Mechanics o f Solids
Structural Theory and Design

C o m m u n ica tion s

M e c h a n ic s o f M a te ria ls

Electromagnetic Theory
Communication Systems

Mechanics o f Solids
Engineering Materials

En g lish Lite ra tu re

T H O M A S H . B L A C K B U R N , Professor
L E E O E V IN , Professor and Director o f The Theatre
C H A R L E S L J A M E S , Professor
H A R O LD P A G L IA R O , Professor and Chair
S U S A N S N Y D E R , Professor
P H IL IP M . W E IN S T E IN , Professor
T H O M A S P. L E F F , Associate Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre
P E T E R J . S C H M ID T , Associate Professor
C R A IG W IL L IA M S O N , Associate Professor
N A T H A L IE F . A N D E R S O N , Assistant Professor
L A U R IE L A N G B A U E R , Assistant Professor3
E L S IE M IC H IE , Visiting Assistant Professor
A B B E B L U M , Instructor
E L IZ A B E T H C H A D W IC K , Lecturer
M A R C E L L . C H E R R Y , Lecturer

This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, some
foreign literatures in translation, and critical
theory. The departmental curriculum is planned
to provide experience in several critical ap­
proaches to literature and play production, in
the intensive study o f works o f major writers,

the study o f the development o f literary types,
and the theoretical considerations implicit in
literary study. The Department also provides
some instruction in the writing o f poetry,
fiction, and drama, in acting, and in design for
the theatre.

ENGLISH LITERATURE
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course—English 2 through
15—is the prerequisite for all other courses in
literature. (Exempted from this prerequisite
are seniors; and juniors who have taken a
course in literature, including literature in
translation, offered by Modem Languages and
Literatures or by Classics—these courses are
numbered 11 or higher in the College Bulletin.
Also exempted are students who wish to take
only studio courses.) Introductory courses are
characterized by syllabi with less reading than
in advanced courses, by frequent short papers,
and by considerable attention to class discus­
sion; they are viewed by the Department as
particularly appropriate for freshmen; they are
Primary Distribution Courses. Enrollment will
be limited to 25 students per course; priority is
given to freshmen and sophomores. Students
will not normally take a second introductory

course. Only one such course may be counted
towards the major. The minimum requirement
for admission as a major or as a minor in
English is two semester-courses in the Depart­
ment. (Students with AP scores o f 4-5 in
English Literature and/or English Composi­
tion receive credit toward graduation. This
credit, when it is for work in English Literature,
may count as well toward distribution and
major requirements.)
Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
courses during the sophomore year. Majors and
prospective majors should consult a member of
the English Department for information about
courses in other departments complementary
to their work in English; work in foreign
languages is especially recommended.

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

115

English Lite ra tu re

Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course o f professional training, or to
seek teacher certification in English, should see
a member o f the Department for early help in
planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature.
Women’s Studies, or Medieval Studies. Stu­
dents planning to qualify for teacher certifica­
tion in English are reminded that work in
American literature and in linguistics or the
history o f the English language is required in
addition to other requirements o f the major.
M ajor in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight
semester courses in the Department, including
one in Shakespeare, at least two other courses
in literature written before 1830 (such courses
are marked with a *), and one course featuring
critical theory (such courses are marked with a
**). The Comprehensive Examination, taken at
the beginning o f the spring semester o f the
senior year, will be based on a list o f major
authors. This list will be available to majors and
prospective majors at least three semesters
before the date o f the exam itself.
M ajor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in the Honors Program must
prepare three or four papers in the Department,
two o f which must be on subjects covered in
seminars in Group 1 or on other early material
decided upon after consultation with the
Department. Majors must also take a course or
seminar that features critical theory (such
courses and seminars are marked by **).
M inor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Minors are ordinarily required to
prepare two papers in the Department.

I A . E x p o s ito r y W ritin g (W o rksh o p ).
Individual and group work as intensive prepa­
ration for further work and with applications
to a variety o f fields. For students to whom the
course is recommended. Does not meet the
distribution requirements. May be taken in
more than one semester, but for a maximum of
one and one half credits.
Each semester. Cherry.

IB . En g lish fo r Fo re ig n S tu d e n ts .
Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back­
grounds. Does not meet distribution require­

116

ments.
Each semester.

1C . Th e W ritin g P ro c e s s .
This course combines study o f theories of
composition and the teaching o f writing with
supervised experience applying the skills de­
rived from that study in paper comments and
conferences. Enrollment limited to students
selected as Writing Associates.
Fall semester. Blackburn.

2 . S c ie n c e and th e L ite r a ry
Im a g in atio n.
An introduction to the critical reading of
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact o f science
and scientific thinking on individual and
society.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1986-87. Blackburn.

3 . S tu d ie s in th e C o n stru ctio n
o f C h a ra c te r.
This course will examine different construc­
tions o f character in poems, plays, stories,
novels, and essays, with particular attention to
the connections between writing and identity.
Writers will include Shakespeare, Pope, Freud,
Hardy, Stein, W oolf, Barth.
Primary distribution course.
N ot offered 1986-87. Langbauer.

4 . Th e O u ts id e r.
Critical reading o f texts from the Renaissance
to the 1970s, with focus on the self/other
division and its problematics. We will explore
contradictory pulls toward separation and
merger in erotic and religious relationships as
well as the dislocations and transformations
generated by encounters with alien cultures,
the natural world, and the unacknowledged
parts o f the psyche itself. Writers will include
Shakespeare, Marvell, Charlotte Bronte, Con­
rad, Achebe, and Atwood.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Snyder.

5 . M o d e ls o f D e ve lo p m e n t.
This course will be concerned with models o f
male and female development, both psycho­
logical and social, in English literature. W e’ll
begin by reading some o f Freud’s case studies,
then consider a tragedy and comedy by
Shakespeare, some 19th- and 20th-Century

novels o f development written by both men
and women, and the poetry o f Wordsworth,
Adrienne Rich, and Sylvia Plath.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Michie.

6 . R ite s o f P a s s a g e .
The course will focus on various rites of
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously reflected
in different literary modes, and will examine
the shared literary experience itself as ritual
process. Topics will include innocence and
experience, transition and stasis, community
and liminality, and the mediation of the sacred
and the profane. Major authors will include
Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Williamson.

7 . C o m e d y.
A study o f the form and function o f comedy in
works by Shakespeare, Austen, Byron, Gogol,
Welty, Mclnemey, Beckett, and others.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Schmidt.

8. T h e Iro n ic S p ir it
This course focuses on the way the ironic
mode—both verbal and philosophical—accom­
modates responses to fundamental contradic­
tions and paradoxes. Authors include Shake­
speare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickinson,
Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison, and
selected poetry.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. James.

9 . Fo u r S e c u la r W rite rs o f the S p irit.
A study o f iconoclastic authors—Blake, George
Eliot, Shaw, and Lawrence—whose works
attack orthodox ways and offer moral alterna­
tives as necessary to human well-being.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1986-87. Pagliaro.

10 . W a y s o f S e e in g .
Perspectives o f writers and readers in a variety
o f literary contexts. This course will examine
point o f view, frames o f reference, modes of
perception: how authors "tell all the truth but
tell it slant.” We will consider how cultural
beliefs are propagated and changed by visual
and verbal devices. Works by Shakespeare,
Herbert, Le Quin, Bierce, Dickinson, Brown­

in g , E llis o n , W o o l f , P in te r.
P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse.
Fall semester. B lu m .

1 1 . Fig u re s in th e V e il.
A s tu d y o f th e p h e n o m e n o n o f d o u b le ­
consciousness in selected n a rra tive s a n d p o e tr y
w r itte n b y A f r o -A m e r ic a n s since th e C i v i l
W a r . A u t h o r s w ill in c lu d e C h e s n u tt , W . E . B .
D u B o i s , E l li s o n , H u g h e s , Z o r a H u r s t o n , J . W .
J o h n s o n , a n d selected p o e ts.
P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse.
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. Ja m e s.

13. S tu d ie s in Lite ra tu re o f
the F a n ta s tic .
W o r k i n g fr o m a fo u n d a tio n in th e p s y c h o ­
logical th e o rie s o f F r e u d a n d J u n g , th is cou rse
e xam in e s a v a r ie ty o f w o r k s w h ic h p o s it a n
a lte rn a tiv e re a lity , c o n fr o n t characters a n d
readers w ith p syc h o lo g ic a l d a rkn e ss , o r o th e r ­
w ise e x p lo re th e p o ssibilities o f fa n ta s y . A m o n g
te xts w e w ill c o n s id e r are Sir Gawain and the
Green Knight, Sh a ke s p e are ’ s The Tempest, M a r y
S h e lle y ’ s Frankenstein, p o e m s o f W . B . Y e a ts ,
a n d M a r q u e z ’ One Hundred Years o f Solitude.
P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse.
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. N . A n d e r s o n .

14 . Lite ra tu re o f C on sc ie n ce .
A r e p o e ts o u r "u n a c k n o w le d g e d legisla to rs,”
as S h e lle y b elieved? W h a t p o w e r d o e s a rt w ie ld
against ty r a n n y a n d injustice? T h i s co u rse
e xa m in e s v a rio u s lite ra ry a tte m p ts t o in flu e n c e
p u b lic o p in io n a n d p o lic y — fr o m A r is to p h a n e s ’
Lysistrata t o M a rg a r e t A t w o o d ’ s Bodily Harm—
in o r d e r t o e x p lo re th e issue o f p o litic a l
effectiveness.
P r im a r y d is trib u tio n co u rse .
Each semester. N . A n d e r s o n .

16 . S u r v e y o f En g lish L ite ra tu re , I .*
A n h is to ric a l a n d c ritic a l s u rv e y o f p o e tr y ,
p ro s e , a n d d ra m a f r o m Beowulf t o M i l t o n .
Fall semester. Pa g lia ro .

17 . S u r v e y o f En g lish L ite ra tu re , II.
A n h is to ric a l a n d c ritic a l s u rv e y o f p o e tr y ,
p ro s e , a n d d ra m a f r o m D r y d e n t o La w r e n c e .
Sprin g semester. P a g lia ro .

1 8 ,1 9 . A n In tro d u ctio n to A m e ric a n
C u ltu re .
T h i s te a m -ta u g h t c o u rse w ill o ffe r a n in te rd is ­
c ip lin a r y A m e r ic a n S tu d ie s a p p ro a c h to th e
d iv e r s ity , c o n tr a d ic tio n s , u n ity , a n d e v o lu t io n

117

English Lite ra tu re

o f culture in the United States from the
Puritans to the present. Authors to be read
include Jefferson, Melville, Stowe, Thoreau,
Twain, Crane, W harton, Cather, Ellison,
Faulkner, and Alice Walker, but the syllabus
will also include writers who are not tradi­
tionally thought to be part o f the "canon” o f
American literature. Non-literary materials
will also be studied, including town plans, art
and architecture, films, television, and music.
Thus the course will offer a blend o f works
from women as well as men, blacks as well as
whites, and popular culture as well as "high”
culture. Our inquiry will focus on four selected
topics for 1986-87, two per semester: for Fall
1986, Images o f the Frontier, and The Repre­
sentation of,Blacks; for Spring 1987, Views of
the City as Utopia or Inferno, and Portraits of
Class Differences. The course is conceived as a
two-credit, year-long course, but students may
also take it just for one semester in either the
Fall or the Spring for one credit.
Fall 1986 and Spring 1987. James, Schmidt, and
Weinstein.

20 . In tro d u ctio n to Old En g lish :
La n g u a g e , L ite ra tu re , and C u ltu re .*
The course will be an introduction to Old
English language, literature, and culture with an
emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry.
Initially, two days a week will be devoted to
learning the language and to reading selected
prose passages. One day a week will be spent on
a cultural topic such as history, art, architec­
ture, religion, or Germanic traditions. The
latter part o f the course will be devoted entirely
to the study o f Old English poetry. W ith the
permission o f the instructor this course may be
taken without the usual prerequisite course;
however, it may not serve in the place o f a
prerequisite for other advanced courses.
Not offered 1986-87. Williamson.

2 1 . C h a u c e r.*
Reading in Middle English o f most o f Chaucer’s
major poetry with emphasis on T he Canterbury
Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The course
attempts to place the poetry in a variety of
critical and cultural contexts—both medieval
and modern—which help to illuminate Chau­
cer’s art.
Not offered 1986-87. Williamson.

2 2 . M e d ie v a l En g lish L ite r a tu r e .*
The course is a survey o f English literature,

118

primarily poetry, from the 8th through the
15th century. Readings will include: Old
English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beowulf,
several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and
Troilus and Criseyde, selected mystery plays,
Everyman, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight,
Pearl, portions o f Piers Plowman, and Malory’s
LeM orte d ’Arthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury
T ales will be read in Middle English; other
works in translation or modernized forms. No
previous knowledge o f Middle English is
required.
Not offered 1986-87. Williamson.

23 . H is to ry o f the English Lan g u ag e .
A study o f English in its various aspects—
phonology, morphology, syntax, and seman­
tics—from Old English through Middle and
Early Modern to present day. The work will be
primarily linguistic, though literary texts will
be used as examples throughout. The course is
given as an occasional spring term tutorial to
highly motivated students who want to study
the various English languages and are willing to
do a good bit o f work in the traditional
linguistic workbook format. Students who are
interested should see the instructor during the
fall term to discuss the possibility o f the
tutorial. This course may be taken without the
usual prerequisite course; however, it may not
serve in the place o f a prerequisite for other
advanced courses.
Williamson.

25 . S h a k e s p e a re .*
Studies in Shakespearean text and performance.
W e will read: Richard III, 1 Henry IV, 2 Henry
IV, A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Merchant of
Venice, Macbeth, King Lear, The Winter’s
Tale, Coriolanus, Antony and Cleopatra.
Fall semester. Blum.

26 . R e n aiss an ce P o e tr y .*
Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan
age and early 17th century.
Not offered 1986-87. Snyder.

2 7 . T u d o r -S tu a r t D ra m a .*
Development o f the English drama in the
sixteenth and seventeenth ceuturies.
Not offered 1986-87. Blackburn.

28 . M ilto n .*
Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular em­
phasis on Paradise Lost.
Fall semester. Blackburn.

35. Eig h te e n th -C e n tu ry L ite r a tu r e .*
A study o f selected English prose and poetry
from 1660-1800, with some special attention
given to works that attempt to find order and
stability in the face o f social, religious, and
emotional doubt. Authors to be read include
Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Aspects of
Hobbes, Natural Supernaturalists, Graveyard
poets, and others will also be considered,
chiefly as background.
Not offered 1986-87. Pagliaro.

36. En g lish N o v e l, I.*
A consideration o f fiction from the 18th
Century to the Victorian period.
Not offered 1986-87. Langbauer.

38. R o m a n tic P o e try .*
A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure o f their works.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.

40. Q u e stio nin g the Tra d itio n .
This course will consider the process o f canon
formation by examining the works o f major
and minor nineteenth-century English nov­
elists, their contemporaries’ reviews o f them,
and current theoretical debates. W e will focus
on the ways that issues of gender and class
influence tradition. Writers include Bronte,
Gaskell, Collins, Braddon, Dickens, Trollope,
and Gissing.
Not offered 1986-87. Langbauer.

4 1 . Em in e n ce and Decadence:
Th e V ic to ria n P o e ts .
A study o f the poetry o f Tennyson, Robert and
Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Meredith,
the Rossettis, Wilde, and others, with particu­
lar attention to each artist’s response to the
stresses o f the era.
Not offered 1986-87. N. Anderson.

4 2 . En g lish N o v e l, II.
A consideration o f English fiction since 1850.
Not offered 1986-87.

43. S tu d ie s in En g lish Fic tio n .
This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Syllabi
vary from year to year, but the focus remains
on ideological premises and aesthetic practices
as these alter in the transition from Victorian to

Modem culture.
Not offered 1986-87. Weinstein.

4 5 . M o d e rn B ritish P o e try .
A consideration o f the major British poets
from Hardy to Ted Hughes, with particular
attention given to each poet’s individual
response to the circumstances o f modern life.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

46 . In tro d u ctio n to A n g lo -Iris h
Lite ra tu re .
This course will cover the background to the
modem literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings from
The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as from
Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey, Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Not offered 1986-87. Durkan.

5 1 . Fic tio n s o f A m e ric a n N a tu ra lis m .
This course examines several important at­
tempts by American writers o f fiction to
redefine the tragic experience in modern terms
and consistent with the way scientific method,
deistic faith, and biological discoveries con­
verged in their imaginations. Writers will
include Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theodore
Dreiser, W . D. Howells, Jack London, Frank
Norris, Edith Wharton, and Richard Wright.
Not offered 1986-87. James.

5 4 . S tu d ie s in A m e ric a n Fic tio n .
An introduction to the development o f the
American short story from the early nineteenth
century to the present, including work by
Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Wilkins,
Freeman, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, O ’Connor,
Welty, Barthelme, and Pynchon.
Not offered 1986-87. Schmidt.

55. M o d e rn A m e ric a n P o e try .
Selected poems and prose by Williams, H. D.
Pound, Stevens, Moore, and others.
Spring semester. Schmidt.

56. C o n te m p o ra ry P o e try .
Not offered 1986-87. N. Anderson.
5 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry A m e ric a n P ro s e .
An examination o f the myriad regional accents,
aims, and styles— from documentary realism to
symbolic fantasy—which distinguish Amer­
ican prose since World War II.
Not offered 1986-87. Schmidt.

119

English Lite ra tu re

5 8. T h e A m e ric a n A u to b io g ra p h y .
This course examines—through the genre of
autobiography—the American tendency to dis­
cover, assert, and recreate the Self. The range of
authors is meant to suggest possible pairings of
interrelated black and white works and includes
Benjamin Franklin, Frederick Douglass, Henry
Adams, Jane Addams, Gertrude Stein, Richard
Wright, Zora Hurston, Norman Mailer, Maya
Angelou, and Malcolm. X.
Not offered 1986-87. James.

59 . Th e B la c k A m e ric a n W rite r.
This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays
particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the
pastoral and "antipastoral” as thesis and
antitheses. Writers include Charles Chesnutt,
Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown,
Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and
James Baldwin.
Not offered 1986-87. James.

6 0. T h e C o n te m p o ra ry B la c k W rite r o f
th e U nite d S ta te s .
An examination o f the way history, myth, and
blues (as oral form) are transformed into meta­
phor, ritual, and motif by contemporary AfroAmericans. Writers discussed will include
Baldwin, Baraka, David Bradley, Paula Mar­
shall, Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, John
Wideman, and selected poetry.
Fall semester. James.

6 1 . A m e ric a n D ra m a .
A survey o f the development o f American
dramatic literature from the 1860s to the
present. Special attention is given to the role of
indiginous values as well as to the great
American myths o f the cowboy, Hollywood,
and the urban jungle as they have been
articulated in theatrical terms.
Fall semester. Leff.

65. P o e try W o rksh o p .
A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate, and talk about poetry.
W e will emphasize the discovery and develop­
ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic
voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns,
within the context o f contempory poetics.
Students should submit 3-5 pages o f poetry for
admission, at a time announced during fall
semester. The workshop will meet once a week
for three hours. Admission and credit are

120

granted at the discretion o f the instructor.
(Studio course)
Spring semester. N. Anderson.

66. Fic tio n W rite rs ’ W o rksh o p .
The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week for
three hours. In addition to receiving practical
help from fellow writers, students have an
opportunity to articulate and explore theoreti­
cal aspects o f fiction writing. Students should
submit one story for admission, at a time
announced during the fall semester. Admission
and credit are granted at the discretion o f the
instructor. (Studio course)
Spring semester.

69. C ollo q u iu m : S h a k e s p e a re .
Desire, death, and domestication o f love in
Shakespeare’s middle and late plays. Intensive
study o f M easure for M easure, O thello, The
W inter’s T ale, King Lear, Pericles, Coriolanus,
Antony and C leopatra, The Tempest with special
attention to genre study. Students may be
admitted to English 6 9 without having taken
English 25.
Spring semester. Blum.

7 0 . R e n aiss an ce C o m p a ra tive
L ite r a tu r e .*
(See CEL 70.) Humanism and "Counter-Ren­
aissance” developments in major writings of
Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabelais,
Petrarch, Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Marguerite
de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and
Cervantes (all studied in translation).
Not offered 1986-87. Snyder.

7 2 . P r o u s t, J o y c e , and F a u lk n e r.
Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f Things
Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and Ulysses
entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis
on the ideological and form al tenets o f
modernism.
Fall semester. Weinstein.

7 3 . P ro u s t and J o y c e .
An intensive comparative study. Readings will
include A Portrait o f the Artist as a Young M an,
Ulysses, and substantial portions o f A la
Recherche du temps perdu. Proust readings and
lectures will be conducted in French. Crosslisted as French 75, this course counts toward
concentration in either English or French. It
will explore the role o f the artist; the modernist
sense o f character; narrative experiments with

plot, style, and point o f view; the meanings of
time and memory.
Prerequisites: French 12 and an introductory
English course (or their equivalents).
Not offered 1986-87. Weinstein and Roza.

7 4 a . M o d e rn D ram a I: Ibsen to
A v a n t G a rd e .
A study o f the major dramatists from the turn
o f the century to the rise o f the avant garde.
Playwrights will include Ibsen, Chekhov,
Strindberg, Shaw, Pirandello, Brecht, O ’Neill,
Genet, Beckett, and Pinter. Theoretical readings
will include Stanislavsky, Nietzsche, Freud,
Brecht, and Artaud. There will be occasional
labs for working on scenes with professional
actors and for viewing film versions o f the
plays. (Crosslisted CEL 74a.)
Not offered 1986-87. Williamson.

74 b . M o d e rn D ra m a II: A v a n t Garde
and C o n te m p o ra ry .
A study o f a broad range of recent dramatic
writing. Particular emphasis on experimental
and radical theatre movements in England,
Germany, Poland, and the United States.
Authors include: Beckett, Bond, Stoppard,
Handke, Kroetz, Witkiewicz, Rozewicz, Shep­
ard, and Foreman. (Crosslisted CEL 74b.)
Not offered 1986-87. Leff.

7 5 . M o d e rn P o e try .
A consideration o f the various manifestations
o f modernism in English Language poetry on
either side o f the Atlantic. We will trace the
careers of the High Modernists Yeats, Lawrence,
Pound, and Eliot; weigh the American experi­
ments o f Stein, Stevens, Williams, and Mari­
anne Moore; review the impact o f Imagism and
the Harlem Literary Renaissance; examine brief
and extended poetic responses to some o f the
radical uncertainties engendered by early
twentieth-century history.
Not offered 1986-87. N. Anderson.

7 6 . Th e B la c k A fric a n W rite r.
This study gives particular attention to the way
black African writers portray Africa emerging
from the age o f myth—where the conceptuali­
zation o f time shaped and was shaped by a
traditional way o f life—into a conception of
time as we know it in our industrialized culture.
Readings will be chosen from works written in
English and in translation, including Achebe,

Armah, Ngugi, Sembene, Senghor, and Soyinka.
Not offered 1986-87. James.

7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p a ra tiv e Fic tio n .
This course will explore the relationships
between desire and the law, as well as the social
construction o f identity, in a range o f 19th- and
20th-century novels. Writers will include
Dickens, Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Tolstoy, Kafka,
and Faulkner. (Crosslisted as CEL 79.)
Not offered 1986-87. Weinstein.

80. S a tire .
This examination o f satire as a literary genre
focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­
phasis is placed on distinguishing between two
main conceptions o f satire and, therefore, two
different types o f satirists. Selections are
chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Shakespeare,
Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain, Huxley, Ishmael
Reed, and Nathanael West.
Spring semester. James.

8 2. R e p re se n ta tio n s o f W o m e n ’ s
Id e n tity .**
(Crosslisted as Psychology 52.) A study o f the
ways in which psychology, literature, and
literary theory illuminate women’s identity and
self-expression. By examining such material as
psychological case studies, fairy tales, poetry
and fiction by male and female authors,
psychological theory and literary criticism, we
will identify some o f the ways in which women
have been represented in our culture, the
consequences o f this representation, and pos­
sibilities for expanding self-awareness and
creativity.
Prerequisite: an introductory course in English.
Spring semester. Blum and Marecek.

84. Fo lk lo re and F o lk life S tu d ie s .
(See History 84.)
Not offered 1986-87. Morgan.

85. M o d e rn is m in A m e ric a n A r t
and L ite r a tu r e , 18 70 -19 3 0 .
An interdisciplinary study of the origins,
ideology, and development o f modernism and
anti-modernism in American culture between
1870 and 1930 using approaches from the
fields o f art history, American studies, and
literary criticism. Artists considered include
Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Achcan school,
the '2 9 1 ’ group, Hopper, and Wood; writers
include James, Wilkins, Freeman, Crane, Fitz­
gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Nathanael

121

English Lite ra tu re

W e s t.
P re re q u is itie s : in tr o d u c to r y cou rses in b o t h a rt
h is to r y a n d E n g lis h lite ra tu re . P e rm is s io n o f
o n e o f th e in s tru c to rs is r e q u ire d . (C ro s s lis te d
A r t 5 2 .)
N ot offered 19 8 6 -8 7. S c h m id t a n d H u n g e r fo r d .

9 2. T h e o ry o f th e N o v e l.**
A n e x a m in a tio n o f v a rio u s n a rra tiv e c o n v e n ­
tio n s , th e in te rp re tiv e p ro b le m s raised b y the
g e n re , a n d so m e o f th e c ritical a pproaches
c o n te m p o r a r y th e o rists h a ve ta k e n t o these
p ro b le m s .
Spring semester. M ic h ie .

8 7 . Film and Lite ra tu re C ollo q uiu m .

96. D ire c te d Reading.

T h e c o llo q u iu m w ill fo c u s each ye a r o n o n e o r
m o r e o f th e fo llo w in g to p ic s : th e w o r k o f a
d ir e c to r o r g r o u p o f d ire c to rs , th e p o ssib ilitie s
o f a p a rtic u la r film g e n re , th e issues o f critical
in te re st c o m m o n t o b o t h film a n d lite ra tu re .
F ilm s w ill b e ch o se n w ith a n e ye t o th e ir
in te re s t t o stu d e n ts o f lite ra tu re . S o m e m a y be
based o n fic tio n o r d ra m a ; o th e rs m a y share
fo r m a l c o n te n ts w ith a lite ra ry t e x t . T h e to p ic
f o r th is y e a r is u n re lia b le n a rra tio n in f il m w ith
a n e m p h a sis o n th e w a y s in w h ic h f il m m a y b e
u se d t o m ir r o r v a rio u s m e n ta l states f r o m
d a y d re a m t o n ig h tm a re . F ilm s w ill in c lu d e
Rashomon, W ild Strawberries, a n d Providence.
T h e a lte rn a tiv e slants o f fic t io n / film c o m b in a ­
tio n s w ill in c lu d e th e C l o c k w o r k O ra n g e s o f
B u rg ess a n d K u b r ic k a n d th e D a r k H e a r ts o f
C o n r a d a n d C o p p o la .
Spring semester. W illia m s o n .

S tu d e n ts w h o p la n d ire c te d re a d in g m u s t c o n ­
s u lt w i t h th e a p p ro p ria te in s tru c to r a n d s u b m it
a p ro s p e c tu s t o th e D e p a r tm e n t b y w a y o f
a p p lic a tio n f o r su c h w o r k b e fo re th e b e g in n in g
o f th e sem ester d u r in g w h ic h th e s tu d y is
a c tu a lly d o n e . D e a d lin e s f o r th e rece ip t o f
w r itte n a p p lic a tio n s are th e se co n d M o n d a y in
N o v e m b e r a n d th e fir s t M o n d a y in A p r i l .
N o r m a l ly lim ite d to ju n io r s a n d se nio rs.

9 0. C ritic ls m / T h e o r y C o llo q u iu m .**
A n in te n s iv e s tu d y o f Twelfth Night, M easure for
M easure, Hamlet, O thello, a n d The W inter’s Tale
o r T he Tempest in th e c o n te x t o f p s yc h o a n a ­
ly tic , d e c o n s tru c tiv e , g e n d e r-ce n te re d , a n d n e w
h is to ric a l c ritic a l a p p ro a c h e s. W e w ill also
in q u ir e t h r o u g h o u t in to the d e s ira b ility a n d
lim ita tio n s o f " a p p ly in g ” th e o r y t o d ra m a tic
te xts a n d p e rfo rm a n c e s .
Spring semester. B lu m .

9 8 ,9 9 . S e n io r Es s a y , S e n io r T h e s is .
I n th e fa ll sem ester o f th e s e n io r ye ar, C o u r s e
m a jo rs in th e D e p a r tm e n t m a y p u rs u e a lite ra ry
p ro je c t ( E n g lis h 9 8 ) o f th e ir o w n c h o o s in g . T h e
m a jo r p a r t o f th e sem ester is d e v o te d t o
p re p a rin g a n essay ( o r essays) u n d e r th e su p er­
v is io n o f a m e m b e r o f th e D e p a r tm e n t. A b r ie f
p ro s p e c tu s f o r th e p ro je c t m u s t b e s u b m itte d
f o r a p p ro v a l b y th e D e p a r tm e n t in A p r i l o f the
ju n io r year. B e fo re s u b m ittin g th is p ro s p e c tu s ,
C o u r s e m a jo rs s h o u ld c o n s u lt w ith th e D e ­
p a r tm e n t C h a ir m a n a n d w ith th e D e p a r tm e n t
m e m b e r w h o m ig h t su p ervise th e p ro je c t.
T h e p r o je c t, c u lm in a tin g in a n essay ( o r essays)
o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, w ill be c o m p le te d in D e c e m b e r
o f th e s e n io r year. S tu d e n ts w h o d o w e ll o n th is
p r o je c t a n d w is h t o d e v e lo p it in to a c o m p r e ­
h e n s iv e thesis w ill ta k e E n g lis h 9 9 in th e sp rin g
sem ester. T h e w o r k o n th e thesis w ill n o r m a lly
d eep en o r e x p a n d w o r k c o m p le te d d u r in g th e
fa ll.

SEMINARS: ENGLISH LITERATURE
G roup I

101. S h a k e s p e a re .

10 2. C h a u c e r and M e d ie v a l L ite ra tu re .

S t u d y o f Sh a kes p e are as d ra m a tis t a n d p o e t.
T h e em pha sis is o n th e m a jo r p la y s , w ith a
m o re r a p id re a d in g o f th e re m a in d e r o f th e
c a n o n . S tu d e n ts a re a d vis e d t o re a d th r o u g h all
th e p la ys b e fo re e n te rin g th e sem inar.
Each semester. S ta ff.

A s u rv e y o f E n g lis h lite ra tu re , p r im a r ily p o e try ,
f r o m th e 8 th th ro u g h th e 15 t h c e n tu ry w ith an
em pha sis u p o n C h a u c e r. T e x ts w ill in c lu d e
Beow ulf a n d o th e r selected O l d E n g lis h p o e m s ,
S ir Gawain and the Green Knight, C h a u c e r ’s
Troilus and C riseyde a n d a m a jo r p o r t io n o f The

122

Canterbury Tales, Piers Plowman, Pearl, Every­
man, selected m y s te ry p la y s , a n d p o rtio n s o f
M a lo r y ’ s L e M o rte d ’Arthur: B a c k g r o u n d read ­
ings w ill in c lu d e selections f r o m A n d re a s
C a p e lla n u s a n d B o e th iu s . W o r k s in C h a u c e ria n
d ia le ct w ill b e re a d in M id d le E n g lis h ; o th e r
w o r k s w ill b e read in tra n s la tio n o r in m o d e rn ­
ized v e rs io n s . M o d e m analogies su c h as G a r d ­
n e r’ s Grendel a n d B e rg m a n ’ s Seventh Seal are
o c ca sio n ally in c lu d e d . T h is se m in a r m a y b e
o p e n t o a d v a n c e d co u rse stu d e n ts w ith a special
in te re st i n th e p e rio d a n d t o m a jo rs in M e d ie v a l
S tu d ie s .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. W illia m s o n .

104. M ilto n .
S tu d y o f M i l t o n ’ s w o r k s w ith special em phasis
o n Paradise host.
Fall semester. B la c k b u rn .

105. T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a .
T h e d e v e lo p m e n t o f E n g lis h d ra m a f r o m
m e d ie v a l m o r a lity p la ys t o Ja c o b e a n tra g e d y
a n d c o m e d y.
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B la c k b u rn .

106. R e n a iss a n c e Ep ic .
T h e t w o m a jo r E n g lis h epics o f th e p e r io d ,
S p e n s e r’ s Faerie Queene a n d M i l t o n ’ s Paradise
Lost, c o n s id e re d in th e c o n te x t o f th e w o r k o f
each p o e t a n d in re la tio n to t w o a nte ced ents,
V i r g i l ’ s A eneid a n d Tas so ’ s Jerusalem Delivered.
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. S n y d e r.

108. R e n a iss a n c e P o e try.
P o e tic m o d e s a n d p re o c c u p a tio n s o f th e E n g ­
lis h R en a issa n c e , w ith em phasis o n S id n e y ,
S h a ke s p e a re , S p ense r, D o n n e , H e r b e r t , a n d
M a r v e ll.

Spring semester. S n y d e r.

109. Eig h te e n th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .
E x a m in a t io n o f th e lite ra ry fo r m s a n d critical
va lu e s o f th e age, w i t h special a tte n tio n g iv e n t o
th e w o r k s o f D r y d e n , S w ift , P o p e , a n d Jo h n s o n .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. Pagliaro.

110 . R o m a n tic P o e try .
E x a m in a t io n o f th e p o e tr y o f B la k e , W o r d s ­
w o r t h , C o le rid g e , B y r o n , S h e lle y , a n d K e a ts .
Fall semester. Pa g lia ro .

G roup 11

113 . T h e En g lish N o v e l.

118 . M o d e rn P o e try .

S tu d ie s in E n g lis h fic tio n f r o m th e e ig h te e n th

A s tu d y o f th e p o e t r y a n d c ritic a l p ro s e o f
Y e a ts , E l i o t , a n d S te ve n s in an e ffo r t t o d e fin e
th e ir d iffe re n c e s a n d t o assess th e ir in flu e n c e
o n la te r p o e ts a n d th e o rists.
Spring semester. N . A n d e r s o n .

c e n tu ry t o th e p re s e n t.
Fall semester. M ic h ie .

115. M o d e rn C o m p a ra tiv e L ite ra tu re .
S tu d ie s in f ic tio n f r o m F la u b e r t a n d M e lv ille t o
th e p re s e n t. F a ll a n d S p r in g re a d in g lists w ill b e
d iffe re n t.

Each semester. W e in s te in .

116 . A m e ric a n L ite r a tu r e .**
A s tu d y o f c e n tra l w rite rs o f th e A m e r ic a n
Renaissance, 1820 - 1865 : E m e r s o n , H a w th o r n e ,
M a rg a re t F u lle r , T h o r e a u , M e lv ille , W a l t W h i t ­
m a n , a n d E m i l y D ic k i n s o n . A s w e ll as closely
re a d in g selected te x ts , w e w ill place these
a u th o rs w ith in a b r o a d , in te rd is c ip lin a ry c o n ­
t e x t , in c o r p o ra tin g re c e n t w o r k b y A m e r ic a n
studies sch o la rs, in c lu d in g c o n te m p o r a r y fe m ­
in is t h is to ria n s , a n d M ic h a e l F o u c a u lt . Special
em pha sis w ill b e g iv e n t o th e r e v o lu tio n a r y
aesthetic a n d social im p lic a tio n s o f T ra n s c e n d ­
e n ta lism f o r v ie w s o f re lig io n , n a tu r e , language,
in d u s tria lis m , a n d th e " w o m a n ’ s sp h ere” in
so ciety d u r in g th e A m e ric a n Ren a issan c e.
Fall semester. S c h m id t.

119 . M o d e rn D r a m a .**
A s u rv e y o f d ra m a tic lite ra tu re f r o m Ib s e n to
th e p re s e n t. T e x ts w ill b e e x a m in e d b o t h as
scripts f o r liv in g th e a tre a n d as lite ra ry a n d
c u ltu ra l d o c u m e n ts . T h e se m in a r w ill v is it
v a rio u s th e a tre s , m e e t w ith acto rs a n d d irec­
to r s , a n d shape acting exercises. S e c o n d a ry
read in gs o n d ra m a tic th e o r y , c ritic is m , a n d
in te lle c tu a l h is to r y re le v a n t t o th e p la ys u n d e r
d isc u ssion w ill b e assigned each w e e k .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

120. T h e o ry o f C r itic is m .**
course designed to provide a working
knowledge o f the major schools o f contempO'
rary criticism.
Spring semester. S ta ff.
A

1 2 1 . M o d e rn B la c k Fic tio n .
A c o m p a r a tiv e a p p ro a c h t o b la c k fic t io n o f th e

123

English Lite ra tu re

U n i t e d S ta te s , A f r i c a , a n d th e C a r ib b e a n . T h i s
s tu d y a tte m p ts a u n ity o f them e s a risin g o u t o f
sh a re d expe rien ces o f heritage a n d exile— e xile
fr o m so u rce s, tr a d itio n , a n d lan d scape . E m p h a ­
sis w ill b e o n w o r k s b y W r i g h t , B a ld w in , a n d
M o r r is o n ( U . S . A . ) , A c h e b e a n d T u t u o la ( N i ­
g e ria ), M c K a y a n d H a r r is (C a r ib b e a n ).
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. Ja m e s.

180. T h e s is .
A m a jo r in th e H o n o r s P ro g ra m m a y elect to
w r ite a thesis as a s u b s titu te f o r o n e se m in ar.
T h e s tu d e n t m u s t select a to p ic a n d s u b m it a
p la n f o r D e p a r tm e n t a p p r o v a l n o la te r th a n th e
e n d o f th e ju n io r year. N o r m a lly , th e s tu d e n t
w rite s th e th e sis, u n d e r th e d ir e c tio n o f a

m e m b e r o f th e D e p a r tm e n t , d u r in g th e fa ll o f
th e se n io r year.
S t a ff.

183. Independent Stu dy.
S tu d e n ts m a y p re p a re f o r a n H o n o r s E x a m in a ­
t io n in a fie ld o r m a jo r fig u re c o m p a ra b le in
lite ra ry significa nce t o th o se o ffe r e d in th e
reg u lar se m in a rs. In d e p e n d e n t s tu d y p rojec ts
m u s t b e a p p r o v e d b y th e D e p a r tm e n t a n d
s u p e rvise d b y a D e p a r tm e n t m e m b e r. D e a d ­
lin e s f o r th e re c e ip t o f w r itte n a p p lic a tio n s are
th e se c o n d M o n d a y in N o v e m b e r a n d th e firs t
M o n d a y in A p r i l .

Staff.

THEATRE STUDIES
The Theatre Studies major is cross-disciplinary:
the study o f dramatic literature may include
work in English Literature, Modem Languages
and Literatures, and Classics; the study of
theatrical art may include work in theatre
history, theory, design, acting, production, and
directing. Theatre Studies at Swarthmore is
intended to be o f broad educational value
regardless o f professional intent. Courses open

t o all stu d e n ts em pha size h is to r y , th e o r y , a nd
p ra c tic e ; th o s e cou rses w h ic h c u lm in a te in
p u b lic p e rfo rm a n c e are o p e n t o m a jo rs a n d
o th e r s tu d e n ts w h o h a ve d o n e su b sta n tia l w o r k
in th e p r o g ra m . P e rfo rm a n c e o n ly em erges
f f o m c o u rse w o r k ; a n d p la ys are c h o se n t o
p r o v id e stu d e n ts w ith o p p o rtu n itie s t o w o r k
o n sp ecific p r o b le m s a p p ro p ria te t o th e ir
in d iv id u a l stages o f d e v e lo p m e n t.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
In t r o d u c tio n t o T h e a tr e ( T h e a tr e 1 ) is th e
p re re q u is ite f o r a ll o th e r courses in p e r fo r m ­
ance s tu d ie s . ( T h is p re re q u is ite d o e s n o t a p p ly
t o s e n io rs , n o r is i t re q u ire d o f th o s e w h o w is h
o n l y t o ta k e s tu d io c o u rse s.) T h e in tr o d u c to r y
co u rse is d e sign e d t o a c q u a in t th e s tu d e n t w ith
th e p rin c ip a l e le m en ts o f th e a tre s tu d y in ­
c lu d in g d ra m a tic a na lysis, th e o r y , d e sig n , a n d
a c tin g . T h e w o r k o f th e c o u rs e in clu d e s
re a d in g , d is c u s s io n , pra ctica l exercises, a n d
s h o r t p a p e rs . T h e c o u rse m a y c o u n t t o w a r d th e
m a jo r. T h e m in im u m re q u ire m e n t f o r a d m is­
s io n t o a m a jo r o r a m in o r in T h e a tr e S tu d ie s is
T h e a tr e 1 a n d o n e a d d itio n a l c o u rse f f o m
e ith e r d r a m a tic lite r a tu r e o r p e r fo r m a n c e
stu dies.
S tu d e n ts co n sid e rin g a m a jo r in T h e a tre S tu d ie s
are s tro n g ly u rg e d t o ta k e o n e o r t w o a d d itio n a l
cou rses d u r in g th e s o p h o m o r e y e a r. M a jo r s
a n d p ro s p e c tiv e m a jo rs s h o u ld c o n s u lt a

124

m e m b e r o f th e T h e a tre S tu d ie s fa c u lty f o r
in fo r m a tio n a b o u t courses in o th e r d e p a rt­
m e n ts c o m p le m e n ta r y t o th e ir w o r k in th e a tre .
T h e s tu d y o f th e a tre a n d d ra m a tic lite ra tu re in
fo re ig n languages a n d c u ltu ra l c o n te x ts is
s tro n g ly r e c o m m e n d e d . S tu d e n ts w h o p la n t o
d o g rad u ate w o r k o r t o f o llo w a co u rse o f
p ro fe s s io n a l tra in in g s h o u ld see a m e m b e r o f
th e fa c u lty f o r e a rly h e lp in p la n n in g th e ir
p ro g ra m s .

M ajor in the Course Program: T h e co u rse m a jo r
in T h e a tr e S tu d ie s re q u ire s te n cred its o f w o r k
in d ra m a tic lite ra tu re a n d p e rfo rm a n c e stu dies
as f o llo w s : a ) d ra m a tic lite ra tu re : a t least f o u r
cre d its in c lu d in g Sha kes p e are. W o r k s h o u ld
also in c lu d e a t least o n e c re d it in th e m o d e m
p e rio d a n d o n e c re d it besides Shakespe are
c o v e rin g m a te ria l w r itte n b e fo re Ib s e n . D r a m a ­
tic lite ra tu re courses m a y in c lu d e w o r k f r o m
E n g lis h L it e r a t u r e , M o d e m La n g u a g e s a n d

L ite r a tu re s , a n d C lassics. S tu d e n ts w ith th e
req u isite language skills are u rg e d t o d o th e
w o r k in th e o rig in a l language; b ) p e rfo rm a n c e
stu dies: a t least f o u r c re d its in c lu d in g P e r fo r m ­
ance T h e o r y , In tr o d u c tio n to D e s ig n , a n d t w o
s tu d io c re d its ; c ) th e s e n io r c o m p re h e n s iv e
e x a m in a tio n w ill b e g iv e n in t w o p a rts : i ) a
th re e -h o u r e x a m b ased o n a re a d in g lis t o f plays
a nd c ritic a l w o r k s d ra w n fr o m E n g lis h L it e r a ­
tu re , M o d e r n La n g u a g e s a n d Lite r a tu re s , a n d
C lassics. T h i s lis t is g iv e n t o stu d e n ts w h e n th e y
are a ccepted i n t o th e m a jo r ; ii) a ta k e -h o m e
essay d escribin g s o lu tio n s t o a rtistic a n d critical
p r o b le m s . A s e n io r essay o r p ro je c t ( T h e a tr e
9 5 , 9 6 ) is o p tio n a l; in te re ste d stu d e n ts s h o u ld
c o n s u lt w i t h th e a p p ro p ria te a d v is o r in th e
sp rin g o f th e ju n io r ye a r. A p p lic a tio n s f o r
in te rn s h ip s a n d special p ro je c ts s h o u ld b e
m a d e as fa r in a dvan c e as po ssible .

G e rm a n 5 2 . D a s Deu tsch e D ra m a .
G e rm a n 6 0. G o e th e ’ s Faust
G e rm a n 8 3 . K a fk a and D re ch t.
S p a n ish 4 0 . El T e a tro del R e n acie m e n to
y del S ig io de O ro .
S p an ish 7 5 . T e a tro H isp a n ic o a m e ric a n o C on te m p o ra n e o .
C la s s ic s 8 2 . Th e A n c ie n t T h e a tre .

Performance Studies Courses:
T h e a tre I . In tro ductio n to T h e a tre .
T h e a tre 2 . Tech n iq u es o f A c tin g .
T h e a tre 3 . P ro d u c tio n W brksho p .
T h e a tre 5 . S ce n e S tu d y .
T h e a tre 13 . T h e a tre H is to ry .

M ajor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: T h e h o n o r s m a jo r re q u ire s s ix o r eight
credits in c lu d in g Shakespe are S e m in a r a n d
S e n io r P r o je c t in p re p a ra tio n f o r th re e o r f o u r
p a p e rs . S e n io r P ro je c t w ill b e e va lu a te d in
p e rfo rm a n c e as w e ll as b y p a p e r. T h e m in o r
re q u ire s f o u r c re d its in p re p a ra tio n f o r t w o
p a p e rs . O n e o f th e pa p e rs fo r th e m in o r w o u ld
n o r m a lly b e S e n io r P ro je c t.
W i t h resp ect t o th e t w e n ty co u rse r u le , courses
in d ra m a tic lite ra tu re in E n g lis h L it e r a t u r e ,
C lsasics , a n d M o d e m La n gu a ge s a n d L it e r a ­
tu re s w ill c o u n t as p a r t o f th e m a jo r ; cou rses in
n o n -d ra m a tic lite ra tu re w ill n o t .

T h e a tre 1 4 . In tro ductio n to D e sig n .
T h e a tre 15 . A d v a n c e d Design .
T h e a tre 16 . P la y D irectin g .
T h e a tre 1 7 . P la y w rig h tin g W o rk sh o p .
T h e a tre 18 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry .
T h e a tre 2 3 . En se m b le I: S h a k e s p e a re .
T h e a tre 2 4 . En se m b le II: A c to rs
and T e x ts .
T h e a tre 25 . En se m b le II: S tu d ie s in
P e rfo rm a n c e .
T h e a tre 9 3. D ire cte d Reading.
T h e a tre 9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r E s s a y .

Dramatic Literature Courses:

Honors Seminars:

En glish 25 . S h a k e s p e a re .

T h e a tre 1 1 1 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry .

En glish 2 7 . T u d o r and S tu a rt D ra m a .

T h e a tre 180 . S e n io r P ro je c t.

En glish 6 1 . A m e ric a n D ra m a .

En g lish 1 0 1 . S h a k e s p e a re .

En g lish 69. C olloquiu m in S h a k e s p e a re .

En g lish 105. T u d o r and S tu a rt D ra m a .

En glish 7 4 a . M o d e rn D ram a I.

En g lish 1 19 . M o d e rn D ra m a .

En glish 7 4 b . M o d e rn D ram a II.

Fre n c h 10 2 . Le T h é â tre C la ss iq u e .

C E L 7 4 a . M o d e rn D ram a I.
C E L 7 4 b . M o d e rn D ram a II.

G e rm a n 10 8. D e u tsch e L ite ra tu r
nach 1950.

Fre n c h 4 3 . Le T h é â tre .

R u ssia n 10 9. C h e k h o v .

Fre n c h 7 0 . T h é â tre M o d e rn e .

G re e k 1 1 4 . G re e k D ra m a .

125

English Lite ra tu re

1 . In tro d u ctio n to th e T h e a tre .
T h i s c o u rse in c lu d e s sections o n d ra m a tic
a n a lysis, d e s ig n , a n d a ctin g. S e ve ra l s h o rt
pa p e rs are assigned a n d rehearsals are c o n ­
d u c te d in w h ic h th e class d iv id e s its e lf in to
sm a ll g ro u p s t o w o r k o n selected te x ts . R e a d ­
ings in c lu d e th e f o llo w in g : C h e k h o v , M i ll e r ,
S y n g e , S h e p a rd , B re c h t, Fe rg u s s o n , S h a n k ,
V e n t u r i, A p p i a .
P re re q u is ite f o r a d v a n c e d p e rfo rm a n c e studies
cou rses.
Fall semester. D e v i n , L e f f .

2 . Te ch n iq u e s o f A c tin g .
T h i s is th e basic a ctin g c o u rs e , th e p re re q u is ite
f o r all o th e rs . I t in clu d es sections o n h is to r y
a n d th e o r y o f a c tin g as w e ll as in te n s iv e w o r k
o n r e la x a tio n a n d c o n c e n tra tio n . T h e a tre 1 is
n o t re q u ire d as a p re re q u is ite . R e a d in g s w ill b e
d ra w n f r o m a m o n g th e fo llo w in g : S ta n is la v s k i,
B o l e s la v s k y , C h a i k e n , G r o t o w s k i . S t u d i o
c o u rse ; o n e c re d it.
Spring semester. D e v i n .

3 . P ro d u c tio n W o rksh o p .
T h is co u rse focuses u p o n a n d seeks t o reso lve
specific p r o d u c tio n p ro b le m s (s c e n e ry, lig h tin g ,
a u d io , c o s tu m in g , p r o d u c tio n m a n a g e m e n t).
T h e a tr e 1 is n o t r e q u ire d as a p re re q u is ite . M a y
b e re pe ate d o n c e f o r c re d it. S t u d io c o u rse ; o n e h a lf c re d it.
Spring semester. L e f f .

5 . S ce n e S tu d y .
A n a ctin g s tu d io f o r in te rm e d ia te a n d a d van c e d
s tu d e n ts w h o ch o o s e th e ir o w n p ro je c ts in
a c tin g te c h n iq u e a n d w o r k o n th e m w ith th e
in s tr u c to r ’ s s u p e r v is io n . M a y b e re pe ate d on c e
f o r c re d it.
P re re q u is ite : T h e a tr e 2 . S t u d io c o u rs e ; o n e h a lf c re d it.
F a l l semester. D e v i n .

tio n s f o r c o n te m p o r a r y theatrical d esign. P ra c ­
tic al a p p lic a tio n o f d esign p rin c ip le s in p ro je c ts
a n d exercises. (R e a d in g s : A p p i a , C r a ig , B r a u n ,
F . L . W r i g h t , K . B u r k e , B a c h e la rd , G ie d i o n .)
Fall semester. L e f f .

15 . A d v a n c e d D e sig n .
E x te n s iv e p ro je c ts in s u p p o rt o f th e En s e m b le
classes; a p p lic a tio n o f design p rin c ip le s to
sp ecific p ro b le m s o f p e rio d s ty le , th ea tre
a rc h ite c tu re , a n d th e c o lla b o ra tiv e process.
(R e a d in g s : T u a n , K le e , G . S te in , V e n t u r i, V .
T u r n e r , B a rth e s , G ie d i o n .)
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. L e f f .

16 . P la y D ire c tin g .
S t u d y a n d a p p lic a tio n o f th e a rtistic p rin c ip le s
th a t d e te rm in e th e c o n d itio n s o f p e rfo rm a n c e ,
w ith special a tte n tio n t o the issues o f a ctin g ,
d e s ig n , a n d t e x t . C la s s p ro je c ts w ill b e p re ­
sented t o th e p u b lic as a fin a l exercise. M e e ts
w ith A d v a n c e d D e s ig n w h e n p o ssib le ; a ttend s
rehearsals a t P e o p le ’ s L i g h t a n d T h e a tre C o m ­
p a n y . (R e a d in g s : C l u r m a n , S ta n is la v s k y , F o r e ­
m a n , G r o t o w s k i , B re c h t, B r o o k .)
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D e v i n .

1 7 . P la y w ritin g W o rksh o p .
P ro je c ts in p la y w ritin g . D is c u s s io n o f p la y sc rip ts s u p p o rte d b y s o m e re a d in g a n d analysis
o f a p p ro p ria te m o d e ls . A d m is s io n a t th e d is ­
c re tio n o f th e in s tr u c to r . S t u d io c o u rs e ; o n e
c re d it.
Spring semester. D e v i n .

18 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry .
A s tu d y o f th e d e v e lo p m e n t a n d e v o lu tio n o f
theo ries o f p e rfo rm a n c e as th e y a p p ly t o theatre
a n d re la te d a rts . A u t h o r s w ill in c lu d e A r is t o d e ,
D id e r o t , N ie tzs c h e , A r t a u d , G r o t o w s k i , R o la n d
B a rth e s.
Spring semester. L e f f .

13 . T h e a tre H is to ry .

2 3 . En se m b le I: S h a k e s p e a re .

T h e s tu d y o f selected p e rio d s o f th e a tre f r o m a
h is to ric a l p e rs p e c tive . E m p h a s is o n th e m a n i­
fe s ta tio n o f p h ilo s o p h ic a l, p o litic a l, a n d m o ra l
c o n d itio n s in d ra m a tic p e rfo rm a n c e ; co n sid ­
e ra tio n as w e ll o f th e p ro b le m a tic s o f read in g
o ld e r te x ts w ith in c o n te m p o r a r y fra m e s o f p e r­
fo rm a n c e . (R e a d in g s : N i c o ll , N a g le , R . G il m a n ,
P . A m o t t , G . W . K n ig h t , P e p y s , V . T u r n e r .)
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. L e f f .

T h i s class rehearses a n d presents scenes in
c o n ju n c tio n w ith courses a n d sem inars in
d ra m a tic lite ra tu re , p rin c ip a lly Sha kespe are.
T h e w o r k o f th e c o u rs e includ es research o n
p e rfo rm a n c e h is to r y a n d p re s e n ta tio n s t o th e
lite ra tu re classes. M a y b e repe ate d o n c e f o r
c re d it. S t u d io c o u rse ; o n e c re d it.
F a i l semester. D e v i n .

14 . In tro d u c tio n to Design .

T h e s tu d y a n d p ra ctice o f d ra m a tic choices.
U s in g th e w o r k s o f a m a jo r m o d e rn p la y w rig h t,

T h e s tu d y o f th e o re tic a l a n d h is to ric a l fo u n d a ­

126

2 4 . En se m b le II: A c to r s and T e x ts .

th e class w ill e x p lo r e th e proc ess o f m o v in g
f r o m s c rip te d t e x t t o d ra m a tic a r t. S o u rc e
m a te ria l in c lu d e s a ll o f th e p la y s , p o e t r y , p ro s e ,
a n d c ritic a l w r itin g o f th e selected a u th o r .
D u r in g th e se co n d h a lf o f th e c o u rse th e
e n s em b le w ill rehearse scenes, o n e -a c ts , o r a
fu ll-le n g th p la y , c u lm in a tin g in a p u b lic p e r­
fo rm a n c e . I n th e fa ll o f 1986 th e e n s em b le w ill
fo c u s o n th e w o r k s o f M e g a n T e r r y a n d C a r y l
C h u r c h ill, t w o w o m e n p la y w rig h ts c o n c e rn e d
w ith th e issues o f ge n d e r a n d id e n tity in
c o n te m p o ra ry s o c ie ty.
P re re q u is ite : T h e a tre 2 3 o r p e rm is s io n o f the
in s tru c to rs ; s tu d io c o u rse ; o n e c re d it.
Fall semester. L e f f a n d W illia m s o n .

25 . En se m b le III: S tu d ie s in
P e rfo rm a n c e .
F o r th e fir s t h a lf o f th e sem ester th e class m eets
w e e k ly , c h o o s in g a s c rip t a n d p re p a rin g f o r
rehearsal (lo c a tin g p r o p s , co s tu m e s , e tc ., lea rn ­
in g lin e s , c ritic a lly a n a lyzin g th e p la y ) . T h e
se c o n d h a lf o f th e sem ester w ill b e g in w ith a

b r ie f, in te n se rehearsal p e rio d fo llo w e d b y
p u b lic p e rfo rm a n c e . T h i s w ill in t u r n b e
fo llo w e d b y m o re rehearsal a n d a n o th e r , m o re
e x te n d e d , p u b lic r u n .
P re re q u is ite : T h e a tr e 2 3 . S t u d io c o u rse ; o n e
c re d it.
Spring semester. D e v i n .

9 3. D ire c te d Reading.
9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r E s s a y , S e n io r T h e s is .
A n essay o r p r o d u c t io n p ro je c t p re p a re d u n d e r
th e s u p e rv is io n o f a n a p p ro p ria te fa c u lty
m e m b e r. A p ro s p e c tu s m u s t b e s u b m itte d f o r
a p p r o v a l in A p r i l o f th e ju n io r y e a r. B e fo re
s u b m ittin g th e p ro s p e c tu s , m a jo rs s h o u ld
c o n s u lt w ith th e D ir e c to r a nd w ith th e fa c u lty
m e m b e r w h o m ig h t su p ervise th e p ro je c t. A
o n e -c re d it p ro je c t w ill n o r m a lly b e c o m p le te d
in th e fa ll o f th e se n io r ye a r. T h e fa ll w o r k m a y
serve as p re p a ra tio n f o r a larger p ro je c t t o be
c o m p le te d in th e sp rin g .
S ta ff.

127

H is to r y

M A R G A R E T A N D E R S O N , P r o fe s s o r 1
R O B ER T C . B A N N IS T E R , P ro fe s s o r
R . B . D O B S O N , C o r n e ll V is itin g P r o fe s s o r 5
K A T H R Y N L . M O R G A N , P r o fe s s o r 12
J E R O M E H . W O O D , J R ., P ro fe s s o r
H A R R IS O N M . W R IG H T, P ro fe s s o r
R O B ER T S . D U P L E S S IS , A s s o c ia te P ro fe s s o r a n d C h a ir m a n
L IL L IA N M . L I, A s s o c ia te P r o fe s s o r 2
M A R J O R IE M U R P H Y , A s s is ta n t P r o fe s s o r 3*
A N D R E W M . V E R N E R , A s s is ta n t P ro fe s s o r

COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
T h e D e p a r tm e n t o f H i s t o r y o ffe rs a range o f
courses o f va lu e t o all s tu d e n ts , f r o m s u rve ys t o
m o re specialized courses fo c u sin g o n a specific
p e r io d , th e m e , o r s u b fie ld . A l l courses a tte m p t
t o g iv e s tu d e n ts a sense o f th e p a s t, a n
a cq u a in tan c e w i t h th e so cial, c u ltu r a l, a n d
in s titu tio n a l d e v e lo p m e n ts th a t h a ve p ro d u c e d
th e w o r ld o f t o d a y , a n d a n u n d e rs ta n d in g o f th e
n a tu re o f h is to r y as a d is c ip lin e . T h e courses
em p h a size less th e a c c u m u la tio n o f d a ta th a n
th e in v e s tig a tio n , f r o m v a rio u s p o in ts o f v ie w ,
o f th o s e ideas a n d in s titu tio n s — p o litic a l, re li­
g io u s , so c ia l, a n d e c o n o m ic — b y w h ic h p e o p le
h a ve e n d e a v o re d t o o r d e r th e ir w o r ld .
S u rve ys
stu d e n ts
fie ld , as
range o f

are d e sign e d t o serve th e n eeds o f
w h o seek a general e d u c a tio n in th e
w e ll as t o p r o v id e p re p a ra tio n f o r a
u p p e r-le v e l co u rse s. F re s h m a n sem ­

in a rs e x p lo r e p a rtic u la r issues o r p e rio d s in
d e p th . A l t h o u g h these e n try -le v e l courses v a r y
s o m e w h a t in a p p r o a c h , th e y n o r m a lly co n sid e r
m a jo r issues o f in te rp re ta tio n , th e analysis o f
p r im a r y so u rce s, a n d h isto ric a l m e th o d o lo g y .

Prerequisites: S u r v e y s (n u m b e re d o n e th ro u g h
n in e ) are o p e n t o all stu de nts w ith o u t p re ­
re q u isite s. F re s h m a n sem inars are o p e n o n ly to
fre s h m e n o n th e sam e basis. U p p e r -le v e l
courses are g e n erally o p e n to all s tu d e n ts w h o
h a ve ta k e n a s u rv e y in th e sam e area , o r w h o
h a ve A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t scores o f 3 - 5 in the
same area, o r b y p e rm is s io n o f th e in s tru c to r
b ased o n w o r k in fie ld s related to th e s u b je c t o f
th e c o u rs e . E x c e p tio n s are courses " n o t o p e n
t o fre s h m e n ” o r w h e re specific pre re q u is ite s
are s ta te d . F o r co u rse s n o t c lea rly in th e area o f
o n e o f th e s u rve y s , please c o n s u lt th e in s tru c to r.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR
Prerequisites: T h e p re re q u is ite f o r a d m is s io n t o
th e D e p a r tm e n t as a m a jo r in th e C o u r s e o r
E x t e r n a l E x a m in a t io n ( H o n o r s ) P r o g ra m o r as
a m in o r in th e H o n o r s p ro g ra m is n o r m a lly at
least t w o H i s t o r y courses ta k e n a t S w a rth m o re
a n d a s a tis fa c to ry s ta n d a rd o f w o r k in all
co u rse s. A t least o n e o f these h is to r y courses
s h o u ld b e ta k e n w ith in th e H is t o r y D e p a r tm e n t,
a n d p r e fe ra b ly t w o f o r a d m is s io n t o H o n o r s .

1
2
3
5

A b s e n t o n le a ve ,
A b s e n t o n le a ve ,
A b s e n t o n le a ve ,
S p rin g se m este r,

128

fa ll sem ester, 1986 .
s p rin g sem ester, 1987 .
1986 - 8 7 .
1987.

Id e a lly p re p a ra tio n o f th e m a jo r s h o u ld in c lu d e
a t least o n e s u r v e y , a n d e ith e r a fre s h m a n
se m in a r o r u p p e r le ve l co u rse . S tu d e n ts w h o
in te n d t o c o n tin u e th e ir studies a fte r g ra d u a tio n
s h o u ld b e a r in m in d th a t a re a d in g k n o w le d g e
o f o n e o r t w o fo re ig n languages (p a rtic u la rly
F r e n c h a n d G e r m a n ) is n o w ge nerally assum ed
f o r a d m is s io n t o grad u ate sc h o o l.

I

I M ajor in the Course Program: T h e w o r k o f th e
I
I
I
I

m ajor in c o u rse consists o f a t least eigh t (a n d n o
piore th a n tw e lv e ) sem ester courses in th e
d e p a rtm e n t, cho se n so as t o fu lfill th e fo llo w in g
requirem ents:
(a) C o u r s e m a jo rs m u s t fu lfill ce rtain d e p a rt­
m e n ta l d is t r i b u t i o n r e q u ir e m e n ts . F o r
p u rp o s e s o f d is trib u tio n th e D e p a r tm e n t
has d iv id e d its co u rse s in to f o u r g ro u p s :
( 1) A n c i e n t , M e d ie v a l, a n d E a r l y M o d e m
E u r o p e th ro u g h th e 18 t h c e n tu ry ; ( 2 )
M o d e r n E u r o p e ( 19 t h - 2 0 t h ce n tu rie s);
( 3 ) th e U n i t e d S tate s ; a n d ( 4 ) A f r i c a , A s i a ,
a n d L a t i n A m e r ic a . C o u r s e m a jo rs m u s t
ta ke a t least o n e c o u rse f r o m each o f these
areas. B e y o n d th a t, m a jo rs are en cou rag ed
to c o n ce ntra te in fo rm a lly in to p ic s o r areas
o f special in te re st t o th e m .

j (b ) C o u r s e m a jo rs m u s t w r ite e ith e r a thesis
( f o r w h ic h th e y w ill receive a cad em ic
c re d it) o r a research p a p e r a n d c o m p re ­
he nsive e x a m in a tio n . ( 1 ) T h e s is . S tu d e n ts

w h o w is h t o ta k e a dvantag e o f th is o p t io n
m u s t s u b m it a p r o p o s a l f o r d e p a rtm e n t
a p p r o v a l b y M a y 1 o f th e ir ju n io r y e a r a n d
w ill b e e x p e c te d t o c o m p le te th e thesis ( b y
ta k in g H i s t o r y 9 2 ) d u rin g th e fa ll o f th e ir
s e n io r y e a r. A b r ie f o ra l e x a m in a tio n w ill
be based o n th e thesis. ( 2 ) R e s e a rc h pa p e r
a n d c o m p re h e n s iv e e x a m in a tio n . S tu d e n ts
c h o o s in g th is o p t io n m u s t, d u r in g th e ir
ju n io r o r s e n io r ye a rs, ta ke a t least o n e
u p p e r-le v e l co u rse in w h ic h a su b sta n tia l
research p a p e r is r e q u ire d . S u c h courses
are m a rk e d w ith a n asterisk ( * ) . T h e
c o m p re h e n s iv e e x a m in a tio n , t o b e g ive n
e a rly in th e sp rin g sem ester o f th e se n io r
y e a r, w ill in c lu d e b o t h w r itte n a n d o ra l
se ctions.

M ajor and minor in the External Exa m in a tio n
(Honors) Program: M a jo r s in th e H o n o r s P r o ­
g ra m m a y ta k e e ith e r th re e o r fo u r se m inars in
th e D e p a r tm e n t. M in o r s in th e H o n o r s P ro g ra m
are o r d in a r ily e x p e c te d t o ta k e a t least t w o
sem in ars.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS
I Advanced Placement. T h e D e p a r tm e n t w ill
(a u to m a tic a lly g ra n t o n e sem ester’ s c re d it fo r
in c o m in g s tu d e n ts w h o h a ve a ch ieved a score
H o f 5 in A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t h is to r y tests. T h is
(c re d it m a y b e c o u n te d to w a rd th e n u m b e r o f
(courses re q u ire d f o r g ra d u a tio n . I t m a y b e used
[in p a rtia l fu lfillm e n t o f th e college d is trib u tio n
jre q u ire m e n ts . F o r m a jo rs , it m a y serve as
. p a rtia l fu lfillm e n t o f th e d e p a rtm e n ta l d is trijb u tio n re q u ire m e n ts listed a b o v e . G ra d e s o f 3
land 4 m a y serve as p re re q u is ite f o r a d van c e d
(courses in h is to r y in th e sam e area ( E u r o p e a n
l o r A m e r ic a n ) as th e A d v a n c e d Pla c e m e n t
■course.
■ La n g u a g e A ttachm ent. C e r t a i n d e s ig n a te d
■courses o ffe r th e o p t io n o f a fo re ig n language
(a tta c h m e n t, n o r m a lly f o r o n e -h a lf c r e d it. P e rm issio n t o ta k e th is o p t io n w ill b e g ra n te d to
l a n y s tu d e n t w h o s e re a d in g fa c ility p ro m is e s th e
■ p ro fita b le use o f h is to ric a l sou rces in th e
■foreign language. A rra n g e m e n ts f o r th is o p t io n
■should b e m a d e w i t h th e in s tru c to r a t th e tim e
( o f reg istra tio n .

I

j l . E a rly Eu ro p e .
| E u r o p e f r o m th e rise o f C h r is tia n ity t o th e e n d

o f th e M i d d le A g e s . T h i s cou rse w ill stress th e
uses o f p r im a r y so urces.
Not offered 1986 -8 7.

2 . E a rly M o d e rn Eu ro p e .
F r o m th e late M id d le A g e s t o th e m id ­
e ig h te e n th c e n tu r y , fo c u sin g o n in te llec tu a l
m o v e m e n ts , varie tie s o f state fo r m a t io n , a nd
e c o n o m ic a n d social change.
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

3 A . M o d e rn Eu ro p e .
A to p ic a l s u rv e y f r o m th e O l d R e g im e t o the
C o l d W a r , w ith em phasis o n th e p o litic a l,
in s titu tio n a l, e c o n o m ic , a n d social fo rc e s th a t
h a ve sh a pe d m o d e r n E u r o p e . T o p ic s in clu d e
E n lig h te n m e n t a n d re lig io n , re v o lu tio n s a n d
r e fo r m m o v e m e n ts , in d u s tria liza tio n a n d th e
rise o f th e m o d e r n n a tio n -s ta te s , im p e ria lis m ,
a n d w o r ld w a r.
P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse.
Spring semester. A n d e r s o n .

3 B . M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n S o c ie ty and
C u ltu re .
A n in tr o d u c tio n t o th e h is to r y o f m a jo r ideas
a n d in te lle c tu a l m o v e m e n ts in r e la tio n t o social

129

H is to ry

realities a n d p o litic a l a c tio n f r o m th e eigh te en th
to th e tw e n tie th c e n tu r y . C h a n g in g c o n c e p tio n s
o f th e in d iv id u a l, state , a n d so c ie ty are e x a m ­
in e d in h is to ric a l c o n te x t.
P r im a r y d is trib u tio n co u rse .
F a l l. V e m e r .

4 . La tin A m e ric a .
T h e d e v e lo p m e n t o f th e L a t in A m e r ic a n area
f r o m p re c o n q u e s t tim e s t o th e p re s e n t. E m p h a ­
sis is o n th e p o litic a l, e c o n o m ic , a n d social
d e v e lo p m e n t o f B r a zil, M e x ic o , a n d A r g e n tin a ,
a n d o n recent attem p ts a t radical tra n s fo rm a tio n .
Optional Language Attachment: S p a n is h o r
P o rtu g u e s e .
Spring. W o o d .

5 . Th e U nite d S ta te s to 1 8 7 7 .
T h e c o lo n ia l exp e rie n c e a n d th e em ergence o f
a n A m e r ic a n social o r d e r ; R e v o lu t io n a n d
C o n s t i t u t i o n ; th e " f ir s t ” a n d " s e c o n d ” p a rty
s ys te m s; h u m a n ita ria n is m a n d social c o n tr o l in
th e a n te b e llu m r e fo r m ; s la v e ry , th e C i v i l W a r ,
a n d R e c o n s tr u c tio n .
F a l l. B a n n is te r.

6 . T h e U nite d S ta te s sin ce 18 7 7 .
In d u s tria lis m a n d th e A m e r ic a n social o r d e r ;
th e w e lfa re state f r o m th e S q u a re D e a l t o th e
G r e a t S o c ie ty ; w o r ld p o w e r a n d its p r o b le m s ;
th e 1960 s a n d its legacy.
Spring. B a n n is te r.

7 . T h e H is to r y o f the A fric a n A m e ric a n
P e o p le .
T h i s c o u rse is a to p ic a l s u rv e y o f th e h is to ric a l
legacy o f th e A f r i c a n A m e r ic a n p e o p le . It
b egins w ith a n c ie n t b la c k E g y p t p r i o r t o th e
im m ig r a tio n o f n o n -in d ig e n o u s A fr ic a n s t o th e
N i l e V a lle y . I t stu d ies th e c o n n e c tio n o f a nc ie n t
E g y p t ia n c u ltu re w i t h th e rest o f A f r i c a , a n d th e
im p a c t o f A f r i c a n c u ltu re o n A s i a , E u r o p e , a n d
A m e r ic a , p r io r t o th e r e b ir th a n d e x p a n s io n o f
E u r o p e . T h e struggles o f b la c k m e n a n d w o m e n
f o r lib e ra tio n in th e U n i t e d States are seen as an
" e x c itin g c h a p te r in th e h is to ry o f h u m a n it y .”
T o p ic s in c lu d e : b la c k s in science, b la c k n a tio n ­
a lis m , b la c k M u s lim s , b la c k Je w s , P a n A f r i c a n ­
is m , r e v o lu tio n a r y P a n A fr ic a n is m a n d th e
B la c k P o w e r idea.
Fall. M o r g a n .

8 . A fr ic a .
A s u r v e y o f A f r i c a n h is t o r y , w ith a n em pha sis
o n tro p ic a l A f r i c a in m o d e r n tim e s ; th e
d e v e lo p m e n t o f A f r i c a n n a tio n a lis m a n d th e

130

a c h ie v e m e n t o f in d e p e n d e nc e ; d iffe rin g per­
101
spectives o n th e A f r i c a n past.
An
Spring. W r i g h t .

A !

cor
A n h is to ric a l in tr o d u c tio n t o v a rio u s aspects of | Ind
tra d itio n a l C h in e s e c iv iliza tio n a n d c u l t u r e - Bril
language, lite ra tu re , p h ilo s o p h y , a r t , im perial' E m
a n d b u re a u c ra tic in s titu tio n s . T h e im p a c t ofj [frei
C h in e s e c iv iliza tio n o n o th e r p a rts o f A s i a will g o
Noi
b e e x a m in e d b rie fly .
F a ll. L i .
CIs

9 . C hin e se C iv iliza tio n .

IO B . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e T h ird
Reich and th e H o lo c a u s t

(Se
Noi

A n in te n s iv e e x a m in a tio n o f th e o rig in s , ideol- JCIi
o g y , a n d o p e ra tio n s o f th e N a z i re g im e , itsl(Se
e x te n s io n across E u r o p e , a n d responses o flF a l
v ic tim s a n d c o lla b o ra to rs . O p e n t o freshm en I
Cli
o n l y . E n r o l lm e n t lim ite d t o te n . Preference]
an
g iv e n t o fre s h m e n e n te rin g w ith A d v a n c e d !
(Se
P la c e m e n t sco re o f 3 o r b e tte r in E u ro p e a n ]
1
H is to r y .
Cli
Optional Language Attachment: G e r m a n .
Ce
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n .

Sp

IO C . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r:
T h e T w e n tie s in A m e ric a .

(&

| Cli

A n e x a m in a tio n o f s o m e m a jo r th e m e s inl(S<
tw e n tie th -c e n tu r y A m e r ic a n h is to r y as e v i-]F a
d e n c e d in th e careers o f le a d in g p e rs o n a litie s ]^
a n d in d ra m a tic e ve n ts o f th e 1920 s . T o p ic s willj-r-^
range f r o m p o litic s a n d re lig io n t o literatu re
act
a n d p o p u la r c u ltu r e . O p e n t o fre s h m e n o n ly ..
Nc
E n r o l lm e n t lim ite d t o te n . P referenc e g iv e n to
fre s h m e n e n te rin g w ith a n A d v a n c e d Placem ent 12
T1
score o f 3 o r b e tte r in A m e ric a n h is to r y .
to
P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse.
p!
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B a n n iste r.
lari

10 D . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e C old
W ar Era.

I va

Jsp

A fo c u s e d e x a m in a tio n o f th e o rig in s andl
persistence o f th e c o ld w a r f r o m th e g lob a li-l "
z a tio n o f c o n ta in m e n t t o th e pressu re o f | T i
dom estic c o n flic t T o p ic s include: the Eisenhow er -1 E *
D u lle s y e a rs , K e n n e d y ’ s C ris is M a n a g e m e n t, I
L B J a n d V i e t n a m , N ix o n / K is s in g e r ’ s D e te n te ,!
T r u m a n ’ s D e c is io n s t o D r o p th e B o m b a nd l ||
s u b se q u e n t n u clea r p o lic y d e cision s. O p e n to I -p|
fre s h m e n o n l y . E n r o llm e n t lim ite d t o ten. I ^
Pre fe re n c e g iv e n t o fre s h m e n e n te rin g w ith I ec
A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t o f 3 o r b e tte r in A m e ric a n I Q|
h is to r y .
I a
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y .
I pj

10E. Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e In va s io n o f
A m e rica.
!A s tu d y o f p r e -C o lu m b ia n A m e r ic a a n d a
c o m p a ra tive analysis o f in te ra c tio n s b e tw e e n
>of| Indians a n d E u ro p e a n s in c o lo n ia l S p a n is h a n d
B ritish A m e r ic a . O p e n t o fre s h m e n o n ly .
rial E n r o llm e n t lim ite d t o te n . Preferen c e g iv e n to
of freshm en e n te rin g w ith A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t o f
rill 3 o r b e tte r in A m e r ic a n h is to r y .
W ot offered. 19 8 6 -8 7. W o o d .

C la ssics 2 1 . A n c ie n t G re e c e .
(See listin g u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .)
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

ol' C la ssics 3 1. H is to ry o f G re e c e .
its l(S e e listin g u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la ssic s .)
of I F a ll. B u rr e ll.
ien
C la ssics 3 2 . T h e Rom an Republic
ice
and A u g u s tu s .
:ed
|(S e e listing u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .)
an
¡Spring. S ta ff.

jC la s s ic s 4 2 . G re e c e in th e Fifth
C e n tu ry R .C .
(See listing u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .)

C la ss ic s 4 4 . T h e E a rly R o m an Em p ire .

in I (See listin g u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .)
vi'jIF a li. M itc h e ll.

ies
rill

11. E a rly M e d ie va l Eu ro p e .

(T h e h is to r y o f w e s te rn E u r o p e f r o m th e
[accession o f D io c le tia n t o th e last C a ro lin g ia n s .
ly ( N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7.
to
:nt|i 12. L a te r M e d ie v a l Eu ro p e .

ire

[The history o f western Europe from the tenth
I to the fifteenth century, with particular emIphasis on the role o f France as the political,
I artistic, and intellectual headquarters o f medie­
val Christendom.
Spring. D o d s o n .

nd
ili- 13. M e d ie va l En gla nd.
on T h e p o litic a l, c u ltu r a l, a n d re lig io u s h is to r y o f
s-| E n g la n d f r o m th e R o m a n o c c u p a tio n t o 1 4 8 5 .
it, N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

te,
14. M e d ie v a l Eu ro p e a n Intellectual
id
H isto ry.
to
T h e h is to r y o f ideas in w e s te rn E u r o p e f r o m
:n.
the f if th t o th e fo u rte e n th c e n tu ry, w ith r o u g h ly
th
equal a tte n tio n b e in g p a id to th e d e v e lo p m e n t
an
o f p o litic a l th e o ry , th e o lo g y , p h ilo s o p h y , e d u ­
c a tio n , a n d science.
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

15. M e d ie va l Eu ro p e a n H is to rio g ra p h y .
W r itin g s o n h is to r y , f r o m A u g u s tin e t o F r o is ­
s a rt, a n d th e M i d d le A g e s , f r o m th e fifte e n th
c e n tu ry t o th e p re s e n t, w ill b e s tu d ie d . T h e
c o u rs e ’ s p u r p o s e is t o id e n tify changes in each
p e rio d ’s c o n c e p tio n o f th e M id d le A g e s .
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

16. Th e T w e lfth C en tury.
A s tu d y o f th e m o s t ra p id p e rio d o f change in
th e M i d d le A g e s , seen th ro u g h th e careers o f
seven re p re s e n ta tive fig u re s: A b e l a r d , B e r n a r d ,
J o h n o f S a lis b u ry , H e n r y P la n ta g e n e t, B a rb a rossa, L o u is V I I , a n d P o p e A le x a n d e r I I I .
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

18. C o u rt, C u ltu re , and Peop le in the
Reign o f R ich a rd II.
A n in te n sive in ve s tig a tio n , p a r tly based o n
p r im a r y so u rce s, o f m e d ie v a l E n g lis h civiliza ­
t io n a t its m o s t e la b o ra te stage. T o p ic s t o be
discussed w ill in c lu d e th e n a tu re o f k in g s h ip ,
th e H u n d r e d Y e a rs ’ W a r , W y c l i ff e a n d H e r e s y ,
a rc h ite c tu re a n d a rt o f th e c o u r t , C h a u c e r a n d
L a n g la n d , th e R o b i n H o o d legend a n d th e
t r iu m p h o f th e E n g lis h language.
Spring. D o b s o n .

*1 9 . Th e R e n a iss a n ce .
T h e em ergence o f a n e w c u ltu re in th e c ity states o f Ita ly b e tw e e n th e fo u rte e n th a n d ea rly
s ix te e n th c e n tu rie s , s tu d ie d in re la tio n t o th e
p o litic a l, e c o n o m ic a n d social c o n te x t. E m p h a ­
sis o n c u ltu r a l d e v e lo p m e n ts in c lu d in g h u m a n ­
is m , a r t , h is to r io g r a p h y , a n d p o litic a l th o u g h t.
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D u P le s s is .

23 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt En g la nd.
T h e tra n s fo rm a tio n o f E n g la n d in th e s ixte e n th
a n d s e ve n te e n th c e n tu rie s , f r o m th e R e fo r m a ­
t io n to th e G lo r i o u s R e v o lu t io n . T o p ic s in ­
c lu d e th e T u d o r p o l it y , p o litic a l r e v o lt a n d th e
em ergence o f p a rlia m e n ta ry m o n a r c h y , th e
reca stin g o f th e social s tru c tu re , th e rise o f a
c a p italist e c o n o m y , a n d th e c o u rse o f relig io u s
c o n flic t a n d change.
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D u P le s s is .

2 4 . T h e R is e o f C a p ita lism .
T h e tra n s itio n f r o m agrarian fe u d a lis m t o
in d u s tria l c a p ita lism in E u r o p e f r o m th e f o u r ­
te e n th t o th e n in e te e n th c e n tu rie s. E m p h a s is
o n v a r y in g p a tte rn s o f agrarian t ra n s fo rm a tio n ,
re s tru c tu rin g o f in d u s tria l p r o d u c t io n , e x p a n ­
s io n o f th e m a r k e t, class fo r m a t io n , e c o n o m ic

131

H is to ry

t h o u g h t, a n d id e o lo g y . A n a ly s is o f th eo ries
a b o u t th e o rig in s o f c a p ita lism a n d in d u s tria li­
za tio n . S o m e d isc u ssio n o f d e v e lo p m e n t in
E a s te r n E u r o p e , b u t m o s t a tte n tio n is g iv e n t o
W e s te r n E u r o p e , p a rtic u la rly E n g la n d a n d
Fra n c e .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D u P le s s is .

*2 5 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty and Change in
M o d e rn Eu ro p e .
A to p ic a l s tu d y o f E u r o p e a n w o m e n f r o m th e
la te r M i d d le A g e s t o th e tw e n tie th c e n tu r y .
Issues t o b e c o n s id e re d in c lu d e w o r k in g w o m ­
e n in p re in d u s tria l a n d in d u s tria l e c o n o m ie s,
fa m ily life , s e xu a lity a n d r e p r o d u c tio n , w o m ­
e n ’ s co lle c tive a c tio n , th e rise o f fe m in is m .
Fall. D u P le s s is .

*2 9 . V ic to ria n En g land.
E n g la n d f r o m th e 1830 ’ s t o th e e n d o f th e
n in e te e n th c e n tu ry . T o p ic s w ill in c lu d e la n d e d
a n d in d u s tria l so c ie ty, th e p o o r a n d r e fo r m ;
p ie ty a n d m o r a lity ; lib e ra lis m a n d its aesthetic
a n d m o ra l critics; Ir e la n d ; S p le n d id Is o la tio n
a n d E m p ir e ; a n d rep re s e n tative fig u re s o f th e
age.
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n .

3 2 . Eu ro p e o f the D ic ta to rs ,
19 14 -19 4 5 .
T h e assault o f ra d ic a l p o litic s , le ft a n d r ig h t, o n
th e social a n d p o litic a l fa b ric o f E u r o p e ; th e
in te ra c tio n o f d o m e s tic a n d in te rn a tio n a l c o n ­
flic t; th e crisis o f in d u s tria l c a p ita lis m ; n a tio n ­
a lis m , m ilita r is m , ra c is m ; th e firs t e ffective
e x p e rim e n ts in th e use o f id e o lo g y, te c h n o lo g y ,
a n d te r ro r as m eans o f social c o n tr o l.
O ptional Language Attachment: G e r m a n .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n .

3 3 . T h e Eu ro p e a n L e ft.
L e ft i s t m o v e m e n ts a n d ide olog ie s in th e n in e ­
te e n th a n d tw e n tie th centuries f r o m p r e M a r x ia n socialism t o p o s t-L e n in is t c o m m u n ­
is m . T o p ic s in c lu d e th e cha n gin g n a tu re o f
so cial p r o te s t, th e tra n s fo rm a tio n f r o m c o r p o ­
ra te t o class s o c ie ty , " u t o p ia n a n d sc ie n tific ”
M a r x is m , a n a rc h is m , tra d e u n io n is m a n d elec­
to r a l p o litic s , class consciousness a n d m ass
a c tio n , w a r a n d r e v o lu tio n , th e resp on sib ilitie s
a n d a lie n a tio n o f p o w e r .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. V e r n e r .

3 4. R e v o lu tio n a ry Fra n c e .
T h e tra n s fo rm a tio n o f F ra n c e f r o m th e ancien
régime t o th e 1848 r e v o lu tio n : th e crisis o f o ld

re g im e state a n d social s tru c tu re , Enlight-I tra
e n m e n t th o u g h t a n d th e r e v o lu tio n o f 1789 ] dil
S a n s -C u lo t tis m , r e v o lu tio n a ry w a r a n d terror] of
N a p o le o n , re s to ra tio n a n d re a c tio n , 1830 and de
th e J u l y M o n a r c h y .
Sp
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. V e rn e r .

*4

35. C u ltu re and P o litic s o f M od ern
Fra n c e .

T1
lé
A n e x a m in a tio n o f n a tio n , c itize n , a n d class °I
f r o m th e J u l y M o n a r c h y t o th e F i f t h R e p u b lic .
T o p ic s in c lu d e th e r e v o lu tio n o f 1 8 4 8 , m iddle
classes a n d b o u rg e o is c u ltu re , rise o f the
w o r k in g class, B o n a p a rtis m a n d C o m m u n e ,
R e p u b lic a n synthe sis a n d s ta b ility , radicals and
th e c h u r c h , a n ti-S e m itis m , p o la riza tio n and
d is in te g ra tio n , W o r l d W a r I I — co llab ora tion
a n d resistan ce , r e b ir th o f th e re p u b lic a n d end
o f e m p ire , G a u llis m .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. V e r n e r .

36. M o d e rn G e rm an y.

!in
ge
et

N
m
T

it
fc
ai
ai

sl

T h e d e v e lo p m e n t o f G e r m a n y f r o m a collection!
o f sm a ll to w n s a n d sm a ll states t o th e ly n c h -p in 4
o f th e p re s e n t E u r o p e a n b alance o f p o w e r. *
T o p ic s w ill in c lu d e : th e fo r m a tio n o f an ■/
im p e ria l state a n d its grasp f o r w o r ld p o w e r ; the ii
c o n flic t b e tw e e n a gra ria n ideals a n d industrial s
im p e ra tiv e s ; d e m o c ra tiza tio n a n d th e search fo r I
a n a tio n a l id e n tity ; c u ltu ra l efflo re sce nce and t
p o litic a l b re a k d o w n ; th e y o u th m o v e m e n t, a
a n ti-s e m itis m , a n d N a t io n a l S o c ia lis m ; d ivid e d I

G e r m a n y a n d th e "u n d ig e s te d ” G e r m a n y past.! I
O ptional Language Attachment: G e r m a n .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n .

3 7. M e d ie v a l and Im p eria l R u s s ia .
F r o m th e n in th c e n tu ry orig in s o f K ie v a n R u s
to R u s s ia ’s em ergence as th e G e n d a r m e o f
E u r o p e in th e n in e te e n th c e n tu r y . T o p ic s
in c lu d e th e M o n g o l y o k e , th e e v o lu tio n of
T s a ris t a u to c ra c y since Iv a n th e T e r rib le ,
sla ve ry a n d s e rfd o m , th e re la tio n s h ip betw een
th e O r t h o d o x c h u rc h a n d the state, W e s te rn i­
z a t io n , th e o rig in s o f th e in te llig e n tsia , a n d the
d is in te g ra tio n o f th e P e trin e service class sys­
te m .
Fall. V e r n e r .

38. R e v o lu tio n a ry and S o v ie t R u s s ia .
A c e n tu r y o f c o n tin u ity a n d change fro m |
A le x a n d e r I I t o B re zh n e v . T o p ic s includ e I
b u re a u c ra tic r e fo r m a n d reac tion in th e a u t o - 1
cra tic s ta te , th e inte llig entsia t r a d itio n , R u ssia n 1
M a r x is m a n d th e r e v o lu tio n a r y m o v e m e n t, the I

"■1

>ht-J tra n s fo rm a tio n o f a n agrarian e c o n o m y , th e
lib e ra lis m , th e re v o lu tio n s
ror o f 1905 a n d 1917 , L e n in is m versu s S ta lin is m ,
and d e -S ta lin iza tio n .
Spiring. V e r n e r .

’89j dilem m a o f R u s s ia n

*4 1. T h e A m e ric a n C olon ies.

lass

lie.
die
the
ne,

T h e fo u n d a tio n s o f A m e r ic a n c iv iliza tio n ,
1607 - 1 7 6 3 . T o p ic s tre a te d in c lu d e : th e d e v e l­
o p m e n t o f re p re s e n tative g o v e rn m e n t; d e n o m in a tio n a lis m a n d relig io u s to le r a tio n ; th e e m er­
gence o f a n e w social s tru c tu re ; ra cism a n d
ethnic re la tio n s; a n d E n g la n d ’ s im p e ria l p o lic y .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. W o o d .

on
>in

43. Je ffe rs o n ia n is m and the

5 2. Ed uca tion in A m e ric a .

he in te n s iv e ly o n co n tra s ts b e tw e e n th e Je ffe r ­
ial so nia n v ie w o f m a n a n d A m e r ic a a n d o th e r
or perspectives in A m e r ic a n p o litic s , c o n s titu ­
id tio n a l law , social th e o ry , re lig io n , lite ra tu re , a n d
it, I a rch itectu re . L i m i t e d e n ro llm e n t.
ed P re re q u isite : H i s t o r y 5 , 6 o r e q u iv a le n t,o r th e
it. I p e rm iss io n o f th e in s tru c to r.
Spring. W o o d .

44. A m e ric a in th e P ro g re s s iv e E r a ,
189 6 -19 2 0 .

JS M o d e r n iz a tio n , social c o n tr o l, a n d th e rise o f
jf the c o rp o ra te state. T o p ic s in c lu d e th e c o n tr o l
o f in d u s tr y , scie n tific m a n a g e m e n t, socialism

>f a nd th e so cial se ttle m e n ts , J i m C r o w , eugenics

a n d b ir th c o n tr o l, th e w o m e n ’s m o v e m e n t,
social science a n d th e rise o f th e " e x p e r t ,”
i-l a dvertising a n d th e ro o ts o f c o n s u m e ris m .
el N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B a n n iste r.

e,

n

a

e

1

4 9 . In tro d u ctio n to A m e ric a n
D ip lo m a tic H is to ry .

in th e c o lo n ie s a n d E n g lis h ideas a n d p ro je c ts
fo r e m p ire ; th e r e v o lt against c o lo n ia l status
and th e e la b o ra tio n o f a "r e p u b lic a n ” etho s
a nd "r e p u b lic a n ” in s titu tio n s , 1 7 63 - 1789 .
Spring. W o o d .

er.l A m e ric a n Ex p e rie n c e .
an A n in te rd is c ip lin a ry course w h ic h focuses

:s

Se le cte d th e m e s , v a r y in g f r o m ye a r t o ye a r.
T e n ta tiv e to p ic f o r 1 9 8 6 - 8 7 : Science a nd
S o c ie ty . N o t o p e n t o fre sh m a n .
N o t offered 1986 -8 7. B a n n iste r.

A c h ro n o lo g ic a l a p p ro a c h t o d ip lo m a tic h is to r y
in th e m o d e r n w o r ld w ith em pha sis u p o n th e
em ergence o f th e U . S . as a w o r ld p o w e r . I n th e
p e r io d f r o m 1789 t o th e fall o f S a ig o n , w e w ill
e x a m in e c o n flic tin g h isto ric a l in te rp re ta tio n s
o f fo re ig n p o lic y ; in flu ence s o f in te rn a l p o litic s ,
c u ltu r e , a n d te c h n o lo g y in th e m a k in g o f
fo re ig n p o lic y ; m ilita r y a nd strategic t h o u g h t,
in te rn a tio n a l c o n flic t, a n d th e issues o f n o n ­
in v o lv e m e n t a n d in te rv e n tio n in a pro g re ssive ly
in te rd e p e n d e n t w o r ld .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y .

ind
md *4 2 . Th e A m e ric a n R e vo lu tion .
on T h e c o n flic t b e tw e e n in te n sive s e lf-g o v e rn m e n t

nd

46 . T o p ic s in A m e ric a n Intellectual
H is to ry .

45. Th e U nite d S ta te s S in ce 19 45.
T h e C o l d W a r a n d M c C a r th y is m ; d o m e s tic
p o litic s f r o m T r u m a n t o R e a g a n ; s u b u rb a n iza ­
t io n , tec h n o lo g ic a l change a n d m ass so cie ty;
the N e w L e f t a n d th e c o u n te rc u ltu re ; C i v i l
R ig h ts a n d B la c k P o w e r ; w o m e n ’ s lib e ra tio n ;
W a te rg a te a n d th e Im p e ria l P re s id e n c y ; V i e t ­
n a m ; re v iv a l o n th e R ig h t .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y .

( A l s o liste d as E d u c a t io n 5 2 .) A h is to r y o f
p r im a r y , se c o n d a ry, a n d h ig h e r e d u c a tio n in
A m e r ic a f r o m th e E u r o p e a n a n d c o lo n ia l
o rig in s t o th e p re s e n t. T h e c o u rse w ill c o n s id e r
b o t h th e o r y a n d p ra c tic e w ith in th e c o n te x t o f
A m e r ic a n so ciety a n d c u ltu re , a n d in re la tio n
t o o th e r agencies o f so cialization.
P re re q u is ite : P e rm is s io n o f th e in s tru c to r.
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B annister.

53. B la c k C ulture and Black
C o n sc io u sn e ss.
E x p lo r a t io n in to th e re la tio n s h ip b e tw e e n
b la c k c u ltu re a n d b la c k consciousness w ith
em phasis p laced o n tw e n tie th c e n tu ry A m e r ic a .
L i m i t e d e n r o llm e n t. R e a d in g s a n d s tu d e n t
re p o rts f o r m th e c o re m a te rials f o r th e c o u rs e .
L e a r n in g th ro u g h discussions o n l y . S e m in a r
fo r m a t.
P re re q u is ite : P re v io u s w o r k in h is to r y , o r
p e rm is s io n o f th e in s tru c to r.
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M o r g a n .

5 4 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and P o litic s .
W o m e n in A m e r ic a n so ciety f r o m th e c o lo n ia l
p e r io d t o th e p re s e n t, w ith e m p h a sis o n th e
ch a n g in g n a tu re o f w o r k a n d th e s e p a ra tio n o f
sp h eres, th e rise o f fe m in is m , a n d th e resistance
t o w o m e n ’s rig h ts . N o t o p e n t o fre s h m e n .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y .

133

H is to ry

5 5 . T h e M a k in g o f th e A m e ric a n
W o rking C la s s .
A colloquium on the history o f the industrial
revolution in America. Includes a comparison
with Great Britain; technology and invention;
concepts o f time and work discipline; cultural
expressions o f class formation; community and
social change; research methods, new social
history, and cliometrics. The principal focus is
a cooperative research project on which indi­
vidual papers are written.
Not offered 1986-87. Murphy.

5 6 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .
An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as
reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis is
placed on the relationship o f the narratives to
the understanding o f the black experience in
the United States.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6 , 7, or 8 , or the per­
mission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87. Morgan.

*5 7 . O ra l H is to ry .
By examining the living past this course seeks to
emphasize the relevance o f history to modern
life with special emphasis on American subject
matter. Students will be taught the skills
requisite for the completion o f an original
research project that involves the collection,
classification, and analysis o f data selected
from both written and oral sources. General
discussion topics include folk religion, the role
o f the family, local and personal history, and
old ways in the new world. Some work will be
done off campus. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or permis­
sion o f instructor.
Fall. Morgan.

Religion 19. Q u a k e ris m .
(See listing under Department o f Religion.)
Spring. Frost.

72

I Jal
nit
cal
Nt
*6 3 . S o uth A fr ic a .
A survey o f South African history with an Nt
emphasis on Black-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems. 74
Topics include early African-European rela­ T1
tions; the Mfecane and the Great Trek; the ce:
impact o f large-scale diamond and gold mining; 1 rei
the role o f African nationalism; the origins and de
Ni
nature o f apartheid; recent events.
Ft
Fall. Wright.

I 7!
*6 6 . To p ic s in La tin A m e ric a n H is to ry , j n

Thematic as well as regional and national I ns
approaches varying from year to year.
1 vu
Prerequisite: History 4 or the permission o f the I N
instructor.
IN
O ptional Language Attachment: Spanish or I
Portuguese.
I 7
Not offered 1986-87. Wood.
I -j

6 7. T h e A fric a n in La tin A m e r ic a .

I e
I r

The history o f black people in French, Portu-1
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci- I
pation, the contemporary scene. Special atten- I
tion will be given to the impact o f African I
civilization on Latin countries, as well as to I
comparative analysis o f the experience o f l
blacks in that region and in the United States. I
O ptional Language Attachment: Spanish or 1
Portuguese.
I
Not offered 1986-87. Wood.

r
.

11

£
'
j

!

6 8. Fo o d and Fa m in e ; P a s t and P re s e n t. 1 1
*5 8 . T h e W orld o f D u R o is, R o g e rs ,
and Dio p.
This course deals with the impact o f writings of
three black twentieth-century intellectuals
on our knowledge o f world history in general
and the contributions o f Africa to world
civilizations in particular. First, the ideas of
W .E.B. DuBois; second, research on sex and
race in writings o f J. A. Rogers; third, African
origins o f civilization in writings o f C. A. Diop.
Prerequisite: Introductory history course or
the permission o f the instructor.
Fall. Morgan.

134

The production, distribution, and consump- j
tion o f food have affected the relationship of 1
peoples to their natural and social environ­
ments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the j
current world food problem differs from j
historical subsistence crises, and how food I
affects economic development and interna-1
tional relations.
Prerequisite: prior work in History or permis- I
sion o f the instructor.
Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1986-87. Li.

72. Ja p a n e s e C iv iliza tio n .
Japan’s history from its origins to the early
nineteenth century tracing its dominant politi­
cal, intellectual, religious, and cultural patterns.
No prerequisite.
Not offered 1986-87. Li.

7 4 . M o d e rn C hina.
The history o f China since the early nineteenth
century. Topics include the impact o f the West,
reform and revolution, nationalism, and the
development of the communist movement.
No prerequisite.
Fall. Li.

75 . M o d e rn Ja p a n .
The transformation o f Japan into a modem
nation-state, from the early nineteenth century
until the present.
No prerequisite.
Not offered 1986-87. Li.

7 7 . C hin a: T h e P o litic s o f H is to ry .
This course will examine, with particular
emphasis on political influences, the historiog­
raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the
I relationship o f the traditional Chinese view of
I the past to the Confucian state; 2 ) major
* ideological controversies from the late nine­
teenth century to the present; 3 ) the changing
views o f Western observers and historians,
both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­
ment.
Prerequisite: History 9, History 74, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87. Li.

8 1 . Th e N a tu re o f H is to ry .
Readings and discussion centering on the
nature o f historical writing, on the relationship
of historians to their times and cultural
environments, and on historical method and its
limitations. Readings include a broad range o f
historians and o f historical issues.
Limited enrollment. Open to majors and, with
the permission o f the instructor, to non­
majors.
Spring. Wright.

8 4. F o lk lo re and F o lk life S tu d ie s .
(Also listed as English 84 .) An introduction to
the major forms o f folklore and selected forms

o f folklife materials. The course includes the
study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs,
jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including
folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft,
magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the
function o f folklore in highly industrialized
modern societies as well as in traditional ones.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera­
ture.
Not offered 1986-87. Morgan.

8 7 . H is to ry Th ro u g h F o lk lo re and
L ite ra tu re .
A comparative analysis o f folklore and litera­
ture. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not ex­
clusively in the United States. Themes include
loneliness and friendship, love and death,
vocation and avocation, life after death, and the
resurgence o f the occult in United States
popular culture. Limited enrollment. Learning
through discussion only.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or per­
mission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87. Morgan.

8 9. W om en W o rk in g , W om en W ritin g .
An interdisciplinary investigation into the
experience and meaning o f women’s labor and
discourse in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries.
Prerequisite: An introductory course in either
English or History.
Spring. N ot offered 1986-87. Murphy.

9 2 . T h e s is .
A single credit thesis, available to all majors, on
a topic approved by the Department by May 1
o f the preceding spring.
Fall. Members o f the Department.

93. D ire c te d Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A.
Members o f the Department.

135

H is to ry

SEMINARS

1 19 . E a rly M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n
In telle ctual and C ultural H is to ry .

The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for a
degree with Honors. They may be taken
without regard to chronological order. Some
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.

European thought and culture in its social I
context from the breakup o f cultural unity I
following the Renaissance to the emergence of a I
new synthesis during the Enlightenment. Topics I
include the theology, appeal, and institutional- 1
ization o f the magisterial, radical, and counter I
Reformations; rationalism and pessimism; I
popular mentalities and witchcraft; intellectual I
and educational institutions; printing, literacy, I
and the diffusion o f learning; "high” and "low” I
Enlightenments. Attention will be given to I
conceptual and methodological issues in the I
study o f cultural history.
I
Spring. DuPlessis.
I
I

111. M e d ie va l Eu ro p e .
Western Europe from the Papal-Frankish aliiance o f the eighth century Co about 1300.
Not offered 1986-87.

116 . Th e R e n a iss a n ce .
Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society, and culture in Italian communes
between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen­
turies. Issues addressed include forms of
political and economic organization, varieties
o f humanism, political theory, changing histor­
ical consciousness, art and society. Much
attention is devoted to historiography.
Fall. DuPlessis.

117 . Eu ro p e in th e 16th and 17th
C e n tu rie s .
State, society, and economy in continental
Western Europe from the sixteenth to the mid­
eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on France,
Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on the
disparate patterns o f state formation, economic
development and social change; the relations
between economic and political transforma­
tion; political thought and ideology. Consider­
able attention will be given to comparisons
among states, the transition to capitalism, the
crisis o f the seventeenth century, the origins
and functions o f absolutism.
Spring 1987. DuPlessis.

118. Tudo r and S tu a rt En g la nd.
The rise o f parliamentary monarchy and
capitalist economy through religious reform,
political revolution, and socio-economic trans­
formation. Topics include popular rebellion,
the causes and nature of the two revolutions of
the seventeenth century, the rise o f the gentry
and crisis o f the aristocracy, enclosure and
agrarian change, the sources o f English eco­
nomic growth, Puritanism and political revolt,
the relation between science and religion.
Fall. Not offered 1986-87. DuPlessis.

136

I
I

1;

1

B
li
o
u
tl
p

0

ii
a
t
(
t
I
1

1

12 2 . R e v o lu tio n a ry Eu ro p e 17 5 0 to 1 8 7 0 .1

Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and Germany from the ancien régime to German
unification. Special emphasis on the origins
and nature o f the French Revolutions, the
Industrial Revolution in England and its consequences, class structure and conflict, German
nationalism, and the failure o f liberalism.
Fall. Vemer.

1

I
1
I
I
I
I
I

i
'

1

12 4 . En g la n d , 1 8 1 5 -1 9 1 4 .
The adjustments o f an aristocratic society to
the impact o f industrialization. Topics include:
the nature o f the English aristocracy; the
origins and impact o f the industrial revolution;
popular radicalism and the development o f a
working class consciousness; philosophic radicalism and the origins o f the welfare state; the
rise o f modern political parties and modes of
politics; Gladstone and Disraeli; religious revival, respectability, and Victorian morality;
imperialism; Fabianism, feminism, and tradeunionism; the problem of Ireland and the
growth o f Irish nationalism.
Not offered 1986-87. Anderson.

I
I
1

1
I

1
1
I
I
I
I

1

125. F a s c is t Eu ro p e .
A comparative study o f the social, intellectual,
and historical origins and development of
Mussolini’s Italy, Franco’s Spain, and Hitler’s
Germany. Some attention will also be given to
the Arrow Cross and Iron Guard movements
o f Horthy’s Hungary and King Carol’s Romania. Theories o f Fascism will be examined.
Spring. Anderson.

j
I
I
I
I
I
\

126. Eu ro p e in th e Lib e ra l E r a ,
18 7 0 -19 18 .
By 1870 constitutions, parliaments, and a
liberal economy were in place throughout most
of Central and Western Europe. This seminar
will examine these liberal structures, as well as
the challenges to them and their assumptions
posed by social and economic change; devel­
opments in social theory; the rise o f anti-liberal
ideologies and movements (such as racism,
anti-Semitism, and ethnic nationalism); the
birth o f mass politics, feminism, political
Catholicism, and international socialism; and
the Great War. Emphasis will be on the Great
Powers— Britain, France, Germany, and the
Hapsburg Empire— but some attention will be
paid to Italy and Spain.
Not offered 1986-87. Anderson.

128. R u ssia n Em p ire in th e 19th
and 20th C e n tu rie s .
From Emancipation to de-Stalinization. Salient
themes in Russian and Soviet history including
autocratic politics and bureaucratic reform, the
role o f social groups such as the intelligentsia,
nobility, peasantry, and workers, problems of
economic development, revolutionary theory
and practice, Leninist and Stalinist alternatives
of the Soviet system.
Spring. Vemer.

130. E a rly A m e ric a n H isto ry.
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects
of the period from the explorations to the early
National era.
Not offered 1986-87. Wood.

132. A m e ric a n P o litic a l H is to ry .
Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues
from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic,
and cultural context. Topics include the shaping
of the constitution; "republicanism,” "democ­
racy,” and the first and second party systems;
slavery, the Civil W ar and the constitution; the
social bases o f campaign styles and strategies;
the emergence o f the regulatory-welfare'state;
experts, interest groups, and the decline of
voter participation; the making o f the modern
presidency.
Fall. Bannister.

13 4 . A m e ric a n Diplom atic H is to ry .
A study o f the evolution since 1776 of
American relations with the outer world with
emphasis on ideological, economic, and strate­
gic developments.
Fall 1987. Murphy.

135. A m e ric a n S o c ia l H is to ry .
The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth
and twentieth century America. Topics include
fertility, mortality, and migration; industrial­
ization and the family; slavery and its aftermath; mechanization and changing patterns o f
work; social mobility, urbanization and sub­
urbanization; gender, class, and ethnicity.
Spring 1988. Murphy.

136. A m e ric a n Intellectual H is to ry .
Political, social, and literary culture from the
late eighteenth century through World War I.
Spring. Bannister.

14 0 . M o d e rn A fr ic a .
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800. Topics
include the impact o f the slave trade and its
end; the European partition and African
responses; different colonial systems; the rise
and nature o f African nationalism and inde­
pendence movements; independent Africa.
Individual case studies include Ghana, Nigeria,
Senegal, Zaire, Kenya, Tanzania, Zimbabwe.
Spring. Wright.

14 1. S o uth A fric a .
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present, with special emphasis on the
interrelatedness o f racism and capitalism since
the 1870s; on the rise and nature o f apartheid
and o f African nationalism; and on general
interpretative issues concerning South African
history.
Fall. Wright.

14 4 . M o d e rn C hina.
China from the late eighteenth century to the
present. Topics include: social and intellectual
currents in the late imperial era; Western
imperialism; rebellions, reforms, and revolu­
tion; political and social transformation in the
People’s Republic o f China.
Fall. Li.

137

H is to ry

148. La tin A m e ric a .
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Fall. Wood.

180. T h e s is .
W ith the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for either

138

single or double course credit. Double-credit
theses will normally be written in the fall
semester o f the senior year for submission as
papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.

1

1
1
1

1

In tern ational R e latio n s

Coordinator: J A M E S R . K U R T H

Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in their
programs, during the first two years, introduc­
tory courses in economics, history, and political
science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups

listed below may be incorporated in the
programs o f students who do their major work
in economics, history, political science, or
modem language.
Concentrators are required to have satisfacto­
rily completed eight or more course units from
among those listed below, including all those
listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and
one or more in Group III.

G roup I

Po litica l S c ie n ce 4 .
International Politics

Po litica l S c ie n ce 14 , or
Po litica l S c ie n c e 105.

Ec o n o m ic s 30 or
Ec o n o m ic s 105.
The International Economy

American Foreign Policy

G roup II

H is to ry 4 .

H is to ry 7 5 .

Latin America

Modern Japan

H is to ry 8 .

H is to ry 125 .

Africa

Fascist Europe

H is to ry 3 2.

H is to ry 128 .

Europe o f the Dictators, 1914-1945

Russian Empire

H is to ry 36.

H is to ry 134.

Modem Germany

American Diplomatic History

H is to ry 38.

H is to ry 14 0 .

Revolutionary and Soviet Russia

Modem Africa

H is to ry 49.

H is to ry 14 4 .

Introduction to American Diplomatic History.

Modern China

H is to ry 74 .

H is to ry 14 8 .

Modem China

Latin America

G roup III

Ec on o m ics 11.

Ec o n o m ic s 106.

Economic Development

Comparative Economic Systems

Ec o n o m ic s 3 1.

Ec o n o m ic s 109.

Comparative Economic Systems

Economic Development

Ec o n o m ic s 8 1.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 3.

Economics o f the Middle East

Comparative Politics

139

International Relations

I

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 18.

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 10 8.

I |

Political Development

Comparative Politics: Europe

I j

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 19.

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 10 9.

I (

Comparative Communist Politics

Comparative Politics: Africa and the
Third World

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 20.
Politics o f China

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 21.

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 110 .
Comparative Politics: Latin America

Politics o f Africa

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 2 2 .
Latin American Politics

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 4 1 .
Defense Policy

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 43 .
Food Policy: National and
International Issues

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 55.
Modern Political Theory

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 58.
International Political Theory

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 104.
International Politics

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 10 7.
Comparative Communist Politics

In planning the concentration students should
consult with the coordinator. Where appropriate, work taken abroad is encouraged and
may be counted toward the concentration
requirements. Students standing for external
examination for a degree with honors must take
examinations in four subjects taken for the
concentration, normally including international
politics, American foreign policy, and international economics. Students in the course
program will take a special comprehensive
examination program worked out with their
major department, concentration coordinator,
and the student. The comprehensive exam will
normally follow the format used by the major
department.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Lin g u is tic s

RO GER W O O D A R D , Assistant Professor and Program Director
S U S A N G . W IL L IA M S O N , Social Sciences Librarian
Committee: K e nn e th L u k (Chinese), Chair
S h a ro n A rm s tro n g (Psychology)
Ph ilip K e llm a n (Psychology)
Hugh La c e y (Philosophy)
G ilb e rt R o se (Classics)

I

Linguistics is the study o f language. On the
most general level it deals with the internal
structure o f languages, the history o f their
development and the role they play in influencing the entire spectrum o f human activity.
Linguistics attempts to arrive at an adequate
description of the phonological, syntactic, and
semantic components o f language, differenti­
ating those elements which are generic to all
languages from those which are particular to
any given language or family o f languages.
H istorical linguistics looks at the evolution of
these components over time. Sociolinguistics
centers on the link between language and the
social context in which it is spoken; mathemat­
ical linguistics on the formal analysis o f linguistic
structures; and psycholinguistics on the interplay
between language and the processes o f percep­
tion and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic
variables influence interaction at the individual
and societal levels, play a central role in shaping
the form and meaning o f literary expression
and constitute a significant area o f philosophi­
cal inquiry. Special majors bridging linguistics
with individual foreign languages, the human­
ities or the social sciences are encouraged for
Course students. All such programs are de­
signed on an individual basis to suit the
interests o f the student, but it is highly
recommended that Linguistics 108 or 114 be
included at some point in the course sequence.

I
I
I
I
I
I

i
\
I
I
I

1

The Honors Major o f Linguistics consists o f a
minimum o f three external examination prepa­
rations. Honors candidates in addition are
required to include Linguistics 108 or 114 in
their programs and to have developed competence in at least one foreign language beyond
the intermediate level through an advanced
course or an introductory literature course. All
Honors Linguistics majors are encouraged as
well to write a thesis in their senior year and to
organize their prior course and seminar work so

that they will be prepared to begin this project
in the fall o f their senior year.

1. Lan g u ag e —A n In tro d u ctio n .
An introduction to linguistics. The focus o f the
first portion o f the course will be upon analysis
o f the phonological, morphological, syntactic,
and semantic components o f human language
utilizing contemporary linguistic methodology.
The remainder o f the course will be concerned
with an examination o f linguistics in its broader
context. Topics investigated will include psy­
chology and language, sociolinguistics, language
change, and animal communication.
Spring semester. Woodward.

15 . Th e C hin e se Lan g u ag e .
(See Chinese 15.)
Not offered 1986-87.

25 . La n g u a g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
An investigation o f the influence o f cultural
context and social variables on verbal com­
munication. W e will discuss theories o f lan­
guage acquisition and language change in light
o f cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence.
The course includes readings from the three
major fields o f language and culture studies;
ethnography o f communication, sociolinguis­
tics, and sociology o f language. Language
projects in the community are included.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of the
instructor. (Crosslisted as Sociology/Anthro­
pology 25.)
Spring semester. Williamson.

26 . Lan g u ag e and M ea n ing .
(See Philosophy 26.)

30. Lin g u is tic s and th e H um an
S c ie n c e s .
An investigation o f structuralist thought in lin­
guistics, psychology, sociology/anthropology,
literary criticism, and philosophy. The first half
o f the course will focus upon (1 ) Saussure’s
Course in General Linguistics with attention

141

Linguistics

given to a comparison o f some o f Saussure’s
ideas with those o f Freud and Durkheim, and
(2 ) structuralism in post-Saussurean linguistics.
The remainder o f the course will be concerned
with the relationship between modem linguis­
tics and the human sciences. The ideas o f
Piaget, Lévi-Strauss, Barthes, Foucault, and
others will be discussed.
Fall semester. Woodard.

3 4 . P s y c h o lo g y o f Lan g u ag e .
An exploration into the ways in which the
syntactic, sound, and meaning elements of
language are represented in the mind and into
the effects these psycholinguistic structures
may have on the way we think, with special
emphasis on an attempt to interpret philo­
sophical and sociological (including feminist)
views in terms o f psychological theory and
research and on cross-cultural perspectives.
Other related topics may include language
development, animal and computer communi­
cation, language and the brain, second language
learning, and sexism and the politics o f lan­
guage. (Cross-listed as Psychology 34.)
Spring semester.

5 2. H is to ric a l and C o m p a ra tive
Lin g u is tic s .
An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment o f language families and their
interrelationships, and the examination of
processes o f linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic, and
semantic.
Fall semester. Woodard.

60. Lan g u ag e and th e B rain .
An investigation o f selected topics in neuro­
linguistics. Areas o f inquiry will include evolu­
tion o f the brain and language, brain laterali­
zation, brain injury and language loss and
speech errors.
Not offered 1986-87.

9 3. D ire c te d Reading o r R e s e a rc h .
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
Each semester. Staff.

3 5 . H is to ry o f Lin g u is tic s .

9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r P a p e r.

An examination o f linguistic study from an­
cient times to the present. Among those topics
which will be emphasized are the Indian, Greek,
and Roman grammarians, grammatical study in
the Medieval period, the Port Royal gram­
marians, and the Neogrammarians. Included in
the course will be the reading and discussion of
linguistic works from various periods as well as
recent articles on the history o f linguistic study.
Not offered 1986-87.

Both semesters. Staff.
Other courses o f particular interest to students
o f Linguistics:

C h in e s e 1B -2 B . In tro ductio n to
M a n d a rin C h in e se .
R u ssia n 16 . H is to ry o f the Ru ssia n
La n g u a g e .

SEMINARS
10 4. N a tu re and C u ltu re : C o n ve rg e n t
P e rs p e c tiv e s .
10 7. Lan g u ag e and T h o u g h t

interest.
Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1, or Psychol­
ogy 1 , or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87.

An intensive investigation o f selected linguistic,
psychological and philosophical approaches to
the elusive interaction o f language and thought.
Emphasis will be placed on developmental and
cross-cultural perspectives, and students will
be encouraged to undertake independent re­
search projects in their specific areas o f

A comparison o f models of linguistic descrip­
tion with emphasis on recent developments in
syntax and semantics.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f the
instructor.

(See Sociology/Anthropology 104).

142

108. S y n ta c tic T h e o ry .

1

N

1

(!

I 1 1 4 . A d v a n c e d T o p ic s in Lin g u is tic s .
I Not offered 1986-87.
I 116 . Lan gu age and M ea n ing .
I (See Philosophy 116.)

180. T h e s is
Each semester. Staff.

Lite ra tu re

Coordinator: T H O M P S O N B R A D L E Y

The Literature major is administered by a Lit­
erature Committee representing the Depart­
ments o f Classics, English Literature, and
Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work in
two or more literatures in the original language.
A student who intends to major in Literature
will submit to the Literature Committee a
proposed program o f integrated work which
sets forth the courses or seminars to be taken
and the principle o f coherence upon which the
selection is based. The Committee will review
the proposal and advise the student. Subject to
the requirement o f serious study o f at least two
literatures in the original language, one o f
which may be English, work in translation is
encouraged, especially as it consists o f thematic
or comparative courses. In lieu o f a regular
course, the Literature Committee will consider
proposals for an individual or cooperative
project, for one or more research papers
written as course attachments, or for the
substitution o f a thesis for course credit when
these projects have as their purpose either the
integration o f work within the major or the
relating o f work outside the major to some
portion o f the major.
For a m ajor in the Course Program the requirements
are as follow s:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work—normally not fewer
than five courses— in one o f the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modem Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents o f the Literature major.
O f English courses numbered 2 through 10,
only one may be counted for the major.

2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program of
work is developed. In some cases the Committee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follow s:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modem. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose of
integrating the work o f the major in accordance
with the principle o f coherence on which the
program is based.

I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Literature Majors in Course will meet with I
members o f the Literature Committee before I
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess I
informally the student’s progress under his or I
her proposal o f study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examination Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.

1
I
|

Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.

I
I
I

The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offer­
ings presently listed in the Catalogue:

S A L 50. C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n is h A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .

C E L 13 . M e d ie v a l C o m p a ra tive
Lite ra tu re .

En g lish 7 2 . P r o u s t, J o y c e , Fa u lk n e r.

C E L 14 . M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n Lite ra tu re .

En g lish 7 3 ./ F r e n c h 7 5 . P r o u s t/ J o y c e .

144

I
I
I
|

En g lish 7 0 . R e n aissan ce C o m p a ra tiv e
L ite ra tu re .

1

En glish 7 4 a . M o d e m D ram a I: Ibsen to
A v a n t G a rd e .
En g lish 7 4 b . M o d e m D ram a II: A v a n t
G a rd e and C o n te m p o ra ry .

En g lish 7 6 . Th e B la c k A fric a n W rite r.
En g lish 1 1 5 . M o d e rn C o m p a ra tive
Lite ra tu re .

145

M a th e m a tic s

J A M E S W . E N G L A N D , Professor and Provost*6
6 U D M U N D R . IV E R S E N , Professor o f Statistics 1
C H A R L E S F . K E L E M E N , Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics
E U G E N E A . K L O T Z , Professor
DAVID R O S E N , Professor
J . ED W A R D S K E A T H , Professor and Chairman
S T E P H E N R . M A U R E R , Associate Professor
C H A R L E S M . G R IN S T E A D , Assistant Professor
H E L E N E S H A P IR O , Assistant Professor
D O N H . S H IM A M O T O , Assistant Professor
M A R G A R E T C H R IS T E N S O N , Instructor o f Computer Science

People study mathematics for several reasons
—some like it, some need it as a tool, and some
simply because they think they should. The
Mathematics Department aims to provide a
selection o f courses to meet varying needs—to
offer a program which will both enable stu­
dents to develop a firm foundation in the basic
areas o f pure mathematics and to see mathe­
matical methods used to precisely define and
solve problems arising in the physical and
social sciences and in operations research.
Mathematics has grown enormously in recent
years, developing an increasing number o f
specialities and being used in a tremendous
variety o f applications. However, all mathe­
matical endeavor is based upon logical argu­
ment, abstraction, precise expression, and an
analytical approach to problem solving. Ideally,
the study o f mathematics develops the ability
to reason logically from hypothesis to conclu­
sion, to analyze and solve quantitative prob­
lems, and to express one’s thoughts clearly and
precisely. Hopefully, studying mathematics
will also foster an appreciation for the beauty
and power o f its methods, abstract approach,
and rigorous logical structure.
First Year Courses: Mathematics courses avail­
able to first semester freshmen with normal
high school preparation include Math 1 (Statis­
tics for Observational Data), Math 3 (Basic
Mathematics), Math 5 (Calculus I), Math 7
(Introduction to Computer Science), and Math
9 (Discrete Mathematics). In the second semes­
ter, Math 2 (Statistics for Experimental Data),

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.

6 O n administrative assignment, 1986-87.

146

Math 4 (Calculus Concepts), and Math 9
(Discrete Mathematics) are available, again
with only normal high school preparation.
Math 9 is a Primary Distribution Course.
Students with some calculus background from
high school may take Mathematics 6 by passing
the departmental Calculus I placement exam,
Mathematics 16 by passing the departmental
Calculus II placement exam, or Mathematics
16H by passing the departmental Calculus II
placement exam and receiving departmental
approval. All freshmen planning to enroll in
Mathematics 3 ,5 ,6 ,9 ,1 6 , or 16H at some time
are required to take the appropriate depart­
mental placement exams given during freshmen
orientation.
Advanced Placement Policy: Advanced placement
credit in Mathematics, that is, Swarthmore
College credit in mathematics for work done
before a student enters Swarthmore, is subject
to the following regulations: 1) One course
credit will be given for a score o f 4 or 5 on the
AB or BC Advanced Placement Test, or a
passing score on the Departmental Calculus I
Placement Exam administered during freshman
orientation week. 2) Two course credits will be
given for a passing score on the Departmental
Calculus II Placement Exam administered
during freshman orientation week. Students
can obtain a maximum o f two credits under
items 1 and 2. 3 ) Advanced Placement credit
will only be given to entering students at the
beginning o f their first semester at Swarthmore.

Computer Science: The Computer Science Pro­
gram at Swarthmore works in close cooperation
with the Engineering and Mathematics De­
partments to offer a broad spectrum o f courses
that may lead to a Concentration in Computer
Science. For details refer to the Computer
Science Program portion of this bulletin.
Secondary Teaching Certification: Whether or
not one majors in Mathematics, the courses
required as part o f the accreditation process for
teaching mathematics at the secondary level
are: a) three semesters o f calculus (Math 5, 6 ,
18); b) one semester o f linear algebra (Math 16
or 16A); c) at least one o f discrete mathematics
(Math 9 ) or computer science (Math 7); d)
geometry (Math 45); e) one semester of
modern pure or applied algebra (Math 37, 48,
or 49); f) one semester o f statistics or proba­
bility (Math 23 or 41). For further information
about certification requirements, consult the
Education Department (see page 107 o f this
catalog).
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice
determined by their intended major. Both
courses lead to Math 13 on multivariate
statistical analysis. Students who know calculus
should take Math 23 and students with a strong
background in mathematics can take the more
theoretical Math 53. Both courses lead to Math
57 on multivariate analysis. Students who want
a seminar in statistics can take Math 111.
Requirements for a major in M athematics: The
normal preparation for a major in mathematics
is to have obtained credit by the end o f the
sophomore year for at least 4 o f the following 5
courses: Calculus I (Math 5), Calculus II (Math
6 ), Discrete Mathematics (Math 9), Linear
Algebra (Math 16 or 16A or 16H) and Several
Variable Calculus (Math 18 or 18H). In any
event, Math 16 and Math 18 must be completed
by the first semester o f the junior year.
(Incoming students may obtain credit for Math
5 through the Advanced Placement Calculus
test or they may obtain credit for Math 5
and/or Math 6 through the department place­
ment exams administered dining orientation
week.)
Students apply for a major in the middle o f the
second semester o f the sophomore year. As
indicated above, potential majors by this time

should normally either have credit for or be
signed up for a total o f at least 4 o f Math 5 , 6 ,
9, 16, 18. In addition, to be accepted as a
mathematics major in the course program a
candidate should normally have a grade point
average in mathematics courses to date o f at
least C +. This should include at least one grade
at the B level. Marginal applicants may be
deferred pending successful work in courses to
be designated by the department. Requirements
for acceptance as a mathematics major in the
External Examination Program are more strin­
gent and include a grade point average in
Mathematics courses o f B+ or better. Potential
math majors may want to consider including in
the sophomore year a course that emphasizes
theory and provides an opportunity for writing
proofs. In 1986-87 one such course is M ath37,
Number Theory. Interested students should
discuss the advisability o f this and other
alternatives with the department chairman at
an early date.
By graduation a mathematics major must have
at least 10 credits in mathematics courses; at
most 5 o f the credits counted in the 10 may be
for courses numbered under 25. Furthermore,
every major must take the "core analysis”course,
Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47), and
the "core algebra” course, Introduction to
Modern Algebra (Math 49). Math 47 and Math
49 will be offered every fall semester. A t least
one o f these courses should be taken no later
than the fall semester o f the junior year. Finally,
course majors must also pass either the
Departmental Comprehensive Examination or
the Senior Conference, only one o f which will
be available in any given year.
A mathematics major in the External Examina­
tion Program will normally include the analysis
sequence—Introduction to Real Analysis (Math
47), Real Analysis Seminar (Math 101B)—for
one paper and the algebra sequence—Introduc­
tion to Modem Algebra (Math 49), Modem
Algebra Seminar (Math 102B)—for a second
paper. Math 101B and Math 102B are one
credit seminars and will be offered every spring
semester. A program that includes these two
papers plus two others from those seminars
listed in the catalog provide a strong preparation
for graduate work in mathematics and related
areas.

147

M ath em atics

Mathematics majors are urged to study in some
depth a discipline which makes use o f mathe­
matics. All mathematics students are urged to
acquire some facility with the computer.
Students bound for graduate work in mathe­
matics should obtain a reading knowledge of
French, German, or Russian.

Special emphases:
The above requirements allow room to choose
a special emphasis within the mathematics
major, if one wishes. For instance:
A student may major in Mathematics with an
emphasis on statistics by taking the following
courses at the advanced level: a) the core
analysis course (Math 47); b) Probability
(Math 4 1 ) or the Probability Seminar (Math
105); c) Mathematical Statistics (Math 53) or
the Statistics Seminar (Math 111) for one or
two credits; d) Multivariate Statistics (Math
57) or, perhaps, Econometrics (Econ 108).
Note that Math 111 for 2 credits meets c and d;
e) another mathematics course numbered 25 or
above. Students are encouraged but not re­
quired to select the core algebra course (Math
49) here.
Students interested in mathematics and computer
science should consider a Mathematics Major
with a Concentration in Computer Science or a
Special Major in Mathematics and Computer
Science. Details on these options are contained
in the current catalog under Computer Science.
Sam ple Program for students thinking o f graduate
work in social or management science, or an MBA.
Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 , 7, 9, 16, and
18. Advanced courses: a) Modeling (Math 61);
b) at least one o f Probability (Math 41), Mathe­
matical Statistics (Math 53), or the Statistics
Seminar (Math 111); c) at least one of
Mathematical Programming (Math 64), Com­
binatorics (Math 65), or Operations Research
(Econ 5 7 ); d) the two core course requirements
(Math 47 and Math 49); e) Differential
Equations (Math 30). Since this is a heavy
program (someone hoping to use mathematics
in another field must have a good grasp both of
the mathematics and o f the applications), one
o f the core course requirements may be waived
with permission o f the department.
Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate
work in discrete mathematics or operations research.

148

Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 , 7, 9, 16, and
18. Advanced courses: a) the two core course
requirements (Math 47 and Math 49); b) at
least two o f Mathematical Programming (Math
64), Algorithms (Math 73), Combinatorics
(Math 65 ); c) either Probability (Math 41) or
Probability Seminar (Math 105); d) at least one
o f Number Theory (Math 37), Mathematical
Statistics (Math 53), or Modeling (Math 61).

1. S ta tis tic s fo r O b se rva tio n a l D a ta.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using meth­
ods such as chi-square, rank correlation, and
regression analysis. The main examples are
taken from sample surveys and governmental
data, and the course is intended for students in
political science, sociology, and related disci­
plines making use o f observational data. The
course does not satisfy any mathematics pre­
requisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
(Normally offered every fall semester.)
Not offered 1986-87.

2 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ex p e rim e n ta l D a ta.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlation,
analysis o f variance, and regression analysis.
The main examples are taken from experimen­
tal research, and the course is intended for
students in biology, psychology, and related
disciplines making use o f experimental data.
The course does not satisfy any mathematics
prerequisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Spring semester. Iversen.

3 . B a sic M a th e m a tic s .
This course focuses on two objectives (1)
review and remedial work, and ( 2 ) preparation
for calculus. Some special attention will be
given to those whose previous experience with
mathematics has not been entirely prosperous.
Prospective students should take the Basic
Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably
at the Math Exam time. (The results will be
used to help determine both classroom topics
and individual strengths and weaknesses.)

Subject matter will be taken from logic,
algebra, trigonometry, and geometry. This
course cannot be counted toward a major in the
Department.
Fall semester. Grinstead.

4 . C alcu lu s C o n ce p ts.
This course, which covers the basic concepts of
one variable calculus, is particularly useful for
biology and social science majors. Topics to be
included are differentiation, integration, tran­
scendental functions, and extremal problems.
Topics are similar to those o f Math 5 but the
pace o f Math 4 is more gentle. Students may
not receive credit for both Math 4 and Math 5.
May be followed by Math 6 .
Spring semester. Staff.

5 ,6 . C alcu lu s I and II.
The first semester will cover topics in differen­
tiation and integration o f functions o f one
variable with some applications. The second
semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics
covered in the second semester include series,
improper integrals, differential equations, and
techniques o f integration. Math 6 may be taken
in the fall semester by passing the departmental
Calculus I placement exam. All students plan­
ning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall semester are
required to pass the appropriate departmental
placement exam. Students taking Math 5 or 6
in the fall semester are strongly encouraged to
take the half credit attachment, Math 6A,
Calculus and the Computer, see course descrip­
tion below.
5. Fall semester. 6. Each semester.

6 A . C alcu lu s and th e C o m p u te r.
A practical introduction to computer use
including interactive operating protocol, word
processing, graphics packages, and elementary
programming in BASIC and FORTRAN 77.
Assumes no prior background in computing.
Students attend one weekly lecture in Comput­
ing from the User’s End (Physics 2) and one
weekly laboratory workshop. Workshops will
stress computer applications appropriate to
Math 5 and Math 6 . Students cannot obtain
credit for both Physics 2 and Math 6A. Physics
1 and Physics 3 students are required to take
Physics 2. This course cannot be counted
toward a major in Mathematics.
One half credit.
Fall semester.

7 . In tro d u ctio n to C o m p u te r S c ie n c e .
(Also listed as Computer Science 15) This
course is an introduction to computer science
for students from all disciplines. The major
emphasis o f the course is on problem solving
and algorithm development. Students are intro­
duced to the Pascal programming language and
gain proficiency in it by writing programs to
solve a number o f illustrative problems. Stu­
dents are also informally introduced to many
topics in computer science including: hardware
organization; system software; programming
style and documentation; program testing and
verification; fundamental data structures such
as arrays, records, and linked lists; basic
algorithms for searching and sorting; analysis
of algorithms; computability; and artificial
intelligence.
Prerequisite: Computing from the User’s End
(Physics 2 ) or its equivalent.
Each semester. Fall semester. Christensen.

9 . D is c re te M a th e m a tic s .
An introduction to noncontinuous mathe­
matics. The key theme is how induction,
iteration, and recursion can help one discover,
compute, and prove solutions to various
problems—often problems o f interest in com­
puter science, social science, or management.
Topics include algorithms, graph theory, count­
ing, difference equations, and finite probability.
Special emphasis on how to write Mathematics.
Prerequisite: 4 years o f high school mathe­
matics. The level o f sophistication (but not
background) is similar to Math 16 or 18.
Familiarity with some computer language is
helpful but not necessary.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Fall semester. Maurer.

13 . M u ltiv a ria te S ta tis tic a l A n a ly s is .
Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the
course deals mainly with the study o f relation­
ships among three or more variables. Included
are such topics as multiple regression analysis,
with multiple and partial correlation, several
variable analysis o f variance, and the analysis of
multidimensional contingency tables. The
course ends with an introduction to Bayesian
methods. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite nor can it be counted

149

M a th em atics

toward a major or minor in the Department.
Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ 4
or Soc/Anthr 18 or 19 or 20.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1986- 87.

16 . Lin e a r A lg e b ra .
The subject matter o f this course consists of
vector spaces, matrices, and linear transforma­
tion with application to solutions o f systems of
linear equations, determinants, and the eigen­
value problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 6
or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart­
mental Calculus II placement exam.
Each semester. Fall semester. Shimamoto.

16 A . Lin e a r A lg e b ra and
D iffe re n tia l Eq u a tio n s .
This course will cover the main topics o f Linear
Algebra (Math 16) and Differential Equations
(Math 3 0 ) in one semester and is an alternative
to taking both Math 16 and Math 30. These
two subjects are closely related. Differential
equations requires certain techniques from
linear algebra and at the same time provides
examples and applications o f many concepts of
linear algebra. Topics: Linear algebra—matrices,
vector spaces, solutions to linear systems,
determinants, eigenvalues, linear transforma­
tions. Differential equations—linear differential
equations (constant and non-constant coef­
ficients), the Wronskian, power series meth­
ods, systems o f differential equations. As time
permits: orthogonality and least square ap­
proximations. Level and pace will be the same
as for Math 16.
Prerequisite: Grade o f C or better in Math 6 .
Fall semester. Skeath.

16 H . Lin e a r A lg e b ra H o n o rs C o u rs e .
This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its
standard counterpart (the subject matter will
be equally as valuable in applied situations, but
applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who enter with BC Advanced Placement
calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math 6 or
Math 9 or a passing grade on the departmental
Calculus II placement exam.
Fall semester. Maurer.

150

18 . S e v e ra l V aria ble C alcu lus.
This course considers differentiation and inte­
gration o f functions o f several variables with
special emphasis on two and three dimensions.
Topics include partial differentiation, extreme
value problems, LaGrange multipliers, multiple
integrals, line and surface integrals, Stokes’ and
Green’s Theorems.
Prerequisite: Math 6 or equivalent.
Recommended: Math 16 or Math 16A.
Each semester.

18 H . S e v e ra l V aria ble C alcu lus
H o n o rs C o u rs e .
This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its
standard counterpart (the subject matter will
be equally as valuable in applied situations, but
applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who have successfully completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.

2 3 . S ta tis tic s .
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a
higher mathematical level. The course is in­
tended for anyone who wants an introduction
to the application o f statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
(Normally offered every fall semester.)
W ill be offered spring semester, 1986-87. Iversen.

3 0 . D iffe re n tia l Eq u a tio n s.
An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximation
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math 18 and 16 or permission of
the instructor.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87.

3 7. N u m b e r T h e o ry .
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts, and
the theory o f multiplicative number theory will
be developed. Students are also expected to
learn how to construct a mathematical proof.
This course is recommended for potential
mathematics majors.

Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Alternate years.
Spring semester.

4 1 . P ro b a b ility .
This course considers both discrete and con­
tinuous probability theory. The classical
distributions—Binomial, Poisson, and Normal
—are studied. Other topics to be discussed are
the Central Limit Theorem, the laws o f large
numbers, and generating functions.
Prerequisite: Math 6 , and 9 or 18, or permis­
sion.
Alternate years.
Fall semester. Rosen.

4 5 . G e o m e try .
Synthetic and analytic projective geometry will
be considered axiomatically. Affine and Euclid­
ean geometry will be developed as special cases.
Recommended for potential secondary school
teachers.
Alternate years. Fall semester.
Not offered 1986-87.

46 . T h e o ry o f C om puta tio n .
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds of
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with respect
to how difficult they are to solve. Topics to be
covered include: formal languages and finite
state devices, Turing machines, and other
models o f computation, computability, and
complexity.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 35.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1986-87.

Coding Theory, Groups and Representations,
Finite Reflection Groups.
Prerequisite: Math 49.
Alternate years.
N ot offered 1986-87.

4 9 . In tro d u ctio n to M od ern A lg e b ra .
This course is an introduction to abstract
algebra and will survey basic algebraic sys­
tems—groups, rings, fields. While these con­
cepts will be illustrated by many concrete
examples, the emphasis will be on abstract
theorems and proofs, and rigorous, mathe­
matical reasoning. Can be taken with Math
102B for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f
instructor.
Fall semester. Shapiro.

5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e c is io n -M a k in g ,
and U n c e rta in ty .
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The course
covers philosophical, psychological, and mathe­
matical aspects o f decision-making in the face
uncertain evidence. Topics covered include the
nature o f scientific evidence and experimenta­
tion; probabilistic evidence and the law; uncer­
tainty and medicine; inferential vs. Bayesian
statistics; human decision-making, rational and
irrational techniques, and correctives o f de­
cision-making. The theories will be related to
such public issues as nuclear power, hazardous
waste disposal, vaccination program, and stra­
tegic nuclear planning. This course cannot be
counted toward a major in Mathematics.
Spring semester. Iversen, Kellman, and Holt.

5 3 . M a th e m a tic a l S ta tis tic s .

This course concentrates on the careful study
o f the principles underlying the calculus o f real
valued functions o f real variables. Topics will
include point set topology, compactness, con­
nectedness, and uniform convergence. Can be
taken with Math 101B for an external examina­
tion paper.
Prerequisite: Math 18 or permission of
instructor.
Fall semester. Skeath.

Based on probability theory, this course exam­
ines the statistical theory for the estimation of
parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small
and large sample properties o f the estimators
are studied. The course concludes with the
study o f models dealing with relationships
between variables including chi-square and
regression analysis.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1986-87.

4 8 . T o p ic s in A lg e b ra .

5 7 . M u ltiv a ria te S ta tis tic s .

Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Algebraic

Given as a continuation o f Math 23 or 53, the
course deals mainly with statistical models for
relationships between variables. The general

4 7 . In tro d u ctio n to Real A n a ly s is .

151

M ath em atics

linear model, which includes regression, vari­
ance, and covariance analysis, is examined in
detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory, and Bayesian
statistics.
Prerequisite: Math 23 or 53.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1986-87.

6 1 . M od elin g .
An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard meth­
ods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to apply
these subjects to specific modeling problems,
not on their systematic theory. The format o f
the course will include projects as well as
lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
Alternate years.
Spring semester.

6 4. M a th e m a tic a l P ro g ra m m in g .
Linear Programming and its extensions: the
simplex method, duality, assignment problems,
network flows, two-person game theory, and an
introduction to non-linear programming. Nu­
merous algorithms are discussed, and there will
be opportunities for computer implementation.
A different perspective on mathematical pro­
gramming is available in Engineering/Economics 57, Operations Research. In comparison,
Mathematics 64 is more advanced mathemati­
cally in that there is more emphasis on theory,
and linear algebra is used to present it.
However, Engineering 57 is more extensive in
that engineering economics and probabilistic
decision models are also covered, and case
studies are involved. A student may take both
courses; together they form a strong introduc­
tion to the theory and practice o f optimization.
Prerequisites: Math 9 and 16, or instructor’s
permission.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1986-87.

tinuous mathematics begun in Math 9. The
topics covered include three broad areas:
Counting Theory, Graph Theory, and Design
Theory. The first area includes a study of
generating functions and Polya counting. The
second area is concerned with relations between
certain graphical invariants. Certain areas such
as Extremal Graph Theory and Ramsey Theory
are introduced. The third area introduces
combinatorial structures such as matroids,
design, codes, and Latin squares. Topics will be
chosen to minimize overlap with Math 6 4 and
Math 73. May be combined with Math 64 or
Math 73 for an external examination paper.
Prerequisites: Math 9 and at least one other
course in Mathematics.
Alternate years.
Fall semester. Grinstead.

7 3 . M a th e m a tic a l A lg o rith m s .
This course considers the construction, analy­
sis, and theory o f algorithms for solving
mathematical problems. Included are algo­
rithms for constructing all or random combina­
torial objects (subsets, permutations, parti­
tions), algorithms on graphs, (graph coloring
and shortest paths), and complexity o f alg­
orithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness.
Overlap with Mathematical Programming
(Math 64) and Data Structures and Algorithms
(Computer Science 41) will be minimized by
avoiding lengthy discussion o f algorithms
studied in those courses. May be taken with
Math 65 for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 7 and 9 and/or further
courses in mathematics and computing.
Alternate years.
N ot offered 1986-87.

8 1 . P a rtia l D iffe re n tia l Eq u a tio n s
(Ap p lie d A n a ly s is I).
Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier
transform, orthogonal functions, an introduc­
tion to Hilbert space and operators. The moti­
vation for these topics will be in partial
differential equations arising in the physical
sciences. May be taken with Applied Analysis
II for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 16A or 30 or permission of
the instructor.
Fall semester. Shimamoto.

65. C o m b in a to ric s .

8 2. Fu n c tio n s o f a C o m p le x Variable
(A p p lie d A n a ly s is II).

This course continues the study o f noncon­

Topics include: analytic functions, integration

152

and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue
calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic
functions. Applications to die physical sciences
will be considered. May be taken with Applied
Analysis I for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Spring semester.

85. T o p ic s in A n a ly s is .
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Differential
Geometry, Functional Analysis.
Topic for 1986-87: Differential Topology.
The geometry and topology o f Euclidean space
will be explored using the calculus o f several
variables. The course will open by considering
the equation "smooth=linear” and the extent
to which it is generically true. The notion o f a
differentiable manifold will then be introduced
and studied in detail. Emphasis will be placed
on bringing out the geometric flavor o f the
theory. Possible topics include: stability vs.
singularity; Morse theory, the topology o f

surfaces; immersions and embeddings; transversality, intersection theory, and their relation
to standard theorems o f topology (e.g., Brouwer
Fixed Point Theorem, Jordan Curve Theorem,
Borzuk-Ulam Theorem).
Prerequisite: Math 33 or Math 47.
Alternate years.
Spring semester. Shimamoto.

9 3. D ire c te d Reading.
96. T h e s is .
9 7. S e n io r C o n fe re n c e .
This half course is intended to provide senior
majors an opportunity to delve more deeply
and on their own into a particular topic in
mathematics. Most recently this has been
accomplished by way o f a written thesis and an
oral presentation on a mathematical topic
agreed upon by the student and the instructor.
When offered, this course replaces the depart­
mental comprehensive examination.
One half credit.
Spring semester.

SEMINARS
1 0 1 B. Real A n a ly s is II.
This seminar is a continuation o f the material in
introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47).
Topics include the inverse and implicit function
theorems, differential forms, and Lebesgue
integration.
One credit.
Spring semester.

10 2b . M o d e rn A lg e b ra II.
This is a continuation o f Introduction to
Modern Algebra (Math 47). Topics covered
usually include field theory, Galois theory
(including the insolvability o f the quintic), the
structure theorem for modules over principal
ideal domains, and a theoretical development
o f linear algebra. However, other topics may be
studied, depending on the interests o f students
and instructor.
One credit.
Spring semester. Shapiro.

103. C o m p le x A n a ly s is .
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of
the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a
complex variable. Various applications are

given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are
also discussed.
Alternate years.
Spring semester.

10 4 . Topology.
An introduction to point-set, algebraic, com­
binatorial, and differential topology. The semi­
nar studies a variety o f concepts in geometry,
particularly those related to the notion o f
continuity, beginning with the basic vocabulary
o f topological spaces (e.g., open sets, compact­
ness, connectedness) and moving on to how
geometric behavior is often reflected by some
sort o f algebraic construct (e.g., groups and
homomorphisms in homotopy and homology
theory). Further topics include the topology o f
surfaces, covering spaces, and elementary
homological algebra. Among the spaces of
special interest to be considered are spheres,
polyhedra, and manifolds. The seminar builds
upon the student’s background in real analysis
and algebra, and it is an ongoing priority to
illustrate how an intensive study o f one area of

153

M ath em atics

mathematics (in this case, topology) can be
enhanced by cutting across the usual compartmentalization o f specialties.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
N ot offered 1986-87.

the idea o f randomness, generating functions,
random walk problems, and Markov chains.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1986-87.

105. P ro b a b ility .

111. M a th e m a tic a l S ta tis tic s .

This seminar concentrates on discrete proba­
bility theory. The ideas o f sample space and
probability distribution are introduced. The
binomial and Poisson distributions are studied,
and the normal distribution is introduced.
Laws o f large numbers and the Central Limit
Theorem are discussed. Other topics include

Properties o f random variables are studied
together with ways o f inferring about param­
eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is
put on the study o f models for relationships
between random variables.
Alternate years.
Spring semester. Iversen.

154

M e d ie va l S tu d ie s

Coordinator: J E A N A S H M E A D P E R K IN S , Fall semester
M IC H A E L C O T H R E N , Spring semester
Committee:

R . R . D obson (spring) (History)
D o roth e a Fre d e (Philosophy)
H elen H o rth (Classics)
P e te r G ra m S w in g (Music)
P . Lin w o o d U rb a n , J r . (Religion)
C ra ig W illia m so n (English Literature)

3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester of the
senior year.

This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study o f European and Medi­
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical
importance for the understanding o f Western
culture, can be approached best through a
combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight
Departments (Art, Classics, English Literature,
History, Modern Languages, Music, Religion,
and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course
o f study which may be offered as a major in
either the course Program or the External
Examination (Honors) Program.

4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.

For a major in the Course Program the
requirements are as follows:

1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more o f the
fields, included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.

1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (Flistory 11 or

For a major in the Honors Program the
requirements are as follows:

12 )

Either Religion 17, Philosophy 19, or
History 14
The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1; an introductory
religion course2
2. Five other courses chosen from three o f the
following fields:
Art History (15, 16, 17).
History (11, 12, 13,14, 15).
Literature (Classics 35; English 1 6 ,2 0 ,2 1 ,
22; CEL 13, French 2 0 and 30; Spanish 30).
Music 20.
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included
in departmental offerings.
Directed readings in medieval subjects.

2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­
ing: Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy),
History 111 (Medieval Europe), Art History
117 (Gothic Art), English 102 (Chaucer and
Medieval Literature) or French 100 (Littér­
ature du Moyen-Age).
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the
Honors Program beyond these five sem­
inars.
The minor program should be planned with the
coordinator so as to insure a close relation to
the major. No minor in Honors is offered.
Students wishing to minor in subjects included
in this field should take them as minors in the
department in which they are normally offered.

155

M o d e ra La n g u a g e s and Lite ra tu re s

G E O R G E C . A V ER Y (German), Professor
T H O M P S O N R R A D L E Y (Russian), Professor
G E O R G E K R U G O V O Y (Russian), Professor
P H IL IP M E T Z ID A K IS (Spanish), Professor
J E A N A S H M E A D P E R K IN S (French), Professor and Chairman, 1986-892
R O B ER T R O Z A (French), Professor2
S IM O N E V O IS IN S M IT H (French), Professor89
F R A N C IS P. T A F O Y A (French and Spanish), Professor
M A R IO N J . F A B E R (German), Associate Professor (part-time)2
J O H N J . H A S S E T T (Spanish), Associate Professor and Acting Chairman
G E O R G E M O S K O S (French), Assistant Professor8 10
T H O M A S B A R T L E T T (Chinese), Assistant Professor5
J U L I A C R U Z (Sp anish), Assistant Professor
K E N N E T H C . L U K (Chinese), Assistant Professor2
T E R E S E LY O N S (French), Instructor
ED W AR D D IXO N (German), Lecturer
S H IZ H E H U A N G (Chinese), Lecturer
E V G E N IY A L . K A T S E N E L IN B O IG E N (Russian), Lecturer
R O B ER T K A T Z (Spanish), Lecturer
M A R Y K . K E N N E Y (Spanish), Lecturer
C A R O L E N E T T E R (French), Lecturer
E L K E P L A X T O N (German), Lecturer
D A N IE L L E B A U L T (French), Assistant

The purpose o f the major is to acquaint students with the important periods and principal
figures o f the literatures taught in the Department, to develop an appreciation o f literary
values, to provide training in critical analysis,
and to foster an understanding o f the relation­
ship between literary phenomena and the
historical and cultural forces underlying the
various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally complete
seven credits in literature courses or seminars,
take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­
sive examination. Students whose interests lie
primarily in language are advised to consider*8910

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.
5 Spring semester, 1987.
8 Campus Coordinator, Grenoble Program.
9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in
Grenoble, fall semester, 1986.
10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in
Grenoble, spring semester, 1987.

156

the possibility o f a Foreign Languages major.
Those with an interest in civilization should
consider a Special Major in combination with
History, Art, or some other appropriate de­
partment. Students interested in studying liter­
ature in more than one language are encouraged
to consider a Literature major.
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary studies
in a foreign language through work with the
language and selected texts o f literary or general
interest.
For a detailed description of the orientation in

these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered 11
or above emphasize the study o f literature as a
humanistic discipline as well as competence in
the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to
present sufficient credits on admission to
enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11
and 12 in their freshman year. Students who
enter with no previous knowledge of the
language and are interested in majoring in a
foreign literature should register for the inten­
sive language courses (1B-2B) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through 5
(8 in German) do not count toward the
minimum o f eight credits required for the
major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examina­
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep­
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language of
specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to elect supporting courses in
other literatures, in history, philosophy, lin­
guistics, or art history. The Department also
recommends participation for a minimum o f a
summer and a semester in an academic program
abroad. Linguistically qualified students may
apply to the Swarthmore Program at the
University o f Grenoble, for one or two

semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This
program is particularly suited for majors in the
humanities and the social sciences. Students
competent in Spanish should consider the
Hamilton College Program in Madrid, Spain,
which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth­
more. Those competent in German should
consider the Wayne State Junior Year in
Germany (at the University o f Munich or the
University o f Freiburg) or the Smith College
Junior Year at the University o f Hamburg.
Students interested in intermediate and ad­
vanced Chinese studies in China are encouraged
to consider the China Educational Tours
program in Beijing and the Nankai University
program in Tianjin, the People’s Republic o f
China. Students on scholarship may apply
scholarship monies to designated programs of
study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton
College Program in Madrid and the Swarth­
more Program in Grenoble (see Education
Abroad, p. 53-55).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program of
language and literature courses required for the
major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered in
the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under­
standing o f the foreign culture being studied are
also recommended. Prospective teachers o f a
foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language of
specialization, a reading knowledge o f other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.

Continental European and Spanish Am erican
Literatures (in translation)
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taught in the original language.
CEL/SAL courses provide students with the
opportunity to study literature which they

cannot read in the original. These courses may
be used to satisfy the distribution require­
ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or
12 level courses to satisfy the departmental
prerequisites for a major or minor in the

157

M odern Languages and Lite ra tu re s

original languages. In some cases CEL/SAL
courses may form an appropriate part of
supporting upper-level work, part o f a Litera­
ture Major, or they may serve as the basis of
preparation for an Honors paper. Students
planning programs where such considerations
might apply should consult with the Depart­
ment.
Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is
offered each semester; these courses are an­
nounced before fall and spring registration.
Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature
in translation are listed after SAL 50.

12 R . R u ssia n Th o u g h t and Lite ra tu re
in th e Q u e s t fo r Tru th .
The development o f Russian intellectual tradi­
tion as reflected in Russian philosophy and
literature from the 18th century to the present.
Brief consideration o f Russian medieval litera­
ture and thought. Eighteenth century: seculari­
zation o f culture. Nineteenth and twentieth
centuries: philosophical and literary polemics
within the framework o f current secular ideol­
ogies and religious thought- Russia and the
West and the dream o f a Perfect World.
Not offered 1986-87. Krugovoy.

13 R. T h e R u ssia n N o v e l.
See Russian 13.

13. M e d ia e va l C o m p a ra tiv e L ite ra tu re .
The tension between ideals and their realization
as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages,
especially the epic (Roland, Cid, Nibelungen)
and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, The G rail).

14 . M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n Lite ra tu re .
Contributions in theme and form to a European
tradition o f modem fiction will be examined
and compared in seminar format (presentation
and critical discussion of student papers).
Authors will include Dostoevsky, Rilke, E. M.
Forster, Thomas Mann, Virginia W oolf, and
Malraux. Intended especially for freshmen and
sophomores contemplating a Literature major.
Limited enrollment.
Fall semester. Avery.

2 0 G . T h e C o n te m p o ra ry G e rm a n N o v e l.
A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociological
currents in East and West Germany, Austria,
and Switzerland since the end o f World War II
as they appear in representative works o f prose
fiction. Authors include Heinrich Boll, Gunter

158

Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johrison, Peter
Handke, and Christa Wolf. Lectures and dis­
cussions in English. German majors will be
required to read some o f the works in German.

25 R . R u ssia n Fo lk lo re and Ru ssia n
C u ltu re .
A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and artistic
aspects. Folklore and the genesis o f literature
and civilization. Survivals of myth and ritual in
Russian folk poetry and their significance for
the understanding o f the collective psycholog­
ical dominants in Russian cultural outlook will
be discussed. Special attention will be given to
ritual poetry, tales, heroic epic, and lyric poetry
with extensive use o f comparative evidence
from non-Russian folk traditions. Representa­
tive texts will be analyzed in class with active
participation by students.
Not offered 1986-87. Krugovoy.

5 0G. S tu d ie s in M o d e rn G e rm a n
L ite ra tu re .
Under this course title topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­
tries, against the background o f this century’s
dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to
be offered in subsequent years include: The
Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German
Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; German
Expressionism; Austrian Writers o f the 20th
Century, Nietzsche and his Literary Influence;
Literature and Film in Weimar Germany.
Twentieth Century German Women in Film
and Literature.
To he offered 1987-88. Faber.

3 0 R . Th e P e te rs b u rg T h e m e in
R u ssia n L ite ra tu re .
Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion, and myth.
Alienation in the modern city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Readings
and discussions based on works by Pushkin,
Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy,
and Bely. This course is not a regular offering
and may not be repeated in the foreseeable
future.
Not offered 1986-87. Krugovoy.

50R. R u ssia n Lite ra tu re and
R e v o lu tio n a ry Th ou gh t.

S A L 6 0. S p a n ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
Th ro u g h Its N o v e l.

A study o f continuity and change in the rela­
tionship between the major political and social
movements and the writers before and after
1917. Special attention will be given to the postrevolutionary literary and political struggle in
the 1920’s and its revival of the 1960’s.
Spring semester 1987. Bradley.

This course will explore the relationship
between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez,
Juan Rulfo and others will be discussed in
conjunction with sociological patterns in con­
temporary Spanish America. See SociologyAnthropology 60.
Not offered 1986-87.

5 0 S. S p a n ish Th ou g h t and Lite ra tu re
o f the T w e n tie th C e n tu ry.
The struggle between traditionalism and libera­
lism, its background and manifestations in
Spanish thought and letters from the turn o f
the century through the Civil War to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y
Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo Jose
Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
Not offered 1986-87.

S A L 50. C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n is h A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .
A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark the
coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from
the various national literatures. ARGENTINA:
Borges, Cortazar; Valenzuela; PERU: Vargas
Llosa; COLOMBIA: Garcia Marquez; GUATE­
MALA: Asturias; MEXICO: Fuentes, Rulfo,
Garro; CHILE: Bombal; CUBA: Carpentier,
Cabrera.

7 0 . R e n aiss an ce C o m p a ra tive
Lite ra tu re .
(See English Literature 70.)
Not offered 1986-87.

7 4 a . M o d e rn D ra m a I: Ibsen to
A v a n t G a rd e .
(See English Literature 74a.)
Not offered 1986-87.

7 4 b . M o d e rn D ram a II: A v a n t G a rd e
and C o n te m p o ra ry .
(See English Literature 74b.)
Not offered 1986-87.

7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p a ra tiv e Fic tio n .
(See English Literature 79.)
(To be taught in alternate years by Modem
Languages.)
Not offered 1986-87.

EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR
LANGUAGE COURSES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition o f reading skills:

1-2 combines the presentation o f grammar
with readings from the humanities
(including literature), social sciences,
and sciences. Classes meet three times
per week and are conducted in English.
May be used to prepare for fulfilling
the reading requirement o f graduate
schools but does not prepare students
for intermediate or advanced courses
in literature taught in the original
language. Satisfactory completion of

the one-year sequence does satisfy the
language requirement.
Students who start in the 1-2 sequence
must complete 2 in order to receive
credit for 1. However, students placing
directly in 2 can receive credit for a
single semester o f language work.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 5B carry
one and one-half credits per semester.
Three semesters in this sequence are equiv­
alent to two years o f work at the college
level. Designed to impart an active com­
mand o f the language and combine the
study or review o f grammar essentials and

159

M odern Languages and Lite ra tu re s

readings o f varied texts with intensive
practice to develop the ability to speak the
language. Recommended for students who
want to progress rapidly and especially for
those with no previous knowledge o f the
language and who are interested in prepar­
ing for intermediate or advanced courses in
literature taught in the original language.
Students who start in this orientation can
major in a foreign language and literature
not studied previously. These courses (a)
meet as one section for grammar presenta­

tion and in small groups for oral practice
with a native speaker o f the language, and
(b) may require periodic work in the
language laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence
must complete 2B in order to receive credit
for IB. However, students placing direcdy
in 2B can receive one and one-half semester
credits. Courses numbered 3B may be
taken singly for one and one-half semester
credits.

Chinese
The purpose o f the program is to develop
competence in the modem Chinese language.
Students should plan to take the introductory
and intermediate courses as early as possible so
that studying in China may, if desired, be
incorporated into their curriculum. The courses
numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 11 are offered each
year and 15, 16 in alternate springs.
Although no major exists currently in Chinese
in either the course program or the External
Examination program, qualified students are
urged to consider the possibility o f a Special
Major in combination with such departments
as Linguistics, History, History o f Art, Music,
Political Science, and Religion. It is possible to
prepare for one External Examination in the
field o f Classical Chinese Literature. Interested
students should consult with the Section Head
in Chinese.

COURSES
1 B -2 B . In tro d u ctio n to M a n d a rin
C hin e se .
An intensive introduction to spoken and
written Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on
oral practice. Designed to impart an active
command o f basic grammar. Introduces 350 to
400 characters and develops the ability to read
and write in simple modem Chinese.
Fall semster. Luk and Huang.

3 B , 4 B . S e c o n d -y e a r M a n d a rin C h in e se .
Designed for students who have mastered basic
grammar and 350 to 400 characters. Combines
intensive oral practice with writing and reading
in the modern language. Emphasis is on rapid

160

expansion of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions,
and thorough understanding o f grammatical
patterns. Prepares students for advanced study
at the College and in China.
Luk and Huang.

1 1 . T h ir d -y e a r C hin e se .
Concentrates on reading in modem Chinese.
Develops the ability to read a variety of
Modem Chinese writings, fiction, essays, docu­
mentary and journalistic materials and the
ability to write in the modem language. Classes
conducted in Chinese, though oral translation
into English is an important component.
Luk.

12 . A d v a n c e d C h in e se .
Advanced studies after Chinese 11. Concen­
trates on reading in modem Chinese. Strengthens
the ability to read a variety o f Modem Chinese
writings, fiction, essays, documentary and
journalistic materials and the ability to write in
the modem language. Classes conducted in
Chinese, though oral translation into English is
an important component.
Bartlett.

15 . T h e C hin ese Lan g u ag e .
A linguistic survey o f the history and structure
o f the Chinese language; Chinese as a nonIndo-European language, its basic structure, its
dialects and national standard, and the devel­
opment o f its writing system.
Luk.

16 . C hin e se Lite ra tu re
in T ra n s la tio n .
An introduction to Chinese literature, its
themes and the intellectual tradition it reflects.

r

bourse material includes fiction, drama, and a
>rief consideration of classical poetry.
.uk.

93. D ire c te d Reading.

F re n c h
French may be offered as a major in the Course
Program or as a major or minor in the External
Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites
Ifor both Course students and Honors candi­
dates are as follows: French 12 and 16, the
equivalent, or evidence o f special competence.

mentals o f French grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. 1986-87.
O ffered in alternate years. Tafoya.

ilecommended supporting subjects: see the
troductory departmental statement.

For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command of the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. Prepares for
intermediate and advanced courses in language
or literature taught exclusively in French.
Recommended for students who wish to
acquire minimal linguistic competence for
study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in
France. See the explanatory note on language
courses above as well as the description o f the
Swarthmore program at the University of
Grenoble under Education Abroad.

E

11 majors including students preparing a
¡condary School certificate are strongly urged
Jo spend at least one semester o f study in
ranee.
lajors in the Course and Honors Programs, as
veil as minors in the Honors Program, are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken
End written French to do all of their work in
French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses
fend seminars, and all oral and written examina­
tions, including comprehensive and Honors
Examinations.
Course majors are required to do Special
(Topics and to complete a comprehensive
Examination in the Spring semester o f their
senior year. This examination is based on a
reading list o f essential works from the Middle
|\ges to the Twentieth Century. Students may
fthoose to prepare any two consecutive cen­
turies, plus one genre in any o f two other
centuries, and they are expected to devise a
suitable program o f study on this basis in the
Fall semester o f the junior year.
Students are required to take at least one course
in Literature before 1800. They can take no
Inore than two courses o f a non-literary nature.

¡COURSES
C O TE : Not all advanced courses are offered
Every year. Students wishing to major or minor
In French should plan their program in con­
sultation with the Department.

[ l - 2 . Fre n c h Reading and T ra n s la tio n .
p o r students who wish to acquire the funda­

1 R -2 R . In te n sive Fre n c h .

5 . C om p o sitio n and Diction.
This course satisfies the prerequisites for
intermediate and advanced courses taught in
the original language, such as 12 or 16.
Emphasis is on the consolidation o f gram­
matical principles with an aim to increasing the
facility to write and speak the language through
work with formal grammar, selected readings
o f literary or general interest, newspaper and
magazine articles, radio programs, films, etc.
Recommended for students who wish to study
abroad at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
Each semester.

5 A . Fre n c h C o n v e rs a tio n .
A half-credit conversation course concentrating
on the development o f the students’ ability to
speak French.
Each semester. Bault.

10 . Im a g e s de la Fra n c e .
Salient aspects o f French civilization in the age­
long struggle for human values. May include
literary works depicting life or events in a given
period but emphasis is on social, political, and

161

M o d e m Languages and Lite ratu res

artistic highlights rather than belles lettres as
such. Readings and discussions in French.
Prerequisite: French 5 or equivalent.
Spring semester 1987. Tafoya.

12 . In tro d u ctio n to L ite r a ry S tu d ie s .
An analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes o f expression. Selected works
from Molière to Beckett.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­
lent with special permission.
Each semester.

15. Fre s h m e n Se m ina r.
For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f675 or above in French,
and satisfactory performance in the Placement
Exam for Literature courses administered
during Freshman Orientation.
Topic for 1985: La Satire,
during Freshman Orientation.
Fall semester. Rosa.

16 . S tu d ie s in S ty lis tic s .
For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the written
and oral language. Original compositions are
based on a stylistic study o f texts by representa­
tive French authors from the 17th century to
the present.
Prerequisite: French 5, 12, or the equivalent
with special permission.
Spring semester. Smith.

20 . H is to ry o f th e Fre n c h Lan g u ag e .
The development o f the French language from
its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis
will be placed more on general patterns than on
philological details. Texts o f the various periods
will be analyzed intensively. The course will be
given in English; students must have a reading
knowledge o f French. This course will satisfy
the linguistics requirement for a teacher certifi­
cation and may be used for a Medieval Studies
major.
Fall semester 1987. Perkins.

2 2 . Le C in é m a fra n ç a is .
An examination o f the evolution o f style and
theme in French Cinema from Realism to
Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied will
be Clair, Renior, and Carné, as well as Resnais,
Truffaut, and Godard.
Roza.

162

25 . L ’ A n c ie n R é g im e .

70.

A study o f the social conditions o f 17th and Maj
18th century France in both rural and urban Anc
areas with special attention to the condition ol sprit
women during the period. Readings from 20th
century historians and from representative 71.
Froi
literary texts o f the period.
Prerequisite: French 12 or equivalent language Sain
Fall
skills.
Spring semester 1988. Perkins.
72.

28 .

An

La Fra n c e C on te m p o ra in e .

A study o f events and ideas which have shaped dun
French society from the 19th century to the, the
present. Selected French works in history, Moi
R.oz
political science, sociology and literature.
Smith.
73.

3 0 . L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .
Offered on demand.

33.

Fe m m e s é c riv a in s .

Women writers from the Middle Ages to
beginning o f the XXth century.
Smith.

35. L ’ H u m a n ism e de la R e n a iss a n ce .

SE

4 2 . L itté ra tu re du 1 7 e S iè c le .
A study o f the cultural and intellectual setting
o f the grand siècle. Representative plays, novels,
fables, maxims.
Fall semester 1987. Smith.

4 3 . Le T h é â tre .

Pre

(H<
plu
ava
Ex:
par

Representative works from the Middle Ages to att:
the the Romantic period included.
Smith.
HOC

50. Le Rom an a v a n t la R é vo lu tio n .

b k
yon

5 1 . L e s P h ilo so p h e s .

Fer

60. Le R o m an du 19e S iè c le .

101

A study o f innovations in techniques and form
as well as the examination o f moral problem:
arising from soci-political changes in 19tl
century France. Based primarily on the novel:
o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola.
Moskos.

Prc
var
Ma

6 1 . R o m a n tis m e .
6 5 . B a u d e la ire , R im ba u d, M a lla rm é ,
A p o llin a ire .
Fall semester 1986. Roza.

Sm

10
L
"ti

M<
Sp

70. T h é â tre M o d e rn e .
Major trends in 20th century drama from
Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
11of Spring semester 1988. Roza.

0tt 71. P o é sie C on te m p o ra in e .

nve

From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and
Saint John-Perse.
Fall semester 1987. Roza.

72. Le R om an du 20e S ièc le .

An examination o f the tensions between
humanistic tradition and formal innovation in
pea
the the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the
Nouveau Roman and beyond.
try,
Roza.

73. Litté ra te u rs En gageé.
Astudy o f the literature o f commitment before
md after World War II. Principally an exami­
nation o f the literary manifestations o f French
Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux,
Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others.
the
Spring semester 1987. Tafoya.

7 5 . P ro u s t and J o y c e .
7 6 . E c ritu re fé m in in e .
A study o f the literary, theoretical and socio­
political implications o f feminine texts in
twentieth-century France. Topics to be dis­
cussed: the idea o f the author, deconstruction
and feminism, psychoanalysis and women, and
others.
Fall semester 1986. Moskos.

9 1 . S p e c ia l T o p ic s .
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. The topic for Spring 1987
will be Critical Theory. Open to senior majors
and other qualified students.
Spring semester 1987. Lyons

9 2 . C ollo q uiu m .
93. D ire cte d Reading.
9 4 . T h e s is .

' ¡SEMINARS

ti_ IPreparation o f topics for External Examinations
,eis «(Honors) may be done by appropriate courses
’¡plus attachments only when seminars are not
■available. Students preparing for External
Examinations should consult with the De­
partment on the suitability and availability of
:s to attachments.

nOO. L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .
b id French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and
Romance.
Perkins.

1101. La R e n a iss a n c e .

j r n f rose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de NaemsRarre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from
9tlRIarot through the Pléiade,
velstmith.

110 2 . Le T h é â tre C la ss iq u e .
11. Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study o f
■''the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2.
¡Molière.
¡Spring semester 1987. Smith.

103. L’A g e d e s Lu m iè re s .
Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Fall semester 1987. Perkins.

10 4 . S te n dh a l e t Fla u b e rt.
Moskos.

105. P r o u s t
Style and vision in L a Recherche du Temps perdu.
Roza.

106. P o é s ie S y m b o lis te .
From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Roza.

108. Le R o m an du 20 e S ièc le .
Major innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Spring semester 1988. Roza.

109. Le R o m a n tis m e .
Fall semester 1986. Moskos.

180. T h e s is .

M odern Languages and Lite ratu re s

wit!
ther
mar
Bre<
con;
cult
Not

German
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and Honors
candidates are as follows:
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
W ith minor exceptions, the language o f in­
struction in courses numbered 11 and above is
German. Students are expected to have a
sufficient command o f the language to be able
to participate in class discussions and do written
work in German. Course majors are required
to do Special Topics.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
All courses listed under Groups I and II are
open to students after either German 11 or 12.
The courses listed under Group II are offered
on a regular two-year sequence. Majors in
Course are required to select a minimum of
four courses from Group II.

1 -2 . G e rm a n Reading and Tra n s la tio n .
For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above.
1987-88. O ffered in alternate years. Staff.

1B -2 B , 3 B . In te n sive G e rm a n .
For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 8, 11 or 12.
1B-2B. Plaxton.
3B. Fall semester. Faber and Plaxton.

general and literary topics o f contemporary
interest. For students who want to consolidate
their skills o f expression. Recommended for
German majors. Can be taken concurrently
with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B or by departmental 91.
StUI
placement test.
or c
Each semester. Staff.

GROUP I

GR

11. In tro d u ctio n to G e rm a n Lite ra tu re
(e a rly 20th c e n tu ry ).

52.

Zau

Ber
Not
50.

12. In tro d u ctio n to G e rm an Lite ra tu re
(Th e A g e o f G o e th e ).

Thr

An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second half
o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe,!
Schiller, and the Romantics.
Fall semester. Avery.

tioi
Les

13 . T ra n s la tio n : T h e o ry and P ra c tic e .

SE

G01

Not

This course aims at exploring the act o f transla-1
tion, at first theoretically, and subsequently—
and primarily—through practice in translating
texts from various fields within the humanities
from German into English. In the second half]
o f the course, students will pursue individual
projects in consultation with the instructor.
This course does not count towards the major.
Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent.
Not offered 1986-87. Faber.

5 0 . Die D e u tsch e L y r ik .
Readings in the major German poets.
Not offered 1986-87.

63. G o e th e ’ s F a u s t
An intensive study o f Faust 1 and II.
Not offered 1986-87.

8 . W riting and S p e a k in g G e rm a n .

8 3. K a fk a and B re c h t.

Oral discussions and writing practice based on

A study o f the principal works o f each author

164

As
the
exai
clu<
Kai
libr

An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and fiction from
the beginning o f the 20th century, including
works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka, Mann and
Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 8 or equivalent work.
Spring semester. Avery.

All
wil
top
ma

att:
abl
tioi
the
ID

As
of]

(T1
To

101

Ro
Ge
I fin
Tit

with emphasis on the emergence o f major
themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­
manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and
ary Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be
ate considered in the context o f the authors’
for cultural and social environment.
itly N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

ital 91. S p e cial T o p ic s .

Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems.

GROUP II
52. D a s D e u tsch e D ra m a .
A study o f German drama, concentrating on

zes the modern period and including also an
ire. examination of opera as drama. Readings in­

om clude plays by Brecht, Büchner, Hauptmann,
ing Kaiser, Schiller, and Wedekind as well as the
ind libretti to the following operas: Mozart’s D ie
Zauberflöte, Wagner’s Tristan und Isolde, and
rk. Berg’s W ozzek.
Not offered 1986 -8 7.

50. A u fk la e ru n g und S tu rm und D ra n g .
The German Enlightenment and various reac­

igbj tions to it. Authors read include Geliert,

tali Lessing, Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early
Mi Goethe, and the early Schiller.
he,! Not offered 1986 -8 7.

7 2 . L ite r a tu r d e s n eu n ze h nte n
Ja h rh u n d e rts .
Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric
poetry from the end o f Romanticism through
the beginnings of Modernism. Readings include
selections from essayistic writings reflecting
contemporary thought.
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

80. K la s s ik e r d e r M o d e rn e .
A study o f German literature from the begin­
nings o f Modernism through World War L
Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas
Mann.
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

8 2. L ite r a tu r d e s z w a n zig s te n
Ja h rh u n d e rts .
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity of the
modem tradition under the impact o f political
exile and World War II. Authors include
Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War II
writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and West
Germany.

8 4. R ilk e , H o fm a n n s th a l, K a fk a .
Fall semester.

SEMINARS

da­

r­

All seminars to be offered in a particular year

ing Will be announced in advance. Preparation of
:ies topics for External Examinations (Honors)

lalfj may be done by appropriate courses plus

ual attachments only when seminars are not avail­

able. Students preparing for External Examina­
tions should consult with the Department on
nt. the suitability and availability of attachments.

104. Goe the .
A study o f Goethe’s major works in the context
of his life and times.
(This seminar does not include Faust.)
T o be offered 19 8 7-8 8 .

105. Die D e u tsch e Ro m a n tik .
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors include
Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brentano,

Eichendorff, the early Buchner, and Heine.
Also offered as a course. See 70.
Fall semester. Faber.

10 7. M o d e rn e P ro s a .
The development o f German prose narrative
since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler,
Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Doblin,
Karl Kraus, and R. Walser.
Spring semester. Avery.

108. D e u tsch e Lite ra tu r nach 1950.
The emergence o f distinctive works o f narrative
fiction, lyric poetry, and drama in the two
Germanies, in Austria and in Switzerland
following the collapse o f Nationalist Socialism
in Germany. Emphasis on works by major
authors.
T o be offered 19 87-88 .

165

M odern Languages and Lite ratu res

Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and Honors
candidates are: Russian 6 , 11, 12, and 13, or
equivalent work.
Recom m ended supporting su bjects: see
the introductory department statement.

SEl

11 A . C om p o sitio n and D ictio n .

101

A halLcredit course concentrating on the
further development o f writing and speaking
skills in Russian. To be taken in conjunction
with Russian 11. Does not count towards the
major.
Fall semester. Katsenelinboigen.

Foil

101

10;
10'

Spn

1 2 . In tro d u ctio n to Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re .

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.

1 -2 . R u ssia n Reading and T ra n s la tio n .
For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read
and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
1986-87. O ffered in alternate years. Staff.

1B -2 R , 3 B . In te n sive R u ssia n .
For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 6 , 11, and 12.

6 . A d va n c e d R u ssia n .
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad­
vanced conversation, composition, translation,
and stylistics. Readings include short stories
and newspapers. Conducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

1 1 . In tro d u ctio n to Ru ssia n L ite ra tu re .
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­
cism and Golden Age of Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and dis­
cussions in Russian.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.

166

19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first two
decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dos­
toevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver
Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and dis­
cussions in Russian.
Spring semester. KrugOvoy.

Si

Sp2
Coi
Ext
req

Re<

1 2 A . C o m p o sitio n and Dictio n.

wo:

A half-credit course concentrating on the
further development o f writing and speaking
skills in Russian. To be taken in conjunction
with Russian 12. Does not count towards the
major.
Fall semester. Katsenelinboigen.

Re<
inti

13. Th e R u ssia n N o v e l.

Ma
suf

the

exa

req

Continuity and change in the development of
the novel in the 19th century and in the post­
CC
revolutionary period. Lectures and readings in
English. Russian majors will be required to
NC
read a part o f the material in Russian.
eve
Fall semester. Bradley.
Sp
tio

16. H is to ry o f th e Ru ssia n Lan g u ag e .

An introductory course. A study of the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among the
other modern Indo-European and Slavic lan­
guages. The uses o f philology and linguistics for
the ideological and stylistic analysis o f literary
texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
Not offered 1986-87.

9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s.

1Fo

me

kn
CO’
toi

IE
Fo

De

lar
(For senior majors.) Study o f individual au­ ini
thors, selected themes or critical problems.
lit.
toi

93. D ire c te d Reading.

fol

SEMINARS
101. To lsto y.
the Fall semester ig 86. Krugovoy.
ing

102. R u ssia n S h o rt S to ry .

on
103. P u s h k in and Le rm o n to v.
:he

104. D o s to e v s k y .
Spring semester 1987. Krugovoy.

10 5 . Lite ra tu re o f th e S o v ie t P e rio d .
1 0 7 . R u ssia n L y ric a l P o e try.
108. M o d e rn R u ssia n P o e try.
109. C h e k h o v.
1 1 0 . B u lg a k o v.

e.
to

re.

Spanish

¡VO
DS'I Spanish may be offered as a major in the
ferì Course Program but not as a major in the
lis­ External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for Course students are as follows:

che
N
on
:he

Required: Spanish 11, 13, 41 or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehensive
examinations in Spanish. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

of
>st'
lini COURSES
to]
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in
Spanish should plan their program in consulta­
tion with the Department.

gin 1 -2 . S p a n ish Reading and T ra n s la tio n .
the For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f Spanish grammar and a reading
for] knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
ary; course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above.
ier 1987-88. O ffered in alternate years. Staff.

1 B -2 B , 3 B . In te n sive S p an ish .
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 5B, 11 or 13.

5 B . In te n sive S p a n is h .
For majors and others who wish an advanced
language course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. Much attention paid to
pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and the
most difficult concepts of Spanish grammar.
An ideal course prior to study abroad.
Each semester. Hassett and Kenney.

7 . Fo n é tic a Esp añ o la y C om p o sició n .
A course designed to improve the individual
student’s pronunciation o f Spanish and com­
position. Highly recommended for majors and
other advanced students.
Spring semester 1987. Metzidakis.

1 1 . In tro d u ctio n to Sp an ish Lite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zorrilla,
Becquer, Perez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja,
Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 3B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Fall semester. Metzidakis.

13 . In tro d u ctio n to Sp an ish A m e ric a n
L ite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva,
Dario, Lugones, Sanchez, Lillo, Neruda, Valle­
jo, Huidobro, Rulfo, Garcia Marquez, Borges,
Valenzuela and others). Discussions, papers.
Spring semester. Hassett.
NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.

167

M odern Languages and Literatu res

7 0 . La G e n erac ió n del 98.
Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclan, Azorin,
Baroja, Unamuno, Benavente, and Antonio
Machado.
Fall semestr 1986. Metzidakis.

Courses to be offered in subsequent years:
30. La Lite ra tu ra M e d ie v a l.
40. El T e a tro del Re n acim ie n to y del
S ig lo de O ro .

7 1 . Lite ra tu ra Esp añ o la
C o n te m p o rá n e a .

4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad M ed ia y
del Re n acim ie n to.

Major figures o f the 20th century not covered in
Spanish 70: Juan Ramon Jimenez, Garcia
Lorca, Alberti, Salinas, Guillen, Hernandez,
Hierro, and Aleixandre among the poets;
novels by Cela and Goytisolo; the theater of
Casona and Sastre.
Spring semester 1987. Metzidakis.

4 2 . La P o e sía del R e n acim ie n to y
del S ig lo de O ro .
44.

C e rv a n te s .

46. La nove la p ic a re sc a .
48.

El R e g io n a lism o Español

60. La N o v e la en el Siglo X IX .
7 7 . La N o v e la H isp a n o a m e rica n a
del S ig lo X X .
Novels by Juan Rulfo, Maria Luisa Bombal,
Jose Donoso, Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas
Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Manuel Puig,
Luisa Valenzuela.
Fall Semester 1986. Hassett.

9 1 . S p e cial T o p ic s .
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Open to all students with
prior experience in Spanish and/or Spanish
American Literature.
Spring semester 1987. Cruz.

7 2 . La N o v e la Esp añ o la de la
P o s g u e rra .
7 3 . U na m u no .
7 4 . Lite ra tu ra Es p a ñ o la de P o s g u e rra .
7 5 . T e a tro H isp a n o a m e rica n o
C o n te m p o rá n e o .
7 6 . La P o e sia H isp a n o a m e ric a n a del
S ig lo X X .
7 8 . La N o v e la M e x ic a n a S ocial
del S ig lo X X .
7 9 . El C ue n to H isp a n o a m e ric a n o .

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM
Although the Spanish section can not now
prepare students for External Examinations,

168

students interested in such a possibility should
make their wishes known to the section.

M u s ic

J A M E S D. F R E E M A N , Professor and ChairmanI2
P E T ER G R A M S W IN G , Professor
S H A R O N F R IE D L E R , Associate Professor of Dance
G E R A LD L E V IN S O N , Assodate Professor34
A N N K . M c N A M E E , Associate Professor
P A U L A S E P IN U C K , Associate in Performance (Dance)
D O R O TH Y K . F R E E M A N , Associate in Performance (Music)
K A R E N M E Y E R S , Associate in Performance (Music)
G E O F FR E Y M IC H A E L S , Artist in Residence
C A R O LY N R E IC H E K , Assodate in Performance (Dance)
RO B ER T M . S M A R T , Assodate in Performance (Music)
N A N C E Y R O S E N S W EIG , Associate in Performance (Dance)
I T IM O T H Y G R E A T B A T C H , Lecturer
S T E P H E N J A F F E , L e ctu rer 3
M E L IN D A W A G N E R , Lecturer5

I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I

The study o f music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history, and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music as
an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory
courses train the student to work with musical
material, to understand modes o f organization
in composition and to evolve methods of
musical analysis. History courses introduce
students to methods o f studying the development o f musical styles and genres, and the
relationship of music to other arts and areas of
thought. The Department encourages students
to develop performing skills through private
study and through participation in the wind
ensemble, chorus, early music ensemble,
orchestra, and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and administers. The
Department also assists instrumentalists or
singers to finance the cost o f private instruction. Credit may be granted under the provisions for Creative Arts.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Students wishing to combine instrumental or
vocal studies outside the College with a major
in music at Swarthmore can, with special
permission, from the department and the
Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus
reducing the normal number o f courses to be
taken per semester.

I
I
1
I
I

1
I
I
I
I

2
3
4
5

Two semester courses in theory and one
semester course in history are prerequisite for
acceptance as a major. Majors will normally
take five semester courses in theory (including
Music 15, 16, or 17), three semester courses in
history (including Music 20 and either 21 or
22) and meet the basic piano requirement.
Majors are expected to participate in at least
one o f the department’s performing organi­
zations.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will normally stand for four
papers in music. The Department strongly
recommends that one paper be a thesis or
research project. Any Theory/Composition
course numbered 15 or higher, also all history
courses, can be used as the basis o f a paper
when augmented by a concurrent or subse­
quent attached unit of additional research, or
by directed reading, or by a tutorial.
Minors in theA Honors Program: A student
intending to minor in the Honors Program will
normally stand for two papers in music. Two
semester courses in theory and one semester
course in history are prerequisite for a minor.
Music 2 may, with permission o f the Depart­
ment, be substituted for the theory prerequi­
site.

Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.
Absent on leave, 1986-87.
Fall semester, 1986.
Spring semester, 1987.

169

M usic

Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.
Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform at
sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a
first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th
century sonata. By the end o f the junior year
they should be able to read chamber music
scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize
figured basses. The department recommends
that majors take one or two semesters o f Music
42 to develop these skills. Students with
exceptional proficiency in an instrument other
than the piano, or in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards of
pianists.
The basic piano program: This program is
designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a

point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students
meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music. No academic credit
is given for basic piano.
Special scholarships and awards in music
include:
T he Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships: See p. 64.
Friends o f M usic and Dance Summer Fellowships:
See p. 64.
The Melvin B. Troy Award: See p. 63.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See p.
24.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship:
See p. 31.

SU{
ere
sul
wil
ser

the
stu

Fo
(In

the

Sei

ma

C(

1.!
A.
Th
Oi
Sp

The Barnard Fellows: See p. 12.

2.

The Peter Gram Swing Prize: See p. 63.

A-

thi
tal
CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
Chamber Music, Chorus, Orchestra, Early Music
Ensemble, W ind Ensenble
Students may take Performance Chorus (Music
43), Performance Orchestra (Music 44), Per­
formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 45),
Performance Wind Ensemble (Music 46), or
Performance Chamber Music (Music 47), for
credit with the permission o f the Department
member who has the responsibility for that
performing group. The amount o f credit
received will be a half-course in any one
semester and usually will be granted only to
students participating for a full year in a
particular activity. Students applying for credit
will fulfill requirements established for each
activity, i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals
and performances and participation in any
supplementary classes held in connection with
the activity. Students will be graded on a
credit/no credit basis.
Individual Instruction (Music 48)
Music Majors and members o f the Wind
Ensemble, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble,
Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they wish,

170

take lessons for credit. Members of the Chorus,
Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel Choir are
eligible for voice lessons; members o f the Wind
Ensemble, Early Music Ensemble, and Orches­
tra are eligible for lessons on their primary
instrument. Students who are not Music
Majors and are not in any o f the performing
organizations listed above may take lessons for
credit if they are concurrently enrolled in a
History or Theory/Composition course of­
fered by the Music Department. Pianists who
are not Music Majors and who are not enrolled
in a History or Theory/Composition course
offered by the Department may qualify for
Music 4 8 by taking part in the Department’s
Program for Accompanists. The Department
expects such pianists to give at least three hours
a week to the Program.
A student applying for Individual Instruction
will first demonstrate to the Department ability
to undertake such study at least at an inter­
mediate level. The student will arrange to work
with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject to the
approval o f the Department, which will then

pa
sti
CO
O]
N(

6.

Ar
pe
of
T1
lis
O
Ni

7.

A
M
ar

T

Si

in

ui
PI

su p ervise th e c o u rs e o f s tu d y a n d grad e it o n a
c r e d it/ n o c re d it b asis. T e a c h e r a n d s tu d e n t w ill
s u b m it w r itte n e v a lu a tio n s , a n d th e s tu d e n t
w ill p e r fo r m f o r a ju r y a t th e e n d o f th e
sem ester. T h e D e p a r tm e n t w ill th e n d ecide i f
the s tu d e n t s h o u ld rece ive c r e d it, a n d i f th e
stu d e n t can re -e n ro ll.

th e c o s t o f th e ir lessons th ro u g h th e B o y d a n d
R u t h B a rn a rd S c h o la rsh ip s. A d d itio n a l sch olar­
ships p r o v id e d b y th e E d w i n B . G a rrig u e s
F o u n d a t io n su b sid ize th e e n tire co st o f p riv a te
lessons w ith th e teacher o f th e ir c h o ic e f o r
a p p r o x im a te ly te n o f th e m o s t m u s ic a lly
a d va n c e d s tu d e n ts a t th e C o lle g e .

F o r stu d e n ts e n ro lle d in lessons f o r cre d it
( In d iv id u a l In s tr u c tio n ) a p o r t io n o f th e c o st o f
the lessons is g u a ra n te ed b y th e d e p a rtm e n t.
S e c tio n leaders in c h o ru s a n d orch e stra a n d
m a jo rs rece ive sub sid ies th a t c o v e r tw o -th ird s

A l l s tu d e n ts e n ro lle d in M u s ic 4 8 are s tro n g ly
en c o u ra g e d t o p e r fo r m in s tu d e n t c h a m b e r
m u s ic co n c e rts a n d t o t r y o u t f o r c o n c e rto s
w ith th e O r c h e s tr a a n d so lo s w ith th e C h o r u s .

COURSES AND SEMINARS
1. In tro d u ctio n to M u s ic .
I A c o u rse d e sign e d t o teach in te llig e n t liste n in g .
I T h e co u rse assum es n o p r io r tra in in g in m u s ic .
I O p e n t o all s tu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite .
I

Spring semester. S w in g .

I 2. In tro ductio n to M u s ic .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

A co u rse th a t a p p ro a ch e s listen in g a n d analysis
th ro u g h c o n c e n tra tio n o n m u sica l fu n d a m e n tals: re a d in g n o ta tio n a n d d e v e lo p in g o r e x p a n d in g a u ra l p e rc e p tio n o f p itc h , r h y t h m ,
s tru c tu re , p h ra s in g , a n d in s tr u m e n ta tio n . T h e
course assum es n o p r io r tra in in g in m u s ic .
O p e n to all s tu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

I 6. J . S . B a ch .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

A n in tr o d u c tio n t o h is career as c o m p o s e r a n d
p e rfo rm e r th ro u g h readings a n d th ro u g h s tu d y
o f his c o m p o s itio n s in rep re s e n tative genres.
T h e c o u rs e em phasize s tra in in g in in fo r m e d
listening.
O p e n t o all stu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite .
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

I 7 . W. A . M o z a r t.
I
I
I

A c o u rse a b o u t th e life a n d m u s ic o f W . A .
M o z a r t , w ith em pha sis o n liste n in g t o a n d
analysis o f his c o m p o s itio n s in re p resen tative

genres: o p e r a , c o n c e rto , s y m p h o n y , c h a m b e r
m u s ic , a n d litu rg ic a l m u s ic , especially his
Requiem. T h e c o u rse is r u n as a s e m in a r, w ith
p re s e n ta tio n s , d isc u ssion s, a n d in-class p e r­
fo rm a n c e . T h e r e w ill b e t w o p a p e rs , several
r e p e rto ry q u izze s , a n d a fin a l e x a m .
N o p re re q u is ite o th e r th a n so m e fa m ilia rity
w ith classical m u s ic a n d its n o ta tio n . E n r o l l ­
m e n t lim ite d to 1 2 .
Fall semester. S w in g .

8 . M u s ic o f the O rie n t.
In tr o d u c tio n t o m u s ic a n d m u sica l th eo ries o f
th e N e a r E a s t a n d F a r E a s t. G u e s t lectu re rs in
special fie ld s w ill m e e t w ith th e class at
a p p ro p ria te in te rv a ls.
O p e n t o all s tu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite .
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

10 . A m e ric a n M u s ic .
A s tu d y o f u n w r it te n a n d w r itte n m u s ic in th e
U n i t e d S tates t o 1 9 4 0 , p o p u la r a n d ve rn a c u la r
as w e ll as classical, u sin g C h a rle s H a m m , Music
in the New World, as a te x t. S tu d e n ts w ill be
e va lu a te d o n a p o r t f o lio o f w o r k t o in c lu d e
pa p e rs pre s e n te d in class, re p o rts o n m u sic
listen e d t o , liste n in g q u izze s, a n d a n e x te n d e d
essay o n a to p ic o f cho ic e.
N o p re re q u is ite . E n r o llm e n t lim ite d t o 12 .
N o t offered 1986 -8 7.

THEORY AND COMPOSITION
S tu d e n ts w h o a n tic ip a te ta k in g fu r th e r courses
in th e D e p a r tm e n t o r m a jo rin g in M u s ic are
u rg ed t o ta k e M u s ic 11-12 as e a rly as p o s s ib le .
P la c e m e n t e xam s are g iv e n each y e a r a t th e fir s t

m e e tin g o f th a t c o u rse f o r s tu d e n ts w h o feel
th e y m a y b e able t o place o u t o f i t . M a jo r s w ill
n o r m a lly ta k e M u s ic 11 - 12 , 13 - 14 , a n d 15 , 16 ,
o r 17 in successive ye ars.

171

M usic

1 1 - 1 2 . H a rm o n y and C o u n te rp oin t I.
W r i t t e n m u sica l exercises in c lu d e c o m p o s itio n
o f o rig in a l m a te ria ls as w e ll as c o m m e n ta ry o n
e xce rp ts f r o m th e to n a l lite ra tu re . L is te n in g
assignm ents c o o rd in a te d w ith w r itte n w o r k .
P re re q u isite : k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta tio n ,
m a jo r / m in o r scales, a b ility t o p la y o r sing at
sight sim p le lines in tre b le a n d bass clef.
Year course. M c N a m e e .

13 -14 . H a rm o n y and C ou n te rp oin t II.
C o n t in u e d w o r k w ith to n a l h a r m o n y a n d
o c u n te r p o in t a t a n in te rm e d ia te le ve l. D e ta ile d
s tu d y o f selected w o r k s w ith assignm ents d e ­
r iv e d f r o m these w o r k s , as w e ll as o rig in a l
c o m p o s itio n s ..
P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 11-12 ( o r th e e q u iv a le n t).
Y e a r course. G re a tb a tc h .

b o t h to n a l a n d n o n -to n a l, w ith in d e p e n d e n t
w o r k e n c o u ra g e d .
P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 13-14 ( o r e q u iv a le n t).
Spring semester. M c N a m e e .
A n in tr o d u c tio n to S c h e n k e ria n ana lysis. A n
e x te n s io n o f tra d itio n a l a na lytica l tec h n iq u e s,
in c o r p o ra tin g S c h e n k e r’ s p rin c ip le s o f vo ic e
le a d in g , c o u n te r p o in t, a n d h a r m o n y .
P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 13-14 ( o r e q u iv a le n t).
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

1 7 . H is to ry o f M u s ic T h e o ry .

I ce
("

I wi

I O
in

I 3!
I A
va

HISTORY OF MUSIC

I P1
I sh
I sii
I
I

's
N

I

31

I a
I A

20 . M e d ie v a l and R e n aiss an ce M u s ic .

2 3 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .

T h e s tu d y o f m e d ie v a l a n d renaissance m u s ic
b e g in n in g w ith G r e g o r ia n c h a n t a n d e n d in g
w ith th e m u s ic o f J o s q u in D e s p re z. T h e cou rse
is also c o n c e rn e d w ith th e re la tio n s h ip o f m u sic
t o th e a r t a n d th o u g h t o f th e tim e s , a n d th e
fu n c tio n o f m u s ic in th e R o m a n C a th o lic
litu rg y.
P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­
t io n .
Fall semester. S w in g .

A s tu d y o f th e v a rio u s stylistic d ire c tio n s in
m u s ic o f th e 2 0 t h C e n t u r y . R e p re s e n ta tiv e
w o r k s b y c o m p o s e rs f r o m D e b u s s y , S tra v in ­
s k y , a n d S c h o e n b e rg , th ro u g h C o p l a n d , M e s ­
siae n , a n d o th e rs , t o p o s t-w a r c o m p o s e rs such
as B o u le z a n d C r u m b w ill b e e x a m in e d in d e tail.
P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­
t io n .
Sprin g semester. W a g n e r .

172

I sti

Sp

Fall semester. Ja ffe .

B e e th o v e n th ro u g h W a g n e r , B r a h m s , a n d
M a h le r . A s tu d y o f R o m a n tic is m in m u s ic ,
stylistic characteristics a n d h is to ric a l p rem ise s.
P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­
t io n .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

32

I T1

A s u rv e y o f p r im a r y sources ( in tra n s la tio n ) I
f r o m B o e th iu s , T i n c t o r i s , a n d Z a r lin o th ro u g h
R a m e a u , R ie m a n n , a n d S c h o e n b e rg .
P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 11-12 ( o r e q u iv a le n t).
I
N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

D e ta ile d s tu d y o f a lim ite d n u m b e r o f w o r k s

2 2 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .

Fa

I

19 . C om p o sitio n

2 1 . B a ro q u e and C la ss ic a l M u s ic .

Pr

I tic

16 . S c h e n k e r.

15. H a rm o n y and C ou n te rp oin t III.

T o p ic s in m u s ic o f th e 17 t h a n d 18 t h ce n tu rie s.
T h i s c o u rs e , r u n as a se m in a r, deals w ith m u sic
b y P u r c e ll, H a n d e l, a n d H a y d n as p e r fo r m e d in
th e c ity o f L o n d o n , a lo n g w ith th e p o litic a l a n d
social c o n d itio n s g o v e rn in g c o m m is s io n s a n d
p e rfo rm a n c e s .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7.

pe

3 0 . W. A . M o z a r t.

I V
I v
I I
I

sf

I N

Pl
I F<
1

I

I 3!
I c

I C

A

A s tu d y o f re p re s e n ta tiv e w o r k s in th e lig h t o f 1
I c<
m o d e r n s tyle c ritic is m . A read ing k n o w le d g e o f
F r e n c h o r G e r m a n is d esirable.
P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­
P
t io n .
Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7.
N
3 1. O p e ra .
c<
A s u r v e y o f th e h is to r y o f o p e r a , w ith special
ft
e m p h a sis o n a n d s tu d y o f scenes f r o m selected
fc
w o r k s b y P u rc e ll (Dido), M o z a r t ( Figaro ) ,
A
V e r d i ( Rigoletto) , W a g n e r ( WalkUre) , P u c c in i
4
(Butterfly), a n d B r itte n (Death in Venice). F o r
5
th o s e w ith v o c a l a b ilitie s, th e c o u rse w ill
in c lu d e p r e p a r a tio n o f sp ecific scenes, b u t i t is
V,
o p e n as w e ll t o stu d e n ts w ith n o p a rtic u la r
B

c

performance skills.
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Fall semester. J. Freeman.

32. H is to ry o f th e S trin g Q u a rte t.
This course traces the development o f the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor.
Spring semester. Michaels.

33. Lied er.
A study, through performance and analysis, o f
various solutions by various composers to the
problems o f relating text and music. Students
should be moderately proficient either as
singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German
is desirable.
Not offered 1986-87.

35. La te R o m a n tic ism in G e rm a n y
and A u s tria .
A study o f selected large works by Wagner
( W alkiire, Tristan) Brahms (Haydn Variations,
Violin Concerto), Mahler (4th Symphony),
J. Strauss (Flederm aus), R. Strauss (T ill EulenSpiegel, Salom e), and Schoenberg (V erklaerte
Nacht, Pierrot Lunaire).
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Fall semester. J. Freeman.

38. W om en C o m p o s e rs and
C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f the E a r ly T w e n tie th
C e n tu ry.
A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study o f

several o f the most influential choreographers
o f modern dance. Choreographers include
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1986-87.

39. M u s ic and D a n ce : C ritic is m and
R e v ie w in g .
This course, to be administered by the depart­
ment and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover
various aspects o f writing about the perform­
ance o f music and dance: previewing, reviewing,
the critic’s role and responsibilities, and the
special problems o f relating performance to the
written word.
N ot offered 1986-87.

6 0. P ro je c ts in P e rfo rm a n c e .
A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance
practice and problems in music o f various
styles will be examined in terms o f analysis,
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform
instrumentally or vocally is required.
N ot offered 1986-87.

9 2 . Independent S tu d y.
9 3. D ire c te d Re ading .
95. T u to ria l.
Special work in composition, theory, or history.
One or two credits.

9 6. S e n io r T h e s is .
One or two credits.
Fall and spring semesters.

PERFORMANCE (MUSIC)
NOTE: All performance courses are for half­
course credit per semester. See p. 53 and p. 170
for general provisions governing work in per­
formance under the provisions for Creative
Arts.

4 1 . C on du cting .

40. Ele m e n ts o f M u s ic ia n sh ip .

4 3 . P e rfo rm a n c e (c h o ru s).

Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation.
Open to all students and may be taken with or
without credit.
Both semesters. Meyers.

Both semesters. Swing and McNamee.

Fall semester. McNamee.

4 2 . Fig u re d R a s s and S c o re Re ading .
Both semesters. Smart.

4 4 . P e rfo rm a n c e (o rc h e s tra ).
Both semesters. Freeman and Michaels.

173

M usic

45 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m u sic
e n s e m b le ).
Both semesters. Meyers.

46 . P e rfo rm a n c e (w in d e n se m b le ).
Both semesters. Michaels.

4 7 . P e rfo rm a n c e (c h a m b e r m u sic)
Both semesters. D. Freeman and Michaels.
Students taking Music 47 for credit should
submit to the Department at the beginning o f
the semester a repertory o f works to be
rehearsed, coached, and performed during the
semester. They should include the names o f all
students who have agreed to work on the
repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have
agreed to work with them, and the proposed
dates for performance.
A student taking Music 47 for credit will
rehearse with her/his groupfs) at least two
hours every week and will meet with a coach at

least every other week. All members o f the
group should be capable o f working well both
independently and under the guidance o f a
coach, also capable o f giving a performance of
high quality. It is not necessary for every person
in the group to be taking Music 47 for credit,
but the Department assumes that those taking
the course for credit will assume responsibility
for the group, making sure that the full group is
present for regular rehearsals and coaching
sessions.

4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (individual
in s tru c tio n ).
(See the guidelines for this course on page 170.
Both semesters.

49 . K e yb o a rd W o rk sh o p .
Developing and refining skills in accompanying
and sight-reading through work with the
chamber, song, and four-hand repertoire.
Not offered 1986-87.

D AN CE PRO G RAM
Dance, a program within the Department of
Music, shares the Department philosophy that
courses in theory and history should be
integrated with performance. By offering a
balance o f cognitive, creative, and kinesthetic
classes in dance we present a program which
stands firmly within the tradition o f Swarthmore’s liberal arts orientation. The instructors
strive to create an atmosphere o f cooperative
learning; one which affirms group process and
fosters comradery.
Serious dance students are urged to supplement
their study with appropriate courses in music,
theatre, anatomy, and other related disciplines.
In a typical semester over twenty hours of
dance technique classes are offered on graded
levels presenting a variety of movement styles.
Technique courses, numbered 40 through 47
and 49, receive no academic credit, but may be
substituted for required physical education.
Advanced dancers are encouraged to audition
for level III or IV technique classes and for
Performance class. All interested dancers are
encouraged to audition for student and faculty
works. These auditions take place each semes­
ter; dates are announced in classes and in the
College Announcements.

174

I . In tro d u ctio n to Dance.
A survey course that approaches dance viewing
and analysis o f dance performance through an
introduction to dance elements. In addition,
the role o f choreographer, performer, and
audience in various societies is compared. No
prior dance training is assumed; open to all
students without prerequisite. Two lectures
and one video viewing session per week. One
credit.
Fa ll semester 1986. Friedler.

I I . Dance C o m p o sitio n I.
A study o f the basic principles o f dance
composition through exploration o f the ele­
ments o f dance movement, invention, and
movement themes, to the end o f developing an
understanding o f various choreographic struc­
tures. Considerable reading, video and live
concert viewing, movement studies, and a final
piece for public performance are required. A
course in dance technique must be taken
concurrendy. One credit. Three hours per week.
Fall semester 1986. Sepinuck.

1 2 . Dance C o m p o sitio n II.
An elaboration and extension o f the material
studied in Dance 11. Stylistically varying

approaches to making work are explored in
compositions for soloists and groups. Reading,
video and live concert viewing, movement
studies, and a final piece for public perform­
ance are required. A course in dance technique
must be taken concurrendy. Students must
have previously taken Dance 11 or its equiva­
lent. One half credit. Three hours per week.
Spring semester 1987.

2 3 . T w e n tie th C e n tu ry Dan ce .

12a . Dance C om p o sitio n .

38. W om en C o m p o s e rs and
C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f th e E a rly T w e n tie th
C e n tu ry .

Designed as a tutorial for students who have
previously taken Dance 11 and 12, or the
equivalent. Choreography o f a final piece for
public performance is required. Weekly meet­
ings with the instructor and directed readings,
video and concert viewings, and a journal will
be required. A course in dance technique must
be taken concurrently. One half credit. Offered
every semester.

15. Dance Im p ro vis a tio n .
Designed as a movement laboratory in which to
explore the dance elements: space, time, force,
and form. Members o f the class will explore
improvisation as a performance technique and
as a tool for dance composition. Individuals
work on a personal vocabulary and on develop­
ing a sense o f ensemble. A course in dance
technique must be taken concurrently. One
half credit. Three hours per week.
Spring semester 1987.

2 1 . H is to ry o f D a n ce : E a rly C u ltu re s
Th ro u g h Eu ro p e ’ s M iddle A g e s .
A study o f the scope o f dance in various
societies. Particular attention is given to the use
of dance as an instrument o f ritual, entertain­
ment, social interaction, and education.
Prerequisite: Dance 1. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Spring semester 1987. Friedler.

22 . H is to ry o f D a n ce : Eu ro p e ’ s
R e n aissan ce T h ro u g h 1900.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in
the context o f various societies from the
Renaissance through the nineteenth century.
Influential choreographers, dancers, and theo­
rists representative o f the periods will be
discussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 strongly
recommended. Two lectures and one hour
video viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1986-87.

A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in
the context o f Western societies with an
emphasis on America. Influential choreog­
raphers, dancers, and theorists will be discussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 and 22
strongly recommended. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1986-87.

A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study of
several o f the most influential choreographers
o f modem dance. Choreographers include
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1986-87.

39. M u s ic and D a n ce : C ritic is m and
R e v ie w in g .
(See Music 39).
Not offered 1986-87.

4 0 . M o d e rn I.
An introduction to basic principles o f dance
movement: body alignment, coordination,
strength and flexibility, basic locomotion. No
previous dance experience necessary.

4 1 . M o d e rn II.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Modem I. For students who have
taken Modem I or the equivalent.

4 2 . M o d e rn III.
Continued practice in technical movement
skills in the modem idiom; including ap­
proaches to various styles. Placement by audi­
tion or permission o f the instructor.

4 3 . M o d e rn IV.
Continued training in various modem dance
techniques and theories. Designed for students
with a strong technical foundation. Placement
by audition or permission o f the instructor.

4 4 . B a llet I.
An introduction to fundamentals o f classical
ballet vocabulary: correct body placement,
positions o f the feet, head and arms, basic
locomotion in the form. No previous experi­
ence necessary.

175

M usic

45 . B a lle t ll/lll.

education requirements.

An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Ballet I. For students who have
taken Ballet I or its equivalent.

4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (D an ce ).

46 . J a z z I.
An introduction to basic principles o f jazz
dance: body isolations, polyrhythms, syncopa­
tion, basic locomotion. No previous dance
experience necessary.

4 7 . J a z z ll/ lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Jazz I. For students who have taken
Jazz I or its equivalent.
NOTE: All technique classes meet for two 1 Vi
hour meetings per week. Technique courses,
numbered 4 0 throuth 47, receive no academic
credit, but may be used to satisfy physical

176

The study o f repertory, basics of production,
and performance. Students are required to
perform in at least one scheduled dance concert
during the semester. Placement by audition or
permission o f the instructor. One half credit.
Three hours per week. A course in dance
technique must be taken concurrently.
O ffered every semester. Staff.

49 . T o p ic s in Dan ce .
Intensive study o f special topics falling outside
the usual dance courses. Topics can include:
Alexander work, injury prevention and reha­
bilitation, Pilates, Musical Theatre Dance, and
Tap.
Staff.

P h ilo s o p h y

H U G H NI. L A C E Y , Professor
H A N S F . O B E R D IE K , Professor and Chairman
R IC H A R D S C H U L D E N F R E I, Professor
D O R O T H E A F R E D E , Associate Professor
C H A R L E S R A F F , Associate Professor
R IC H A R D E L D R ID G E , Assistant Professor
P E T E R H A C K E R , Visiting Professor4
Students majoring in philosophy must com­
plete at least one course or seminar in each of
these areas: (1) Logic, (2 ) Ancient or Modem
Philosophy, and (3 ) Moral or Social Philoso­
phy. Prospective majors should complete the
Logic requirement as early as possible. Mastery
o f at least one foreign language is strongly
recommended. Students majoring in the Course
Program may be required to elect Philosophy
97.

1. In tro d u ctio n to Ph ilo so p h y.
Fundamental questions regarding knowledge,
morality, politics, mind, and meaning arise in a
variety o f practices and inquiries. Answers to
these questions are presupposed in the activi­
ties o f other disciplines and in daily life. The
principal writings o f a few major Western
philosophers—Plato, Descartes, Hume, Mill,
and Marx—with distinctive, carefully argued,
and influential views on these topics will be
closely studied through lectures and weekly
discussion sections. Discussion sections are
kept small so that close attention may be paid
to formulating questions precisely and to
developing and evaluating arguments. Students
are encouraged to develop their own positions
through careful consideration o f texts and
arguments.
Introduction to Philosophy is a Primary Distri­
bution Course and a prerequisite for all upperlevel philosophy courses except Logic.
Each semester. Staff.

1 A . In tro d u ctio n to P h ilo so p h y.
Selected philosophical masterpieces discussed
in class format. Texts selected will include
works by classical and contemporary authors.
This introduction in Philosophy emphasizes
development o f skills for reading philosophical
texts independently.

1A is a Primary Distribution Course. Philos­
ophy 1 or 1A are prerequisites for all upperlevel courses except Logic.
Spring semester. Raff.

10 . M o ra l Iss u e s in M ed icin e and W ar.
Careful consideration will be given to concrete
moral issues in medicine and war arising out o f
technological innovations. In medicine, topics
wll include: genetic screening and engineering,
life support systems, surrogate motherhood,
allocation o f scarce medical resources, and
research with human subjects. Concerning war,
topics will include: the just war doctrine, "Star
Wars,” Mutual Assured Destruction, the role
of computers, chemical and biological weapons,
and the "electronic battlefield.” No special
background in science or engineering is pre­
supposed, though students must be prepared to
learn enough of relevant background to provide
substance to their reflections. Special emphasis
will be given to strategies of moral reasoning
developed by philosophers o f diverse orienta­
tions.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.

1 1 . M o ra l P h ilo s o p h y.
How can we tell whether any action is right or
wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institution
just or unjust? Can one justify any set o f actionguiding moral principles? Or is morality rela­
tive to one’s opinion, culture, or social class?
These and related questions will be addressed
through an examination o f the works o f leading
moral philosophers, both classical and con­
temporary. Student papers will address con­
crete moral issues in biomedicine (e.g., euth­
anasia, abortion, the allocation o f scarce life­
saving resources, and experimentation on
human subjects) and in public policy (e.g.,

4 Fall semester, 1986.

177

Philosophy

capital punishment, pacifism and the just war,
and political morality).
Not offered 1986-87. Oberdiek.

12 . Lo g ic .
An introduction to the principles o f deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects o f logical systems. Applica­
tions o f logic to selected philosophical prob­
lems are also studied.
Fall semester. Schuldenfrei.

13 . M o d e rn Ph ilo so ph y.
17th and 18th-century sources o f current
philosophical problems of knowledge, free­
dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from
central texts o f Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant.
Spring semester. Raff.

14. A n c ie n t Ph ilo so ph y.
A study o f selected work representing the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on
understanding and critically evaluating their
teachings on fundamental issues o f meta­
physics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics,
as these have shaped our subsequent Western
civilization.
Fall semester. Frede.

16 . P h ilo s o p h y o f Religion.
See Religion 14.

17. A e s th e tic s .
How can we tell which things are worth the
special sort o f attention which we often devote
to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Can
criticism o f the arts be objective? W hat sorts of
things ought we to do with works o f art, and
what things ought they to do for us? W e will
attempt to answer these questions by consider­
ing views about the nature and function o f
works o f art held by such philosophers as
Aristode, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nelson
Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some attention
will be paid to twentieth century painting, to
modernist and post-modernist conceptions of
art and its value, and to issues in the theory o f
criticism.
Spring semester. Eldridge.

18 . P h ilo s o p h y o f th e S o cial S c ie n c e s .
The course will be concerned with the philo­
sophical problems which arise in the attempt to
study and understand man. Typical issues will
be the relation o f facts to values, empirical

178

evidence to theory, and ideas to other cultural
forces. An attempt will be made to show how
patterns o f response to these issues reflect
conceptions o f the nature o f man, and in
general bring out the substantive implications
o f methodology.
Not offered 1986-87.

19 . M e d ie v a l Ph ilo so p h y.
A survey o f the development o f Medieval
philosophy from the beginning in late antiquity
to the end o f the fourteenth century. The
discussion will focus on texts by St. Augustine,
Boethius, St. Anselm, St. Thomas, Duns
Scotus, and William o f Ockham. The main
emphasis will be on problems o f free will and
predetermination (divine foreknowledge and
omnipotence), the nature o f universals and
individuation, the relation between philosophy
and faith.
Spring semester. Frede.

2 1 . S o c ia l and P o litic a l P h ilo so p h y.
A critical examination o f rights-based and
utility-based traditions as they inform liberal
social and political philosophy. Special atten­
tion will be given to the role and justification of
utility and rights, equality, justice, and liberty
in each tradition. Readings from classical and
contemporary sources, but emphasis on the
latter.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.

2 3 . C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
See Philosophy 104.
Not offered 1986-87.

2 4 . T h e o ry o f K n o w le d g e .
Whether an area o f inquiry falls within the
limits o f knowledge or is instead a matter o f
opinion, whether attitudes or evaluations are
self-deceptive, and the consequences o f these
and similar questions raise issues central to the
theory o f knowledge; such as, W hat is knowl­
edge, wisdom, truth? How should they be
distinguished from opinion, self-deception,
and error? W hat is the extent o f knowledge?
Which intellectual virtue is required for an
examined life now? How does practical connect
with intellectual rationality? Readings are from
traditional and current authors.
Fall semester. Raff.

26 . Lan g u ag e and M ea n ing .
W hat is it to know the meaning o f an
expression? Can one be justified in claiming to

Philosophy

know meanings? How ought linguists, literary
critics, and psychologists to study meaning and
our knowledge o f it? What philosophical con­
ception o f mind is implied by our linguistic
capacity? Behaviorist theories o f meaning (as
exemplified by Quine), cognitivist theories of
meaning (as exemplified by Chomsky, Fodor,
and Davidson), and conceptions o f language as
a social practice (Wittgenstein) will be sur­
veyed and criticized. Derrida and recent French
critical theory may be touched on.
Not offered. 1986-87. Eldridge.

2 7 . M e ta p h y s ic s .
Not offered 1986-87.
28 . M a r x is t P h ilo s o p h y.
Not offered 1986-87.
29 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry P h ilo s o p h y.
Nineteenth-century philosophers began to
think historically, hoping to establish the
natures o f knowledge and morality by seeing
how views about them emerge and evolve in a
culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement
will be reached as a result of this evolution, if
we can understand it. Whether historicism as a
method is compatible with objectivism about
such topics as knowledge, morality, the exist­
ence o f God, and the nature o f the self will be
studied by examining the historicist treatments
o f these topics put forward by Fichte, Hegel,
Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche.
Not offered 1986-87. Eldridge.

3 4. Values and Eth ic s in S c ie n c e and
T e c h n o lo g y.
(Also listed as Engineering 34.)
See Engineering 34.
Not offered 1986-87. Barus and Oberdiek.

38. H is to ry and P h ilo so p h y o f S c ie n c e .
An examination o f some o f the central prob­
lems in the philosophy of science (e.g., the
nature o f scientific explanation, the interrela­
tionship between theory and observation,
criteria for the acceptance of a scientific theory,
the nature o f scientific concepts) will be made
through an analysis o f important episodes in
the history o f physics. Writings o f Aristotle,
Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and
Newton will be studied, as well as contem­
porary writings in the philosophy o f science.
Fall semester. Lacey.

39. E x is te n tia lis m .
Starting with the historical background and
development o f existential philosophy, the
course will center around the 19th century
thinkers Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, the Russian
novelists, Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky, and the
20th century philosophers Heidegger, Sartre,
and Camus. The main emphasis will be on the
concepts o f individual anxiety, death, freedom,
and responsibility.
Not offered 1986-87. Frede.

4 2 . P h ilo so p h ic al C la s s ic s .
This course selects a single work for extended
study in light o f current and traditional
criticism.
Prerequisite: one philosophy course or instruc­
tor’s consent.
Not offered 1986-87.

5 9 . C ath o lic S o c ia l Th ou g h t.
The course will study the Catholic tradition of
social and political thought, recent theoretical
developments in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political move­
ments, especially in Latin America. The princi­
pal readings will be drawn from 1 ) Papal social
encyclicals, 2 ) documents o f the Second Vati­
can Council and Latin American Bishops’
Conferences, 3) recent documents o f the U .S.
Catholic bishops on nuclear war and the
economy, 4 ) writings o f liberation theology.
From time to time, selected applications o f this
theory, e.g. the growth o f "basic communities”
in Brazil, will also be studied.
Also listed as Political Science 59, Religion 59.
Not offered 1986-87. Kurth and Lacey.

7 7 . C ollo q u iu m : T h e o rie s o f the S e lf in
R o m a n tic Lite ra tu re and P h ilo s o p h y.
At the end o f the eighteenth century, philos­
ophers and poets drew on the quest romance to
develop new modes o f writing that were at once
literary and philosophic. Thus we find both
philosophers (the German idealists) and poets
(Novalis, Hölderlin, Schiller, Coleridge, Shel­
ley, Keats, Wordsworth) tracking in their
works the odysseys o f human subjects from
innocence to dawning self-consciousness, to
alienation and dejection, and ultimately to a
precarious self-integration. The kinds o f writing
which Wordsworth and Coleridge and Hegel
and Schiller produced call into question our
commonplace assumptions about the differ-

179

Philosophy

ences between philosophy and literature and
about the aims o f work in each field. Should the
epistemological tradition be abandoned? Should
we think o f linguistic products in general as
texts, all o f which are to be studied in the same
way, so that there are no real distinctions to be
drawn between literary and non-literary works,
or between fiction and non-fiction? W hat can
literature and philosophy teach us about the
nature o f the self, and how?
Prerequisites: Introduction to philosophy and
an introductory English course, or permission
o f the instructor.
Special interdisciplinary course.
Not offered 1986-87. Eldridge.

86. To p ic s in Ph ilo so p h y and
P s y c h o lo g y .
This course will explore in depth different
topics that are o f interest and concern to both
philosophers and psychologists. For Fall 1986,
two themes will be discussed: ( 1 ) rationality
and the explanation o f human action, ( 2 ) the
role o f values in the evaluation o f psychological
theories. The course is open to students who
have had at least the introductory course in
both philosophy and psychology.

Also listed as Psychology 86.
Fall semester. Lacey.

8 7. C ollo q uiu m : A d va n c e d Lo g ic and
Fou n d atio n s o f M a th e m a tic s .
A selection o f topics from the following:
metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­
pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems of
arithmetic, recursive function theory, axiomatic
theories o f space and time, logical form and the
structure o f natural languages, philosophical
foundations o f arithmetic, foundations of
geometry emphasizing problems o f the nature
o f metrics. Two credits. Approval o f instructor
required.
Not offered 1986-87.

8 8. C o llo q u iu m : Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w .
See Philosophy 122.
Not offered 1986-87.

9 3. D ire c te d Reading.
Each semester. Staff.

9 6. T h e s is .
Fall semester. Staff.

9 7 . S e n io r C o n fe re n c e .
Fall semester. Raff.

SEMINARS
10 1. M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y.
An examination o f the principal theories of
value, virtue, and moral obligation, and o f their
justification. Works o f representative theorists,
both classical (e.g., Aristotle, Hume, Kant, and
Mill) and contemporary (e.g., Donagan, Gewirth, Mackie, and MacIntyre), will be studied.
Fall semester. Oberdiek.

10 2. A n c ie n t Ph ilo so ph y.
See Philosophy 14.
Fall semester. Frede.

103. S e le c te d M o d e rn P h ilo s o p h e rs .
Two or more philosophical systems o f Des­
cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, or Kant and their relations.
Spring semester. Staff.

10 4. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
One or more philosophical issues selected to
illustrate 20th-century philosophical tech­
niques and theories; such as: the nature o f
emotion, value, human action, personal iden­

180

tity, truth, God, or imagination. Readings
include current contributions and 20th-cen­
tury classics by Moore, Russell, or Wittgen­
stein.
Not offered 1986-87.

106. A e s th e tic s .
See Philosophy 17.
Spring semester. Eldridge.

10 7. Lo g ic and Fou n datio n s o f
M a th e m a tic s .
See Philosophy 87.
Not offered 1986-87.

109. M e ta p h y s ic s .
See Philosophy 27.
Not offered 1986-87.

110 . M e d ie v a l Ph ilo so p h y.
Not offered 1986-87.

111. P h ilo s o p h y o f Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.

113. T h e o ry o f K n o w le d g e .
Topics in epistemology selected to explore the
nature and limits o f rationality. Readings from
current theorists or traditional theorists such as
Austin, Carnap, Chisholm, Goldman, Harman,
Moore, Quine, Wittgenstein.
Not offered 1986-87. O ffered in 1987-88.

114 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.
See Philosophy 29.
Fall semester. Eldridge.

115. Lan gu age and Th ou g h t.
See Linguistics 107.

116 . Lan g u ag e and M ea n ing .
See Philosophy 26.
Not offered 198687. Eldridge.

117 . Ph ilo so p h y o f th e S o cial S c ie n c e s .
See Philosophy 18.
Not offered 1986-87.

118. P h ilo s o p h y o f P s yc h o lo g y.
Students may prepare for an exam in Philos­
ophy o f Psychology by taking Philosophy 86,
together with attending seminars given by
Visiting Professor Peter Hacker for the first
half o f the semester and occasional seminars in
philosophical problems of cognitive psychology
during the second half.
Fall semester. Lacey.

119 . P h ilo s o p h y o f S cie n ce .
An examination o f some o f the central prob­
lems in the philosophy o f science: the nature of
scientific explanation and evidence, the rela­
tionship between theory and observation, the
rationality o f science, the relations between

science and technology, the alleged valuefreedom o f science, the differences between the
natural and the human sciences. Readings will
be drawn mainly from contemporary writings.
Spring semester. Lacey.

1 2 1 . S o c ia l and Po litica l P h ilo s o p h y.
This course normally begins with the study of
certain modern figures who have established
the terms o f discourse in political philosophy
in Anglo-Saxon culture. Such figures as
Hobbes, Locke, Mill, and DeTocqueville are
likely to considered. The course will also
consider figures who have defined the contem­
porary debates in political philosophy, among
them, Rawls and Nozick. If possible, some
contemporary problems o f pluralism and tol­
erance, community, and democracy will be
discussed.
Spring semester. Schuldenfrei.

12 2 . Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w .
A study o f concepts of law, including examina­
tion o f the relationships between legal systems
and other social and political institutions. Such
issues as the proper relationship between law
and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforce­
ment o f morality, and justification of punish­
ment are considered. Readings in both histori­
cal and contemporary sources.
Not offered 198687. Oberdiek.

180. T h e s is .
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place o f one Honors paper, upon
application by the student and at the discretion
o f the department.

181

P h y s ic a l Ed u ca tio n and
A th le tic s
G O M E R H . D A V IES , Professor
E L E A N O R K . H E S S , Professor and Acting Chair
E R N E S T J . P R U D E N T E , Associate Professor
D O U G LA S M . W E IS S , Associate Professor
S U S A N P. D A V IS , Assistant Professor
F R A N C IS J . M E A G H E R , Assistant Professor
M IC H A E L L M U L L A N , Assistant Professor and Acting Associate Director o f Athletics
G A IL E E . R O C K E T , Instructor
T IM D R O O K E , Assistant
L A W R E N C E E H M E R , Assistant
D IA N E F R E E D M A N , Assistant
LO R I F R IE S , Assistant
D E IR D R E K A N E , Assistant
C U R T IS A . L A U R E R , Assistant*
H E R D E R T L E IM R A C H , A ssistant*
V A L E R IE R Y A N , Assistant
C. J . S T E F A N O W IC Z , Assistant*
D A L E S T R A W R R ID G E , Assistant*
L E E W IM D E R L Y , Assistant
The aim o f the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium o f physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
o f individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program pro­
vides an opportunity for instruction and
experience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding o f move­
ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports­
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety o f activities which
can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­
hensive, including varsity teams in twenty-two
different sports, eleven for men and eleven for
women. During many o f these activities con­
tests are arranged for junior varsity teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers of
students to engage in intercollegiate competi­
tion, and those who qualify may be encouraged
to participate in regional and national cham­
pionship contests. Several club teams in vari­
4 Fall semester, 1986.
5 Spring semester, 1987.

182

ous sports are also organized and a program o f
intramural activities is sponsored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test or
take up to one quarter o f swimming instruction;
classes for this purpose are offered in the fall
quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the Physi­
cal Education requirement will also be given for
participation in intercollegiate athletics, as well
as for the following two dance courses:
Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to D ance) and
Music—Dance 4 (Intermediate Dance Technique).
To receive credit for any part o f the program
students must participate in their chosen
activity a minimum o f three hours a week.
Faculty regulations stipulate that students who
have not fulfilled the Physical Education
requirement will not be allowed to enter the
junior year.

Fall A c tiv itie s
Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton
* * * * Cross Country
Ij. Field Hockey
Folk & Square Dance
* * * Football

*
*
*
**

Jazz Exercise
Self-Defense
Soccer
Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Touch Football
Volleyball
Weight Training

W in te r A c tiv itie s
Aquatics
* * Badminton
* Basketball
Fencing
Folk Sc Square Dance
t Gymnastics
Jazz Exercise
Self-Defense

* Squash
* * * * Swimming
* Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor
Weight Training
* * * Wresding

S p rin g A c tiv itie s
Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
* * * Baseball
Folk Sc Square Dance
* Golf
Jazz Exercise
* * * * Lacrosse

t Intercollegiate competition for women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.

* * Softball
Squash
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
* * * * Track and Field
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor (continued)
Weight Training

* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and
women.

183

P h y s ic s and A s tr o n o m y

O L E X A -M Y R O N B IL A N IU K , Professor
J O H N R . B O C C IO , Professor and Chair
J O H N E . G A U S T A D , Professor o f Astronomy
M A R K A . H E A L D , Professor2
W U L F F 0 . H E IN T Z , Professor o f Astronomy
P A U L C . M A N G E L S D O R F , J R ., Professor1
R U S H 0 . H O LT, Assistant Professor
F R A N K A . M O S C A T E L L I, Assistant Professor
N IL G U N S U N G A R , Assistant Professor
M IN G W H EI T U N G , Assistant Professor
H O N G L IN , Assistant
C H R IS T O P H E R P A L M E R , Assistant

Physics and Astronomy deal with fundamental
questions about the properties o f matter and
the nature o f the universe, and with the
methods employed to derive the laws under­
lying the observed phenomena.
Throughout the work o f the Department,
emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition
o f facts and skills. Particular importance is
attached to laboratory work, because physics
and astronomy are primarily experimental and
observational sciences.
The Physics and Astronomy Department offers
two Primary Distribution Courses (PDC),
Physics 1 and Astronomy 1. Physics 1 is also an
entry point into the department’s program for
all students. It is required o f students intending
to major in physics or astronomy.
The Department offers two calculus-based
introductory courses. Physics 3, 4, which
assumes that Physics 1 has not been taken,
covers both classical and modem pyhsics and is
intended to be the proper introductory physics
course for those students majoring in engi­

neering, chemistry, and biology. Physics 7, 8,
on the other hand, which is taken after Physics
1 , is aimed toward students planning to take
further work in physics or astronomy. The
four-course sequence 1, 7 (or 7H), 8, and 14 is
designed to provide an introduction to all
major areas o f physics. All students taking
either Physics 1 or Physics 3 are required to
take Physics 2 (half-credit) concurrently.
The Department offers a selection o f courses
(Physics 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, and Astronomy
52) that are suitable for nonscience majors
seeking to fulfill the non-PDC science distribu­
tion requirement.
The Department sponsors a regular colloquim
series on topics o f current research interest
with speakers chosen so that the talks are
appropriate for undergraduates. Students ma­
joring in physics or astronomy are expected to
attend colloquia.
The Cornell Science Library possesses a large
collection o f both pedagogical and research
publications.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in Physics or
Astronomy normally take Physics 1, 2, 7, and
Chemistry 10 in the freshman year and Physics
8 ,1 4 in the sophomore year. For those students12

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.

184

intending to major or minor in Astronomy,
Physics 1, 2, 7 , 8 , and Astronomy 5 ,6 should
be completed by the end o f the sophomore
year. Students taking Physics 3, 4 may also

continue with Physics 14 and other advanced
work in the Department, although it will be
necessary to take Physics 1 prior to Physics 14.
Satisfactory work in Physics 1 and an introduc­
tory course is prerequisite for all further work
in the Department.
The normal mathematics sequence for Physics
or Astronomy majors is Mathemataics 5, 6 ,
16A, and 18 during the first four semesters,
followed by Mathematics 81, 82.
Students wishing to major or minor in Physics,
Astronomy, or Astrophysics have several op­
tions available. The Department offers both
External Examination and Course programs,
although most upper-level offerings use the
Seminar instruction format. A student ma­
joring in Physics would normally take Physics
101A/B, 102A/B, 103A/B, and Mathematics
8 1 ,8 2 , or equivalent. If the student is planning
to go to graduate school in Physics, then the
Department recommends the Physics 104A/B
also be taken. An Astronomy major is required
to complete eight credits which include Astron­
omy 5 , 6 ,2 1 ,2 2 , and 59. A student choosing a
major in Astrophysics in the course program is
required to take a minimum o f eight courses in
Physics (1, 7, 8, 14, 101A/B, 102A/B) and
four courses in Astronomy (5, 6 , 21, 22).
Students considering any o f these options
should discuss their plans with the Department
chair early in their sophomore year.
Students not intending to do post-baccalau­
reate work in physics but still wishing to pursue
a program that introduces the major areas of
physics and the methods and techniques used
to solve problems in physics should consider
an eight-course Physics major program. We
believe that such a program is useful for careers
in many diverse fields, especially teaching, and
encourage consideration of this program by
students planning to enter graduate or profes­
sional programs in other fields.

graduating senior will present a major piece of
written work describing a project that they
have carried out. Thee projects can be done
either in the faculty research program at
Swarthmore or at other laboratories, often
during the summer before the senior year. Any
independent work involving experimental or
theoretical research is acceptable. Please con­
sult with the Chair. Good shop facilities, a wide
range o f instrumentation, and extensive com­
puting facilities are available in support of
independent work.
Students in the External Examination program
usually present four papers in Physics and two
papers selected from a minor subject area. Each
physics paper is based on two single-unit
Seminars. An External Examination major
with three papers in Physics and greater
diversity in the minor subjects is an adequate
program in preparation for Physics graduate
school, and also constitutes an effective educa­
tional program for careers in law, medicine,
and other professions, in as much as the aim
throughout is to achieve an understanding of
fundamental ideas and concepts as distinct
from the mastery o f a limited segment of
science. The External Examination program in
Astrophysics includes three Physics papers
(prepared by 101 A/B, 102A/B, and 103 A/B)
and two Astronomy papers (prepared by 21,
22, and another pair o f advanced courses).
Course majors must pass either the Depart­
mental Comprehensive Examination or the
senior conference, only one o f which will be
available in any given year.
In addition to curricular work, majors are
expected to attend departmental colloquia
regularly and are strongly encouraged to pursue
independent projects within faculty research
programs or to initiate their own research
projects. It is expected that, in addition to the
external or comprehensive examinations, each

FACILITIES AND RESEARCH PROGRAMS
Several research facilities are maintained by the
Department. Most are available for student
participation in faculty research.
The laser atomic-spectroscopy laboratory in­
cludes a 6-watt argon-ion laser, a high-precision

scanning dye laser, and various associated
optical, electronic, and computer equipment.
A 61-cm Cassegrain reflector, located on top of
Papazian Hall, is equipped with a high-resolu­
tion spectrometer, a Reticon array detector,

185

P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y

and computer-based control and data acquisi­
tion systems. It is used for solar and stellar
spectroscopy.
Swarthmore’s principal telescope, which is
located in Sproul Observatory and has been in
operation since 1912, is a 61-cm refractor with
a focal length o f 11 meters. It is used for
research on the distances, motions, orbits, and
masses o f stars by means o f visual and
photographic observations. Auxiliary equip­
ment includes a high-precision measuring

machine for the photographs, photoelectric,
and photographic photometers, and a Brashear
micrometer. The observatory also houses a 15cm refractor.
A monthly visitors night at the Observatory is
announced in the College calendar.
Facilities are also available for research pro­
grams in rotating fluids, fluid flow, molecular
physics, nuclear physics, particle physics, and
computer graphics.

PHYSICS
1 . Th e C h a ra c te r o f P h y s ic a l L a w .

3 ,4 . G e n eral P h y s ic s I, II.

An introduction to the field o f physics. Topic
coverage will range from the sub-microscopic
world o f quarks to the cosmological world o f
quasars and black holes. The primary emphasis
o f the course will be on the accepted principles
o f physics and their application to specific
problems. Much attention will be devoted to
the philosophical and social aspects o f physics,
including discussion o f what kind o f problems
physicists can solve, how they go about solving
them, and what are the responsibilities o f
physicists. The course includes substantial writ­
ing. One lecture, two small sections, and one
laboratory per week. Physics 2 (half-credit)
must be taken concurrently with Physics 1.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Boccio, Gaustad, Holt, and Sungar.

A presentation o f a unified view o f physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their im­
plications, and their limitations. Special em­
phasis will be placed on analytical understand­
ing o f physical phenomena through the use of
calculus. Fall semester. Topics include vectors,
kinematics in one, two, and three dimensions,
Newton’s laws and dynamics, conservation
laws, work and energy, oscillatory motion,
systems o f particles, rigid body rotation about
fixed axis, and thermodynamics. Spring semester.
Topics include wave phenomena, geometrical
and physical optics, electricity and magnetism,
direct and alternating-current circuits, and
introductory quantum physics. Laboratory and
homework exercises include extensive use of
interactive computing and computer graphics.
Three lectures and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 taken concur­
rently, or comparable preparation in mathe­
matics. Physics 2 (half-credit) must be taken
concurrently with Physics 3.
Bilaniuk, Mangelsdorf, and staff.

2 . C om putin g fro m th e U s e r’ s En d .
A practical introduction to computer use on
both the MACINTOSH and P R IM E 9950
systems. Areas covered will include word proc­
essing on the Macintosh using MacWrite and
MacPaint, text editing on the P R IM E using
EDC, BASIC/FORTRAN programming on
the PRIM E, computer graphics using TELLAGRAF/DISSPLA, and statistical analysis using
MINITAB. Assumes no prior background in
computing. One lecture per week. Required o f
students enrolled in Physics 1 and 3, for whom
homework assignments will be integrated into
regular course work and laboratory reports.
Half-credit.
Fall semester. Boccio.

186

7 . M e c h a n ic s and T h e rm o d y n a m ic s .
This course covers the same material as Physics
3. The material is treated in more depth and
with more mathematical sophistication than in
Physics 3. Extensive use o f interactive com­
puting and computer graphics. Three lectures
and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 1, 2, Mathematics 5, and
Mathematics 6 concurrently.
Spring semester. Boccio and staff.

7 H . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r.
A half-credit course for students with Ad­
vanced Placement credentials in physics and
mathematics. One seminar meeting weekly.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the department
chairman.
Spring semester. Holt.

8 . W a ve s and E le c tric ity and
M a g n e tis m .
This course covers most o f the same material as
Physics 4 at a more sophisticated mathematical
level. Three lectures and a laboratory period
weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 7, Mathematics 6 , and
Mathematics 16A concurrently.
Fall semester. O ffered beginning Fall 1987.

14 . In tro ductio n to Quantum P h y s ic s .
An introduction to modern physics, including
relativity, wave mechanics, Schrodinger equa­
tion applied to one-dimensional systems, the
world as a vector space, and properties o f
atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and elemen­
tary particles. The empirical basis o f modern
physics is emphasized. Three lectures and a
laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 1, 7, 8, or equivalent;
Mathematics 16 or 18 taken concurrently.
Fall semester 1986; spring semester in subsequent
years. Tung.

15 . S ta tis tic a l and T h e rm a l P h y s ic s .
Basic methods and concepts appropriate for
the treatment o f systems consisting o f very
many particles. Statistical mechanics and ther­
modynamics are presented from a unified point
o f view. The ideas o f the atomistic nature of
matter, concepts from quantum mechanics,
and statistical postulates are combined to bring
out conclusions about the macroscopic be­
havior o f matter. Three lectures and laboratory
weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 14.
Spring semester 1987. Bilaniuk.

20 . P rin c ip le s o f the Ea rth S c ie n c e s .
An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.
Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geo­
morphology. Reading and discussion based on
current literature. The underlying physical and
chemical principles are stressed. Laboratory
demonstrations and one or more field trips. No

special scientific background required.
Not offered 1986-87.

2 1 . P rin c ip le s o f A e ro n a u tic s .
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc­
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi­
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground
lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enrollment
limited. (The Department of Physics is certified
by the F.A.A. as a Pilot Ground School.)
Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution
requirement.
Spring semester 1987. Bilaniuk.

2 2 . En e rg y fo r M a n kin d .
The role o f energy in the modem world. Re­
newable and nonrenewable energy resources,
their present and potential use and abuse. The
physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil,
hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean,
bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear
fusion, and other energy sources; their respec­
tive advantages and disadvantages. Lectures
and afternoon session (lab or field trip). No
prerequisites, but enrollment limited because
o f field trips.
Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution
requirement.
Not offered 1986-87. Bilaniuk.

23. R e la tiv ity .
A non-mathematical introduction to the special
and general theories o f relativity as developed
by Einstein and others during the 20th century.
W e will address questions such as: What is
spacetime? Do you know where you are or what
time it is? Are there really any forces? What is
gravity? W hat are black holes and should you
worry about them? Emphasis will be on spacetime diagrams and geometrical concepts. No
previous physics courses are required. The
course will use only high school algebra and
geometry.
Acceptable for the non-PDC science distribu­
tion requirement.
Not offered 1986-87. Boccio.

2 4 . Iss u e s in A r m s C on tro l and
D is a rm a m e n t.
An examination o f attempts to control nuclear
and conventional weapons since World War II.
Particular emphasis will be placed upon the
SALT process and its alternatives, the internal
and external constraints involved in negotia-

187

P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y

tions, and the scientific and political factors
involved in creating and controlling weapons
systems. This course does not satisfy the dis­
tribution requirements. Cross-listed with Reli­
gion 24.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructors:
Not offered 1986-87. Holt and Frost.

40 . C o m p u te r G ra p h ic s .
FO RTRA N 77 programming. Mathematical
aspects o f computer graphics including algo­
rithms for two- and three-dimensional trans­
formations, clipping, projections, scan-conver­
sion, anti-aliasing, three-dimensional curves
and surfaces, hidden lines and surfaces, shading
and color. We will develop a simple graphics
package, a solids-modeling system, and a ray­
tracing system from first principles. Use will be
made o f TELLAGRAF, DISSPLA, MOVIEBYU, ONELIB, and locally-developed software
systems in conjunction with high resolution
color graphics hardware. Graphics, workstation
design, and device interfacing will also be
discussed within the Graphics Kernel System
and DISSPLA Dynamics. Cross-listed as Com­
puter Science 40.
Prerequisite: Physics 2, Mathematics 16, 18,
and reasonable programming background in a
high-level language.
Spring semester. Boccio.

5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e c is io n -m a k in g , and
U n c e rta in ty .
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The course
covers philosophical, psychological, and math­
ematical aspects o f decision-making in the face
o f uncertain evidence. Topics covered include
the nature o f scientific evidence and experi­
mentation; probabilistic evidence and the law;
uncertainty and medicine; inferential vs.
Bayesian statistics; human decision-making,
rational and irrational; techniques and correc­
tives o f decision-making. The theories will be
related to such public issues as nuclear power,

hazardous waste disposal, vaccination pro­
grams, and strategic nuclear planning.
Acceptable for non-PDC distribution require­
ment. Cross-listed as Mathematics 51 and Psy­
chology 41.
Spring semester. Holt, Iversen, and Kellman.

63. P ro c e d u re s in Exp e rim e n ta l
P h y s ic s .
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be
useful in future research. Techniques, materials,
and the design o f experimental apparatus. Shop
practice. Printed circuit design and construc­
tion. Half-credit course.
Spring semester. Andrews, Dougherty, and
Sungar.

93. D ire cte d Reading o r P ro je c t.
This course provides an opportunity for an
individual student to do special study, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in
fields not covered by the regular courses and
seminars. The student will present oral and
written reports to the instructor.

9 4. Ex p e rim e n ta l o r T h e o re tic a l
R e s e a rc h .
Initiative for a research project may come from
the student, or the work may involve collabora­
tion with on-going faculty research. The stu­
dent will present a written and an oral report to
the Department.

9 7 . S e n io r C o n fe re n c e .
This half-course is designed to give students an
overview o f all o f their physics courses by
studying a variety o f physical problems. Most
recently this has been accomplished by way o f a
written thesis and an oral presentation on a
topic agreed upon by the student and the
instructor. When offered this course replaces
the departmental comprehensive examination.
Half-credit course.
Spring semester.

SEMINARS
Most seminars have an associated laboratory
program. In general, the laboratory meets one
afternoon per week. Laboratory programs in­
clude substantial set-piece experiments and
projects. The laboratory program is described

188

after the seminars.

101 A . In te rm e d ia te M e c h a n ic s.
A general study o f classical mechanics. Topics
include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and

three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary
motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion; damp­
ing; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equations and
variational principles. Systems o f particles;
collisions and cross sections. Motion o f a rigid
body in two and three dimensions; Euler’s
equations. Rotating frames o f reference. Small
oscillations and normal modes. Wave phe­
nomena in one and two dimensions.
Prerequisites: Physics 14; Math 18.
Fall semester. Boecio.

1 0 1 B . In te rm e d ia te Ele c tric ity
and M a g n e tis m .
A general study o f electricity and magnetism
using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric
and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic
materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel­
opment o f Maxwell’s field equations in differ­
ential form. Displacement current. Poynting
theorem and electromagnetic waves. Simple
boundary value problems.
Fall semester. Heald.

10 2 A . Q u a ntu m P h y s ic s : T h e o ry .
A more formal continuation o f Physics 14.
Topics include: Review o f classical concepts.
Postulates o f quantum mechanics. Operators,
eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function
spaces and hermitian operators; BRA-KET
notation. Superposition and observables. Time
development, conservation theorems, and par­
ity. One-dimensional systems. Two-dimensional
systems. Angular momentum. Three-dimen­
sional systems. Matrix mechanics and spin.
Coupled angular momenta. Time-independent
perturbation theory. Time-dependent pertur­
bation theory. Transition rates.
Prerequisites: Physics 14 and 101A/B; Math
8 1 ,8 2 (concurrent).
Spring semester. Tung.

10 2B . Q uantum P h y s ic s : A p p lic a tio n s .
Directly integrated with Physics 102A. Topics
include: Review o f history. Relativistic dynam­
ics. Atomic spectroscopy. Solid-state physics.
Nuclear physics. Particle physics. Molecular
physics.
Spring semester. Sungar.

103 A . Ele c tro d y n a m ic s .
Applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Bound­
ary-value problems in curvilinear coordinates;
special functions. Waveguides, antennas, radia­
tion. Classical election theory. Four-vector
formulation o f relativistic electrodynamics.
Microscopic theory o f the electrical and mag­
netic properties o f materials. Plasma physics.
Superconductivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 101 A/B; Mathematics
8 1 ,8 2 .
Fall semester. Sungar.

10 3 B . W a v e s and P h y s ic a l O p tic s .
Geometrical optics. Acoustic waves. Disper­
sive media. Waves in three dimensions. Electro­
magnetic waves. Superposition. Reflection and
refraction. Interference. Fraunhofer and Fresnel
diffraction. Polarization. Spectrometers and
interferometers. Fourier analysis. Sources and
detectors. Crystal optics. Matrix optics. Lasers.
Coherence. Holography. Nonlinear optics.
Quantum aspects o f light.
Fall semester. Moscatelli.

1 0 4 A / B . S e n io r Se m ina r.
One or two seminars, comprised o f a single
subject or a combination o f subjects selected
from the following list, will be offered each
year. Actual choices vary from year to year
depending on available faculty and student
interests.
Astrophysics
Atomic physics; Spectroscopy
Fluid dynamics
General relativity
Nuclear physics
Particle physics
Philosophy o f physics
Plasma physics
Quantum optics; lasers
Solidstate physics
Statistical physics
Topics in mathematical physics
Topics in physics and public policy
Spring semester. Holt and Moscatelli.

THE UPPERCLASS LABORATORY PROGRAM
Digital Ele c tro n ic s L a b o ra to ry .
(done in conjunction with Physics 101A/B).

Design techniques for analogand digital circuits
including microprocessors.

189

P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y

A d v a n c e d L a b o r a to ry I.

2 1 ,2 2 . T h e o re tic a l A s tr o p h y s ic s I, II.

(done in conjunction with Physics 102A/B).

Techniques applied to the physical interpreta­
tion o f astronomical phenomena. Topics in­
clude electromagnetic processes in space, quan­
tum and relativistic astrophysics, radiative
transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpretation
o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure and
evolution. Problems and projects will be
assigned.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 14.
Gaustad.

A d v a n c e d L a b o r a to ry II.
(done in conjunction with Physics 103A/B).
Experiments in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, waves, optics, atomic and nuclear
physics.

ASTRONOMY
1 . In tro d u c to ry A s tro n o m y .
A Primary Distribution Course which high­
lights the scientific investigation o f the universe
by obervation and theory, and includes the
basic notions o f physics as needed in astro­
nomical applications. Topics include astronom­
ical instruments and radiation; the sun and
planets; properties, structure, and evolution of
stars; the Galaxy and extra-galactic systems;
and the origin and evolution o f the universe.
Three class periods each week plus evening
labs.
Each semester. Fall: Heintz. Spring: Gaustad.

2 3 . M e th o d s o f O b se rva tio n a l
A s tr o n o m y .
Theory and practice in the techniques o f
modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation:
telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­
tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­
tral clasification; data analysis. The photo­
graphic process. Students will undertake proj­
ects using the Swarthmore telescopes.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 .
Not offered 1986-87 .

5 .6 . G e n e ra l A s tro n o m y I, II.
Intended for science students, these courses
introduce the methods and results o f astronomy
and astrophysics, making use o f basic physical
and mathematical principles. They are pre­
requisites for courses numbered 21 and above.
Although separable, they should normally be
taken in the spring-fall sequence following
Physics 1.
Spring: Celestial coordinates. Astronomical
instruments. Laws o f physics relevant to as­
tronomy. Observed properties o f the sun and
stars. Stellar structure and evolution. Star
clusters. Celestial mechanics. Binary stars.
Fall: Interstellar matter. The Milky Way Galaxy.
Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology. The solar
system.
Prerequisite: Physics 1 and Mathematics 5 or
equivalent.
Astronomy 6 not offered in Fall 1986. Heintz and
Gaustad.

5 1 . C e le stia l M e c h a n ic s.
The two-body and three-body problems, orbits
and perturbation theory, numerical solutions,
satellite motions.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 and Astronomy 6 .
Fall semester. Heintz.

5 2. C o n ce p ts o f th e C o s m o s.
Historical survey o f astronomical thought. In­
cludes oriental astrology, hellenistic geometry
and cosmology, and the development o f ob­
servation and astrophysics in the 200 years
from Halley to Einstein.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 1.
Spring semester. Heintz.

55. P la n e ta ry S c ie n c e .
Methods and results o f the exploration o f the
solar system.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 .
Not offered 1986-87.

9 . In tro d u ctio n to M e te o ro lo g y .
The elements o f weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather observa­
tions and comparison with maps.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 , 6 , or equivalent.
Spring semester. Heintz.

190

5 6 . C o s m o lo g y .
General relativity and the theoretical frame­
work o f cosmology. World models. Optical
and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5 , 6 ; Mathematics 6 .
Not offered 1986-87. Heintz.

59. P o sitio n a l A s tro n o m y .
Coordinate systems and transformations; fun­
damental and apparent positions; proper mo­
tion and binary-star analysis.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 .
Not offered 1986-87. Heintz.

cal literature. Instruction will be given in
techniques o f journal reading, use o f abstract
services, and other aids for the efficient main­
tenance o f awareness in a technical field. May
be repeated for credit.
Spring semester. Gaustad.

6 1 . C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tr o p h y s ic s .

93. D ire cte d Reading.

A half-course involving reading and discussion
o f selected research papers from the astronomi­

9 4. R e se a rc h P ro je c t.

191

P o litic a l S c ie n c e

C H A R L E S E. G ILB ER T , Professor
R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S , Professor3
J A M E S R . K U R T H , Professor
DAVID G . S M IT H , Professor and Chairman
C H A R L E S R . B E IT Z , Associate Professor
R IC H A R D L . R U B IN , Associate Professor o f Political Science and Public Policy (part-time)
K E N N E T H E . S H A R P E , Associate Professor
T Y R E N E W H IT E , Assistant professor
V A L E R IE C . R U B S A M E N , Instructor
Courses and seminars offered by the Political
Science Department deal with the place of
politics in society and contribute to an under­
standing o f the purposes, organization, and
operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. For the beginning student,
the Department offers courses dealing general­
ly with the basic concepts o f political science
and the processes o f politics as illustrated by
case studies, by theoretical analysis, and by
more extended study o f politics in various

institutional settings. In appropriate places
throughout the curriculum attention is focused
on problems o f change (evolutionary and
revolutionary), freedom and authority, war and
peace—and on the development o f political
institutions that are responsive to the needs of
our day. Courses are provided that give special
attention to political theory, comparative polit­
ical systems, international politics, and politics
in the United States.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students planning to study political science are
advised to start with either Elements o f Politics
(Political Science 1) or Policy-Making in
America (Political Science 2). They should
then continue with one or more other intro­
ductory courses offered in the second semester:
Policy-Making in America (Political Science
2), Comparative Politics (Political Science 3),
and International Politics (Political Science 4).
Normally any two o f these courses, preferably
including Political Science 1 or Political Science
2 , constitute the prerequisite for further work
in the Department and are particularly recom­
mended for majors. Students who intend to
major in political science should begin their
work in the freshman year if possible. Support­
ing courses strongly recommended for all
majors are Statistics for Observational Data
(Mathematics 1); and Introduction to Eco­
nomics (Economics 1-2). Political Theory,
either in seminar for Honors candidates, or in
Course (Political Science 54 or 55) for Course
students, is required o f all majors.

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

192

Concentration in International Relations: This
concentration, designed for students especially
interested in a career in international relations
or planning a career involving overseas work, is
described on page 140. Students may elect this
concentration while majoring in several alterna­
tive departments including history, economics,
and modem language. For political science
majors concentrating in international relations
the comprehensive requirements for course
majors are adjusted to allow students to
demonstrate graduation level competencies
appropriate to work done in the concentration.
Similar options may be approved by the
department for students in the external exam­
ination program. Details for each program are
worked out with the Coordinator o f the
concentration.
Concentration in Public Policy: This concentra­
tion, designed for students expecting to prepare
for work in government or to pursue further
study in the field o f public policy is described

I on page 206. The normal political science
I comprehensive requirements apply, but these
I allow students flexibility in preparing to graduI ate, in either the course or external examination
programs, so that they may have work reviewed
and/or competency tested in their policy
concentration.
Comprehensive Requirement: Majors not sitting
for the external examination should review
their programs periodically with the depart­
ment, normally with the chairman. All work
programs in the department should be pre­
pared with a view to meeting the distributional
requirements o f the comprehensive examina­
tions. The department recommends for gradu­
ation students be able to write papers that
demonstrate three competencies: use o f em­
pirical evidence, analysis o f political theory,
and evaluation o f policy. Students must also
show knowledge o f material in at least three of
the four major subfields o f the discipline:
political theory, American politics, compara­
tive politics, and international politics. Usually
papers originally prepared in a course best
serve as the basis for meeting the comprehen­
sive requirement. More detailed information
on this exercise and its implication for course
selection is offered during the junior year.
Information on comprehensive requirements is
available in the political science department
I office. Comprehensive qualifying papers must
be submitted well before the end o f the senior
I year.

1. Ele m e n ts o f P o litic s .
I Designed to probe some major questions of
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
I interests o f whom? How? What are the sources
I of political stability and change? How is
I political power created, maintained, or chalI lenged? Answering these questions will involve
I a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and
I moving forces o f politics and exploring probI lems such as justice, freedom, equality, and
I obligation. Materials will be drawn from the
I United States and other countries.
I Primary distribution course.
I Fall semester. Staff.

I 2. P o lic y -M a k in g in A m e ric a .
I
I
I
I

Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f American politics. Major attention will be devoted to

electoral organizations, voting behavior and
opinion formation, legislation and presidential
leadership, administration and policy choices.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Staff.

3. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s .
An introduction to theories o f comparative
politics and to the data used in comparing
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems of Western Europe,
particularly Britain, France, West Germany,
Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on
political culture; political crises; political par­
ties, including Communist, anarchist, and fas­
cist movements; and contemporary political
institutions and policy-making.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.

4 . In terna tio n a l P o litic s .
An introduction to the analysis of the contem­
porary international system and its evolution in
the twentieth century. The course will examine
various approaches to explaining wars, inter­
ventions, and international economic conflicts.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.

11. P ro b le m s in C om m u n ity
G o v e rn m e n t.
The social, economic, and legal setting of
American local government. Politics and ad­
ministration at state and local levels, with
emphasis on city and suburbs. Problems of
federalism and metropolitan areas. Various
public functions or policies—e.g., planning,
housing, law enforcement—are considered as
they relate to governmental capacities, private
interests, and political values.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

14 . A m e ric a n Fo re ig n Po licy.
An examination o f the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems faced
by the United States in the modern world. The
course will focus on the influence o f political,
bureaucratic, and economic forces and on the
problems o f war, intervention, and economic
conflict.
Fall semester. Riot offered 1986-87.

18. P o litic a l D e ve lo p m e n t.
An examination o f the political conditions of
social change and economic development. The
processes which promote change and affect the

193

Political Science

stability and capacity o f political systems will
be considered in the context o f a diverse group
o f third world states.
Spring semester. Hopkins.

19. C o m p a ra tiv e C o m m u n is t P o litic s .
A comparative study o f the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies of
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. White.

20 . P o litic s o f C hin a .
An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese
politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­
making, policy implementation, economic pro­
grams, and foreign policy.
Fall semester. White.

2 1. P o litic s o f A fr ic a .
A survey o f political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects o f political change
including traditional attitudes, leadership, eth­
nic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism, military
intervention, national integration, and interna­
tional involvements.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87.

2 2 . La tin A m e ric a n P o litic s .
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy of
Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources o f instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning o f politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers,
middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners,
etc.); and the economic and political difficul­
ties raised by U.S.-Latin American relations.
These topics will be approached through a
comparative study o f such countries as Brazil,
Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

30. W om en and P o litic s .
A study o f the role o f women in political life
through both the reading o f relevant political
theorists and the examination o f specific policy
issues. The first portion o f the course will focus
on the problem o f the subordination o f women
as it has been analyzed by thinkers from Mill

194

through Engels to modern feminists. The
second portion will concentrate on the partici­
pation o f women in politics, and on issues of
particular concern to women such as abortion
and women in the workforce.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Rubsamen.

43.

Int

I Th.
foo
foo
in]
off
car
less
anc
4 0 . Th e V ietn am W ar.
The aim o f this course is to explore the reasons toi
for U.S. military involvement in Vietnam in fin:
the 1950s and 1960s and for the military
withdrawal in the 1970s. Topics include Viet­ pol
nam’s colonial background; the defeat o f the COI
French and the partition of Vietnam in 1954; Fa!
the U .S. military commitment; foreign policy
in the Kennedy-Johnson years; the anti-war 44
movement; the Nixon policy o f "Vietnamiza- An
tion” ; and the effects o f the war on Cambodia I dir
! grc
and Laos.
I pol
Not offered 1986-87.
of]
istl
4 1. D e fe n se P o lic y .
COI
Analysis o f the history and structure o f Ameri­ em
can defense policy since World War II, with fin
particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons as
systems and military strategies. Political, eco­ S u
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations of l c
past and present policies will be explored.
Fa,
Fall semester. Kurth.

I

4 2 . H e alth Po licy.
(Also listed as Economics 42.) Analysis of
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester. Hollister and Smith.

50
All

Th
th<
gO'
I zat
I lav

I to
Fa

51
an

Pr<
pr

II an

I ac<

jity
I re<

tn

lie 43. Foo d P o lic y : N atio na l and
à- International Is s u e s .
of The causes and possible solutions to major
in food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and
food insecurity. The role o f government policy
in in production, distribution, and consumption
of food. Principal focus will be upon the Ameri­
can agricultural experience, food systems in
less developed countries, international trade
and aid as solutions, and international measures
ns to improve food security. A field trip, an early
in final exam, and a substantial paper are features
ry of the course. Students with little work in
:t- political science may be admitted with the
he consent o f the instructor.
4; Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87.
cy
rar 44. R a c e , Eth n ic ity and P u b lic P o lic y .
:a- An analysis o f important policy questions with
lia I direct and indirect bearing on racial and ethnic
I groups. The focus o f the course is on: 1) the
I political institutions that shape the formulation
of policy (elections and parties, courts, admin­
istrative agencies); 2 ) specific policy areas of
contemporary conflict (housing, education,
ri- employment); 3 ) the various mechanisms (af­
ith firmative action, quotas, targeted job aid) used
>ns as remedies. The format will be discussion.
:o- Suggested prerequisite either Political Science
of 1 or 2.
Fall semester. Rubin.

50. P u b lic L a w and Public
A d m in is tra tio n .
of
nd
nd
for
of
rsind
nd
es,
cal
1th
rans.
lid
iot
be
ice

Theory and practice o f administrative law in
the United States. Role o f the courts in
governmental administration. Issues o f organi­
zation and procedure. The interaction o f public
law and public policy, with particular attention
to certain sectors o f public policy.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87.

5 1. To p ic s in P u b lic A d m in is tra tio n
and P o lic y .
Problems o f policymaking and administration,
I primarily in American national government,
from the standpoints o f public-policy analysis
and democratic theory. Central topics include:
accountability, responsibility, and productiv­
ity; organization theory and governmental
reorganization; budgeting, planning, and "ra­
tional” decision; public relations and clientelism; regulation and public enterprise; adminis­
trative law; intergovernmental relations; Con­

gress, Presidency, and administration.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

5 2. A m e ric a n C o n stitutio na l L a w .
The role o f the Supreme Court in the American
political system, viewed both historically and
through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of
constitutional law and development empha­
sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial
review; federalism and the scope o f national
power; due process, equal protection, the First
Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Fall semester. Smith.

5 3 . A m e ric a n P a rty P o litic s .
An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri­
can political parties. The study o f interest
groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legis­
lative process.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rubin or
Gilbert.

5 3 B . T h e M a s s M ed ia and A m e ric a n
P o litic s .
An historical and contemporary consideration
o f the effects o f mass media on American
political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on the transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institutions.
Fall semester. Rubin.

5 3 C . P re s id e n tia l P o litic s and
P u b lic P o lic y .
The central focus o f the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exercise
o f presidential power.
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rubin.

5 4 . P o litic a l T h e o ry : Pla to to
M a c h ia v e lli.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­
gence o f a distinctively modern political out­
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes of the city-state; the
role o f law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Recommended for students who plan to take
the Political Theory seminar.
Fall semester. Sharpe.

195

Political Science

5 5 . M o d e rn P o litic a l T h e o ry.
A study and critique o f liberalism through
close reading and analysis o f the writings of
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.S. Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding liberty,
political obligation, the common good, human
nature, and distributive justice. Not open to
students uiho plan to take the Political Theory
seminar.
Spring semester. Beitz.

5 6 . C o n te m p o ra ry Po litica l Th e o ry .
An examination o f political theory from Marx
and J.S. Mill to present. Among other topics a
special concern will be the ability o f contemporary liberal political and economic thought to
respond to its critics’ attacks on its psychologi­
cal and epistemological foundations, and on its
adequacy as a guide to political understanding
and action. An effort will be made to under­
stand the various and often conflicting currents
within liberal theory, as well as to identify
certain common problems. Marxist, existeru
tialist, anarchist, and structuralist critics may
be considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Sharpe or
Beitz.

5 7. Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso­
phers, and social scientists. Issues to be
considered include the nature and validity of
law, the relation o f law to morality, and the
place o f political theory in the judicial decision.
Some current moral issues in law may be
discussed. Readings will be chosen from clas­
sical and contemporary works in the philosophy
and social science o f law as well as from
representative cases.
Spring semester. Beitz or Smith.

58. In tern a tio n a l Po litica l T h e o ry .
An examination o f several important moral
problems in international affairs. Topics to be
discussed include the morality o f war, war
crimes and the rules o f warfare, and the ethics
o f nuclear deterrence; intervention, self-deter­
mination, and the moral status o f the nation­
state; and international distributive justice.
Readings will be selected from classical and

196

contemporary sources.
Spring semester. Beitz.

35
I

59. C ath o lic S o c ia l T h o u g h t.

Pai
(AlsolistedasPhilosophy59andReligion59.)I
The course will study the Catholic tradition of I mc
social thought, recent theoretical development I i°8
in that tradition, and its rapidly growing c“
influence on social and political movements, I * '
especially in Latin America. The principal I an<
readings will be drawn from 1) Papal social I P°
encyclicals; 2 ) documents o f the Second Vati- I ~PU
can Council and Latin American bishops on I ani
nuclear war and the economy; 3 ) writings of I 'nc
liberation theology. From time to time, selected I 65
applications o f this theory, e.g., the growth of I
"base communities” in Brazil will also be I
studied.
I 67
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Kurth and | Pc
Lacey.
I (A

60. S p e cial To p ic s in Po litica l
S c ie n c e .

1 1

Open to senior Course majors in Political I
Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three I _
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Spring semester. Members o f the Department. I

6 2 . C ollo q uim and R e se a rc h P ro je c t on | in
P re s id e n tia l Ele c tio n s .
I w<
The principal requirement of this course is the I 6F
successful completion o f an independent re-1
search project that examines a single presi-1 ac*

dential election campaign between 1952 and I ln
1984. There will be background readings and I tn
discussion o f the presidential election system, I se
the dynamics o f shifting groups in coalitions, I &
and the role o f the mass media. Each student I ot
will be doing an independent research paper. I
Topics for papers include analyzing candidate I V
images, political themes, public opinion, and | SB
campaign strategies during a particular election I “f
year, putting the specific campaign in the I H
broader context o f election cycles, institutional I _
changes, and shifts in public policy. Enrollment I
will be limited; interested students should see I
Professor Rubin for permission.
Prerequisite: Political Science 2 and/or an I
advanced course in American politics.
I ^
Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rubin.
I Pf

6 4 . P o litic a l S o c ia liza tio n and S c h o o ls . I i(

(Also listed as Education 64. See course I A
description under Program in Education.)
I pi
Fall semester. Travers.
I sc

65. P o litic a l P s yc h o lo g y.

68. En v iro n m e n ta l Po licy.

A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
>•)
of individuals. Personality differences and psycho­
nt logical processes are examined both for politi­
ng cal leaders and for the general public. Topics
ts, thus include psychobiographies of presidents
>al and other leaders; psychological distortion in
ial political decision; personality types among the
ti- .public psychological factors in public opinion
an I and revolution. Projects may involve class or
of individual research. (Cross-listed as Psychology
ed I 65.)
of I Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Peabody.

(Cross-listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require understanding o f environmental pro­
cesses including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f the instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87 . McGarity.

be

(Also listed as Economics 91). The course
treats together the economic and political
aspects o f public policy on employment,
output, and the price level. The course focuses
on both theory and selected modern episodes
in American experience and policy. Intended as
a single- or double-credit seminar for students
in the Public Policy Concentration and open
for single credit to others who have taken appro­
priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which
consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions,
one o f the instructors.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and
Economics 1 and 2.
Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87.

67. S o c ia l In su ra n ce and W elfare
nd Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 67.) The principal
American policies and programs dealing pri­
marily with relief o f poverty and economic
insecurity, and the prospects and options for
:al reform in this field. Topics include: Social
ee
Security, national health insurance, unemploy­
ment compensation, and welfare reform. The
various public objectives and methods of
in income support and related social services, as
well as certain contextual or alternative pro­
he I grams and regulatory policies. Conceptions of
re- "welfare” ; economic, social, political, and
si- administrative or professional considerations
nd in policy; historical and comparative perspec­
nd tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit
m, seminar for students in the Public Policy
ns, Concentration and open for single credit to
:nt others who have taken appropriate Public
et. Policy prerequisites, on which consult the
ite I Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the
nd I instructors.
on I Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Gilbert and
he I Hollister.

69. P o litic a l Ec o n o m y o f
M a c ro e c o n o m ic P o lic y .

93. D ire c te d Re ading s in Po litica l
S c ie n c e .
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and the
instructor.

96. T h e s is .
W ith the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, normally
during either semester o f the senior year.

ial I

SEMINARS
an

Is.

The following seminars prepare for examina­
tion for a degree with Honors:

101. P o litic a l T h e o ry .

rse I An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations o f liberalism and
I socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
--------------------------------------------------------- —

from Hobbes to Marx and including works of
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such problems
as the nature o f legitimate authority, the basis of
political obligation, liberty, and democracy.
Particular attention will be given to the ques­
tion o f distributive justice and the relevance of

Political Science

Marx’s political and philosophical writings to
liberal theory.
Each semester. Beitz.

10 2. P o litic s and Le g is la tio n .
The study o f political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative
process. Emphasis is on American politics,
with some comparative material; and, ultimate'
ly, on politics from the standpoint o f theories
o f political democracy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

103. P ro b le m s in G o v e rn m e n t and
A d m in is tra tio n .
Problems o f administrative organization, policy­
making and responsibility, with primary refer­
ence to the United States and to selected fields
o f policy.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

10 4. In te rn a tio n a l P o litic s .
An inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include (1) competing
theories o f international politics, ( 2 ) war and
the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management of
various global issues such as food and energy.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­
lent.
Spring semester. Kurth.

105. A m e ric a n Fo re ig n Po licy.
A study o f key problems faced by the United
States in the modem world together with a
critical investigation o f the making and imple­
menting o f American foreign policy. A variety
o f explanations o f American foreign policy will
be discussed and evaluated, and the political,
economic, and social influences upon it will be
considered. Key assumptions o f United States
policy-makers will be subjected to scrutiny, and
alternate assumptions and policies will be
analyzed.
Fall semester. Kurth.

106. P u b lic L a w and Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realistic,”
and behavioral approaches to jurisprudence;
the nature o f the judicial process and other
problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated by judi­
cial decisions and other legal materials relating
to selected areas o f law.
Spring semester. Smith.

198

10 7. C o m p a ra tiv e C o m m u n is t P o litic s . I y

A comparative study o f the various communist I
countries, with special attention to the Soviet I
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic. I “ *
Analysis o f differences in goal structures, I
modes o f rule, and social development as a I
function o f the interaction between legacies of I
the paths to power, domestic political conflict, I
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. White.

108. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : Eu ro p e .
A comparative study o f the political systems of I
Western Europe. The major countries exam-1
ined will be Britain, France, Germany, Italy and I
Spain. Topics will include (1) competing I
theories o f comparative politics, ( 2 ) the rela- I
tionships between economic development, I
economic crises, and political conflict, (3) I
political parties, including communist, anar- I
chist, and fascist movements, and (4 ) con- I
temporary political institutions and policy- I
making.
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the equiva- I
lent.
Fall semester. Rubsamen.

109. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : A fr ic a and
the T h ird W o rld.
A comparative study o f the politics o f societies
undergoing change and pursuing "development.” Various theories, approaches, and
methods o f explanation are examined and
considered in the context o f Africa and the
third world.
Fall semester. Hopkins.

I
I
I
I
I

1 10 . C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : La tin
A m e ric a .
A comparative study o f the politics o f several
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Republic. The course will focus on important
differences in major institutions, class structures and social values, and an examination of
various theories explaining political stability
and change. Problems will include: difficulties
o f creating stable democratic institutions;
causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and
military interventions; different meanings of
politics for various classes in socialist, corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes; and
the utility o f dependency theory in explaining

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

1

U.S.'Latin American relations.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

180. T h e s is .
All members of the Department.

199

P s y c h o lo g y

K E N N E T H J . B E R G E N , Professor
D E B O R A H G . K E M L E R N E L S O N , Professor'
D E A N P E A B O D Y , Professor
A L L E N M . S C H N E ID E R , Professor
B A R R Y S C H W A R T Z , Professor’
P H IL IP J . K E L L M A N , Associate Professor
J E A N N E M A R E C E K , Associate Professor and Department Head
S H A R O N A R M S T R O N G , Assistant Professor
H A N S W A L L A C H , Research Psychologist

The work o f the Department o f Psychology
deals with the scientific study o f human
behavior and experience; processes o f percep­
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the development
o f the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
The courses and seminars of the Department
are designed to provide a sound basis o f under­
standing o f psychological principles and a grasp
o f research method. Students learn the nature
o f psychological inquiry and the psychological

1

I

1

approach to various problems encountered in
the humanities, the social sciences, and the life
sciences.
A special major is available in conjunction with
Linguistics emphasizing fundamental issues in
human cognitive organization. A full descrip­
tion o f this program may be found under
Linguistics.
A special major in Psychobiology is available in
cooperation with the Department o f Biology.
Consult either Department Head.
{

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in the
Department. Psychology 6 , Critical Issues in
Psychology, can also serve as prerequisite for
further work.
A Course major consists o f at least eight
courses, excluding courses cross-listed in psy­
chology that are taught by members o f other
departments, and normally including four of
the core courses (with course numbers in the
3 0 ’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and
Behavior Theory, Perception, Cognitive Psy­
chology, Psychology o f Language, Social Psy­
chology, Personality, Abnormal Psychology,
and Child Development. Majors are also
expected to take Psychology 12, Psychological
Knowledge: Development and Justification.
Those wishing to substitute more individualized
programs should present their reasons in
writing. Majors should take at least one course1

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

200

providing them with experience in research. In
addition, majors in Course are encouraged to
enroll in Psychology 98 during their senior
year. This course is intended to provide
integration o f different fields o f psychology
and to offer majors one way to meet the
comprehensive requirement. Students intend­
ing to pursue graduate work in psychology will
also find it useful to take one o f the statistics
courses offered by the Department o f Mathe­
matics.
Special M ajor: Psychobiology: The Departments
o f Psychology and Biology offer a special major
that combines work in the two departments,
for students who are interested in the biological
basis o f behavior. The major consists o f a set of
core courses, and three groups o f optional
courses. Consult the head o f either department
for details.

t
a
I

f

I

1

1

TEACHER CERTIFICATION
There are two normal routes to Social Studies
Certification. One o f these is through a major
in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters
of courses in other social sciences. Students
majoring in History, Political Science, and
Sociology-Anthropology are required to take
at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics or Psychology
are required to take six. The other route to
certification is by taking at least twelve semester

courses in social sciences, o f which six must
normally be in one discipline and at least two
more must be in a single other discipline. All
students seeking social studies certification are
required to take two courses in history. As of
1987, at least one course in American history
and one social science course focusing on Third
World or non-Anglo subject matter are re­
quired. For further information, see the listing
for the Program in Education.

1 . In tro d u ctio n to P s yc h o lo g y.

are used to illustrate.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Gergen.

An introduction to the basic process under­
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which normal
and abnormal behavior are determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.

2 1 . Ed uca tion a l P s yc h o lo g y.
(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Renninger.

2 2 . C o u n se lin g .
(See Education 25.)

2 3 . A d o le s c e n c e .
6. C ritic a l Is s u e s in P s y c h o lo g y .
An exploration o f selected issues in psychol­
ogy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer
theoretical questions, especially by analyzing
the relation between psychological theories and
the evidence testing them. This analysis is
applied to previous critical experiments and in
planning new research. The topics covered may
vary from year to year; the department can
supply information on the coverage in a
particular year. Intended to complement Intro­
duction to Psychology, this course will empha­
size student participation and discussion.
Strongly recommended for those who may take
further courses or seminars in psychology.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Peabody.

12. P s yc h o lo g ic a l K n o w le d g e :
D e ve lo p m e n t and Ju s tific a tio n .
Designed to introduce students to the problem
of psychological knowledge. How do we gain
knowledge o f others and ourselves, by what
standards can we say that knowledge has been
enhanced, and how are we to judge propositions
about the mental world? After exploring classic
attempts to answer such questions, two major
positions are contrasted, the empiricist and the
hermeneutic. Psychological theory and research

(See Education 23.)
Spring semester. Smulyan.

30. P h y s io lo g ic a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases of
behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and
memory. Both experimental analyses and clini­
cal implications are considered.
Spring semester. Schneider.

3 1. Le a rn in g and B e h a vio r Th e o ry .
The experimental analysis o f the major phe­
nomena o f learning and conditioning is con­
sidered mainly at the animal level, with
particular attention to the theories o f B.F.
Skinner. Specific empirical and theoretical
issues are considered in detail, and the major
theories are evaluated. The course includes a
laboratory, which is designed to acquaint
students with the processes considered.
Not offered 1986-87. Schwartz.

3 2. P e rc e p tio n .
An exploration o f the connections among
experience, the physical world, and biological
mechanisms. Theories o f direct perception are
contrasted with those asserting the importance
o f inference or hypothesis in perceiving. Pri­
mary emphasis is on research in adult visual

201

perception, but other senses and some develop­
mental issues are also treated. Implications o f
the study o f perception for the theories of
knowledge and the visual arts are examined.
There is laboratory work, including an original
experiment conducted by the class.
Fall semester. Kellman.

3 3 . C o g n itive P s yc h o lo g y.
A broad overview o f the psychology of
knowledge. Models o f human cognition are
examined in light of experimental data. Atten­
tion, pattern recognition, memory, concepts,
thinking, and problem solving are treated,
among other topics. Laboratory exercises and
demonstrations are included to acquaint stu­
dents with the issues and methods in the field.
Fall semester. Armstrong.

3 4. Th e P s y c h o lo g y o f Lan g u ag e .
(See Linguistics 34).
Spring semester.

3 5 . S o c ia l P s yc h o lo g y.
An examination o f theory and research rele­
vant to the understanding of social interaction.
Special emphasis is placed on the social
construction o f reality, rules o f relationship,
and social life as drama.
Spring semester. Peabody.

3 6 . P e rs o n a lity .
An examination o f contrasting theories o f the
human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung,
Fromm, Rogers, and others will be discussed,
and special attention will be given to current
research work.
Fall semester. Gergen.

38. A b n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f major forms o f psychological
disorder in adults and children. Biogenetic,
socio-cultural, and psychological bases o f ab­
normality are examined, along with their corre­
sponding modes o f treatment.
Spring semester. Marecek.

39. Child D e v e lo p m e n t
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
Major theoretical perspectives on the nature of
developmental change are examined, including
those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics include
the formation o f social attachments, the foun­
dations and growth o f perceptual, cognitive,
and social-cognitive skills, gender typing, moral
development, and the impact o f parents and

202

c/>cr««

Psych ology

other social agents on the development o f the
child.
Fall semester. Armstrong.

4 2 . H u m an Intelligence.
This course adopts a broad view o f its topic,
Human Intelligence. One major set o f subtopics
will be drawn from the intelligence-testing (IQ )
tradition and the controversies emerging from
it—including the heritability o f IQ, the relation
between IQ and academic success, between IQ
and creativity, the nature of mental retardation,
and the conception o f intelligence as a general
trait or as a set o f specific abilities. Other and
less traditional concerns will be cognitive
theories o f intelligence, everyday conceptions
o f intelligence, the relation between infant and
adult intelligence, and the relation between
human and animal intelligence.
Kemler Nelson.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

g

4 3 . C o m p a ra tiv e C og n itio n .

I

t

An exploration o f cross-cultural research on
human cognition. W hat are the universals o f
human cognition? What are its distinctive
features? W hat are the major factors that are
responsible for cross-cultural variation in
human cognition? What are the virtues and
pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the study
o f cognition? The course is open to all students
who have had introductory psychology.
Kemler Nelson.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

r
1
s
I
J
(

4 4 . P s y c h o lo g y and W om en.

I

An examination o f psychological theory and
research on women and gender. We will study
representations o f women and men in traditional and feminist writings, including works
by Freud, Erikson, Chodorow, Gilligan, and
Baker Miller. We shall compare the assumptive
bases o f traditional and feminist psychologies
o f women, and examine the critical assumptions found in feminist conceptions o f gender.
In the latter part o f the course, we will study
important issues for women such as domestic
violence, representations o f male and female
sexuality, and problems with eating.
Fall semester. Marecek.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

4 8 . P e rc e p tu a l D e ve lo p m e n t.
Explores the perceptual world o f the infant and
child in order to assess the impact o f experience
on our ability to obtain knowledge through
perception. Research on the early perception o f
objects, space and motion, as well as event and

I
I
I
I

1

jj

"
^
'
s
c
r

$
E

11

*
r

(

|

social perception, will be considered against the
backdrop o f major theoretical controversies.
Students will have the opportunity to devote
much o f their effort in the course to preparing a
substantial paper on a topic o f their choice.
Some knowledge o f development and/or per­
ception may be helpful, but is not prerequisite.
Kellman.

5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e c is io n -m a k in g , and
U n c e rta in ty .
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The course
covers philosophical, psychological, and mathemathical aspects o f decision-making in the face
of uncertain evidence. Topics covered include
the nature o f scientific evidence and experi­
mentation; probabilistic evidence and the law;
uncertainty and medicine; inferential versus
Bayesian statistics; human decision-making,
rational and irrational; techniques and correc­
tives o f decision-making. The theories will be
related to such public issues as nuclear power,
hazardous waste disposal, vaccination, and
strategic nuclear planning. Cross-listed with
Physics and Mathematics.
Spring semester. Holt, Iversen, and Kellman.

5 2. R e p re se n ta tio n s o f W o m e n ’ s
Id e n tity.
(See English 82). Satisfies distribution require­
ment in group 1 not group 3.
Spring semester. Marecek and Blum.

62. Th e C o n stru c tio n o f
P s yc h o lo g ic a l T h e o ry .
How are psychological theories created, con­
structed, and sustained? What limits are there
to psychological understanding? This course
explores various social, aesthetic, and ideolog­
ical factors that enter into the process o f theory
construction. Special attention is also given to
the linguistic and literary conventions that
govern interpretations o f human action.
Prerequisite: Introductory Psychology and at
least one additional course in psychology.
Fall semester. Gergen.

63. S p e c ia l To p ic s in C ogn itive
P s yc h o lo g y.
Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni­
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em­
phasis is placed on the relationship between
theories o f cognition and current experimental

findings. Also, the development o f cognitive
skills receives attention.
Kemler Nelson.

6 4 . M o d e s o f P s yc h o th e ra p y .
A survey o f the theories, practices, and goals of
various modes o f psychotherapy, including
psychodynamic approaches, behavior therapy,
humanistic therapies, cognitive therapy, and
family therapy. Other topics include research
on the effects of psychotherapy, the ethics and
politics o f psychotherapy, and definitions o f
mental health.
Not offered 1986-87. Marecek.

6 5 . P o litic a l P s ych o lo g y.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy­
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies of
presidents and other leaders; psychological
distortion in political decisions; personality
types among the public; psychological factors
in public opinion and revolution. Projects may
involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 65.)
Peabody.

6 7. S p e cial To p ic s in Child
D e ve lo p m e n t.
Aspects o f personality, social, and cognitive
development are examined, with individual
and group field projects an important part of
the course.

68. S p e cial To p ic s in S ocial
P s yc h o lo g y.
Considers special topics in human relations.

69. S p e cial To p ic s in P e rs o n a lity.
Considers selected topics in personality or­
ganization and dynamics.

86. To p ic s in P h ilo so p h y and
P s y c h o lo g y .
This course treats in detail selected topics that
have been separately explored within both
philosophy and psychology. The aim is to
combine research efforts from the two disci­
plines and develop a more complete and
coherent understanding o f the topics than has
been possible within either discipline alone.
Prerequisites: Open to advanced students in

203

P sych ology

either philosophy or psychology who have had
at least one course in each department. Crosslisted as Philosophy 86.
Fall semester. Lacey.

8 7 . C ollo q u iu m : P s y c h o lo g y , B io lo g y
and Ec o n o m ic R a tio n a lity .
The concept o f "economic man,” in rational
pursuit o f self-interest, has had a profound
impact on theory and research throughout the
social sciences in the last two centuries. This
course will offer a critical examination o f the
notion o f economic rationality, exploring the
role it plays in economics, in evolutionary
biology (sociobiology), and in psychology. The
implications o f this notion for thinking about
morality and about social organization will also
be considered. The course will be taught in
seminar format, for two credits.
Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica­
tion, to advanced students in either biology,
economics, philosophy, or psychology.
Schwartz.

90. P ra c tic u m in Clinical P s yc h o lo g y.
An opportunity for advanced psychology stu­
dents to gain supervised experience working in
off-campus research projects or clinical set­
tings. Course requirements and evaluations are
tailored to individual projects. Advance ar­
rangements for placements should be made in
consultation with the instructor.

9 1. R e se a rc h P ra c tic u m in
P h y sio lo g ic a l P s yc h o lo g y.
Research on the neural and chemical bases o f
learning and memory. Current theories are
discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from retrograde amnesia. Laboratory
work is designed to introduce students to
techniques in physiological psychology.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By application.
Fall semester. Schneider.

9 4. Independent R e s e a rc h .

I

Students conduct independent research projects. They typically study problems with which
they are already familiar from their course
work. Students must submit a written report of
their work. Registration for Independent Research requires the sponsorship o f a faculty
member who agrees to supervise the work.
Each semester. Staff.

I
I
I
I
I
I

9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r Paper.
W ith the permission o f the Department,
students may conduct a 2-credit research
project in their senior year as one way to meet
the comprehensive requirement. The course
includes: (a) carrying out a research project
with the advice o f a faculty sponsor and (b)
taking part in a joint discussion group that
shares the problems o f each stage o f the
research. Students should develop a general
plan by the end o f the junior year and apply for
departmental approval. By application.
Both semesters. S taff.

1

1
I
I
I
I
I
I
|
I
I
I

9 8. H is to ry and S y s te m s o f P s y c h o lo g y .
Intended to provide integration o f different
fields o f psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the major
systematic points o f view. Special consideration is given to problems overlapping several
areas of psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody.

10 4. In divid ua l in S o c ie ty.

204

f
f
a
i,
tl
S
11 .
I c

Any student may, with the consent o f a member I
o f the department, work under a tutorial I
arrangement for a single semester. The student I
is thus allowed to select a topic o f particular I
interest, and in consultation with a faculty I
member, prepare a reading list and work plan. I
Tutorial work may include field research I
outside Swarthmore.
1 1
Each semester. Staff.
I 5

SEMINARS
An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are
discussed, including the understanding o f other
persons, theories o f cognitive consistency,
group influence and conformity. Applications

i

to political attitudes, group prejudices, the
relation o f attitudes and personality, and the
relation o f psychology to the social sciences are
also considered. Two credits.
Fall semester. Peabody.

S
t
I
s
<
f
s
1
i
<

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

i
i
]
s

1

I
i

105. P e rs o n a lity .

133a and b. C o g n itive P s yc h o lo g y.

An exploration o f general theories o f human
functioning from Freud to the present. Special
attention is given to the empirical, intellectual,
ideological, and pragmatic basis o f competing
theoretical perspectives. Two credits.
Spring semester. Gergen.

Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33.
The second part o f the seminar (133b) is an
intensive study o f higher mental processes.
Specific topics include mental representation,
memory organization, imagery, attention and
consciousness, concept formation, reading,
thinking, and problem-solving. One credit each
semester.
Both semesters. Armstrong.

107. Lan gu age and Th ou gh t.
See Linguistics 107.

109. P h y sio lo g ic a l P s yc h o lo g y.
An analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language. Gen­
eralizations derived from neurobehavioral rela­
tions will be brought to bear on clinical issues,
i Two credits.
I Spring semester. Schneider.

I 118. Ph ilo so p h y o f P s ych o lo g y.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

See Philosophy 118.
Fall semester. Lacey.

131a and b. Le a rn in g and B e h a vio r
T h e o ry.
See description o f Psychology 31. Students are
expected to attend lectures given in Psychology
31, and to participate in the laboratory. The
second part o f the seminar (131b) considers in
depth special topics o f interest discussed in the
first part o f the seminar. One credit each
semester.
Not offered 1986-87. (W ill be offered 1987-88.)
Schwartz.

13 2a . and b. P e rc e p tio n .
I Psychology 132a meets with Psychology 32.
The second part o f the seminar (132b) explores
selected topics in human perception. Major
theories and experimental data direct our ex­
ploration o f the roles o f inborn mechanisms
and inferential processes in producing percep­
tual experience. Adult visual perception of
form, space, motion and their interrelations are
major concerns. Intersensory coordination,
some auditory perception and perceptual adapI tation are also considered. One credit each
I semester.
I Both semesters. Kellman.

13 8 . A b n o rm a l P s y c h o lo g y .
A study in depth o f various theoretical perspec­
tives on psychological disorders, including
schizophrenia, autism, depression, and anxiety
disorders. Underlying assumptions o f each
theory will be considered, as well as empirical
evidence supporting the theory. Approaches to
treatment will also be studied. Two credits.
Fall semester. Marecek.

139a and b. Child D e ve lo p m e n t.
See description o f Psychology 39. Students are
expected to attend and take part in Psychology
39. The second part o f the seminar (139b)
considers in depth special topics o f interest
within the field. A research component is
frequently included in the second part o f the
seminar. One credit each semester.
Fall semester. 139a: Armstrong.
Spring semester. 139b: Kemler Nelson.

180. T h e s is .
May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member o f the Depart­
ment is available to undertake the direction of
the thesis. May be taken either as a 2-credit,
1-semester course or as a 2-semester course for
one credit each semester. Students writing a
thesis are expected to attend the weekly
meetings o f senior paper students during the
semester(s) they are enrolled for Thesis.
Each semester. All members of the Department.

205

P u b lic P o lic y

Coordinator: R IC H A R D L . R U R IN
Committee:

Rush H o lt (Physics)
C h a rle s E . G ilb e rt (Political Science)
F . M . S c h e re r (Economics)

The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart­
ments toward both critical and practical under­
standing o f sectors o f public policy, such as
social welfare, health, energy, food and agricul­
ture, and national defense. The focus o f the
courses in the concentration is on the devel­
opment, formulation, implementation, and
evaluation o f policy. The departments centrally
concerned with the concentration are Political
Science, Economics, and Engineering; but

work in other departments is decidedly perti­
nent to the concentration. Faculty members
from other departments may be direcdy in­
volved in the concentration, and course or
seminar offerings from other departments may,
in certain circumstances, meet requirements
for the concentration. Some competence in
formal or quantitative methods is required for
students concentrating in Public Policy, but
work in the concentration equally emphasizes
historical, institutional, and normative analysis.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most
integrally with a major in one or more o f the
participating departments o f Political Science,
Economics, or Engineering. At a minimum, the
concentration consists o f certain course re­
quirements, totaling six credits (some o f which
are also counted toward one’s department
major), and an internship. The program o f each
concentrator should be worked out in consul­
tation with the Coordinator o f the Public
Policy Program and approved by the Coordi­
nator, preferably at the same time as majors in
the Course and Honors Programs are planned,
but not later than the middle o f one’s junior
year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
cover three basic areas: ( 1 ) economic analysis,
(2 ) political analysis, and (3) quantitative
analysis. These may normally be met by
preparation in specified courses. The economic
analysis requirement can be met by Ecomonics
2 0 (Economics Theory) or Economics 22
(Public Finance). The political analysis re­
quirement can be met by Political Science 50
(Public Law and Public Administration) or
Political Science 51 (Topics in Public Adminis­
tration and Policy) or Political Science 2
(Policy-Making in America). The quantitative

206

analysis requirement can be met by Mathe­
matics 1 (Statistics for Observational Data), or
Mathematics 2 (Statistics for Experimental
Data), Economics 4 (Statistics for Economists),
Engineering/Economics 57 (Operations Res­
earch), or Economics 108 (Econometrics).
Equivalent honors courses may be substituted
for any o f the above.
In addition to the three preparatory or pre­
requisite courses, three credits must be taken
from among the substantitive policy courses
listed below. These courses deal with substan­
tive sectors and institutional aspects o f public
policy analysis. Many o f die courses will be
offered for one credit and all concentrators
have to take one o f these three credits in a
jointly taught course or seminar. The joindy
taught courses, taught by faculty members
from two different departments, can be taken
for single or double credit and only those
seminars or courses approved for double credit
may be taken as units in the External Examina­
tion program.
Students interested in the more international
aspects o f public policy or in other specialized
areas o f political science such as mass com­
munications or law may request an alternative
set o f preparatory or prerequisite courses.
In special circumstances, students with ade­
quate and appropriate alternative preparation

1 (as might be the case for some natural science
1 students or those with work done at other
I institutions) may request that such preparation
I be substituted for courses normally required in

the concentration. Approval o f such requests,
as for approval o f internships, will be the
responsibility o f the coordinator and the
committee on public policy studies.

IN TE R N SH IP
1 Some direct experience or practical responsi1 bility in the field, through work in a public,
1 private, or voluntary agency, is required for
I graduation with a concentration in public
1 policy. This requirement may be met by
1 completing an internship during either a semes1 ter or a summer or both. Normally, students

will hold internships between their junior and
senior years. The internship program is super­
vised by the faculty member serving as coor­
dinator o f the concentration, and specific
opportunities may be worked out for the
students.

PROGRAM IN FOOD SYSTEMS AND FOOD POLICY
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
1

The College has a program in the area o f food
systems and food policy which may be of
special interest to public policy concentrators
as well as majors in fields o f science. Under its
aegis, and with support from the W . K. Kellogg
Foundation, students are eligible for support
for summer internships and for travel expenses
related to research. The program also supports

courses and components of courses in various
departments including biology, economics,
engineering, history, political science, religion,
and sociology-anthropology. Students should
contact Professor Donald K. Swearer, Acting
Director, for more information about the
program’s resources and opportunities.

E L IG IB IL IT Y
The concentration is open to students majoring
I in any field, although students in the social and
| natural sciences are likely to be able to meet the
requirements most readily. Any student with
I acceptable preparation is welcome to under­
take work in a public policy course, subject to
the priority for concentrators. For students
I concentrating in Public Policy and reading for
Honors, certain work in the concentration will
normally be eligible for external examination.

I Policy C ourses O ffered
Ec o n o m ic s 2 4 .
I -Economics o f Industry.

Ec o n o m ic s 4 1 .
Urban Economics & Public Policy.

E c o n o m ic s /P o litic a l S cie n ce 4 2 .
Health Policy.

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 43 .
Food Policy.

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 4 4 .
Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.

P o litic a l S c ie n ce 53 c.
Presidential Politics and Public Policy.

Ec o n o m ic s /P o litic a l S cie n ce 6 7 .
Social Insurance and Welfare Policy.

Ec o n o m ic s 2 7 .

En g in e e rin g /P o litic a l S c ie n c e 68.

Government Regulation o f Industry.

Environmental Policy.

Po litica l S c ie n c e 4 1 .

Ec o n o m ic s 9 1 /P o litic a l S c ie n c e 69.

Defense Policy.

Macroeconomic Policy.

207

Religion

J . W IL L IA M FR O S T , Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library
V IN C E N T H A R D IN G , Visiting Lang Professor*4
D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R , Professor and Chair
P. LIN W O O D U R R A N , J R ., Professor1
A M Y - J I L L L E V IN E , Assistant Professor
L E IL A R E R N E R , Lecturer4
S T E P H E N D U N N IN G , Lecturer4
A L L A N S P O N D E R G , Lecturer4

Religion as a field o f study encompasses
historical religious traditions and varied di­
mensions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because o f the diverse
and pervasive nature o f religion, several meth­
odologies have evolved for its study, including
the skills o f historical investigation, textual
criticism, philosophical analysis, and socio­
cultural interpretation. Added to these skills is
the important ingredient o f empathy toward
the claims religious persons make regarding
what they have perceived to be ultimately real.
Any course numbered 1 through 10 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Religion and Human Experience
(Religion 1), our primary distribution course,
explores the nature o f religion in terms o f its
particular and historical aspects as well as its
generic and universal meanings. Successful
completion o f Religion 1 or another o f the
introductory courses (2 through 10) is normally
required for admission to courses numbered 11
and above. Completion o f two courses is
usually prerequisite for admission to a major in
Course or an External Examination major or
minor.
The major in Religion is planned through
consultation with faculty members in the
Department. Majors in both the Course and
the External Examination Program are required
to have completed the primary distribution
course, and course or seminar work in three
areas o f analysis and interpretation: historicalcritical, philosophical-theological, and socio­
cultural. Only one course cross-listed from
another department can be counted toward the

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
4 Fall semester, 1986.

208

major. Majors in course will write a one credit
Senior Paper, or, with the consent o f the
Department, a two-credit Thesis; and, will take
an oral comprehensive examination based on
the Senior Paper and courses taken in the
major.

1 . Religion and H u m an Ex p e rie n c e .
This primary distribution course introduces
the nature o f religious worldviews, their cul­
tural manifestations, and their influence on
personal and social self-understanding and
action. The course explores various themes and
structures seminal to the nature o f religion and
its study: narrative and sacred scripture; visions
o f ultimate reality and their various manifesta­
tions in art, architecture, literature, and film;
religious experience and its expression in ritual
behavior and moral action; the relationships
among religious experience, language, and
reason; religion as both a legitimation o f and
challenge to cultural norms. Members o f the
Department will lecture and lead weekly
discussion sections.
Fall semester. Frost, Levine, Swearer.

3 . In tro d u ctio n to th e H e b re w
S c rip tu re s .
A comprehensive introduction to the history
o f ancient Israel and Biblical Judiasm as known
primarily, although not exclusively, through
the literature produced and preserved by those
communities. Special attention will be given to
the cultural contexts, both national and inter­
national, in which the texts were composed,
and to the various approaches—historical,
literary, sociological, etc.—by which the texts
have been interpreted.
Fall semester. Levine.

4 . In tro d u ctio n to C h ristia n S c rip tu re s .

8 . In tro d u ctio n to Isla m .

This course examines the New Testament
writings in their historical and cultural con­
texts, introduces the tools—from the historical
critical method to newer disciplines such as
rhetorical criticism and sociological analysis—
employed to discover the original meaning(s)
of the documents, and investigates the conti­
nuities and the transformations o f Christianity
from Jewish sect to independent religion.
Spring semester. Levine.

The development o f Islam from the time o f
Muhammad to the present day. Special atten­
tion is paid to the varied aspects o f Islamic
cultures: philosophy, theology, mysticism, and
the world view o f the poets; contemporary
Islamic society viewed through novels and
essays.
Not offered 1986-87.

5. P ro b le m s o f R eligiou s T h o u g h t.
The purpose o f this course is to study various
answers to the chief religious problems of the
twentieth century. Problems include: the na­
ture o f religious experience, the existence of
God, religion and morality, science and reli­
gion, and the problem o f evil. Answers include
those given by Martin Buber, William James,
Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others.
Students are encouraged to find their own
answers and to work out their own religious
beliefs.
Spring semester. Urban.

6 . W ar and P e a c e .
An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, real politik, and pacifism. The
first part o f the course will trace the evolution
of major ideas o f war from the Bible to the
present. A study o f America’s wars since 1940
will show the application o f these ideas in this
nation’s response to organized violence.
Fall semester. Frost.

7 . In tro d u ctio n to C la ss ic a l Ju d a is m .
A survey o f the varieties o f institutional
structures and beliefs of Judaism from the
encounter with Hellenism to the codification of
the Talmud. Particular attention is paid to the
struggle between ancient tradition and cultural
adaptation, the diversity o f pre- and nonRabbinic Judaisms (e.g., Diaspora accommo­
dations, the writers o f the Dead Sea Scrolls and
the Pseudepigrapha), the formation of the
Biblical canon, Targumim, Midrash, and Mishnah, the distinctions between orthodoxy and
heresy, and the political and social factors in
which this history took shape.
Not offered 1986-87. Levin.

10. Re lig io n s o f India.
A study o f Hinduism and Buddhism as doc­
trinal and cultural systems in the context of
India’s historical development. The course
focuses on major themes based on classical
texts o f the Hindu and Buddhist traditions, e.g.,
the ritual hymns o f the Rig Veda, the mystical
teachings o f the Upanishads, the Dialogues
(Sutras) o f the Buddha, the social and political
morality o f the Laws o f Manu, the myths and
legends o f the Mahabharata, the poetry o f the
Bhakti saints, and the challenge to tradition by
the modem reformers.
Fall semester. Swearer.

1 1 . Re lig io n s o f China and Ja p a n .
The major religious traditions o f East Asia
studied within the social and cultural contexts
o f China and Japan. Particular attention is given
to the establishment of the classical Confucian
and Taoist traditions in China, the develop­
ment o f the distinctive Chinese Buddhist
schools, the rise o f popular Buddhism in Japan,
the interaction between religion, culture, and
the state, and the modem fate o f the classical
religions in East Asia, especially Japan.
Spring semester. Swearer.

12 . Re lig io u s Rio g rap h y.
Biography as a genre o f religious literature and
as a way o f understanding the religious experi­
ence o f persons.
Not offered 1986-87.

13 . C o m p a ra tiv e R eligiou s M y s tic is m .
Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenome­
non within the religious traditions o f Asia and
the West. The writings o f particular mystics,
e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, Rabi’a, Mahadeviyakkha, are studied and such problems as
mystic states o f consciousness, language and
mystical experience, the mystic and traditional
religious authority, mysticism and community
are explored.
Not offered 1986-87. Swearer.

209

Religion

14 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.

20 . J e w is h T ra d itio n and S o c ia l Eth ic s .

An investigation o f the nature o f religious faith,
the problem o f religious knowledge, concepts
o f deity, the problem o f evil, and the relation­
ship o f religion to ethics. Both critics and
supporters o f traditional religious perspectives
will be studied. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 16.)
Spring semester. Urban.

This course will examine the ways in which
contemporary Jews ranging from Orthodox to
Reform attempt to reconcile Jewish theological
tradition with complex social and ethical
dilemmas. Topics to be explored include: social
and political activism (e.g., environmental/
ecological concerns, the nuclear arms race, the
Sanctuary movement); women, feminism, and
sexuality; the family, homosexuality, inter­
marriage; bioethics, abortion, death and dying,
euthanasia and genetic engineering. These
topics will be considered in terms o f both the
internal Jewish debate and the larger issues o f
Church-State relations and governmental regu­
lations.
Fall semester. Berner.

16. Th e A p o s to lic A g e .
An investigation o f the origin and expansion o f
the Christian Church from the later writings of
the New Testament until the Edict o f Constan­
tine, this course explores through the use of
primary sources several key transition points in
Christian history, including competition with
Judaism, post-canonical developments o f leg­
end and doctrine, the causes o f and responses
to persecution, Gnosticism, asceticism, the
position o f women in the Church, and the
distinctions between orthodoxy and heresy.
Fall semester. Levine.

1 7 . C h ris tia n Th o u g h t in the
M iddle A g e s .
The development o f Christian thought from
the Council o f Nicea (325) to the Rhineland
Mystics (c. 1400). Attention will focus on the
formation o f classical doctrines such as the
Trinity, Incarnation, and Atonement as well as
outstanding thinkers like Augustine, Anselm,
Thomas Aquinas, and Meister Eckhart. Al­
though the primary emphasis is historical,
attention is given to the contemporary rele­
vance o f medieval thought.
Spring semester. Urban.

18 . M o d e rn C h ristia n Th ou g h t.
Christian thought from the Reformation to the
end o f the First World War. Representative
figures such as Luther, Calvin, Hume, Kant,
and Schleiermacher, movements within Roman
Catholicism and Protestantism, and Christian
relations with other religions are considered in
detail.
Not offered 1986-87.

19. Q u a k e ris m .
The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time o f
George Fox until the present. Particular atten­
tion is paid to differences in the development of
Quakerism in England and America.
Not offered 1986-87.

2 1 . B la c k R e lig io n and B la c k Lib e ra tio n .
An intensive historically based examination o f
the role Black Religion, religious institutions,
and religious leaders have played in the
freedom struggle o f the Black community in the
United States in the 19th and 20th centuries.
Limited to 15 participants.
Prerequisite: previous courses in Afro-Ameri­
can Studies or permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Harding.

29 . Re lig io u s B e lie f and M o ra l A c tio n .
An examination o f the relationship between
religion and morality. Basic moral concepts of
several religious traditions (e.g., Buddhism,
Christianity, and Hinduism) will be studied
and compared. The relationship o f moral
teachings to the cosmological and theological
framework in which they occur will be dis­
cussed. The course will analyze concepts o f
virtue and moral reasoning, the religious view
o f what it means to be a moral person, and the
religious evaluation o f particular ethical issues,
e.g., social justice, ecology, sexuality.
Spring semester. Swearer.

30. Religion a s a C ultural In stitu tio n .
(See Sociology and Anthropology 30.)

3 7 . T o p ic s in G re e k and R o m an R e lig io n .
(See Classics 37)

5 9 . C ath o lic S o c ia l Th ou g h t.
(See Philosophy 59/Political Science 59)

93. D ire cte d Re a ding .
Staff.

95. llito ria l.
Staff.

96. T h e s is .
Majors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.

9 7. S e n io r Pa pe r.
Senior majors in Course will normally write a
one-credit paper as the major part o f their

comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.
Courses offered occasionally:

Religion and Lite ra tu re
M o n a s tic is m E a s t and W est
P s yc h o lo g y and R eligiou s Exp e rie n c e

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Exami­
nations in the following areas, to be prepared
for in the ways indicated.

Preparation by seminar:
Re ligio u s P e rs p e c tiv e s E a s t and W est
(S e m in a r: 10 1).
An examination o f the nature and structure of
religious systems through the study o f seminal
thinkers or schools o f thought as they influ­
enced and were shaped by the traditions of
which they were a part. Thinkers considered
include Nagarjuna, Shankara, Ramanuja,
Thomas Aquinas, Spinoza, and Kierkegaard.
Spring semester. Swearer and Urban.

Th e Idea o f God in W e ste rn Th ou g h t
(S e m in a r: 10 2).
An examination o f writings which have con­
tributed most to Western concepts o f God.
The study will include Plato, Aristotle, the
Bible, Augustine, Aquinas, Calvin, Spinoza,
Kant, Kierkegaard, and others.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission of
instructor.
Not offered 1986-87.

A s ia n Re ligio u s Thought
(S e m in a r: 10 3 ).
A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, and
Taoism.
Prerequisite: Religion 10 or 11, or permission
o f instructor.
Fall semester. Sponberg.

Ru ddh ism in S o u th e a s t A s ia
(S e m in a r: 10 4).
An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part of
the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma, and
Thailand. The seminar focuses on three major
themes: Buddhism and the legitimation o f the
state, the syncretic character o f popular Bud­
dhist thought and practice, and the various
responses o f Buddhism to the challenges o f the
modem period.
Prerequisite: Religion 10 or the permission of
the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87. Swearer.

Religion and S o c ie ty (S e m in a r: 105).
How have religious ideas and institutions
shaped and been influenced by American cul­
ture? Topics include the varieties o f Protestant­
ism from Puritanism to the moral majority, the
adaptation o f Roman Catholicism and Judaism
to the American context, the encounter o f the
traditional religions o f the Indians and Blacks
with Christianity, and the patterns o f con­
temporary religious practices. Special themes
will be revivals, millenialism, the impact o f
class, alternative or sectarian groups, church
and state, and the role o f women.
Not offered 1986-87. Frost.

C o n te m p o ra ry Re lig io u s Th ou g h t
(S e m in a r: 106).
Representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These include Karl
Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl
Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A. N. Whitehead.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission of
instructor.
Fall semester. Dunning.

211

Religion

Lib e ra tio n T h e o lo g y
(S e m in a r: 1 0 7 ).
A study o f the principal themes o f liberation
theology as it has developed in Latin America
during recent decades; the preferential option
for the poor, the relationship between salvation
and political liberation, the Biblical critique
o f injustice, faith and politics, the role o f social
analysis in theological discourse, views concerning the Church, Christology and spiritual­
ity, and the conception o f theology as a critical
reflection on liberating practices made from the
stance o f participation in such practices. Read­
ings will be drawn from such Latin American
theologians as Boff, Gutierrez, and Segundo.
Attention will also be given to the relationship
o f liberation theology to the Roman Catholic
tradition, to the social and political movements
which it has influenced, and to its critics.
Spring semester. Lacey.

J e w is h and C h ristia n S e lf-D e fin itio n
(S e m in a r: 10 8).
A study o f the various options facing both
Judaism and Christianity in the first century
C.E. and o f the processes by which each
religion narrowed those options in the attempt
to establish a normative identity during the
following two centuries. This seminar focuses
on the development o f the two systems as they
defined themselves through the formulations
o f scriptural canons, through debate with each

other and with the secular authorities, and
through their attempts to distinguish heresy
from orthodox belief. Readings include selec­
tions from the New Testament, the Pseudepigrapha, patristic, and rabbinic sources, the
New Testament Apocrypha, and records o f the
Roman government.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4,
7 , 16, or the permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Levine.

F e m in is t In te rp re ta tio n o f S c rip tu re
(S e m in a r: 109).
Using various approaches to biblical study
(historical-critical, feminist, literary, sociologi­
cal, theological), this seminar explores depic­
tions o f women in both Testaments, the
Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and selected
rabbinic, patristic, and Gnostic writings; the
influence o f patriarchal structures on this litera­
ture and its interpretation; and the recovery of
women’s history. Particular attention will be
given to the myths o f creation and fall, including
the ancient Near-Eastern goddess traditions;
the subversive and the wise woman; the "femi­
nine” depiction o f deity; Jesus’ and Paul’s
attitudes toward women and sexuality; and the
relationship between orthodox institutionalism
and women’s leadership roles.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 3,
4, 7, 16, or the permission of the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87. Levine.

Preparation by course and attachment:
Indian Religion

Re ligio n s o f India (Swearer)

C lassical Judaism

in trod u ctio n to C la ss ic a l Ju d a is m
(Levine)

Com parative Religious Ethics

Re ligio u s B e lie f and M o ra l A c tio n
(Swearer)
M edieval Religious Thought

Hebrew Bible

In tro d u ctio n to th e H e b re w S c rip tu re s
(Levine)

C h ris tia n Th o u g h t in the M id d le A g e s
(Urban)
Philosophy o f Religion

P h ilo s o p h y o f Religion (Urban)
M odem Christian Thought

M o d e rn C h ristia n Th ou g h t (Urban)

212

Preparation by combinations o f courses:
Early Christianity

T h e C h ristia n S c rip tu re s (Levine)
Th e A p o s to lic A g e (Levine)

I

Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with

permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.

C O U R S E S C O M P L E M E N T IN G R E L IG IO N O F F E R IN G S A T S W A R T H M O R E
BRYN M A W R CO LLEG E:

0 0 1. Ele m e n ta ry H e b re w (Rabeeya)
1 0 1 . R e adings in H e b re w B ible:
G e n e sis (Rabeeya)
10 4 . H is to ry and Lite ra tu re o f
Ju d a is m I (Lachs)
10 5 . H is to ry and Lite ra tu re o f
Ju d a is m II (Lachs)
2 0 1. T o p ic s in B iblical L ite ra tu re :
A p o c ry p h a and Pseu de pig ra p h a
(Lachs)

20 3. Re a d in g s in H e b re w Bible:
Th e F iv e S c ro lls (Rabeeya)

2 15 . J e w is h L a w and F o lk lo re :
T h e Life C yc le (Lachs)
2 16 . J e w is h L a w and F o lk lo re :
T h e C a le n d a r C yc le (Lachs)

^

3 04. P o s t-B ib lic a l H e b re w (Rabeeya)
H A V ERFO RD C O LLEG E:

2 6 1 . L e tte rs o f Pa u l (McGuire)
2 7 6 . S u fis m (Sells)
3 10 . Life and T h e o lo g y o f M a rtin
Lu th e r (Luman)

213

S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y
J E N N I E K E IT H , Professor
A S M A R O M L E G E S S E , Professor
S T E V E N I. P IK E R , Professor and Chair
R R A U L IO M U N O Z , Associate Professor
J O Y C H A R L T O N , Assistant Professor
R O R IN E . W A G N E R -P A C IFIC I, Assistant Professor3

The program o f this department emphasizes
that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged
in a common intellectual task. Studies in the
Department are directed toward understanding
the order, meaning, and coherence o f life in
human societies and cultures. Toward this end,
courses in the department variously emphasize
the comparative study o f societies and cultures;
the conditions o f social organization as well as
disorganization; the bases o f human adapta­
tion; change as well as continuity as ubiquitous
features o f the human condition; gender cul­
ture; and meaning and culture. Emphasis is also

placed on the relevance o f Sociology and
Anthropology to the study o f modem and,
particularly, American society, and to the
social problems o f the modem age. In addition
to emphasis on the important mutuality of
Sociology and Anthropology, members o f the
department are variously committed to explor­
ing the mutuality between Sociology and
Anthropology and neighboring disciplines,
such as Religion, Psychology and Linguistics,
Philosophy, Literature, Biology, History, and
the other social sciences.

R E Q U I R E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S

Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as 24,
may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the department.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted, and
completion o f one o f them will normally serve
as prerequisite to all other work in the depart­
ment (Course 3 0 may, however, with permis­
sion o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite.)
Applicants for major will normally be expected
to have completed at least two courses in the
department. Course majors will complete a
minimum o f eight units o f work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year, as well as course
50. Majors in the external examination pro­

gram are also required to complete course 50.
Normally, majors will complete course 50 by
the end o f their junior years, and prospective
majors are encouraged to take the course
during their sophomore years. Course 21 is
strongly recommended for majors.
The department emphasizes the importance of
familiarity with appropriate elementary statis­
tics as well as computer literacy, both for work
taken at the College and for subsequent career
development. Toward underlining this, the
Department crosslists Mathematics courses 1,
2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology and
Anthropology 18, 19, and 20), any one o f
which may be taken as one of the eight units o f
work required for completion o f a major in
Sociology and Anthropology.

A R E A S O F S P E C IA L C O N C E N T R A T IO N IN S O C I O L O G Y A N D
AN TH RO PO LO G Y

Teaching and research interests o f members o f
the Department cluster so as to create a number
3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

o f subject matter areas within or between the
two disciplines in which students may take a

concentration o f work, in course or seminar
format, or both. The Department here identi­
fies these general areas and the faculty members
who work within them, and encourages inter­
ested students to meet with one or more o f the
indicated Department members to explore
program o f study possibilities.
A) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Muñoz, Piker)
B) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology, and
Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker)
C) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, Keith,
Wagner-Pacifici)
D) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charlton,
Keith, Legesse)

E) Religion and Culture (Charlton, Piker)
F) Psychology and Culture (Charlton, Le­
gesse, Piker)
G ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life
(Muñoz, Wagner-Pacifici)
H) Modernization and Development (Keith,
Legesse)
I) Modem America (Charlton, Keith, Le­
gesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
J) The Life Cycle (Keith, Legesse, Piker)
K) Inequality (Charlton, Legesse, WagnerPacifici)
L) Political Behavior and Culture (Keith,
Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)

C E R T IF IC A T IO N F O R S E C O N D A R Y S C H O O L T E A C H IN G

There are two normal routes to Social Studies
certification. One o f these is through a major in
the social sciences, plus four to six semesters of
courses in other social sciences. Students major­
ing in History, Political Science, and SociologyAnthropology are required to take at least four
courses outside their major; students majoring
in Economics and Psychology are required to
take six. The other route to certification is by
taking at least twelve semester courses in social
sciences, o f which six must normally be in one
discipline and at least two more must be in a
single other discipline. All students seeking
social studies certification are required to take
two courses in history. As o f 1987, at least one
course in American history and one social
science course focusing on Third World or
non-Anglo subject matter are required.

1. M o d e rn A m e r ic a : C u ltu re , S o c ie ty
and S ta te .
This course will explore central themes and
points o f conflict in American life: authority,
community, sexuality, work, personal identity,
politics, and heroism. This exploration will
proceed by way o f an analysis both o f the
institutional representations o f these central
issues and their cultural expressions.
Spring semester.

2 . In tro d u ctio n to S o cial and C ultural
Change.
The course has two themes. First, it examines
how simpler societies maintain an intimate and

stable relationship with the natural world,
whereas modem societies are faced with major
upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and ecological
degradation. Second, the course focuses on
social movements, prophetism, communalism,
anarchism, and alienation as responses to
economic and ecological crisis and as forces o f
social transformation. Students will participate
in an ethnographic encounter session as an
experiment in cross-cultural communication.
Fall semester. Legesse.

4 . C o m m u n ity : T h e H um an S tra te g y .
This course considers the conditions under
which both feelings and structures o f com­
munity emerge and persist, especially in the
context o f modern society, and the conse­
quences for individuals o f participation in
community. The stimulus for these questions is
the recent shift in human social relations from
the small, face-to-face groups in which most of
our history was experienced, toward largescale, complex organizations. What are the
consequences o f the co-existence o f these
different types o f social relation for the quality
o f human lives? Do we still need and/or want
community? Where are we likely to find it?
Aspects o f communal life examined include
conflict management, charismatic leadership,
ritual, maintenance o f distinctiveness, family,
meanings o f work. Most course readings will be
case studies o f various types o f community:
hunting and gathering bands, utopian experi-

215

Sociology and An th ro p o lo g y

ments, retirement villages, communes, kib­
butzim, "distinctive groups” (Amish, gypsies),
religious communities (Shakers, Bruderhof),
therapeutic communities.
Spring semester. Keith.

5 . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: In tro d u ctio n to
C o n te m p o ra ry S o c ia l Th ou g h t.

19 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ex p e rim e n ta l D a ta .
(Cross-listed as Math 2. Please see Mathematics
entry for description.)

2 0 . S ta tis tic s .
(Cross-listed as Math 23. Please see Mathe­
matics entry for description.)

2 1 . R e se a rc h D e sig n C ollo q uiu m .

A general introduction to major theoretical
developments in the study o f social life since
the 19th century. Selected readings will be
drawn from the work o f such modern social
theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud,
and Simmel. Readings from contemporary
authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens,
Lukes, and Rieff will also be included. These
developments will be studied against the
background o f the socio-philosophical climate
o f the 19th century. Limited enrollment.
Not offered 1986-87. Munoz.

Introduction to the process o f research on
human social life: creation o f research ques­
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech­
niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generating
theory. The roles o f theory, ethical issues, and
cultural and historical context in the research
enterprise will be addressed. Students will
design and undertake individual research proj­
ects, and members o f the department will visit
the class to discuss their own research experi­
ence.
Spring semester. Charlton, Keith.

7. S e x R o le s , P o w e r, and Iden tity.

2 4 . P s yc h o lo g ic a l A n th ro p o lo g y .

An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and histori­
cal materials. The primary emphasis will be
placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Fall semester. Charlton.

Sometimes called culture and personality, this
field explores the relationship between the
individual and his or her culture. The course
treats the following issues: a) the psychological,
or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture;
b) socialization, or the transmission o f culture
from generation to generation; c) the cultural
distribution of personality traits; and d) culture
and mental health. Case materials will be
principally, but not exclusively, non-Western,
and the cross-cultural study o f child rearing
will receive particular emphasis.
Not offered 1986-87. Piker.

10. H u m an Evo lu tio n .
This course emphasizes the human condition,
or culture, as a mode o f adaptation to be seen in
evolutionary and cross-species perspective.
Topics such as communication, competition,
sexuality, sociality, and intelligence are treated
by extensive reference to non-human Primate
as well as human materials. The course will also
take up the following topics: the place o f
Hominids in the Order o f die Primates; stages
in the evolution o f humankind; and the
evolution o f distinctively cultural systems of
behavior. As regards the last, the course will
give special emphasis to the evolution of
language, the evolution o f the family and the
incest taboos, and bio-evolutionary theses on
human nature and culture. Cross-listed as
Biology 10. May be used toward distribution
requirements in group 4 only.
Fall semester. Piker, Williams.

18 . S ta tis tic s fo r O b s e rv a tio n a l D a ta .
(Cross-listed as Math 1. Please see Mathematics
entry for description.)

216

25 . La n g u a g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
(Cross-listed as Linguistics 25. See listing
under Program in Linguistics.)
Not offered 1986-87.

2 7 . A fro -A m e ric a n C ulture and
S o cie ty.
Black culture is examined at several stages o f its
development in the twentieth century—as a
culture o f survival, assimilation, pan-Africanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolution.
The sociology o f Black American communities
is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle, family
structure, associational life, religious institu­
tions, and class structure, and how these
systems react to racism, urban migration,
economic deprivation, and political change.
Not offered 1986-87.

30. Religion a s a C ultural In stitu tion .
(Cross-listed as Religion 30.) The focus is
primarily cross-cultural, and religion case ma­
terials will be drawn from both pre-literate and
civilized traditions, including the modern West.
The following topics will be emphasized:
religious symbolism; religious evolution; reli­
gion as a force for both social stability and
social change; psychological aspects o f religious
belief; and religious change in modem America,
with particular emphasis on both Fundamen­
talism and the "cults.” May be taken without
prerequisites with permission o f instructor.
Spring semester. Piker.

33. Ec o lo g y and S o ciety.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that have
developed in response to ecological stress.
Spring semester. Legesse.

36. P e o p le s and C u ltu re s o f A fr ic a .
An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative soci­
eties from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social insti­
tutions, African responses to colonial domina­
tion, and the impact o f urbanization and
economic development during the post-colo­
nial period.
Not offered 1986-87. Legesse.

4 3 . S o c ie ty and C ulture in S p an ish
A m e ric a .
The relationship between society and culture in
Spanish America. Recent and historical devel­
opments in social stratification and ethnic
relations will be considered as crucial factors
underlying Spanish-American culture. Particu­
lar attention will be given to Spanish-American
social thought as evidenced in social sciences
research, theology, philosophy, and literature.
Spring semester. Munoz.

4 4 . S o c ia l In e q u a lity.
This course analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social stratification. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage

alternative readings of such issues as the nature
and role o f class, the relationship o f specific
classes to each other (the issue o f class
boundaries), and the relationship o f class to
other dimensions o f social stratification.
Not offered 1986-87.

45. Field S tu d ie s in P rim a te B e h a vio r.
An investigation o f primate ethology as studied
in the animal’s natural environment. Particular
emphasis will be placed on those studies re­
lating social behavior to habitat or population
stress. The course will include both lecture and
seminar format; although there is no scheduled
laboratory, students will be expected to partici­
pate in at least one field trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
Not offered 1986-87. Williams.

46 . P o litic a l A n th ro p o lo g y.
This course will utilize the comparative per­
spective o f anthropology to study the ways in
which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and at
various levels o f social and technological
complexity.
Not offered 1986-87. Keith.

4 7 . Ed uca tion and S o ciety.
(Cross-listed with Educ. 47.) This course will
explore the social and cultural functions and
consequences o f formal and informal educa­
tion in both Western and non-Western soci­
eties. Modes o f intended and unintended
socialization within the school and outside will
be examined. A range o f factors which can
promote or inhibit learning will be explored
and linked to educational performance. Topics
include: school as an agent o f social mobility
and its relationship with the community; the
school as a social system and the dynamics of
classroom life; and the behavioral and academic
outcomes o f curricular innovation. Students
will be required to conduct weekly field work
in an educational setting.
Not offered 1986-87.

217

S ociology and An th ro p o lo g y

4 8 . M o d e rn O rg a n iza tio n s .
A study o f the formal and informal structure o f
modern, complex organizations. Special atten­
tion will be paid to social composition, internal
dynamics, social control, decision-making,
power and politics. Case examples from a
variety o f settings—business, medical, reli­
gious, political—will be examined in light o f
classical and contemporary theory and research
in organizational analysis.
Not offered 1986-87. Charlton.

49 . Th e M ea n ing o f W o rk : S o c io lo g y o f
O c cu p a tio n s and P ro fe s s io n s .
This course will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in modem
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
classic statments on the division o f labor,
theories o f "post-industrial” society, occupa­
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­
tional socialization, ideology and identity,
career patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies will
include various types o f blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate world,
professions and semi-professions.
Not offered 1986-87. Charlton.

5 0 . In telle ctua l Fou n datio n s o f
C o n te m p o ra ry S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y .
Examination o f fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­
ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual history.
This course will normally be taken by Course
majors during their junior year. It is open to
non-majors, though freshman and sophomores
must have permission o f the Department
chairman.
Fall semester. Muñoz, Piker.

5 1 . A n In tro d u ctio n to A rc h a e o lo g y .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

55. A g e in S o c ie ty .
The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on roles o f old and young people and
the use o f age as a principle o f group definition.
Specific problems will include relations be­
tween generations, political organization of

218

older people, and the role of older people in the
family and the household.
Fall semester. Keith.

5 6 . U rb a n A n th ro p o lo g y.
Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies o f group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range o f societies both geographically and
culturally; and all students in the course will do
a field work project.
Not offered 1986-87. Keith.

6 0. S p a n ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
T h ro u g h Its N o v e l.
(Also listed as SAL 60—see Modem Lan­
guages.) This course will explore the relation­
ship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez,
Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Not offered 1986-87. Hassett, Munoz.

6 3. P o w e r , A u th o rity , and C o n flic t:
Le g itim a c y and Rebellion.
Ths course develops a comparative, sociolog­
ical perspective on the issue o f political
legitimacy. An understanding o f political legit­
imacy is sought via an examination o f specific
political movements that challenge established
authority and o f the responses o f those who are
thus challenged. The analytical approach is
two-tiered: a macro-level historical compara­
tive analysis is combined in each case with a
micro-level analysis o f the cultural framing o f
the movements and the responses.
N ot offered 1986-87. Wagner-Pacifici.

6 6. U rb a n S o c io lo g y : Th e S o c ia l L ife o f
C itie s .
Placing the American metropolis in develop­
mental and comparative perspective, this sur­
vey o f urban life considers: classical theories of
the city; issues o f community lost, saved, or
liberated; origins and development o f cities;
migration; spatial patterns; race and ethnicity;
relationship o f suburban to urban areas; power,
politics, fiscal crisis, and public policy; the
urban future.
Not offered 1986-87. Charlton.

68. U rb a n Ed u c a tio n .
(See Education 68.)
80. C ollo q uiu m : Fre u d and M o d e rn
S o cial T h e o ry .
The colloquium divides into two parts. The
first part is devoted to a close reading of
selected items from the Freudian canon. The
second part will examine Freud’s contribution
to current social and cultural analysis. This
semester, the colloquium will benefit from
guest lectures by members o f the Swarthmore
faculty. Besides selected works by Freud,
works by Paul Ricoeur, Philip Rieff, and
Habermas will be examined.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology,
Philosophy, Psychology, or permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1986-87. Muñoz.

8 2. C o llo q u iu m : D e ve lo p m e n t and
U rb a n iza tio n in th e T h ird W o rld .
An examination o f the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third
World. This process will be considered in the
context o f demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
Not offered 1986-87. Legesse.

83. C ollo q u iu m : A r t a nd S o c ie ty.
The course is divided into two parts. The first
part examines the relationship between art and
society from a sociological perspective. The
second part introduces hermeneutics as a
sociological method for the interpretation of
art. This semester the class will examine
selected works by Dostoevski and Neitzsche.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Muñoz.

90. R e s e a rc h In te rn s h ip .
The purpose o f this course is to offer students
research experience in professional contexts.
Students participate in research projects in one
o f the following locations: Philadelphia Geria­
tric Center, John F. Kennedy Community
Mental Health Center, Public-Private Ventures,
Swarthmore College President’s Office (Insti­
tutional Research). Field notes on the research

activities are turned in to the Swarthmore
instructor at a weekly on-campus meeting.
Juniors and seniors with a B average who will
commit themselves to at least one and one-half
days work on their project per week are eligible
for the course. Transportation costs will be
paid by the department. Credit may be one, one
and one-half, or two credits, depending on
individual involvement in the program. Since
specific projects available in each location vary
from year to year, students interested in the
course are encouraged to see the instructor
before registration. Students are also strongly
encouraged to take S& A 21 either before or
during the semester they participate in S& A
90.
Fall and spring semester. Charlton, Keith.

9 1 . W om en’ s S tu d ie s S e n io r S e m in a r.
(Cross-listed as Women’s Studies 91.) Ad­
vanced study o f gender within the various
academic disciplines, and across disciplines of
topical issues as they relate to women’s studies.
Theoretical and methodological questions that
arise when women are placed at the center of
study are emphasized. The class is normally
limited to Women’s Studies concentrators in
their senior year.
Spring semester. Charlton.

9 3. D ire cte d Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent o f the chair­
man and o f the instructor is required.
Members o f the Department.

9 6 -9 7. T h e s is . T h e s e s w ill be re q u ired
o f all C o u rs e m a jo rs .
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tu­
torial. Students are urged to discuss their thesis
proposals with faculty during the spring semes­
ter o f their junior year, especially if they are
interested in the possibility o f field work.
Members o f the Department.

Th e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachment,
can be taken in preparation for External
Examinations: S& A 30, 3 3 ,4 4 , 5 5 ,6 3 , 83.

219

S ociology and A n th ro p o lo g y

S E M IN A R S

10 1. C ritic a l M o d e rn S o cial T h e o ry .
This seminar will trace the development of
critical modem social theory from the works of
Marx to present day social theorists. Particular
attention will be paid to selected works by
Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Marcuse,
Collotti, and Habermas.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1986-87. Munoz.

10 2. C re atio n o f C om m unity.
The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements, and institutions such as retirement
residences and monasteries will be compared as
examples o f intentional and unintentional,
planned and unplanned community creation.
Not offered 1986-87. Keith.

103. P o litic a l A n th ro p o lo g y.
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes of authority, conflict
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision­
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­
ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects of
politics. Readings will cover a wide range of
cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradition­
al society.
N ot offered 1986-87. Keith.

10 4. N a tu re and C u ltu re : C o n ve rg e n t
P e rs p e c tiv e s .
(or Philosophical Anthropology)
This seminar draws upon a growing interdis­
ciplinary field, the several components of
which provide new and convergent perspec­
tives on human nature and its cultural elabora­
tions. Materials to be treated will come, most
importantly, from the following areas: human
evolution, linguistics, psychology, as well as a
number o f fields within anthropology. The
main issues to be treated include: bio-evolutionary foundations o f human nature; human
intelligence; consciousness; human potential;
the evolution o f morality; and anthropological
perspectives on the current human situation. In

220

lieu o f individually done seminar papers, stu­
dents will work in sub-groups on issues which
run through the entire seminar, and the results
obtained by each sub-group will be discussed
by the entire seminar. The syllabus will cover
only about two-thirds o f the total reading to be
done by members of the seminar. The re­
mainder wll be identified by the sub-groups as
they work on their projects. Cross-listed as
Linguistics 104.
Prerequisites: permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Piker.

105. M o d e rn S o c ia l T h e o ry.
An analysis o f selected works by the founders
o f modern social theory and contemporary
social theorists. W orks by Marx, Weber,
Durkheim, and Parsons will be discussed.
Fall semester. Munoz.

10 7. R e lig io n a s a C ultural In stitu tio n .
The following specific topics will be treated:
religious evolution; religion as a force for both
social stability and social change; the psycho­
logical bases for religious belief. Major theories
to be considered include those o f Max Weber,
Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund Freud. A crosscultural perspective will be emphasized, and
attention will be paid to religious change in
modem America.
Not offered 1986-87. Piker.

108. S o cial In e q u a lity.
This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social stratification. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the nature
and role o f class, the relationship o f specific
classes to each other (the issue o f class
boundaries), and the relationship o f class to
other dimensions o f social stratification.
Not offered 1986-87. Wagner-Pacifid.

10 9. S o c ia l and C ultural C hange.
This seminar will examine the theories o f social
movements, modernization, Westernization,
cultural diffusion, and stages o f development as
they apply to the process o f social change in
non-Western societies. Case studies will be
drawn from China, India, Indonesia, Peru,

Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and South
Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Legesse.

Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.

110 . S o c io lo g y o f Oc cupa tion s and
P ro fe s s io n s .

Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies o f group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range o f societies both geographically and
culturally; and all students in the seminar will
do a field work project.
Not offered 1986-87. Keith.

This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in modern
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
classic statements on the division o f labor, of
"post theories industrial” society, occupational
structure, labor market stratification, occupa­
tional choice and recruitment, occupational
socialization, ideology and identity, career pat­
terns, work and social relationships, work and
family. Particular case studies will include
various types o f blue and pink collar work,
business and the corporate world, professions
and semi-professions.
Spring semester. Charlton.

1 1 4 . P o litic a l S o c io lo g y .
This seminar develops a comparative, sociolog­
ical perspective on the issue o f political
legitimacy. An understanding o f political legit­
imacy is sought via an examination o f specific
political movements that challenge established
authority and o f the responses o f those who are
thus challenged. The analytical approach is
two-tiered: a macro-level historical compara­
tive analysis is combined in each case with a
micro-level analysis o f the cultural framing of
the movements and the responses.
Not offered 1986-87. Wagner-Pacifici.

115 . Fre u d and M o d e rn S o cial T h e o ry .
The seminar divides into two parts. The first
part is devoted to a close reading o f selected
items from the Freudian canon. The second
part will examine Freud’s contribution to
current social and cultural analysis. Besides
works by Freud, works by Ricoeur, Rieff,
Habermas, and Foucault will be examined.

117 . U rb a n A n th ro p o lo g y.

118. Ec o lo g y and S o ciety.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
cultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems.
Special attention will be given to the world
food crisis, to climatic change, demographic
pressures, environmental degradation, and a
wide range o f adaptive strategies that have
developed in response to ecological stress.
Spring semester. Legesse.

119 . A g e , C u ltu re , and S o ciety.
The social and cultural significance o f age will
be examined in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping
cultural definitions o f the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastAffican and Latin-American age grades, mod­
ern retirement communities, life histories from
various cultures. Seminar members will also do
observation and interview projects focused on
age.
Not offered 1986-87. Keith.

180. T h e s is .
Honors candidates who choose to do so will
customarily write theses during the senior year.
Students are urged to have their thesis propo­
sals approved as early as possible during the
junior year.
Members of the Department.

W o m e n ’s S tu d ie s

Coordinator: J E A N N E M A R E C E K
Committee:

N a th a lie A n d e rs o n (English Literature)
A b b e Blum (English Literature)
J o y C h a rlto n (Sociology/Anthropology)
S h a ro n F rie d le r (Dance)
S u s a n W illiam so n (Social Science Librarian)

A Women’s Studies Concentration provides
students with the opportunity to learn the
contributions o f women to society, science,
and the arts; to study gender and gender roles in
a variety o f social and historical contexts; and
to explore new methods and theories arising
from interdisciplinary study. The concentra­
tion encourages students to examine critically
the representations o f women in religion, in the
arts and literature, in social and political the­
ory, and in the sciences.
Students in any major may add a concentration
in Women’s Studies to their program by ful­
filling the requirements stated below. Students
intending to concentrate in Women’s Studies
should submit their proposed program to the
coordinator o f the concentration by the end of
the sophomore year. All program proposals
must be approved by the Women’s Studies
Committee.

Ec o n o m ic s 16 . W om en and M in o ritie s
in th e Ec o n o m y .
Ed u ca tion 3 1 . W om en and Ed u ca tio n .
En g lish L ite ra tu re 3 9 . W om en
N o v e lis ts .
En g lish L ite ra tu re 5 6 . C o n te m p o ra ry
P o e try .
En g lish L ite ra tu re 8 2 /P s y c h o lo g y 5 2 .
R e p re s e n ta tio n s o f W om en’s
Id e n tity .
En g lish L ite ra tu re 90.
C ritic is m / T h e o ry C ollo q uiu m .
Fre n c h 2 5 . L'A n c ie n Reg im e.
Fre n c h 3 3 . Fe m m e s E c riv a in s .
Fre n c h 7 6 . E c ritu re Fe m in in e .
H is to ry 25 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty , and
S o c ia l Change in M od ern Eu ro p e .

Each concentration must include a minimum
o f five credits o f Women’s Studies courses.
Two o f these credits shall be outside the
student’s major; one o f these credits must be
the Capstone Colloquium. Students may elect,
with the approval o f the Coordinator, to write a
one-credit thesis or pursue an independent
study as a substitute for regular course work.
Students may further elect, with the approval
o f the coordinator, to include in their programs
courses on women and gender offered at Bryn
Mawr and Haverford. Students will normally
take the Capstone Colloquium, Women’s
Studies 91, in the spring semester o f the senior
year. Students must complete the equivalent o f
a comprehensive examination devised by the
colloquium instructor.
Courses on Women and Gender currently
offered:

S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 7 . S e x
R o le s , P o w e r , and Id e n tity.

B io lo g y 9 3. D ire c te d Reading in
Fe m in is t C ritiq u e s o f B io lo g y.

W om en’ s S tu d ie s 9 1 . C ap sto n e
C ollo q uiu m in W om en’ s S tu d ie s .

222

H is to ry 5 4 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty , and
P o litic s .
H is to ry 8 9. W om en W o rk in g , W om en
W ritin g .
M o d e rn La n g u a g e s 5 0 6 . S tu d ie s in
M o d e rn G e rm a n L ite ra tu re :
T w e n tie th C e n tu ry G e rm an W om en
in Film and Lite ra tu re .
M u s ic 38. W om en C o m p o se rs and
C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f th e 20th C e n tu ry .
P s y c h o lo g y 4 4 . P s y c h o lo g y and
W om en.
Religion 10 9. F e m in is t In te rp re ta tio n
o f S c rip tu re .

VI
The Corporation

Administration

Board o f Managers
Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni

Visitng Examiners
Degrees Conferred
Awards and Distinctions

Council
The Faculty

Enrollment Statistics

223

T h e C o rp o ra tio n

Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021

Loren Hart, Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Katherine Conner, Vice-Chairman
635 San Marino Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

William T. Spock, Secretary
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086

Suzanne P. Welsh, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

B o ard o f M a n a g e rs
Ex officio
David W . Fraser
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Emeriti
Boyd T. Barnard
Dunwoody Village CH105
3500 West Chester Pike
Newtown Square, PA 19073
Isabel Jenkins Booth
#84 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
#100 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
George B. Clothier
209 N. Fairfield Road
Devon, PA 19333
Julien Cornell
Central Valley, NY 10917

H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
#916 The Benson East
Jenkintown, PA 19046
Clark Kerr
8300 Buckingham Drive
El Cerrito, CA 94530
Charles C. Price, III
15 Dogwood Lane
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Richard B. Willis
7251 Willow Road
Ambler, PA 19002

Term Expires December, 1986
Neil Austrian
Showtime/The Movie Channel, Inc.
1633 Broadway Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Samuel Hayes, III
Harvard Business School
Soldiers Field
Boston, MA 02163

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association

224

Barbara Weber Mather
Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz
Fidelity Building
123 South Broad
Philadelphia, PA 19109
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
101 Central Park West
New York, NY 10023

Richard Hurd
167 Wharton Lane
Bethlehem, PA 18017
*Ruth Wilcox Mahler
Millbrook Road
New Vernon, NJ 07976

*W . Marshall Schmidt
W . H. Newbold’s Son & Co., Inc.
1500 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19102
Sue Thomas Turner
Box 121, Cook Road
Alfred Station, NY 14803

Term Expires December, 1987
Katherine Conner
635 San Marino Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
J. Parker Hall, III
1161 Pine Street
Winnetka, IL 60093
‘ Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
7826 Glenbrook Road
Bethesda, MD 20814
Elise F. Jones
108 Beaumont Drive
Newtown, PA 18940

‘ Carolien Powers Maynard
219 Hudson Street
Pelham Manor, NY 10803
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Rockefeller Family and Associates
30 Rockefeller Plaza, Room 5600
New York, NY 10112
Janet Hart Sylvester
6648 32nd Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20015

Term Expires December, 1988
‘ Nancy Y. Bekavac
Watson Foundation
217 Angell Street
Providence, R I 02906
Frederick A. Hargadon
The College Board
45 Columbus Avenue
New York, NY 10023-6917
Walter Lamb
Merlin Road
Chester Springs, PA 19425
William F. Lee, Jr.
101 Bryn Mawr Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

‘ Lloyd W . Lewis
Kendal-Crosslands
Kennen Square, PA 19348
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
18 Rutland Square
Boston, MA 02118
Walter T . Skallerup, Jr.
General Counsel o f the Navy
Washington, DC 20350

Term Expires December, 1989
Maria Klemperer Aweida
7184 Spring Court
Boulder, CO 80303
David Baltimore
Whitehead Institute for Biomedical
Research
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology
9 Cambridge Center
Cambridge, MA 02142

Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Griswold Hall, Room 208
Harvard Law School
Cambridge, MA 02138
Eugene M. Lang
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association

225

Board o f M anag e rs

Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
1080 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10028
*J. Martin Cornell
205 Parrott Road
West Nyack, NY 10994
*Eleanor Duguid Craig
Department o f Economics
University o f Delaware
Newark, DE 19716
Ramon Lee Poseí
212 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19106

J. Lawrence Shane
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
William T. Spock
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086
Ira Tensard Wender,
499 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022

Committees O f The Board
The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee.
Executive
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
Katherine Conner, Vice-Chairman
Neil Austrian
Samuel Hayes, III
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.

Walter Lamb
Barbara Weber Mather
J. Lawrence Shane
William T. Spock
Ira T. Wender

Finance and Trusts Administration
J. Lawrence Shane, Chairman
William T. Spock, Vice-Chairman
Nancy Bekavac
Eleanor Duguid Craig
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Walter Lamb
Barbara Weber Mather

Ramon Lee Posel
W . Marshall Schmidt
Ann Brownell Sloane
Janet Hart Sylvester
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. Willis

Instruction and Libraries
Katherine Conner, Chairman
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot, Vice-Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
David Baltimore
Julien Cornell
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
J. Parker Hall, III
Frederick A. Hargadon
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
Elise F. Jones

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association

226

Clark Kerr
Barbara Weber Mather
Carolien Powers Maynard
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Ramon Lee Posel
Charles C. Price, 111
William T. Spock
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender

Investment

Samuel Hayes, III, Acting Chairman
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Graham O . Harrison
William F. Lee, Jr.

W . Marshall Schmidt
Ann Brownell Sloane
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. Willis

Property
Walter Lamb, Chairman
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser, Vice Chairman
David Baltimore
Boyd T. Barnard
Julien Cornell
Martin Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes, III
Richard Hurd

William F. Lee, Jr.
Lloyd W . Lewis
Rudi Wilcox Mahler
Ramon Lee Posel
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Janet Hart Sylvester
two faculty members
two student members

Student L ife
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr., Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Martin Cornell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Frederick A. Hargadon
Elise F. Jones

Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Ruth W ilcox Mahler
Carolien Maynard
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Sue Thomas Turner
Sally A. Warren, ex officio
three faculty members
five student members

Nominating
Barbara Weber Mather, Chairman
Nancy Y. Bekavac
J. Parker Hall, III

Frederick A. Hargadon
Ruth W ilcox Mahler
William T. Spock

Development
Neil Austrian, Chairman
William F. Lee, Jr., Vice Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
David Baltimore
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Julien Cornell
Martin Cornell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
J. Parker Hall, III
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes, III
Richard Hurd
Walter Lamb

Lloyd W . Lewis
Carolien Powers Maynard
Elizabeth McCormack
Walter T . Skallerup, Jr.
Janet Hart Sylvester
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. Willis
Thomas Henderer, ex officio
Mark Sonnenfeld, ex officio
Sally A. Warren, ex officio
three faculty members
three student members

227

A lu m n i A s s o c ia tio n
O ffic e rs & A lu m n i Council
P re s id e n t, Sally A. Warren ’65
11 E. 63rd St., Apt. 3A
New York, NY 10021

Vice P re s id e n t, Freeman L. Palmer ’79
445 Old Lancaster Road
Haverford, PA 19041

P re s id e n t D esign ate

S e c re ta ry , Lillian Frank Youman ’57

Alexander Shakow ’58
6608 32nd Place NW
Washington, DC 20015

752 ManciU Road
Wayne, PA 19087

V ice P re s id e n t, Elinor Meyer Haupt ’55
138B Heritage Hills
Somers, NY 10589

Terms Expires in June

Zone A
Delaware, Pennsylvania
1987
Nancy Deane Passmore ’30
Granite Farms Estates, Apt. A 112
1343 West Baltimore Pike
Media, PA 19063-5531

William C. Adamson, M.D. ’40
1542 Susquehanna Road
Rydal, PA 19046
William B. Carr, Jr. ’73
115 Vemon Lane
Media, PA 19063

Mary Belin Rhodes ’58
Miller Road
Waverly, PA 18471

Thomas J. Elverson ’75
414 Drexel Place
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Betty Mack Twarog ’48
2601 Pennsylvania Ave., Apt. 1123
Philadelphia, PA 19130

1988
Deborah Frazer ’69
606 W . Upsal Street
Philadelphia, PA 19119

Alan A. Symonette ’76
717 Dorset Street
Philadelphia, PA 19119

Anna Rickards Sensenig ’30
2609 Woodleigh Road
Havertown, PA 19083

1989
Ted Chronister ’56
900 N. Bancroft Parkway
Wilmington, DE 19805

228

Mary Lo Broomell Eberle ’4 0
353 Wellington Terrace
Jenkintown, PA 19046

Zo n e B
New Jersey, New York
1987
Katherine Buttolph ’74
40 Laurel Drive
Litde Silver, NI 07739
1988
Joan Schuster Faber ’60
300 Central Park West, 4F
New York, NY 10024

Frank L. Lyman, M.D. ’43
68F Long Beach Boulevard
N. Beach, Beach Haven, NJ 08008

Philip L. Gilbert ’48
174 Kilbum Road
Garden City, NY 11530

Laura McKnight Stabler ’49
Box 213
Rocky Hill, NJ 08553

Giles K. Kemp ’72
15 Paddington Road
Scarsdale, NY 10583
1989
Jenny Hourihan Bailin ’80
340 E. 5th Street, Apt. 1C
New York, NY 10003

Douglas H. Blair ’70
19 Toth Lane
Rocky Hill, NJ 08553

Zo n e C
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1987
Roger E. Levien ’56
28 Fresh Meadow Road
Weston, CT 06883

Lois Wright Brown ’38
31 Hemlock Corner, RFD #1
Henniker, NH 03242
John C. Cratsley ’63
221 Nashawtuc Road
Concord, MA 01742
1989
Richard A. Johnson ’59
27 Ashfield Lane
S. Hadley, MA 01075

Alice Handsaker Kidder ’63
239 Randall Road
Berlin, MA 01503

229

Alum ni Association
O ffice rs & Alum ni Council

Zo n e D
District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1988
B. J. Yannet Stone ’57
5615 Warwick Place
Chevy Chase, MD 20815

Robert P. Fetter ’53
2923 Carolina Avenue, SW
Roanoke, VA 24014
1989

Robert C. McDiarmid ’58
1350 New York Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20005

Judith Livant Rapoport ’55
3010 44th Place, NW
Washington, DC 20016

Zo n e E
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota,
Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin
1987
James B. Kirkhoff ’48
2703 Leighton Road
Shaker Heights, OH 44120

Demaris Affleck Carrell ’47
158 S. Prospect Street
Oberlin, OH 44074
1988

Robert G. Merin, M.D. ’54
2725 Albans Avenue
Houston, T X 77005

Joan Heifetz Hollinger ’61
502 Rock Creek Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48104
Virgil Loeb, Jr., M.D. ’42
24 Deerfield Road
St. Louis, MO 63124
1989

David W . Hilgers ’69
404 Almarion Drive
Austin, T X 78746

Jane Walker Kennedy ’55
6561 Clarkston Road
Clarkston, MI 48016

Zo n e F
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee, territories, dependencies, and foreign countries
1988
Anita A. Cava ’75
915 Placetas Avenue
Coral Gables, FL 33146

230

1989
Francis M. James ’57
15 Graylyn Place
Winston-Salem, NC 27106

Marilyn Holifield ’69
1915 Brickell Avenue, #C801
Miami, FL 33129

Zo n e G
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming
1987
Diana Royce Smith ’68
1930 Oak Avenue
Boulder, CO 80302

Walter Cochran-Bond ’70
2843 N. Tanoble Drive
Altadena, CA 91001
1989
Nancy Kramer Bickel ’62
1522 Summit Road
Berkeley, CA 94708

David A. Bennahum ’57
1707 Notre Dame, NE
Albuquerque, NM 87106

231

T h e Fa c u lty

D a vid W . F r a s e r , B.A., Haverford College;
M.D., Harvard Medical School, President.
324 Cedar Lane.
J a m e s W . En g la n d , B.A., Kansas .State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D., University
o f Missouri, Provost and Professor o f
Mathematics. 925 Strath Haven Avenue.

J a n e t S m ith D ic k e rs o n , B.A., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College. 531 Bryn
Mawr Avenue.

K e nda ll L a n d is , B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President
—Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
550 Elm Avenue.
Eliza b e th C h a d w ic k , A.B., Bryn Mawr
College; M. Phil and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Dean o f the College, Lecturer in
English Literature. 513 Ogden Avenue.
R o b e rt A . D a rr , J r . , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.

J a n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.

M ich a e l D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin,
Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M.A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian. 309 Rutgers Avenue.
S te p h e n Le h m a n n , B.A., M.A., and
M .L.S., University o f California, Berkeley;
Ed.M., Harvard University, Humanities
Librarian. 3 0 0 Harvard Avenue.
S u s a n G . W illia m s o n , B.A., University o f
California, Berkeley; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Social Sciences
Librarian. 602 Elm Avenue.

Le ig h to n C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate in
Clinical Psychology o f the American Board of
Professional Psychology, Director,
Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

EMERITI

Elis a A s e n s iO , M.A., Middlebury College,
Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.
Ly d ia B a e r, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita o f German. Manatee River
Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.
C a rl B a rU S , B.A., Brown University; M.S.
in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 404 Walnut Lane.
Paul H . B e ik , B.A., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461 Venetian
Way, Winter Park, FL 32789.
H e in ric h B rin k m a n n , B.A., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Albert L. and Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor Emeritus o f
Mathematics. Wallingford Arms,
Wallingford, PA 19086

232

A lic e B ro d h e a d , B.S. and M.A., University
o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita of
Education. 144 Park Avenue.

H ild e 0 . C o h n , Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
Tatia n a M . C o s m a n , b .a . and M.A.,
Middlebury College; M.A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of
Russian. 306 S. Chester Road.
W illiam C . Elm o re , B.S., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris L.
Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics. 288
Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.

L e w is H . E lv e rs o n , B.S., University o f
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical
Education for Men. Quidnet, Nantucket, MA
02554.

Ro b e rt K . En d e rs , b .a . and PK.D.,
University o f Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.,
Professor Emeritus o f Biology. 311 Elm
Avenue.
E. J . Fa u lk n e r, Professor Emeritus of
Physical Education for Men. 500 Osceola
Avenue, Apt. 210, Winter Park, FL 32789.
Ed w a rd A . Fe h n e l, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D.,
Lehigh University, Edmund Allen Professor
Emeritus o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow
Road, Rose Tree, Media, PA 19063.
Ja m e s A . Fie ld , J r . , B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor Emeritus o f History. 605 Hillborn
Avenue.

Lau n ce J . F le m is te r, B.A., m .a . and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
of Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
M ilan W . G a rre tt, B.A. and M.A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D. Phil., University of
Oxford, Professor Emeritus of Physics. 16
Beach Road, Sevema Park, MD 21146.
B a rb a ra La n g e G o d fre y , Dean Emerita of
Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
Olga La n g , Graduate, University of
Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W . 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
S a ra h Le e Lip p in c o tt, B.A., University of

N o rm a n A . M e in k o th , B. o f Ed., Southern
Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D.,
University o f Illinois, Professor Emeritus o f
Zoology. 431 West Woodland Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
Ire n e M o ll, B.S. in Ed., University o f
Kansas; M.A., Texas University for Women,
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical
Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.
Jo h n M . M o o re , B.A., Park College; B.D.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emeritus o f Philosophy and
Religion. Friends Home, 400 N. Walnut
Street, West Chester, PA 19380.
B e rn a rd M o r rill, B.S. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M.M.E., University o f Delaware, Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue.
J . Roland P e n n o c k , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.

F ra n k C . P ie rs o n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Columbia University, Joseph
Wharton Professor Emeritus o f Political
Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.

Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College;
D.Sc., Villanova University, Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 507
Cedar Lane.

H e d le y H . R h y s , B.A., West Virginia
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.

L u z e r n G . Liv in g s to n , B.S., Lawrence
College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Professor Emeritus o f Botany. 15 Dartmouth
Circle.

A lb u rt M . R o s e n b e rg , B.A., Harvard
University; M .S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor Emeritus o f Natural Science.

F r a n z H . M a u tn e r, Dr. Phil., University of
Vienna, Professor Emeritus o f German. Apt.
E106, Martin’s Run Life Center, Marple
Township, PA 19063.
Jo h n D . M c C ru m m , B.A. and M.S.,
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and Ada
J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 606 Ogden Avenue.

J a m e s D . S o rb e r, B.A., Lehigh University;
M. A., University o f Nebraska, Professor
Emeritus o f Spanish. #57 Kendal at
Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348.

B e rn a rd S . S m ith , B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f History.

233

Faculty

W illis J . S te ts o n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for
Men. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield,
PA 19064.

Astronomy and Director Emeritus o f the
Sproul Observatory, c/o Peter Rademacher,
R.D. 2, Salem, New York 12865.

R o b e rt M . W a lk e r, B.A. and M.F.A.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard
University. Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. 865 Central Avenue, L 504,
Needham, MA 02192.

G ilm o re S to tt, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean o f the College Emeritus. 318
Dartmouth Avenue.

H a n s W a lla ch , Dr. Phil., University o f
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus of
Psychology. 5 1 0 Bryn Mawr Avenue.

D e re k T r a v e r s i, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold Cummins
Professor Emeritus o f English. 12 Richmond
Mansions, Denton Road, Twickinham, Midd,
T W 1, 2HH, England.

N e a l A . W e b e r, B.A., M .s . and D.Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M. A. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor Emeritus of
Zoology. 1805 Aaron Drive, Tallahassee, FL
32303.

P e te r v a n de K a m p , Cand. and Docts.,
University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University of
California; D. Phil., University o f Groningen,
Edward Hicks Magill Professor Emeritus of

M . Jo s e p h W illis , B.C.E., University of
Washington; M .S., Cornell University; Ph.D.,
The Johns Hopkins University, Professor
Emeritus o f Engineering. 306 Chestnut Lane.

PROFESSORS

M a rg a re t A n d e rs o n ,1 B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Professor
o f History. 214 Rutgers Avenue.
G e o rg e C . A v e r y , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
German. 230 Haverford Avenue.

R o b e rt C . B a n n is te r, B.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University; B.A. and M.A., University o f
Oxford, Professor o f History. 737 Harvard
Avenue.
O le x a -M y ro n B ila n iu k , Cand. Ingenieur,
Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S.,
M. A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush
Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
T h o m a s H . B la c k b u rn , B.A., Amherst;
B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford; Ph.D.,
Stanford University, Professor o f English.
609 Elm Avenue.

D a vid L B o w le r, B.S. in E E ., Bucknell
University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Professor o f Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.
T h o m p so n B ra d le y , B.A., Yale University;
M.A., Columbia University, Professor o f
Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan, PA 19065.
G o m e r H . D a v ie s , B.S., East Stroudsburg
State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor o f Physical Education. 225 Cornell
Avenue.
Le e D e v in , B.A., San Jose College; M.A. and
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor o f
English Literature and Director o f The
Theatre. 512 Elm Avenue.
R ich a rd B a rrie D o b s o n ,5 M.A., Ph.D.,
Oxon, Cornell Visiting Professor o f History.
Swarthmore College.

o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 6 Whittier Place.

H . S e a rl D u n n, B.S.E. and M.S.E.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner
Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.

5 Spring semester, 1987.

Jo h n R. BOCCiO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute

234

S te fan o Fe n o a lte a ,5 B.A., Georgetown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University; D.Jur., Università di Roma,
Visiting Professor o f Economics.

Ja m e s D . Fre e m a n ,2 B.A.,

m .a

., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Music and Director o f the Orchestra. 206
Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

J . W illiam F r o s t , B.A., DePauw University;
M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor
of Quaker History and Research, and
Director o f the Friends Historical Library. 3
Whittier Place.

Jo h n E . G a ilS ta d, B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Princeton University, Professor of
Astronomy. 430 S. Chester Road.

Kenneth J . G e rg e n , B.A., Yale University;
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
C h a rle s E . G ilb e rt, B.A., Haverford
College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Political Science, 223 Kenyon
Avenue.
P e te r H a c k e r,4 B.A., D. Phil., Oxford
University, Visiting Professor o f Philosophy.
Swarthmore College.
Ja m e s H . H a m m o n s , B.A., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Professor of Chemistry.
17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Vincent H a rd in g ,4 B.A., City College o f
New York; M .S., Columbia University; M.A.,
University o f Chicago, Lang Visiting
Professor o f Religion. 401 Walnut Lane.
M a rk A . H e a ld , B.A., Oberlin College; M.S.
and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Physics. 4 2 0 Rutgers Avenue.

Ele a n o r K . H e s s , B.S. and M.S., University
o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f Physical
Education. 302 North Chester Road.
Robin son G . H o llis te r, J r . , B.A., Amherst
College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor o f Economics (part-time).
1 Whittier Place.
R a ym o n d F . H o p k in s ,3 B.A., Ohio
Wesleyan University; MA., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University,
Professor o f Political Science. 308 Ogden
Avenue.
Gudm und R . Iv e rs e n ,1 M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies. 212 Elm
Avenue.
C h a rle s L . J a m e s , B.S., State University of
New York at New Paltz; M.S., State
University o f New York at Albany, Professor
o f English Literature. 402 Laurel Lane,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Jo h n R . Je n k in s , B.S. and M .S., Utah State
University; Ph.D., University o f California,
Los Angeles, Professor o f Biology. 403
Walnut Lane.

Je n n ie K e ith , B.A., Pomona College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Anthropology. 612 Ogden
Avenue.

C h a rle s F . K e le m e n ,12 B.A., Valparaiso
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, Professor o f Computer Science
and Mathematics. 606 Elm Avenue.

T . K a o ri K ita o ,123B.A. and M.A., University
o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Art History. 540
Westminster Avenue.

University, Professor o f Astronomy. 540
Riverview Avenue.

Eugene A . K lo t Z ,1 B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.
3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

4 Fall semester, 1986.
5 Spring semester, 1987.
12 Joint appointment with mathematics.

W u lff D . H e in tz , Dr. rer. nat. Miinchen

235

Fa culty

G e o rg e K ru g o v o y , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.,
Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria,
Professor o f Russian. 562 Juniata Avenue.
J a m e s R . K u rth , B.A., Stanford.University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Political Science. Strath Haven
Condominiums.

H ugh M . L a c e y , B.A. and M.A., University
o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana University,
Professor o f Philosophy. 4 Whittier Place.
A s m a ro m Le g e s s e , B.A., University
College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.

N e ls o n A . M a c k e n , B.S., Case Institute of
Technology; M .S., Ph.D., University of
Delaware, Professor o f Engineering. 250
Haverford Avenue.
Paul C . M a n g e ls d o rf, J r . , 1 B.A.,
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.

Ph ilip M e tzid a k is , B.A., Dartmouth
College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

T h o m a s N . M itc h e ll,4 B.A., M.A., National
University o f Ireland; M.A., Dublin
University; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Cornell Visiting Professor o f Classics.
Swarthmore College.
K a th ry n L . M o rg a n ,12 B.A., Virginia State
College; M.A., Howard University; M.A. and
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
o f History. Apt. 728, Strath Haven
Condominiums.
D eborah G . K e m le r N e ls o n ,1 B.A., M.A.,
and Ph.D., Brown University, Professor of
Psychology. 211 Benjamin West Avenue.

H e le n F . N o r th , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Centennial Professor of
Classics. 604 Ogden Avenue.

M a rtin O s tw a ld ,3 B.A., University of
Toronto; M.A., University o f Chicago;
Ph.D.,' Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics. 2 Whittier
Place.
H a ro ld E . P a g lia ro , A.B., M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
536 Ogden Avenue.
R o b e rt F . P a s te rn a c k , B.A. and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Edmund Allen Professor
o f Chemistry. 110 Cornell Avenue.
Dean P e a b o d y , B.A., Swarthmore College;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f
Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
J e a n A s h m e a d P e rk in s ,2 B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W . Lippincott
Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.

S te v e n I. P ik e r , B.A., Reed College; Ph.D.,
University o f Washington, Professor of
Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.

F re d e ric L P r y o r , B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.
G ilb e rt P . R o s e ,1 B.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f California, Berkeley, Professor
o f Classics. 551 Marietta Avenue.
Da vid R o s e n , B.A., New York University;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor o f Mathematics. 336 North
Princeton Avenue.
R o b e rt R o z a ,2 B.A., University o f Toronto;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f French. 233 Cornell Avenue.
R e rn a rd S a ff ra n , B.A., City College of
New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Professor o f Economics. 201 Garrett Avenue.

University o f Wisconsin, Professor of
Philosophy. 410 Dickinson Avenue.

R o b e rt E . S a v a g e ,3 B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. Professor o f Biology.
411 Vassar Avenue.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.
4 Fall semester, 1986.

H a n s F . O b e rd ie k , B.S., and Ph.D.,

236

F . M . S c h e re r, A.B., University of
Michigan; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Joseph Wharton Professor of
Political Economy. 35 Wellesley Road.

I

Alle n M . S c h n e id e r, B.S., Trinity College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 608 Elm Avenue.
Rich ard S c h u ld e n fre i, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh, Professor o f Philosophy.
8 S. Lemon St., Media, PA 19063.
B a rry S c h w a r tz ,3 B.A., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor o f Psychology. 210
Garrett Avenue.
J . E d w a rd S k e a th , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Illinois, Professor o f Mathematics. 400
Dickinson Avenue.
i

F ra n c is P . T a fo y a , B .s. and M.A.,
University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f French and Spanish.
6 2 0 North Chester Road.
P e te r T . T h o m p s o n , B.A., The Johns
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry. 203
College Avenue.
P . Lin w o o d U rb a n , J r . , 1 B.A., Princeton
University; S.T.B., S.T.M . and Th.D.,
General Theological Seminary, Charles and
Harriet Cox McDowell Professor o f Religion.
20 South Princeton Avenue.
Ph ilip M . W e in ste in , A.B., Princeton
University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f English Literature.
510 Ogden Avenue.

David G . S m ith , B.A., and M.A., University
of Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Centennial Professor o f Political
Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose Valley, PA
19086.

L a r r y E . W e stp h a l, B.A. Occidental
College; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
o f Economics. Swarthmore College.

S im o ne Voisin S m i t h ,8 9 Licence et

T im o th y C . W illia m s , B.A., Swarthmore

Lettres, University o f Grenoble, Professor o f
French. 125 Forest Lane.

College; A.M., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Professor o f Biology.
314 Rutgers Avenue.

S usan S n y d e r, B.A., Hunter College; M.A.
i

P e te r G ra m S w in g , B.A. and M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor o f Music
and Director o f the Chorus.
614 Hillbom Avenue.

and Ph.D., Columbia University, Eugene M.
Lang Research Professor o f English
Literature. 524 Westminster Avenue.

Donald K . S w e a r e r , B.A., M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University; B.D. and S.T.M ., Yale
Divinity School, Professor of Religion. 109
Columbia Avenue.123

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.
3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

Je ro m e H . W ood, J r .,

b .a ., Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence Rd.,
Aldan, PA 19014.

H a rris o n M . W rig h t, B.A., M.A., and
Ph.D, Harvard University, Professor of
History. 319 Cedar Lane.

8 Campus Coordinator, Grenoble Program.
9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in
Grenoble, fall semester, 1986.

Faculty

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

C h a rle s R . B e itz , B.A. Colgate University;
M. A., University o f Michigan; M. A. and
Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate
Professor o f Political Science. 509 Harvard
Avenue.
M ich a e l W . C o th re n ,1 B.A., Vanderbilt
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f Art
History. 406 N. Swarthmore Avenue.

R o b e rt S . Du P le s s is , B.A., Williams
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.
M a rio n J . F a b e r,12 B.A. and M.A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Professor of
German (part-time). 234 Benjamin West
Avenue.

G re g o ry L . F lo ra n t, B.S., Cornell
University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
Associate Professor o f Biology. 404 Elm
Avenue.

D o roth e a F re d e , Hamburg University;
Ph.D., Gottingen University, Associate
Professor o f Philosophy. 2 Whittier Place.
S h a ro n F rie d le r , B.A., Colby College;
M.F.A., Southern Methodist University,
Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f
the Dance Program. 517 Elm Avenue.
S C O tt F . G ilb e rt, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Biology. 617 Fairview Road.
N a n c y V . H a m le tt, B.S. and M.S.,
University o f Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D., The
Johns Hopkins University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Jo h n J . H a S S e tt, B.A., St. Francis College;

C o n sta n c e C ain H u n g e rfo rd , B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., University
o f California, Berkeley, Associate Professor
o f Art History. 815 Westdale Avenue.
M a r k J a c o b s ,3 B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 401 Dickinson Avenue.
Ph ilip J . K e llm a n , B.A., Georgetown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
M a rk K u p e rb e rg ,1 B.A., Amherst College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Associate Professor of
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.
T h o m a s P . L e ft , B.A. and M.F.A., Case
Western Reserve University, Associate
Professor o f English Literature and Technical
Director for the Theatre. 6 Crum Ledge.

G e ra ld L e v in s o n ,3 B.A., University o f
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Associate Professor o f Music. 2
Crum Ledge.
Lillia n M . L i,2 A.B., Raddiffe College; A.M.
and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate
Professor o f History. 8 Whittier Place.
A n n K o s a k o w s k i M c N a m e e , B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Associate Professor o f Music. 6
Whittier Place.
Je a n n e M a re c e k , B.S., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor
o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe St., Media, PA
19063.

S te p h e n B . M a u re r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Professor of
Mathematics. 206 Benjamin West Avenue.

M.A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University
o f Wisconsin, Associate Professor of
Spanish. 514 S. Providence Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

A r th u r E . M c G a rity , B.A., Trinity
University; M .S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Engineering. 135 Rutgers Avenue.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

238

Brian A . M e u n ie r, B.F.A., University o f
Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School o f Art, Temple University, Associate
Professor o f Studio Arts. 150 Brown St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19123.
G eorge N lo s k o s , B.A., Davidson College;
M. A. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Madison, Associate Professor o f French. 730
Yale Avenue.

B rau lio M u ñ o z, B.A., University o f Rhode
Island; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Sociology. 500 Harvard Avenue.

F re d e ric k L O rth lie b ,3 B.S. and M.S.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D.,
Carnegie-Mellon University, Associate
Professor o f Engineering. 13 Green Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Ern e s t J . P ru d e n te , B.S. and M.S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Physical Education. 914 Surrey
Road, Media, PA 19063.
C h a rle s R a ff, B.A., University of
Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Associate Professor of
Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue.
Rich ard L . Ru bin, A.B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Professor o f Political Science and
Public Policy (part-time). 504Í4 Riverview
Road.

P e te r J . S c h m id t, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Associate Professor o f English Literature. 7
Crum Ledge.
K enn eth E . S h a rp e , B.A., Dartmouth
College; M .S., London School o f Economics
and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Professor o f Political Science. 521
Elm Avenue.
B a rb a ra Y o s t S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Associate Professor o f Biology. 543
Marietta Avenue.
E v a F . T r a v e r s ,3 B.A., Connecticut College;
M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard University,
Associate Professor of Education. 416 Park
Avenue.
Ju d ith G . V oet,3 B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Associate
Professor o f Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.

J a c o b W e in e r, B.A., Antioch College;
M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University o f Oregon, Associate Professor o f
Biology. 405 E. Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

D o u g las M . W e is s , A.T.C., Associate
Professor o f Physical Education. 117 S.
Chester Road.
C ra ig W illia m s o n , B.A., Stanford
University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f English Literature. 602 Elm
Avenue.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

N ath alie F . A n d e rs o n , B.A. Agnes Scott
College; M.A., Georgia State University,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
302 N. Chester Road.

B a rb a ra B u rre ll, A.B., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor o f Classics.
Swarthmore College.
J o y C h a rlto n , B.A., University o f Virginia;

S h a ro n Le e A r m s tro n g , B.A., Ph.D.,
University o f Delaware, Assistant Professor
of Psychology. 6 0 6 Elm Avenue.

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology. 409V4 Elm
Avenue.

Faculty

J e ffr e y A . C h a ro n n a t, B.S., Stanford
University; M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia
University, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
510 Elm Avenue.

Jo n a th a n C o p e la n d , B A ., Tufts
University; Ph.D., State University o f New
York at Stony Brook, Assistant Professor of
Biology. Swarthmore College.

S u s an P . D a v is , B.S., Springfield College;
M .S., Smith College, Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse Road,
Berwyn, PA 19312.
R ich a rd Eld rid g e , A.B., Middlebury
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy.
423 Harvard Avenue.
Rand all L . E x o n , B.F.A., Washburn
University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of
Iowa, Assistant Professor of Studio Arts. 8
Crum Ledge.
S te ph e n S . G o lu b , B.A., Williams College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant
Professor o f Economics. 318 N. Chester
Road.

C h a rle s M . G rin s te a d , B.A., Pomona
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles, Assistant Professor
o f Mathematics. 8 Whittier Place.

Rush D . H o lt, B.A., Carleton College; M.S.
and Ph.D., New York University, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. 513 Elm Avenue.
La u rie La n g b a u e r,3 B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A., Cornell University,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
513 Elm Avenue.
A m y - J i l l L e v in e , B.A., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University, Assistant
Professor o f Religion. Swarthmore College.
K e nn e th C . L u k ,2 B.A., International
Christian University, Tokyo; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Chinese. 2126 Lombard Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19146.

Maryland, Assistant Professor o f Economics.
Swarthmore College.

Fra n c is M e a g h e r, B.A., Holy Cross
College, Assistant Professor o f Physical
Education. 3726 Woodland Avenue, Drexel
Hill, PA 19026.
Rachel M e r z , B.A., Western New Mexico
University; M .S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 515 Elm Avenue.
Els ie B . M ic h ie , B.A., M.A., Brown
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Visiting
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
Swarthmore College.
Ly n n e A . M o lte r, B.A. and B.S.,
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor
o f Engineering. Swarthmore College.
F ra n k A . M o s c a te lli, B.S., C. W . Post
College; M .S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
M ich a e l L . M u lla n , B.A., University o f
California, Berkeley; Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. 511 Harvard Avenue.
M a rjo rie M u rp h y ,3 B.A., Jersey City State
College; M.A., San Jose State University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Davis,
Assistant Professor o f History. 318 N.
Chester Road.
J o y c e J . N a g a ta , B.F.A. and M.A.,
University o f Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (parttime). 3 Crum Ledge.

Diane O ’ D o n o g h ue , B.A., Mount Holyoke
College; M .A., Harvard University, Assistant
Professor o f Art History. Swarthmore
College.

Elle n R . M a g e n h e im , B.A., University of
Rochester; M.A., Ph.D., University o f

S te p h e n M . P la tt, B.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute; M.S.E. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Engineering. 4 Crum Ledge.

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987.

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

240

I K. An n R e n n in g e r, B.A., University of
I Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
I College, Assistant Professor of Education.
I 915 Harvard Avenue.

I Helene S h a p iro , B.A., Kenyon College;

N ilgu n S u n g a r, B.S., Middle East Technical
University, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
915 Harvard Avenue.
M in g w h e i Tu n g , B.S., Jilin University; M.S.
and Ph.D., Drexel University, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. Swarthmore College.

I M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D., California
I Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor
I of Mathematics. Swarthmore College.

W illiam N . T u rp in , M.A., University o f St.

I Don S h im a m o tO , B.S., Stanford University;
I M.A. and Ph.D., Brandeis University,
I Assistant Professor o f Mathematics.

Andrews; M.A., University o f Toronto;
Ph.D., Cambridge University, Assistant
Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College.

I Swarthmore College.

A n d re w M . V e rn e r, B.A., Duke University;
M.A., Old Dominion University; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Assistant Professor of
History. 11 Benjamin West Avenue.

I
I
I
I

Ann E . S h in n a r, B.A., Goucher College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Swarthmore College.

I Faruq M . A . S id d iq u i, B.S., Bangladesh
I
I
I
I

University o f Engineering and Technology;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh,
Assistant Professor o f Engineering. 525 Elm
Avenue.

I U s a S m u ly a n , B.A., Swarthmore College;
I M.A.T., Brown University; Ed.D., Harvard
I Graduate School o f Education, Assistant
I Professor o f Education. Swarthmore College.

I Th om as S te p h e n so n , B.S., Furman
I University; Ph.D., The University of
I Chicago, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
I 404 Elm Avenue.

Robin E. W a g n e r-P a c ific i,3 B.A., Brown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Sociology. 604 Elm Avenue.
B. T y re n e W h ite , B.A., Middle Tennessee
State University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University, Assistant Professor o f Political
Science. 318 N. Chester Road.
R o g e r W o o da rd, B.S., North Carolina State
University; M.Div., Southeastern Seminary;
Ph.D., University o f North Carolina,
Assistant Professor o f Linguistics.
Swarthmore College.

INSTRUCTORS

Abbe B lu m , B.A., University of California,
Berkeley; B.A. and M.A., Cambridge
University, Instructor in English Literature.
Benjamin W est House.
Erik C h e e v e r, B.S., Swarthmore College;
M.S.E., University o f Pennsylvania,
Instructor in Engineering. 915 Harvard
Avenue.

M a rg a re t C h ris te n s e n , A.B., M .A.T.,
Cornell University, Instructor in Computer
Science. Swarthmore College.
T e re se L y o n s , B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.A., Columbia University,

Instructor in Modem Languages. Swarthmore
College.

G a ile R o c k e y , B.S., West Chester
University, Instructor in Physical Education.
404 Elm Avenue.

V ale rie R u b sa m e n , B.A., University of
California; M.A., University o f California;
M.A., Princeton University, Instructor in
Political Science. Swarthmore College.

C h ristin a S ta d e lm e ie r, B.F.A.,
Philadelphia College o f Art; M.F.A., Queens
College, CUNY, Instructor in Studio Arts.
Swarthmore College.

3 Absent on leave, 1986-87.

241

Fa culty

LECTURERS (all part-time)

U sh a B a la m o re , Teachers Certificate,
Church Park Teachers Training College;
M.A., Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer in
Education. Swarthmore College.

C aro le N e tte r, Maitrisse and DEA,
University o f Paris, Lecturer in French.
Swarthmore College.

Education, University of Melbourne,
Lecturer in English. 515 Elm Avenue.

Elk e P la x to n , B.A., Brigham Young
University; M.A., University o f Colorado,
Lecturer in German. 2022 Brandywine Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.

E d w a rd D ix o n , B.A., LaSalle College; M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University, Lecturer in
German. Swarthmore College.

R a d w a n S h a b a n ,4 B.A., Swarthmore
College, Ph.D., Stanford University, Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. Swarthmore College.

S te ph e n N . Du n nin g ,4 B A ., Goddard
College; S.T.B., Harvard Divinity School;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Lecturer in
Religion. 341 Greene Road, Berwyn, PA
19312

Le ah Jo h n s o n S m ith ,4 B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Lecturer in Economics. 406
Cedar Lane.

M a rc e l L C h e rry , B.A. and Diploma of

R o b e rt F is h e r , A.B., Marietta College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Lecturer in
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
Tedd R . G O Un die, B.S., Muhlenberg
College; M .S., Bowling Green State
University, Lecturer in Biology. 213 Sandy
Bank Road, Media, PA 19063.
S te ph e n J a f f e ,4 B.A., M.A., University of
Pennsylvania, Lecturer in Music. Swarthmore
College.
Ev g e n iya L . K a ts e n e lin b o ig e n , Moscow
Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
211 Mortroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
R o b e rt K a t z , B.A., Wesleyan University;
M.A., University o f Pennsylvania, Lecturer in
Spanish. Swarthmore College.

M a r y K . K e n n e y , A.B., Chestnut Hill
College; M.A., Villanova University, Lecturer
in Spanish. 404 Elm Avenue.

A lla n S p o n b e rg ,4 B.A., American
University; M.A., University o f Wisconsin;
Ph.D., University o f British Columbia,
Lecturer in Religion. 80 Murray Place,
Princeton, NJ 08540
C h a rle s F , S to n e , III,4 B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Yale University, Lecturer in
Economics. Swarthmore College.
A la n T e S S ie r, B.S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Lecturer
in Biology. Swarthmore College.
J a c k T o p io l,5 B.S., Yale University; M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting Lecturer
in Economics. 635 Heather Lane, Bryn
Mawr, PA 19010.

M elin d a W a g n e r,5 B.A., Hamilton College;
M.A., University o f Chicago, Lecturer in
Music. 8424 Shawnee St., Philadelphia, PA
19118.

ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)

Danielle B a u lt, Doctorat de 3e cycle,
Université de Grenoble, Assistant in French.
Swarthmore College.

L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.

U rs u la M . D a v is , B.S., Colby Junior
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart
West, Media, PA 19063.

Diana Fre e d m a n , B.A., Pennsylvania State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
1356 Sellers Street, Philadelphia, PA 19129.

4 Fall semester, 1986.

5

242

Spring semester, 1987.

Dorothy K . Fre e m a n , B.M., M.M., Boston
University, Associate in Performance
(Music). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.
Lori F r ie s , Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.

Robin H a s tie , B. Chir., M.B., Ph.D.,
Cambridge University, Assistant in Biology.
109 Haddon Avenue, Haddonfleld, NJ
08033.
D ierdre K a n e , B.S., University o f Dayton,
Assistant in Physical Education. Swarthmore
College.

C urtis L a u b e r,4 A.B., Duke University;
M.A., Villanova University, Assistant in
Physical Education. 110 School House Lane,
Ardmore, PA 19003.

M a rg a re t M . Le h m a n , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 765 W .
Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087.
H e rb e rt Le im b a c h ,5 B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education. 15
Forest Lane.

C a ro ly n R e ic h e k , B.S., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). Swarthmore College.
G lo ria U . R o se n , B.A., Hunter College;
M.A., Mt. Holyoke College, Assistant in
Biology. 336 N. Princeton Avenue.
N a n c e y R o s e n s w e ig , Associate in
Performance (Dance). Swarthmore College.
V ale rie R y a n , B.S., Widener University,
Assistant in Physical Education. 1325 Chester
Pike, Eddystone, PA 19013.
Pa u la S e p in u c k , B.A., Bennington College,
Associate in Performance. 309 Dickinson
Avenue.
N ita H a r ris S ic ilia n o , B.S., Russell Sage
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 1287A
Samuel Road, West Chester, PA 19380.
R o b e rt M . S m a rt, B.A., Curtis Institute o f
Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College,
College Organist and Associate in
Performance (Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue.

Hong L in , B.S., M .S., Beijing Institute o f
Aeronautics and Astronautics, Assistant in
Physics and Astronomy. Swarthmore College.

C . Jo s e p h S te fa n o w ic z ,4 B.A., Lafayette
College, Assistant in Physical Education. 921
Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA 19061.

Karen M e y e r s , Associate in Performance
(Music). 735 Yale Avenue.

Dale S tr a w b rid g e ,4 B.S., Slippery Rock
State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
8 W ood Lane, West Chester, PA 19380.

G e o ffre y M ic h a e ls , Diploma, Curtis
Institute o f Music, Associate in Performance
(Music). Swarthmore College.
C h risto p h e r P a lm e r, B.S., St. John Fisher
College, Assistant in Physics and Astronomy.
Swarthmore College.

Le e W im b e rly , B.A., Stanford University;
J.D ., University o f California at Berkeley,
Assistant in Physical Education. Swarthmore
College.

Standing Committees o f the Faculty 1 9 85-86
Academic and Cultural Support
DUPLESSIS, Chadwick, Rubin (fall), Skeath,
Siddiqui, Stewart

Schuldenfrei, R., Shimamoto, Thompson,
Westphal.

Academic Requirements

Admissions and Scholarships

DICKERSON, Blum, Chadwick, England,
Florant, Gaustad, Mullins, North, Savage, V.,

M AUER, Alperin, Barr, Charonnat, Davies,
Eldridge, Macken, Meagher, Metzidakis.

4 Fall semester, 1986.

5

Spring semester, 1987.

243

Fa culty

Asian Studies

Tafoya, Thompson, Turpin

LI (fall), PIKER (spring), Nagata, Swearer,
Westphal.

Foreign Language Study
MOSKOS, Burrell, Chadwick, Exon, Verner

B lack and Minority Concerns
OBERDIEK, Bradley, Brock, Davies, G.,
Dunn, England, Florant, Golub, Savage, V.

H ealth Sciences Advisory
STEW ART, Gilbert, S., Hamlett, Mullins,
Schneider, Stephenson, Weiner, Weiss

B lack Studies
W O O D, Hassett, James, Legesse, Schmidt

Library

Bookstore

DURKAN, Aaron, Anderson, N., England,
Gergen, Moscatelli

SWING, Frede, Jenkins, Vemer
Center for Social and Policy Studies
RUBIN (fall), IVERSEN (spring), Hollister,
Kurth, McGarity
Computing Services
RYAN, Blackburn, Boecio, Grinstead,
Kelemen, Kellman, Mullins, Platt, Smith, L.,
Williamson, S.

Physical Education and Athletics
SKEATH, Charlton, Devin, Hess, Mullan,
Peabody, Vanni
Promotion and Tenure
FRASER, England, Hungerford, Keith,
Pagliaro, Pasternack
Research Ethics
WILLIAMS, Merz, Raff, Siddiqui, Turpin

Cooper
MCNAMEE, Bannister, Charonnat, Durkan,
Friedler, Leff, Scherer, Weber

Research Support
BILANIUK, Barazzone, Grinstead, Krugovoy, I
McGarity, Muñoz, Stephenson

Curriculum
ENGLAND, Hammons, James, Muñoz,
Mullins, Wood

Space U se and Energy Conservation
CHEESMAN, Heintz, Kellman, McGarity,
Mullins, Raymond, Roth

Educational Policy, Council on
FRASER, Beitz, England, Gilbert, S., Holt,
Lacey, Sharpe, Swearer

Teacher Education
RENNINGER, England, Maurer, Metzidakis, I
Peabody, Schmidt, Smulyan, Weiner, Wright j

Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory
SMITH, D., Legesse, Shapiro
Faculty and S taff Benefits
HART, Aaron, J., Bowler, Cook, Eldridge,
Levine, Miller, T., North, Robinson, Saffian,
Van Ummersen

Women’s Concerns
CHADWICK, Levine, Merz, Rockey,
Shapiro, Smulyan, Williamson, S.
Women’s Studies
MARECEK, Anderson, N., Blum, Charlton,
Friedler, Williamson, S.

Faculty Procedures
FRASER, Boecio, Bowler, Bradley, England,
Gaustad, James, Wright

Secretary to the Faculty
Avery

Fellowships and Prizes

Parliamentarian

ROSEN, Davis, S., Dickerson, Gilbert, C.,

Frost

244

Standing Committees o f the College
Advisory Committee on Resource Use
Faculty members: Hammons, James, Muñoz;
Chairman o f the Board Committees on:
Development, Finance, Instruction and
Libraries, Investment, Property, and Student

Life; the two Vice Presidents, Provost, and
Dean; three students; chaired by the President
o f the College, with the Assistant to the
President as Recording Secretary.

Divisions and Departments
I.

DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Charles L. James, Chair

Art

M u s ic

Constance Cain Hungerford, Chair (fall)
Michael Cothren, Chair (spring)

James D. Freeman, Chair

C la ss ics

Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair

Ph ilo so p h y

Helen F. North, Chair

P s yc h o lo g y

English Lite ra tu re

Jeanne Marecek, Department Head

Harold Pagliaro, Chair

Religion

H is to ry

Donald K. Swearer, Chair

Robert S. DuPlessis, Chair

M odern Lan g u ag e s
Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chair (fall)
John J. Hassett, Acting Chair (spring)

II.

DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Braulio Muñoz, Chair

Econ o m ics

M a th e m a tic s

Robinson G. Hollister, Jr., Chair

J. Edward Skeath, Chair

Education (P ro g ra m )

P h ilo so p h y

Eva F. Travers, Program Director

Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair

Engineering

P o litic a l S cie n ce

Nelson A. Macken, Chair

David G. Smith, Chair

H is to ry

P s yc h o lo g y

Robert S. DuPlessis, Chair

Jeanne Marecek, Department Head

Lin g u istic s (P ro g ra m )

S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y

Roger D. Woodard, Program Director

Steven Piker, Chair

245

Fa culty

in . DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
James H. Hammons, Chair

B iology

P h ilo so p h y

Timothy C. Williams, Chair

Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair

C h e m is try

P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y

Robert F. Pasternack, Chair

John R. Boccio, Chair

En gin eerin g

P s y c h o lo g y

Nelson A. Macken, Chair

Jeanne Marecek, Department Head

M a th e m a tic s
J. Edward Skeath, Chair

246

A d m in is tra tio n

PRESIDENT’S OFFICE

David W . F r a s e r , B.A., Haverford College;
M.D., Harvard Medical School, President.

C h ris ty A n n Fu s c o , B.A., Swarthmore

Leah J . S m ith , B.A., Stanford University;

M a rg a re t M . G io va n n in i, Diane E .
W atSOn, Secretaries.

Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, '
Assistant to the President and Director o f
Institutional Research.

College, Social Coordinator.

VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE

Lo re n H a r t, B.A., Grinnell College; J.D.,
Columbia University Law School; M.B.A.,
Harvard University Graduate School of
Business Administration, Vice President for
Business and Finance and Treasurer.

S u za n n e P . W e lsh , B.A., B.S., University

Kendall La n d is , B.A., Swarthmore College;

Secretaries/Assistants.

o f Delaware; M.B.A., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Treasurer and Budget
Director.

Pau lin e M . C a rro ll, M a r y C . K a s p e r,

M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations.

PROVOST’S OFFICE

Ja m e s W . En g la n d , B.A., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost.

Je ro m e H . W ood, J r . , B.A., Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Associate Provost and Professor o f History.

Es th e r L . B a r a z z o n e , B.A., New College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Provost for Academic Resources
and Director of Corporate and Foundation
Relations.
K a re n D . J o n e s , Jo a n n e M . K im p e l,
Secretaries.

DEAN’S OFFICE

Ja n e t S m ith D ic k e rs o n , B.A., Western

Assistant Dean for New Student Affairs.

College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College.

S u s a n D in sm o re S m y th , BA., Wesleyan

Rich ard S c h u ld e n fre i, Ph.D., Professor of
Philosophy, G ilm o re S to tt, Ph.D.,

G lo ria C a re y E v a n s , B.A., Western
Washington College o f Education; M.S.,
University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.

Associate Provost Emeritus, Associate Deans.

Vernon T . S a v a g e , A.B., Syracuse
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Illinois; Associate Dean; Director o f Black
and Minority Affairs.

CigUS Vanni, B.A., Swarthmore College,

University, Coordinator o f Student Activities.

N o rm a B o y le , A.A., Temple University,
C a th y P e s c a to re , A lm a E. S te w a r t,
Secretaries.

ADMISSIONS OFFICE

Ro b e rt A . B a rr , J r . , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.

W a llace A n n A y r e s , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.

247

Adm inistration

B ren da M . B ro c k , B.A., Earlham College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
P h y llis H all R a y m o n d , B A ., Indiana
University; M.A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
D a vid A . W a lte r, B.S., Swarthmore College;
M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
Rich a rd G . D iFe lic ia n to n io , B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Denver, Assistant Dean o f Admissions.

Eric A . P ro th e ro , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions and
Western Regional Representative.
S u s a n K . U n te re k e r, B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia Teachers College, Assistant
to the Dean o f Admissions.
Ellen D o ls k i, B a rb a ra A . H a d ly , A g n e s
S h o n e rt, Secretaries.
A rle n e K . N lo o sh ia n , B.S., W est Chester
University, Receptionist.

ALUMNI RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

M a ra ly n O rb iso n G ille s p ie , B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Alumni Relations, Publications,
and Public Relations.
Diane W ild e r, B.A., Swarthmore College,
Assistant Director o f Alumni Relations.
Lo rn a G re e n e S h u rk in , B.A., Brooklyn
College, Director o f Public Relations.
Renee W h ith a m , B.A., Temple University,
Assistant Director o f Public Relations.
L a r r y L . E lv e ru , B.A., University o f
Minnesota, Director o f Publications and

Managing Editor o f the Alumni Bulletin.

C a th e rin e D o w n in g , b .a ., Kent State
University, Assistant Director o f
Publications.
Mimi GeiSS, Production Manager.

N a n c y C u rra n , B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Class Notes Editor and Editorial
Assistant.

A n n D . G e e r, B.A., Randolph-Macon
Woman’s College, Copy Editor.
Elena C o v o n e , Ruthanne K ra u s s ,
Secretaries.

BUSINESS OFFICE

Lu th e r Van U m m e rs e n , C.P.A., B.A.,
Tufts University, Controller.
Lo u isa R id g w a y , B.A., Vassar College,
M.B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Controller.
N a n c y E . S h e p p a rd , Business Office

L e w is T . C o o k , J r . , B.A., St. Lawrence
University; M .S., Pennsylvania State
University, Associate Vice President Business Affairs.
Ju d ith F . V a lo ri, B.A., University of
Maryland, Secretary.

Manager.

D o ris M o r ris o n , Purchasing Assistant.

M a rg a re t A . T h o m p s o n , Bursar.

C h ristin e H o u ric a n , b .a ., b .S., Temple
University, Manager o f Bookstore.

S u s a n S . W erner, B.A., Old Dominion
University, Assistant to the Controller.

H elen D iFe lic ia n to n io , Director of

Elle n R . A u g s b e rg e r, Je a n En g lis h ,
La u ra M c La u g h lin , D ebra L . R a c z , B.A.,
Shelton College, J e a n R a is c h , Business

Stenographic Office.

Office staff.

248

Jo a n n M . M a s s a ry , Diane S ta s iu n a s ,
Ed ith R . W o o d lan d , Stenographic staff.
June TaSSOni, Supervisor - Post Office.

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

I H. T h o m a s F ra n c is , B.A., Kalamazoo

I

College; M.A., Western Michigan University,
I Director.

I Ja n e t M a s s , B.A., Hunter College; M.Ed.,

I
I

University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Director.

H annah A m g o tt, B.A., University of
Connecticut; M.A., Middlebury College,
Recruiting Coordinator/Office Manager.
Le s lie M . B ru b a k e r, B.A., Cedar Crest
College, Secretary.

CENTER FO R SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES

I Richard L . R u bin, A.B., Brown University;
1 M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
I Director (fall).

Gudm und R . iv e rs e n , M.A., University o f
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director (spring).
N ao m i M a rc u s , Secretary.

I COMPUTING SERVICES
I W illiam C . R y a n , B.A., Swarthmore
1 College, Director o f Computing Services.

Robin Ja c o b s e n , B.B.S., Temple
University, Administrative Programmer.

1 J o d y A n n M a ls b u ry , A.B., Bryn Mawr
1 College, Associate Director.

M a r y K . H a s b ro u c k , B.A., oberlin
College, Academic Programmer.

I Ja n e F . Ja m e s , B.S., State University of
I New York at New Paltz, Assistant to the
I Director.

Eliza b e th R . F o r s te r , A.B., Bryn Mawr
College, Academic Programmer.

I

W illiam E . C o n n e r, J r . , B.A., B.S.,

I Villanova University, Assistant Director 1 Manager o f Operations.
I Dave R u e l, B.A., University o f New
I Hampshire, Assistant Director - Manager of
1 Administrative Computing.

I L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore
1 College, Administrative Programmer/

A lic e H . M c G o v e rn , B.S., Fordham
University, Information
Coordinator/Computer Operator.

Lis a B ru n n e r-B ire le y , A.A.S., Delaware
County Community College, Computer
Operator.
Jo h n W . S m ith , Computer Operator.
H a ze l C . R a p p , Secretary.

1 Analyst.

1 DEVELOPMENT

I Jo h n E . O w e n , B.A., Earlham College,
I

Associate Vice President - Development.

M a rg a re t W . N ik e lly , B.A., Upsala
College, Director o f Planned Giving.

I Bruce D. A b e rn e th y , B.A., Swarthmore
1 College, Assistant Director 1 Development/West Coast Representative.

M a rily n S c h ille r, B.A., Lycoming College,
Director o f Information Resources for
Alumni/Development.

I T ro y H . En g le , B.A., Amherst College;

S a n d ra M . B e ll, A s tr id D e v a n e y ,
B e rn a d e tte M . D unning, Ruth V.
K e n n e d y , Secretaries.

I M.S., University o f Massachusetts, Acting
1 Director o f Annual Giving.

249

Adm inistration

S a lly F u lla m , B.S., Reed College, Associate
Director o f Development.

C u rtiS A . L a u b e r, B.A., Duke University;
M.A., Villanova University, Associate
Director o f Development.

Eliza b e th B . C a m p b e ll, N a n c y L .
En g lis h , G lo ria B u fu s , Jo s e p h in e
Yo u n kin , Recorders.
R o s e m a ry P h illip p i, Administrative
Assistant/Annual Giving.

Corporate and Foundation Relations

Es th e r L . B a r a z z o n e , B.A., New College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Provost for Academic Resources
and Director o f Corporate and Foundation
Relations.

K a re n W . H o o v e r, B.S., McPherson
College; M.A., Bethany Theological
Seminary, Associate Director o f Corporate
and Foundation Relations.
K a re n E v a n s , M a ria F e r r a r a , Secretaries.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE

P a tric ia A . W h itm a n , B.A., W est Chester
State College; M.A., Miami University of
Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer.

P e g g y G io v a n n in i, Secretary.

FINANCIAL AID OFFICE

La u ra T . A lp e rin , B.A., Wheaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.

Jo a n n e B a rr a c liff, Ele a n o r E . Eb n e r,
H elen E lm e r , Vera B. M o rris o n ,

P a tric ia S e ria n n i, B.A., M.Ed.,
Pennsylvania State University, Assistant
Director o f Financial Aid.

Secretaries.

FOOD SERVICE

C h a rle s W . S p ie g e l, B.S., University of
Denver, Director.

Ela yn e B. C h e s lo w , B.S., Cornell
University; M.Ed., Framingham State

College, J im H a h n , A.A., Paul Smith
College, To m K o m e la s k y , Managers.

Eliza b e th D a v is , Secretary.

HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM

B a rb a ra Y o s t S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Health Sciences Advisor.

250

Bonnie B . H a r v e y , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Secretary.

HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
Worth H ealth Center

Linda Ec h o ls , R.N., B.S.N., and M.S.N.,
University o f Pennsylvania; CRNP, Johns
Hopkins Hospital, Director o f W orth Health
Center.

General Hospital, R a rb a ra A . S m e ta n a ,
R.N., College Health Nurse Practitioner,
Brigham Young University.

Vera H o w la n d , B.S., Widener University,

University; M.D., Jefferson Medical College,
Senior College Physician.

M.D., Hahnemann Medical College, College
Physician.

M a ry J a n e O s m ic k , B. Med., University of
Delaware; M.D., Temple University Medical
School, College Physician.

A la n Z w e b e n , B.S., SUNY, Stoney Brook;
M.D., New York Medical College, College
Physician.

Elis s a R. C h a n s k y , R.N., Beth Israel
Hospital, C o n sta n c e C . Jo n e s , R.N.,
Hospital o f University o f Pennsylvania, A n n e
N ic h o ls , R.N., B.S.N., Gwynedd-Mercy
College, C a ro l E . R o n an , R.N., Philadelphia

J a m e s E . C la rk , B.A., West Virginia

Pa u l S . Z a m O S tie n , B.S., Ursinus College;
M.D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting
Gynecologist.
F ra n k P . G ia m m a tte i, B.A., Williams
College; M.D., University o f Cincinnati,
Consulting Orthopedic Consultant.
C h a rle s D. H u m m e r, J r . , B.A., Amherst
College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College,
Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.
A n ita M . K n O W le S , Health Services
Secretary.

Psychological Services

Le ig h to n C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University of Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate in
Clinical Psychology o f the American Board of
Professional Psychology, Director.
Paula S . R o s e n , B.A., University of
I

Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn Mawr College;
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Graduate School
of Social W ork and Social Research, Clinical
Social Worker.

Ro b e rt P . R o n n e vie , B.A., Boston College;
M.A., Assumption College; C.A.G.S.,
Assumption College, Clinical Psychology

Intern from Hahnemann University.

M e la n ie A . W ilso n , B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, Clinical Psychology Intern from
Hahnemann University.
S ila s L . W a rn e r, B.S., Princeton
University; M.D., Northwestern University;
Certified by the American Board of
Psychiatry; Dean, Philadelphia Academy of
Psychoanalysis, Consulting Psychiatrist.

E liza b e th P . C o z in e , R.N., Paterson
General Hospital, Secretary/Receptionist.

LIBRARY STAFF
C olleg e L ib rary

M ichae l J . D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin,
College Librarian.

A n n S . R la c k b u rn , Secretary to the College
Librarian.

Adm inistration

Acquisitions

Ja n e H . A a ro n , B.A., Birmingham-Southern
College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel University;
Associate Librarian and Head, Technical
Services.

Eliza b e th A m a n n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.S. in L.S., Rutgers University;
Assistant Acquisitions/Public Services
Librarian.
S h irle y F . K ir b y , B.A., Washington

Pau lin e M a rs h a ll, B.S., Simmons College;
Continuations Assistant.
M on iq u e C o n sta n tin o , Records &
Purchasing Assistant.

R o se M a rie Jo h n s o n , Assistant/
Acquisitions.

M a rie C im in o , E liza b e th W o o lso n , A.B.,
Chestnut Hill College, Assistants.

University; Periodicals Assistant.
Cataloging

Diana Z in n a to , B.A., University of
Delaware; M.S. in L.S., Drexel University;
Catalog Librarian.
A m y V . M o r ris o n , B.A. and M.L.S.,
Rutgers University; Assistant Catalog
Librarian.

A n n e J . P e rk in s , Cataloging Assistant.

N e tta S h in b a u m , B.A., State University of
New York-Oswego; Cataloging Assistant.
A n n e S w a n n , B.A., Swarthmore College,
Cataloging Assistant.
S o -Y o u n g J o n e s , B.A., Euha Womens
University, Korea; M .L.S., Simmons College;
Cataloging Assistant.

Circulation and Reserve

C a th e rin e J . S m ith , B.A., Swarthmore
College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University,
Circulation Librarian.
Je a n P fe iffe r , Assistant.
N a n c y C . B e c h , Assistant.
M a ria n B . B ru c e , B.S., James Madison
University, Assistant.
Pa u lin e E . H a llm a n , Receptionist.

C la ire R . S m ith , Receptionist.
Diane v a n R o d e n , Receptionist.
V iola G . H o ld s w o rth , B.S., Westminster
College; M.E.D., Temple University,
Receptionist.

E d w a rd H . F u lle r, B.A., Widener College;
M.S. in L.S., Drexel University, Special
Collections Librarian.

Bibliographic Instruction and Reference

S te ph e n R . Le h m a n n , B.A., M.A., M.L.S.,
University o f California-Berkeley; Ed.M.,
Harvard University, Humanities Librarian.
S u s an G . W illia m s o n , B.A., University o f

M inda H a r t, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Interlibrary Loan Assistant.
Lo is G . P e te rs o n , B.A., Oberlin College,
Interlibrary Loan Assistant.

California-Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University
o f Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.
Cornell Library

Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M. A., University of Utah, Science
Librarian.

M a rie C im in o , M e g E . S p e n c e r, B.A.,
University o f Richmond, Assistants.

U nderhill Library

G eorge K . H u b e r, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M .S. in L.S., Drexel
University, Music Librarian.
Friends H istorical Library

J . W illiam F r o s t, B.A., DePauw University;

C la ire B. S h e tte r, Cataloging Assistant.

M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Director.

J a n e M . T h o rs o n , B.A., Goddard College,
Program Secretary; N a n c y P . S p e e rs ,

A lb e rt W . F o w le r , B.A., Haverford

Assistant.

College; M.S. in L.S., Syracuse University,
Associate Director.

K a z u e O y e , Conservation Assistant.

Swarthmore College Peace Collection

Je a n R . S o d e rlu n d , A.B., Douglass
College; Ph.D., Temple University, Curator.

B a rb a ra E . A d d is o n , B.S., University of
Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M.S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger.

College, M .L.S., University o f Pittsburgh,
Archivist.

M a r y Elle n C . C la rk , B. Mus., West
Virginia University, Assistant.
M a rth a P . S h a n e , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Archivist.

Ele a n o r M . B a rr , B.A., Mount Holyoke
Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library

M a rg a re t H ope B a co n , Ju d ith C.
B re a u lt, F ra n c e s W illiam s B ro w ln ,
Jo h n Ed w in B ru s h , H a rrie t F ro re r
D u rh a m , D a vid C . Elk in to n , La V e rn e

Fo rb u s h , C aro lin e Biddle M a lin , Jo h n
M . M o o re , Ly m a n W . R ile y , C ath arine
M o r ris W rig h t.

Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore College Peace Collection

Irw in A b r a m s , H elen M . C a rr o ll, J u lie n
C o rn e ll, H ila ry C o n ro y , M e rle C u rti,
A lfre d A . F ra s e r III, L a r r y G a ra , Ro b e rt

W allace G ilm o re , Phehe R . Ja c o b s e n ,
K e nda ll La n d is , E . R a ym o n d W ilso n .

PERSONNEL SERVICES

Le e R o b in so n , B.A., Rhode Island College,
Director.

J o a n K . K re h n b rin k , B.A., Pennsylvania
State University, Personnel Administrator.

PHYSICAL PLANT

Gordon E . C h e e sm a n , B.S., Swarthmore
College, Director o f Physical Plant.

Plant, Ollie Van D y k e , Acting Assistant
Director o f Physical Plant.

Donald V . K e lle y , Jo s e p h R . S k in n e r,
S te ve n F . W h e a to n , B.S., University of

Ju n e M . C a rn a ll, Facilities Coordinator.

Vermont, Assistant Directors o f Physical

253

Adm inistration

Jo s e p h J . D e lo zie r, J r . , Maintenance
Supervisor.

D o ro th y D a lla m , A b b ie J o n e s , P a tric ia
T h o m p k in s , Rachel W illia m s ,

Ja c q u e lin e D a tk e r, Purchasing.
A lic e B a lb ie re r, Ele a n o r J . B re is c h a ft,
Es th e r B . K e lle y , M a rie O m in s k i,
Secretaries.

Housekeeping Supervisors.

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Ja n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar.

N a n c y S . B e ll, A g n e s K e n n e d y , N a n c y
M a g y a rik , Recorders.

Ev e ly n 6 . H u k , Senior Recorder.

THE SCO TT ARBORETUM

Ju d ith D . Z u k , B.A., Rutgers University;

Jo s e p h in e 0 . H o p k in s , A d rie n n e S h e ro ,

M .S., University o f Delaware, Director.

B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretaries.

S te v e n F . W h e a to n , B.S., University o f

A n d re w G . B u n tin g , B.S., Southern Illinois
University, Curatorial Intern.

Vermont, Assistant Director - Horticulture.

Eric a G la s e n e r, B.S., University of
Maryland, Educational Coordinator.

Ja n n e E . L a r e n , B.S., Michigan State
University, Educational Intern.

SECURITY AND SAFETY SERVICES

A l R o th , B.S., M.S. Ed., State University
College at Buffalo, Director o f Security and
Safety Services.
O w e n R e d g ra v e , B.S., West Chester
University, A.A.S., Delaware County
Community College, Associate Director o f
Security and Safety Services.

Lin d a M ille r, B.S., West Chester
University, A.A.S., Delaware County
Community College, Assistant Director of
Security.

Le o n F ra n c is , Coordinator o f Safety

M ich a e l J . F itzg e r a ld , B ria n H a r r is ,
Sergeants.

P a tric k B r o w n , J a m e s E llis , Gre g
H a r tle y , Jo h n K e lle y , J a n e t N o z ilo ,
B.S., West Chester University, Jo s e p h
V a n d e g rift, B o b b y Van W ils o n , Security
Officers.

J u d y F e iy , R u sse ll S to c k n e r, S te p h e n
S is s o n s , G e o rg e T ic k n o r, E v e M a g e e ,
Communications Officers.

B a rb a ra N o r c ro s s , Secretary.

Programs.

UPWARD BOUND

Ed w in A . C o llin s , B.A., Lincoln University;
B.S. and M.Ed., Cheyney University,
Director.

254

D e Lo iS M . C o llin s , B.A., Temple
University, Associate Director.
M e lv a N . M c M illa n , Secretary.

DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS

I A r t: Teresa F. Klingler, A.A., Hershey Junior

M a th e m a tic s : Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary.

I

College, Secretary.

I

B io lo gy: Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A., -

I
I

Swarthmore College, Secretary, George
Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician, Ann
M. Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore College, M .S.,
Cornell University, Laboratory Technician.

M o d e rn La n g u a g e s: Eleonore Baginski,
B.S., St. Joseph’s University, Secretary, Eleanor
L. O ’Keefe, Language Laboratory Assistant.

I
I

I C h e m is try : Dixie Andrews, Secretary,
I

James W . Bell, Instrument Coordinator.
C la s s ic s : Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f W isconsin, Secretary.

C om pute r S c ie n c e -A s tro n o m y
R e se a rc h : Barbara C. Niebruegge, A.B.,
I

Rad cliffe College, Secretary.

Ec o n o m ic s : Sara-Page White, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Secretary.
Ed u ca tion : Maud W . Marshall, B.A.,
Goddard College, Secretary.

Ele c tro n ic s T e ch nicia n : John j.
Dougherty.

M u s ic : Judy Lord, A.A., Wesley College,
Secretary, Glenn A. Short, A/V Technician.
P h ilo s o p h y: Fran Cuneo, B.S., West Chester
University, Secretary.

P h y s ic a l Ed uca tion and A th le tic s :
Michele Sharkey, Patricia E. Trinder,
Secretaries, Octavius Holland, David Lester,
Equipment Managers, Mary Malinconico,
Sports Information Intern, Marie Mancini,
A. T., C., B.S., W est Chester University, Sports
Medicine Intern.

P h y s ic s : John R. Andrews, Technician,
Wendy L. Piccard, Secretary.
Po litica l S c ie n c e : Eleanor Greitzer,
Jacqueline Robinson, Administrative
Secretaries.

En g in ee rin g : Frances L. Shero, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Secretary, Grant Lee
Smith, Mechanician, Charles A. White,
Digital Electronics Technician.

P s y c h o lo g y : Didi Beebe, B.A., Gettysburg
College, Secretary, George Flickinger,
Instrumentation Technician, Julia L. Welbon,
B. A., W illiam Smith College, O ffice Assistant.

English L ite ra tu re : Thelma M. Miller,

R e lig io n : Eileen McElrone, Secretary.

Secretary.

S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y : Pauline B.

H is to ry : Eleanor W . Bennett, Secretary.

Federman, Secretary.

Lin g u is tic s : Winnie Vaules, Secretary

255

V isitin g E x a m in e rs 1986

A rt

En g lish

Professor David Cast, Bryn Mawr College
Professor Michael Davis, Mount Holyoke
College
Professor Renata Holod, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Elizabeth Johns, University o f
M aryland
Professor Michael Marrinan, Columbia
University
Professor Troy Thomas, Pennsylvania State
University at Harrisburg

Professor Maria DiBattista, Princeton
University
Professor Wai-chee Dimock, Rutgers
University
Professor Julia Epstein, Haverford College
Dr. Michael Ferber, Coalition for New Foreign
and M ilitary Policy
Professor John D. Guillory, Yale University
Professor Elaine T. Hansen, H averford College
Professor David Kastan, Dartmouth College
Professor Vicki Mahaffey, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor David Quint, Princeton University

Bio lo gy
Dr. Deborah Allen, University o f D elaware
Daniel Cosgrove, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University
Professor Christopher G. Goff, H averford
College
Dr. Karen Greif, Bryn Mawr College
Dr. Gregory Guild, University o f Pennsylvania
Dr. Jay Labov, Colby College
Dr. David Smith, University o f D elaw are .

C la s s ic s
Professor A. J. Graham, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Charles Kahn, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Deborah Roberts, H averford College
Professor Matthew Santirocco, Columbia
University

C o m p u te r S cie n ce
Christopher J. Van Wyk, Ph.D., A T& T, Bell
Laboratories

Ec o n o m ic s
Professor David Colander, Middlebury College
Dr. Jaime de Melo, The W orld Bank
Professor Holland Hunter, H averford College
Dr. Sanjaya Lall, The W orld Bank
Professor Lynn Hollen Lees, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Ellen Magenheim, University o f M aryland
Dr. Joseph Minarik, Urban Institute
Professor Thad W . Mirer, State University o f
New York
Professor Jeffrey Miron, University o f
M ichigan
Professor Sean Nolan, Boston University
Professor Kris Sjoblom, University o f
Pennsylvania

256

H is to ry
Professor Robert L. Beisner, American
University
Professor Lawrence G. Duggan, University o f
D elaware
Dr. William Duggan, Columbia University
Professor Philip Evanson, Temple University
Professor James B. Gilbert, University o f
M aryland
Professor James Henretta, University o f
Maryland
Professor Ronnie P. C. Hsia, Cornell
University
Professor Robert Moeller, Columbia
University
Professor William T. Rowe, The Johns
Hopkins University
Professor Diana Wylie, Yale University

Lin g u is tic s
Professor Sharon Armstrong, Elizabethtown
College
Dr. Robert A. Freidin, Princeton University
Dr. Ellen Prince, University o f Pennsylvania
Professor Donald Ringe, University o f
Pennsylvania

M a th e m a tic s
Professor Paul Edelman, Camegie-M ellon
University
Professor Marvin Knopp, Temple University
Professor Paul M. Melvin, Bryn Mawr College

M o d e rn La n g u a g e s—Fre nch
Professor Michel Guggenheim, Bryn Mawr
College

M od ern La n g u a g e s —Ge rm an
Professor Ruth Angress, Princeton University

M o d e rn La n g u a g e s—R u ssian
Professor David Bethea, University o f
Wisconsin
Anne Frydman, Ph.D.

M od ern La n g u a g e s—Spanish
Professor John Garganigo, Washington
University

M u s ic
Professor Thomas Oboe Lee, New England
Conservatory
Professor Kevin Mason, Washington University

P h ilo so p h y
David Charles, Ph.D., Center for H ellenic
Studies
Professor Joshua Cohen, Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology
Mary Devereaux, Ph.D., Bucknell University
Professor Charles Dyke, Temple University
Professor Emeritus Marjorie Grene, University
o f C alifornia
William Sullivan, Ph.D., L a Salle University
Christopher J. Van Wyk, Ph.D., A T& T, Bell
Laboratories

P h y s ic s
Professor Roger Walmsley, University o f
Pennsylvania

Po litica l S cie n ce
Professor Thomas Bossert, Sarah Lawrence
College
Professor Douglas A. Chalmers, Columbia
University
Professor Milton C. Cummings, The Johns
Hopkins University
Professor Robert P. George, Princeton
University
Professor Harvey Glickman, H averford College
Professor Richard W . Krouse, W illiam s
College

Professor Kenneth A. Oye, Princeton
University

P s yc h o lo g y
Professor Sharon Armstrong, Elizabethtown
College
Professor Robert C. Becklen, Sarah Lawrence
College
Professor Philip Bersh, Temple University
Professor Sara B. Kiesler, Cam egie-M ellon
University
Professor Leslie Rescorla, Bryn Mawr College
Professor Jonathan Schull, Haverford College

Religion
Professor Randall Chesnutt, Pepperdine
University
Professor Stephen Dunning, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor E. Ann Matter, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Donna M. Wulff, Brown University
Professor Don Yoder, University o f
Pennsylvania

S o c io lo g y & A n th ro p o lo g y
Professor Judith H. Balfe, City University o f
New York Staten Island
Professor Harold Bershady, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Eugene Burns, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Ira Cohen, Rutgers University
Dr. Sheila Cosminsky, Rutgers University
Professor Arlene Daniels, Northwestern
University
Carl Kendall, Agency for International
Development
Dr. Elizabeth McLean Petras, University o f
Pennsylvania
Robert Rubinstein, Philadelphia Geriatric
Center

257

D e g re e s C o n fe rre d
June 2, 1986

BACHELOR OF ARTS
Robert Hardeman Abbot, English Literature
Rikki Sue Abzug5, Sociology S ' Anthropology
Hope Meredith Adams, Economics
Eric Stephen Adler, Economics
Jonathan Roberts Alger4, Political Science
David Henry Allgeier, Biology
David Lewis Anthony, Psychology
Stefan Gwilym Armstrong, English Literature
Christopher Lee Ashley, Economics
Sarah Palmer Baily, Biology
Ann Elizabeth Bassett, English Literature
Christine Onderdonk Battin, Psychology
Amy Diane Baum, German
Caroline Grace Beaumont, Art History
Deirdre Anneva Bell, Psychology
Maija Lisa Bell1, Special M ajor: Language &
Linguistics
Catherine M. Benham, Economics
Ninotchka Devorah Bennahum, History
Marc Ethan Bennett, Political Science
Richard Steven Bennett, Economics and
Political Science
Karen Kimberly Bentley, Special M ajor:
Biology & Food Studies
Rebecca Louise Bernard5, Religion
Eva Christina Bertram, Political Science
Kristina Lee Bieker, Biology
Virginia Kathryn Boone, English Literature
Hilary Michele Brest, M athematics
Brian Douglas Bunker, Art and Physics
Amy Jean Burrage, Sociology & Anthropology
Michael George Caldwell, Political Science
Sarah Ives Campbell, Special M ajor:
Psycholinguistics
Cimberli Ann Carpenter, French
Danielle Casher, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
David Christos Cateforis, Art History
Jill Hope Chaifetz, Political Science
Henry Ross Chalmers, Psychology
Janie I-Tsen Chang, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Cristi Ann Charpentier, English Literature
Stefan Graham Christian, English Literature
Mark Christmas, Philosophy
Anthony Raffaele Cianci, English Literature*23

April Powell Claggett, Special M ajor:
Environmental Studies
Christal Renee Clark, Psychology
Kimberly Jo Clark, Psychology
Christopher John Cohen, Biology
Lucy Jane Collier, Literature
Sheila Connelly5, Literature
Jonathan Huw Conning, Economics
Kendall Cornell, English Literature
Laura J. Cornell, Physics
Keith Andrew Corpus, English Literature
Ashley Jill Cross, English Literature
James Alan Crowell, Physics and Psychology
Paul Adams Crowell, Physics and M athematics
Joseph Palmer Cutter6, M athematics
Hilary Ruth Damaser, English Literature with
Concentration in Theatre
Joseph Anthony D’Angelo, Jr., Economics
Shepard Davidson, Economics
Wendy Lee Davidson, Psychology
Michael John Dennis, Economics
Bharat M. Desai, Biology
Marie-France Desrosiers, Psychology
Christina Marie Devlin, English Literature
Sarah White Doremus, Biology
David Eric Dreifke, History
Joanna Hull Dudley5, English Literature
Sharon Jean Dusheck, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Alex Shaun Ellerson, English Literature
Susan Lynn Elliott, Philosophy
Matthew John Eppley, Biology and Psychology
Alice Elisabeth Esselen, Spanish
Paul Sam Fingersh, History
Neal David Finkelstein, Economics and
Psychology
Abigail Sarah Fisher, Biology
Valerie Lynne Fisher, Psychology
Lynn Frances Fitzgerald, Biology
Brendan Thomas Flynn, History
Judy Fredericksen, Special M ajor: M odem
Languages & Linguistics
Eberhard Froehlich, Art and Greek
Michael Lawrence Gallo, Literature
Christopher Gareth Gaston, Philosophy

x with the Concentration in A sian Studies

4 with the Concentration in Public Policy

2 with the Concentration in Computer Science

5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies

3 with the Concentration in International Relations

6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate

258

Stephen Bernt Gaull3, Political Science
Alexander Charles Gavis4, Economics
Jeffrey Craig Gerstel, Economics
Irene Anedta Ghatt, English Literature
Richard Albert Gilbertie, Philosophy
Timothy David Gilligan, English Literature
Lisa Gail Gillim, English Literature
Nichole Sandra Glaser, Biology
Kurt Alfred Goeringer, Economics
Edward Arthur Goding, Biology
Alexander James Graham, M athematics
Shoshanna Green2, Special M ajor:
M athematics & Linguistics
Thomas Ethan Grubelich, Economics
Kirsten Kay Gruesz, History
Brooks Bradley Gump, Philosophy
Jeffrey Gutkowski, Economics
Kai Konstanty Gutschow, Art History
Christopher Jon Haines, English Literature
Richard O h Han, Biology
Wook Han, History
Gregory Philip Hannsgen, Economics
Jeanne Marie Harris, Biology
Rainer Roland Harstrick, Psychology
Scott MacBain Hartzell, Biology
Carrie Jo Haslett, Art History
Geoffrey Davin Hazard, Economics
Charles Keith Head, Economics
Catherine Louise Hekimian, Psychology
Rebecca Louise Henderson, Chemistry
Merantine Richmonde Hens, Art History
Karen Ann Hicks, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Erick Eldon Hinshaw, Special M ajor: Chinese
Studies
Rebecca A. Hinton4, Political Science
Nathaniel Jacob Hirsh, Economics
Hilary Laura Hochman, History
Mika Christine Hoffman, Linguistics
Lisa Hohenemser, Psychology
David Louis Homer, M athematics and Physics
Jeremy Joseph Hood, Economics
Melinda Kathryn Hoyt5, Music
Joan Kao Hsiao, M athematics and English
Literature
Christopher Tin Fah Huang, Biology
John Stephen Huitema, Psychology
Jane Elizabeth Hurchalla, French123

Martha Lee James, Psychology
Vivica Sophia Jansson, Spanish
Gavin Phillip Joffe, Biology
Rebecca Louise Johnson, Economics
Gregory Ernest Kaebnick, Religion
Oussama Taher Kanaan, Economics
Rebecca Anne Kaufmann, Economics
John Fitzgerald Keichline, Psychology
Bernard Joseph Kelley, Economics
Kurt Russell Kelty, Biology
John Thomas Kerester, Economics
Joel Lance Kier, Economics
Taras Peter Kihiczak, Psychology and Economics
Elizabeth Jean Killackey, Political Science
Peter Rami Kingstone, Political Science
Jennifer Eve Kline, Literature
Barbara Louise Kloch6, Psychology
Cheung-Kwai Kong, Mathematics
Tracy Weil Korman, English Literature
Brian Paul Koscelansky, Economics
David Clark Kravitz, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Jeffrey Andrew Krieger, Economics
Sharon Krummel, Special M ajor: Religion &
English Literature
Matthew A. Kubasik, Chemistry
Bettina Lauf, Biology
Megan Elizabeth Laycock, English Literature
Karen Hope Leidy, Spanish
Mari Susan Lemelson, Special M ajor: Political
Psychology
Joanna Ruth Levison, History
Mark White Lewis, Psychology
Judd Adam Liebman, History
Steven Lipchin, Economics
Shelley Debra Lippman, Special M ajor:
Psychology & Law
Donald Miller Lloyd-Jones, History
Margaret Louise Logan, Psychology
Martha Grace Loukides, Psychology
Jacqueline May Lowey5, English Literature
Rob Ernst Luginbuhl, Economics
Zachary D. Lyons, Philosophy
Walid Abdul Majid, Physics and M athematics
Alexa Faith Malis, German
Christine Elizabeth Marx, German
Lisa Ann Maslankowski5, English Literature

1 with the Concentration in Asian Studies

4 with the Concentration in Public Policy

2 with the Concentration in Computer Science
3 with the Concentration in International Relations

5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate

259

D egrees C onferred

Angus Howard McCorquodale, Economics
David Edwin McIntyre, Music
Natalie Joan McKie, History
Utz Lars McKnight1, Political Science
Henry Woods McLaughlin IV, M athematics
Amy Jo McMichael, Biology
Donald Robertson McMinn, Economics
Lisa Marie Meehan, Economics
Joshua William Miller, Special M ajor:
Chemistry & Psychology
Jenney Kit Milner, Special M ajor: Linguistics &
Psychology
Jane Elizabeth Mitchell, Economics and
Psychology
Lynelle Ruth Morgenthaler, Linguistics
Laurie Ellen Muchnick5, English Literature
Robert Najar, Art
Marc Achmad Natanagara, Biology
Mary Louise Neff6, History
Andrew Nielsen Newitt, Biology
Joseph James Norton III, English Literature
William Frederick Ogden V , Spanish and
Economics
Ramona Maria O ’Halloran6, Biology
Karen Elizabeth Ohl, M athematics and Physics
Jeffrey Keith Olick, Sociology & Anthropology
Rachel Emerson O ’Malley, Biology
Michael Anthony Orgera, Economics
Gregg David Orsag, Philosophy
Peter Hoveter O rth123, Political Science
Carl Alexander Palmer, Economics
Margaret Dagny Palmer 1, History
John Harold Palmieri, M athematics
Catherine Paplin, Art History
Albert H. Park, Physics
Kristin Helaine Parris, Biology
Scott David Parrish, Political Science
David Francis Patton, Political Science
Tamara Wendelynne Payne, Psychology
Michael Cameron Pedrazzini, Physics
Linda Bridget Pendleton, Sociology &
Anthropology
Julie Corinne Freeman Phillips, English
Literature
Melanie Carol Phillpot6, English Literature
Kathryn Ann Piffat, Biology
Mindy Sarah Pincus6, English Literature

Houman Pourafzal, Economics
Elliott Ira Rabin, English Literature
Kristen Rainear, Chemistry
Jennifer Jean Rickard3, Political Science
Yolanda Carmen Rodriguez, Economics
Rebecca Sofia Rosenberg, Biology
Christina Maria Rossetti6, M athematics
Wenda Gail Rachel Rottweiler, History
Amelia Clara Rudolph, Religion
Jessica Ann Russo, Economics and English
Literature
Gregory Edgar Jean Salinger, Economics
Doriet Elinore Sallis, Sociology & Anthropology
Ellen Caroline Sasse, Special M ajor: Linguistics
& Psychology
Carol Ann Savary, Special M ajor: Chinese
Studies
John Ellis Schaefer, Jr., Economics
Stephanie Ann Schaertel, Chemistry
Murray Douglas Brent Scheel, Religion
Anthony Rosen Schlein, Biology
Marc F. Schmidt, Biology
Karen Elizabeth Schultz, Chemistry
David Lansing Schutte, History
James Edward Seely, Physics
Jeffrey Vahan Selverian, M athematics
Rosanne Shanker, M athematics
Susannah Esther Sheffer, Philosophy
Jed Steven Shumsky, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Michael Dov Silton, Economics
Kent Scott Smith4, Economics
Kevin Neil Smith, Economics
Tia Maria Smith5, Sociology & Anthropology
David Marc Sobel, Special M ajor:
Psycholinguistics
Marian Frances Staats, Psychology
Nina Steinberg, Economics
Mitchell Bruce Stern, History
Susanna Victoria Stem, Philosophy
Elizabeth Carmen Stevenson, Biology
David Lawrence Stitzel, Psychology and
Sociology & Anthropology
Maura Diane Sullivan, Greek
Adam Parsons Summers, M athematics
Lisa Carol Summers, History
Sethaput Suthiwart-Narueput1, Economics

1 with the Concentration in Asian Studies

4 with the Concentration in Public Policy

2 with the Concentration in Computer Science

5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies

3 with the Concentration in International Relations

6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate

260

Kirk Henning Swenson*23, Physics and
Psychology
Faizalali Nazir Syed, Economics
Eng Meng Tan, Economics
Robin Susan Taubenfeld, Art and Sociology &
Anthropology
Cynthia Terrell, Political Science
Janet Mary Theiss, History
Eugene Sydney Thompson, History
Joseph Camillus Thompson, Physics
Thomas Fox Thornton6, Sociology &
Anthropology
Nicholas Tiffin, History
Anne Elizabeth Titterton4, Political Science
Matilde Rosario Toledo, Sociology &
Anthropology
Angela Yee Tung, English Literature
Lynne Carole Turner, Political Science
Lori van Dam, Political Science
Richard Garth Vanden Bergh, Economics
Joann Villamarin, Political Science

Sally Vongsathom, Art History
Rachel Wallach, Biology
Peter Joseph Walsh, Psychology
Edward Whiting Washburn, Political Science
Katherine Elizabeth Watkins, History
Nancy Beth Watzman, History
Andrew Benjamin Wedel, Biology
Barbara Ann Weene, Philosophy
Aaron Weissblum, M athematics
Reed Andrew Wellman, M athematics
Martin Eugene Welsh, Economics
Heidi Ann Wendel, Economics
Roman Julian Whittle, Political Science
Stephen Bert Wiley, Sociology & Anthropology
Bettina Renate Winckler, Biology
Wayne Albert Wivell, Biology
Joanne Aileen Wood, Philosophy
Kerry Allen Wrobel, Economics and Psychology
Thomas Donald Wynne, Biology
John Mark Yetter, History
Peter Jin-pyong Yim, Physics

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Eric Stephen Adler, Engineering
Felix Baffour Asare Asiedu, Engineering
Kellie Ann Broscious, Engineering
Daniel William Clark, Engineering
Stephen Mark de Bruyn Kops, Engineering
Michele Denise Fowler, Engineering
Anthony J. Gmitruk, Engineering
Pedro Miguel Gregorio, Engineering
Peter John Gregory, Engineering
Thomas Ethan Grubelich, Engineering
Geoffrey Davin Hazard, Engineering
Timothy Andrew Holst, Engineering
Oussama Taher Kanaan, Engineering
Charles Sylvain Klee, Engineering
Cheung-Kwai Kong, Engineering
Janette Renee Lawrence, Engineering

David Michael Layshock, Engineering
Jeffrey Scott Leiser, Engineering
Shehryar Khan Lodhi, Engineering
Steven Parker Manwell, Engineering
Rajendran Naidoo, Engineering
Lise Nielsen, Engineering
Margot Lucille Paijmans, Engineering
Carl Alexander Palmer, Engineering
Houman Pourafzal, Engineering
Rafael Mayo Richards, Engineering
John Ellis Schaefer, Jr., Engineering
Rosanne Shanker, Engineering
Adam Parsons Summers, Engineering
Eng Meng Tan, Engineering
Michael Albert Votaw, Engineering
Charles Spofford Woodruff, Engineering

X with the Concentration in Asian Studies

4 with the Concentration in Public Policy

2 with the Concentration in Computer Science
3 with the Concentration in International Relations

5 with the Concentration in Women s Studies
6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate

261

A w a r d s and D istin c tio n s

HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS—24 MAY 1986
H IG H E S T H O N O R S :

HONORS:

Stefan Graham Christian, John Harold
Palmieri, Sethaput Suthiwart-Narueput.

Stefan Gwilym Armstrong, Christopher Lee
Ashley, Catherine M. Benham, Ninotchka
Devorah Bennahum, Marc Ethan Bennett,
Amy Jean Burrage, Jill Hope Chaifetz,
Christina Marie Devlin, Lynn Frances
Fitzgerald, Timothy David Gilligan, John
Stephen Huitema, Rebecca Louise Johnson,
Tracy Weil Korman, Megan Elizabeth
Laycock, Judd Adam Liebman, Steven
Lipchin, Rob Ernst Luginbuhl, David Edwin
McIntyre, Lynelle Ruth Morgenthaler, Gregg
David Orsag, David Francis Patton, Elliott Ira
Rabin, Wenda Gail Rachael Rottweiler,
Amelia Clara Rudolph, Murray Douglas
Brent Scheel, Nina Steinberg, Maura Diane
Sullivan, Nicholas Tiffin, Katherine Elizabeth
Watkins, Nancy Beth Watzman, John Mark
Yetter.

H IG H H O N O R S :
Robert Hardeman Abbot, Jonathan Roberts
Alger, Eva Christian Bertram, Henry Ross
Chalmers, Jonathan Huw Conning, Kendall
Cornell, Ashley Jill Cross, Abigail Sarah
Fisher, Christopher Gareth Gaston,
Alexander Charles Gavis, Kirsten Kay Gruesz,
Christopher Jon Haines, Gregory Philip
Hannsgen, Charles Keith Head, Hilary Laura
Hochman, Mika Christine Hoffman, Peter
Rami Kingstone, Joanna Ruth Levison, Alexa
Faith Malis, Donald Robertson McMinn,
Jeffrey Keith Olick, Scott David Parrish,
Doriet Elinore Sallis, Lisa Carol Summers,
Janet Mary Theiss, Edward Whiting
Washburn, Stephen Bert Wiley, Joanne
Aileen Wood.

DISTINCTION IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY
Rikki Sue Abzug, Maija Lisa Bell, Richard
Steven Bennett, Rebecca Louise Bernard,
Hilary Michele Brest, Brian Douglas Bunker,
Michael George Caldwell, Danielle Casher,
David Christos Cateforis, Lucy Jane Collier,
Paul Adams Crowell, Judy Fredericksen,
Michael Lawrence Gallo, Nichole Sandra
Glaser, Shoshanna Green, Kai Konstanty
Gutschow, Richard Oh Han, Melinda
Kathryn Hoyt, Gregory Ernest Kaebnick,

Charles Sylvain Klee, Cheung-Kwai Kong,
Donald Miller Lloyd-Jones, Jenney Kit
Milner, Karen Elizabeth Ohl, Michael
Anthony Orgera, Carl Alexander Palmer,
Albert H. Park, Tia Maria Smith, Kirk
Henning Swenson, Thomas Fox Thornton,
Richard Garth Vanden Bergh, Joann
Villamarin, Heidi Ann Wendel, Bettina
Renate Winckler, Charles Spofford
Woodruff, Thomas Donald Wynne.

ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES
PHI RETA K A P P A :
Rikki Sue Abzug, Jonathan Roberts Alger,
Maija Lisa Bell, Richard Steven Bennett, Eva
Christina Bertram, Hilary Michele Brest,
Brian Douglas Bunker, Danielle Casher,
David Christos Cateforis, Stefan Graham
Christian, Christopher John Cohen, Lucy
Jane Collier, Kendall Cornell, Paul Adams
Crowell, Abigail Sarah Fisher, Judy
Fredericksen, Michael Lawrence Gallo,
Alexander Charles Gavis, Nichole Sandra
Glaser, Shoshanna Green, Kirsten Kay

262

Gruesz, Kai Konstanty Gutschow, Richard
Oh Han, Gregory Philip Hannsgen, Charles
Keith Head, Mika Christine Hoffman,
Gregory Ernest Kaebnick, Cheung-Kwai
Kong, Jenney Kit Milner, Karen Elizabeth
Ohl, Michael Anthony Orgera, Carl
Alexander Palmer, John Harold Palmieri,
Albert H. Park, Scott David Parrish, Tia
Maria Smith, David Marc Sobel, Lisa Carol
Summers, Sethaput Suthiwart-Narueput,
Kirk Henning Swenson, Thomas Fox

Thornton, Joann Villamarin, Heidi Ann
Wendell, Bettina Renate Winckler, Joanne
Aileen Wood, John Mark Yetter.

S IG M A XI
Kristina Lee Bieker, Danielle Casher, April
Powell Claggett, James A. Crowell, Paul
Adams Crowell, Bharat Mohanlal Desai,
Sharon Jean Dusheck, Abigail Sarah Fisher,
Lynn Frances Fitzgerald, Nicole S. Glaser,
Shoshanna Green, Scott MacBain Hartzell,
Rebecca Louise Henderson, Karen Ann
Hicks, Matthew A. Kubasik, Martha Grace

Loukides, Amy Jo McMichael, Karen
Elizabeth Ohl, John Harold Palmieri, Albert
H. Park, Stephanie Ann Schaertel, Anthony
Rosen Schlein, Marc F. Schmidt, Jed Steven
Shumsky, Joseph C. Thompson, Rachel
Wallach, Peter J. Walsh, Bettina Renate
Winckler, Thomas D. Wynne.

T A U B E T A P I:
Geoffrey D. Hazard, Oussama T. Kanaan,
Charles S. Klee, Cheung-Kwai Kong, Carl A.
Palmer, Houman Pourafzal, Charles S.
Woodruff.

FELLOWSHIPS
The Jonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant to
Michael Clapper ’87
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to
Miriam Jorgenson ’87
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships to Serena Canin ’ 88, violin; Rani
Vaz ’87, violin; Kevin Aires ’ 88, viola;
Stephen Feldman ’88, cello
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer
Fellowships: Serena Canin ’88, Stephen
Feldman ’88, Michael Casper ’88
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship to Lisa Carol
Summers ’86
The Hannah A . Leedom Fellowship to Wook
Han ’86, David Kravitz ’86, and An-Yu Liu
’85

The Lang Graduate Incentive Fellowship to
Jonathan Alger ’86 and Mark Montgomery
’83
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Sheila
Connelly ’86, Amy McMichael ’86, and
Heidi Wendell ’86
The Thomas M. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cCabe M emorial Fellowship to Daniel
Glessner ’83
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Marie-France
Desrosiers ’86, Tia Smith ’86, and Eleanor
Wright-Hoyt ’83

AWARDS AND PRIZES
The Academy o f American Poets Prize to
Alexander Gavis ’86, first prize; Emily
Gibson ’88, second prize
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry to
Anna Mitchell ’87
The American Institute o f Chemists Award to
Stephanie A. Schaertel ’86
The American Chem ical Society Scholastic
Achievement Award to Danielle Casher ’86
The Paul H. Beilc Prize in History to David L.
Schutte ’86
The Tim Berman M emorial Award to John
Schaefer, Jr. ’86
The Heinrich W . Brinkmann M athematics Prize
to Hilary M. Brest ’86, Paul A. Crowell ’86,
and Karen E. Ohl ’86

The CRC Press Freshman Chemistry
Achievement Award to Noel Bisson ’89
The Robert H. Dunn Trophy to Steven Gandia

’88
The Flack Achievement Award to Alexandra
Paplexopoulou ’88
The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award to Matthew
D. Lore ’88
The John Russell Hays Poetry Prizes: to
Alexander Gavis ’86, first prize; Jennifer
Ruark ’87, second prize
The Philip M. Hicks Prize to Michael Gallo ’86
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to Lori J.
Kenschaft ’87
The Ivy Award to Thomas F. Thornton ’86
The Kwink Trophy to Carl Palmer ’86

263

A w a rd s and Distinctions

The M cCabe Engineering Award to CheungKwai Kong ’86
The Lois M orrell Poetry Award Kirsten Gruesz

’86
The A . Edward Newton Library Prize to
Jonathan Kulick ’88, first prize; Jennifer Kline
’86, second prize; Catherine Paplin ’86, third
prize
The O ak L ea f Award to Ramona O ’Halloran

’86
The May E. Parry M emorial Award to Jennifer
Rickard ’86
The W illiam Plummer Potter Prizes in Fiction:
Stefan Christian ’86, first prize; Ben Fulves

’87, second prize: Cynthia Leive ’88, third
prize
The Dinny Rath Award to Michele Fowler ’86
and Ramona O ’Halloran ’86
The Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay to
Michael Caldwell ’86
T he Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize to
Eberhard Froehlich ’86 and Alicia Higham

’88
The Peter Gram Swing Prize to Melinda Hoyt

’86
The M elvin B. Troy Award to Daniel Tarlin
’87 and Darko Tresnjak ’88

En ro llm e n t S ta tis tic s

ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASSES 1985-86

Seniors
Juniors
Sophomores
Freshmen

Graduate Students
Special Students
TOTAL

MEN
167
151
193
177

WOMEN
147
127
187
158

TOTAL
314
278
380
335

688

619

1307

1

0

1

5

9

14

694

628

1322

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1985-86
225
207
119
. 93
. 79
. 76
. 50
. 31
. 31
. 25
. 25
. 24
. 20
. 19
. 17
15

N ebraska.................. ........... 3
A la sk a ...................... ........... 2
Alabama .................. ........... 2
A rkansas.................. ........... 2
H aw aii...................... ........... 2
Louisiana ............... ........... 2
Mississippi ............. ........... 2
Nevada .................... ........... 2
O klahom a............... ........... 2
Puerto Rico ........... ........... 2
Wyoming ............... ........... 2
Io w a.......................... ........... 1
Id a h o ........................ ........... 1
Kentucky ............... ........... 1
South D a k o ta ......... ........... 1
Virgin Islan d s......... ........... 1

. 12
Vermont ............................ 12
Georgia ............................... 11
M ichigan............................ 11
Washington ...................... 11
New M e x ic o ...................... 10
Oregon ............................... 10
Arizona ................................... 9
Maine ..................................... 9
K ansas..................................... 8
New H am pshire.................... 7
Rhode Island ...................... 7
W isconsin............................... 6
Indiana ................................... 5
Tennessee ...............................5
Utah ..................................... 4
West V irg in ia...................... 4

Total U .S.A. . . . . . . 1238

Ohio

Japan ..................................... 7
South A frica ...........................6
Canada ................................. 5
France ..................................... 4
Hong Kong ............................. 4
United Kingdom ..................4
Belgium ................................... 3
Ghana ................................... 3
G re e c e ..................................... 3
India ....................................... 3
Mexico ................................... 3
Pakistan . . ...............................3
Jamaica ................................... 2

China .
Switzerland.......................... 2
Venezuela ............................ 2
Argentina .
Austria . . .
Bangladesh
B o liv ia ___
B ra z il.........
Chile .........
Colombia .
Cyprus . . .
F i j i .............
Finland . . .
Israel .........
Jordan ___
Kuwait
Lebanon ...............................
Malaysia ...............................
Mozambique........................
Netherlands ........................
Philippines ..........................
Saudi A rabia........................
Singapore .............................
Sweden .................................
T urkey...................................
West G erm any....................

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Total from Abroad ........... 84
GRAND TO TAL . . . . 1322

265

In d e x

Absence from examinations, 57
Academic honesty, 57
Administration and staff, 247
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 17
Application dates, 18
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 18
School subjects recommended, 17
Advanced Degrees, 59
Advanced Placement, 19
Advanced Standing, 19
Advising, 36
Alumni Association Officers, 228
Alumni Council, 228
Alumni Office, 38
Ancient History and Civilization, 91
Art History, 69
Arts, Studio, 41, 72
Asian Studies, 74
Astronomy, 76
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 4 2 , 1 8 2
Attachments to Courses, 50
Attendance at Classes, 56
Automobiles, regulations 40
Awards and Distinctions, 262
Awards and Prizes, 61
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 59
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 59
Bequests, 9
Biology, 77
Black Cultural Center, 35
Black Studies, 83
Board o f Managers, 224
Committees of, 226
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5
Career Planning and Placement, 37
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 11
Chemistry, 85
Chinese, 160
Classics, 89
College Entrance Examinations, 18
College, committees of, 243
College jobs, 23
Comprehensive Examinations, 46, 59
Computer Science, 94
Computing Center, 11
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 11
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 53
Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering, 9
Corporation, officers of, 224
Courses o f Instruction, 66

266

Course Program, 45
Creative Arts, 53
Curriculum, 45
Dance, 42, 174
Degree Requirements, 59
Degrees offered, 59
Degrees conferred, 258
Dining Hall, 34
Directed Reading, 50
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 272
Distinction in Course, 48
Distribution requirements, 46
Divisions and Departments, 245
Dormitories, 34
Drama, 42, 124
Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 11
Economics, 98
Education, 105
Education Abroad, 53
Emeritus Professors, 232
Endowed Professorships, 14
Endowment, 9
Engineering, 108
English Literature, 115
Enrollment statistics, 265
Equal Opportunity Office, 250
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 57
Exceptions to the four-year program, 49
Exclusion from College, 58
Expenses, 20
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 45, 48
Extra-curricular activities, 41
Faculty advisors, 36, 46, 47
Faculty, committees of, 243
Faculty members, 232
Faculty Regulations, 56
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 2 0 , 6 0
Fellowships, 64
Financial Aid, 21
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 265
Formats o f Instruction, 50
Fraternities, 35
French, 161
Friends Historical Library, 10
Friends Meeting, 35
Geographical distribution o f Students, 265
German, 164
Gifts, 9
Grades, 56

Graduate study, 59
Graduation requirements, 59
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 90
Grenoble Program, 54
Handicapped Student Services, 36, 50
Health care, 35
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 52
History, 128
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 49, 256
Housing, 34
Insurance, 34
Interdisciplinary work, 51
International Relations, 139
Judicial Bodies, 40
Lang Music Building, 11, 42
Language Laboratory, 11
Latin, 90
Leaves o f Absence, 58
Libraries, 9
Linguistics, 141
Literature Program, 144
Loans to students, 22
Madrid Program, 54
Map o f College grounds, 270
Martin Biological Laboratory, 11
Master’s degrees, 59
Mathematics, 146
McCabe Library, 9
Media, Student, 43
Medieval Studies, 155
Modern Languages and Literatures, 156
Music, 41, 169
Music, performance, 170, 173
Normal Course Load, 50
Observatory, 11, 186
Papazian Hall, 11
Pearson Hall, 11
Philosophy, 177
Physical Education and Athletics, 182
Physical Education requirements, 58, 182
Physics and Astronomy, 184
Political Science, 192
Practical work, 51
Pre-medical Program, 52
Prizes, 61

PROGRAM O F STUDY, 45
Freshmen and Sophomores, 46
Juniors and Seniors, 47
External Examination (Honors) Program, 48
Psychological Services, 36
Psychology, 200
Public Policy, 206
Public Relations, 38
Publications, College, 38
Publications, Student, 43
Registration, 57
Religion, 208
Religious life, 7, 35
Requirements for Admission, 17
Requirements for Graduation, 59
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 34
Russian, 166
Scholarships, 23
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 18
Scott Arboretum, 12
Sharpies Dining Hall, 34
Social Committee, 41
Sociology and Anthropology, 214
Spanish, 167
Special Major, 47
Sproul Observatory, 11, 186
Student conduct, 40
Student-run courses, 51
Student Council, 40
Student employment, 23
Student Exchange Programs, 53
Study Abroad, 53
Summer school work, 58
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 10
Tarble Social Center, 35
Theatre, Courses in, 124
Transfer, application for, 19
Tuition and other fees, 20, 60
Tutorials, 50
Upward Bound, 43
Visiting Examiners, 256
Vocational Advising, 36
Volunteer Program, 43
Wilcox (Florence) Gallery, 11
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 37
Women’s Center, 35
Women’s Studies, 222
W orth Health Center, 35

267

S w a rth m o re College Cam pus M ap

E xp la n a tio n o f B uildings
1. Parrish Hall— Adm issions O ffice, adm inistration offices, business offices,

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

classroom s, and dormitory
Parrish Annex—Faculty offices, Com munications Center
Scott Building—R elief m ap o f campus
Hall Building—D ance Studios and Security O ffice
Lang Music Building— U nderhill M usic Library, dance, music
Martin Biological Laboratory and Animal Laboratory—Biology, religion,
language laboratory, and education

7 . Cornell Science Library
8 . Du Pont Science Building— Chemistry, m athem atics, physics, and astronomy
9 . Beardsley Hall— Art history and studio art, Com puting Center, and W ilcox
G allery

10.
11.
12.
13.

Hicks Hall—Engineering
Trotter Hall—Social sciences and C enter for Social and Policy Studies
Arts Center— Pearson Theatre, dram a, and studio arts
Papazian Hall—Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratories
14. Friends Meeting House

270

15. Whittier House
16. Scott Arboretum Office
17. Wister Greenhouse
18. McCabe Library
19. The Old Library
20. Worth Health Center
21. Beniamin West House—
Birthplace o f Benjamin
W est (designated a
national historical
landm ark) and
faculty residence

22. Bond Memorial and

Lodges—Dormitory space
and m eeting rooms

23. Robinson House—B lack
Cultural Center

24. Ashton Guest House

D o rm ito rie s and R esid en ces
Tennis Courts
1. Parrish Hall
Cunningham Fields
A. Dana Dormitory
Clothier Fields
B . Hallowell Dormitory
Bam
C. Wharton Hall
Lamb-Miller Field House—
Physical education
0 . Willets Dormitory
30. Tarble Pavilion—Physical education
E. Worth Dormitory
31. Ware Swimming Pool
F. Mertz Hall
32. Squash Courts
6. Palmer Hall
33. Service Building
H. Pittenger Hall
34. Heating Plant
I. Roberts Hall
35. Fraternity and Social Lodges
«1. Mary Lyon Building
36. Sharpies Dining Hall
K . Woolman House
37. Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial
L Professors’ Houses
38. Sproul Observatory—Astronomy and
M. Employees’ Houses
computer science
N. Courtney Smith House—
39. Scott Outdoor Auditorium
President’s House

25.
26.
27.
28.
29.

D ire c tio n s fo r Reaching
S w a rth m o r e College
DRIVING
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike
T a k e E x i t 2 4 (V a lle y F o r g e ) . F r o m th e t o ll b o o t h , tra v e l a b o u t 2 m iles
o n 1 - 7 6 t o th e G u l p h M ills e x it , th e n fo l lo w R o u t e 3 2 0 S o u th
a p p r o x im a te ly 1 4 .5 m iles t o C o lle g e A v e n u e . (B e w a re : R o u t e 3 2 0 has
u n e x p e c te d tu rn s a lo n g th e w a y .) T u r n rig h t o n t o C o lle g e A v e n u e
a n d fo l lo w th e r o a d to P a rris h H a l l . ( T h e e n tra n c e t o th e A d m is s io n s
O f f i c e is th r o u g h th e a rc h w a y a t th e b a c k o f P a rris h H a l l .)

From the N e w Je r s e y Turnpike
T a k e E x i t 3 a n d fo llo w signs to th e W a l t W h it m a n B rid g e . A f t e r
crossin g th e B r id g e , fo llo w signs f o r 1-9 5 S o u t h . Pass P h ila d e lp h ia
In te rn a tio n a l A i r p o r t a n d c o n tin u e fo llo w in g 1-9 5 t o C h e s te r, P a .
E x i t o n t o 3 2 0 N o r t h , a n d g o a p p r o x im a te ly 3 m ile s t o C o lle g e
A v e n u e . T u r n le ft o n t o C o lle g e A v e n u e a n d f o llo w th e ro a d to
P a rris h H a l l . ( T h e e n tra n ce t o th e A d m is s io n s O f f i c e is th r o u g h th e
a rc h w a y at th e b a c k o f P a rris h H a l l .)

From the South
T r a v e lin g o n 1-9 5 fr o m th e s o u th , e x it at C h e s te r, P a . (C h e s te r
Business D is tr ic t : R o u t e P A 3 2 0 , P A 3 5 2 E d g e m o n t A v e n u e ) . F o ll o w
3 2 0 N o r t h f o r a b o u t 3 m ile s t o C o lle g e A v e n u e . T u r n le ft o n t o
C o lle g e A v e n u e a n d fo llo w th e ro a d to P a rris h H a l l . ( T h e A d m is s io n s
O f f i c e is th ro u g h th e a rc h w a y at th e b a c k o f P a rris h H a l l .)

T R A IN
T h e C o lle g e is re a d ily accessible fr o m P h ila d e lp h ia b y tr a in . A m t r a k
train s f r o m N e w Y o r k a n d W a s h in g to n a rrive h o u r ly a t P h ila d e lp h ia ’ s
3 0 th S tre e t S ta tio n . F r o m 3 0 th S tre e t S ta tio n , th e S E P T A M e d ia
L o c a l takes 2 1 m in u te s to reach th e c a m p u s.

AIR
A n e xpress b u s r u n s f r o m th e a ir p o r t to 3 0 th S tre e t S ta tio n w h e re
y o u can ta k e th e S E P T A M e d ia L o c a l tra in d ire c tly t o th e S w a r th m o r e
c a m p u s . T h e c o m b in e d fa re is less th a n $ 4 .0 0 , a n d th e t r ip re q u ire s
a b o u t o n e h o u r . T a x i service is also a va ilab le . T h e fa re is a p p r o x i­
m a te ly $ 1 8 .0 0 , a n d th e tr ip re q u ire s a b o u t 3 0 m in u te s .